The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCONTRACT WITH BRW CONSTRUCTION GROUP, LLC (BID #18-239) CONSTRUCTION OF ROCKY CREEK PUMP STATION PROJECT (2) 0 PROJECT MANUAL ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER 0 PUMPING STATIONS Augusta, Georgia for Augusta Utilities Department July 2017 IContract Documents I Prepared By Prepared For GMC Wa Water/s Life AUGUSTA UTILITIES 4 ( ,!)Goodwyn, Mills and Cawood, Inc. - 1450 Greene Street, Suite 80 Augusta, GA 30901 Augusta Utilities Department T 706-251-9099 360 Bay Street, Suite 180 www.gmcnetwork.com Augusta, GA 30901 T 706-312-4160 • GMC PROJECT NUMBER:CAUG170004 www.augustaga.gov AUD PROJECT NUMBER:UB_2017-002 I III ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER-PUMPING STATIONS FOR THE AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPRATMENT GMC PROJECT NO. CAUG170004 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 00—PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000110 Instructions to Bidders 000310 Proposal 000315 Bid Schedule 000410 Bid Bond 000510 Notice of Award 000520 Agreement 0 000550 Notice to Proceed 000610 Performance&Payment Bonds 000620 Contractor's Application for Payment 000625 Certificate of Substantial Completion 000700 General Conditions 000800 Supplementary Conditions 000941 Change Order DIVISION 01—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary 011025 Measurement and Payment 012600 Contract Modification Procedures 012900 Payment Procedures 013100 Project Management and Coordination 013200 Construction Progress Documentation 013233 Photographic Documentation 013300 Submittal Procedures 014000 Quality Requirements 014200 References 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 4D016000 Product Requirements 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data I 017839 Project Record Documents • 017900 Demonstration and Training 018100 Geotechnical Data DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS(NOT USED) DIVISION 03—CONCRETE 032000 Anchorage In Concrete 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 033150 Grouting DIVISION 04—(NOT USED) DIVISION 05—METALS 051200 Structural Steel 055000 Metal Fabrications 057115 Aluminum Retractable Ladders DIVISION 06—(NOT USED) DIVISION 07—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08—OPENINGS(NOT USED) 0083485 Watertight Access Covers DIVISION 09—FINISHES 099600 High-Performance Coatings DIVISION 10—13 (NOT USED) DIVISION 14—CONVEYING SYSTEMS 146050 Free Standing Bridge Crane DIVISION 15—25(NOT USED) DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 260519Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260523 Control-Voltage Electrical Cables 260526G rounding and Bonding Electrical Systems 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems . 260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems • 260923 Lighting Control Devices 262200 Low-Voltage Transformers 262416 Panelboards Motor Control Centers 262419 262713 Electricity Metering 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Fuses 262816 262913.03 262913.06 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Manual and Magnetic Motor Controllers Soft Start Motor Controllers 262923 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers 263213.13A Diesel Emergency Engine Generators 263600 Transfer Switches 264313 264700 Surge Protection for Low Voltage Electrical Power Circuits Electrical Equipment Center 265619 LED Exterior Lighting DIVISION 27-30(NOT USED) DIVISION 31—EARTHWORK • 311000 312000 312319 Site Clearing Earth Moving Dewatering 312500 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls 315000 Excavation Support and Protection DIVISION 32—EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321216 Asphalt Paving 321445 Crushed Stone Paving 323113 Chain Link Fence and Gates 329113 Soil Preparation 329200 Turf and Grasses DIVISION 33—UTILITIES 330513 Manhole and Structures 330514 Precast Concrete Wetwell and Valve Vault 330519 Pressure piping Tied Joint Restraint System DIVISION 34—39(NOT USED) • DIVISION 40—PROCESS INTEGRATION 400506 Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping A •400507 Hangers and Supports for Process Piping 400513 Common Requirements for Process Piping 400517 Copper Process Pipe and Tubing 400519 Ductile Iron Process Pipe 400523 Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing 400551 Common Requirements for Process Valves 400557 Actuators for Process Valves and Gates 400562 Plug Valves 400563 Ball Valves 400565 Swing Check Valves 400578 Combination Air Valves for Wastewater Service 400599 Stainless Steel Slide Gates 407113 Magnetic Flow Meters 407276 Level Switches 407313 Pressure and Differential Pressure Gauges 407326 Gauge Pressure Transmitters 407364 Annular Pressure Seals DIVISION 41—42(NOT USED) DIVISION 43—PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING,PURIFICATION,AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT • 432513 Submersible Centrifugal Pumps DIVISION 44—45(NOT USED) DIVISION 46—WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 462433 Open Channel Grinders DIVISION 47—50(NOT USED) • • • • 1 giVelkNWIrtrit 61;0', • • R 0 1 Aitred. (Pe.t Ofa , MAILED TO: Al!Vendors Nancy Williams, Quality Assurance Analyst Tom Wiedmeier, Augusta Utilities Department FROM: Geri Sams • Procurement Dire or DATE: July 5, 2018 SUBJ: Clarifications to the Specifications BID ITEM: Bid Item#18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station for Augusta Utilities Department BID OPENING DATE: Thursday, August 9, 2018 @ 11:00 am. ADDENDUM NO. This Addendum shall form a part of the referenced Bid Item #18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station and any agreement entered into in connection therewith equally as if bound into the original document. Acknowledge receipt of all Addendums on Attachment "B"within the Specifications package. 1110 Clarifications to the Specifications: Project Manual changes: 1. Item 1: Geotechnical Report: 018100a Geotechnical Report(attached) AFTER Section 018100 in the Specifications. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal END OF ADDENDUM ATTACHMENTS: GEOTECHNICAL REPORT(19 PAGES) Room 605- 535 Telfair Street,Augusta Georgia 30901 CI Scan this OR code with your (706)821-2422-Fax(706)821-2811 smarlphone or camera equipped tablet to visit the Augusta,Georgia Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification 1,,4 ° Addendum 1 BId 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Pape 1 of 1 4iii „, '' ' Report of Geotechnieaiploration s Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Stations Augusta, Georgia CSRA,Report No B-°18'17 I Prepared for: io' Goodwyn, Mills, and Cawood, Inc. 1450 Greene Street, Suite 80 Augusta, Georgia 30901 I Prepared by: 3 CSRA Testing and Engineering Ca, Inc. 1005 Ernrnett Street It Suite A. Augusta. Georgia: 30904 il Tel 706=733-6960 Fax 706-737-9629 ww.w.csratesting`,corn 0 A c ra • TESTING AND ENGINEERING CO., INC. 1005 Emmett St.,Suite A Augusta,Georgia 30904 (706)733-6960 Fax(706)737-0629 March 28, 2017 , 1 ( Goodwyn, Mills, and Cawood, Inc. 1450 Greene St, Suite 80 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Attn: Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Re: Report of Geotechnical Exploration Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Stations Augusta, Georgia CSRA Report No. B-018.17 • Dear Mr. Freeman: CSRA Testing & Engineering is pleased to submit this report of our exploration services for the proposed project. Our services were provided in accordance with your master services agreement number 2017-CSRA-001. This report presents a review of the information provided to us, a discussion of the site and subsurface conditions, and our foundation and earthwork recommendations. The Appendix contains a Boring Location Plan and the results of our field testing. Project Information Based on the information provided, the project is to involve the construction of the Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer replacement in Augusta, Georgia. The sewer line project starts from near the intersection of Doug Barnard Parkway and Lumpkin Road and extends approximately 7,700 linear feet to the west-northwest along Lumpkin Road and Mike Padgett Highway and ends along Chester Avenue. The project includes the construction of three new sewage pump stations. Pump station number 1, located along Chester Avenue, is to range from 12 to 18 feet long by 16 feet wide and will have cast in place concrete walls. It,will be supported by a mat foundation bearing at a depth of 28 feet. Pump stations number 2 and 3, located along Lumpkin Road, will have 6 foot diameter precast concrete wet wells. The wet wells will bear approximately 18 feet dee a 0 will be supported by mat foundations. No loading data has been provided at this time. However, we anti nd that the foundations for these structures will be lightly to moderately loaded. pate Member of American Society for Testing and Materials Accredited by AASHTO Accreditation Program(AAP) Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Two • March 28, 2017 Purpose Of Exploration. The purpose of this exploration was to obtain specific subsurface data at the site and to provide foundation and earthwork recommendations for the proposed project: Site Conditions We conducted a site reconnaissance to observe and document surface conditions at the site. Information gathered was used to help us interpret the subsurface data and to detect conditions which could affect our recommendations. The pump station sites are located along Lumpkin Road and Chester Avenue in Augusta, Georgia. The topography of the route is relatively flat to gently sloping to the east and south with approximately 10 to 15 feet of topographic relief. The site of pump stations number 1 and 2 are wooded and the borings were offset to the side of the adjacent roadways. The site of pump station number 3 is also wooded and the boring was offset to • the adjacent power line easement that was grass covered. Surface water was noted in the lower lying areas along Lumpkin Road and Chester Avenue. Site Geologic Conditions The project site is located in the Coastal Plain Physiographic Province. The Coastal Plain consists mainly of marine sediments which were deposited during successive periods of fluctuating sea level and moving shoreline. The formations dip slightly seaward and several are exposed at the surface in bands paralleling the coast. Many beds exist only as fragmental erosional remnants sandwiched between more continuous strata above and below. Based on published literature, the site is underlain by coastal plain sediments consisting of interbedded silts, sands, and clays. The near surface soils are fluvial sediments deposited by ancient flooding of the Savannah River. Subsurface Conditions The subsurface conditions were explored with widely spaced soil test borings drilled according to the procedures presented in the Appendix. The boring locations were selected by others and were offset to areas accessible to our drill rig. The soil test boring locations are indicated by pump station number on the attached boring records and no boring location plan(s) are attached. The boring depths were selected by CSRA. , Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Three March 28, 2017 io The subsurface conditions encountered at the boring locations are shown on the test boring records in the Appendix. These boring records represent our interpretation of the subsurface conditions based on the field logs and visual examination of field samples by an engineer. The lines designating the interface between various strata on the boring records represent the approximate interface location. Water levels shown on the boring records represent the conditions only at the time of our exploration. Three (3) soil test borings were drilled near the proposed pump station areas to a depth 50 feet below the ground surface. The soil test borings revealed a subsurface profile consisting of typical coastal plain soils consisting of interbedded layers of peat, sandy, clayey silts(ML) and sands with varying fine grained particle content. The sands ranged from slightly silty and poorly graded (SP-SM) to clayey (SC) and were recorded to be very loose to very firm in consistency.Standard penetration resistances ranged from 3 to 27 blows per foot. The ML soils were recorded to be firm to stiff in consistency. Standard penetration resistances ranged from 5 to 9 blows per foot. All of the borings encountered a lens of organic peat (PT). They wereenerall y • very soft to soft in consistency with standard penetration resistances of 1 to 4 blows per foot recorded. These soils were encountered at varying depths from around 5.0 to 22.0 feet. Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was encountered in the soil test borings at depths ranging from 3.0 to 6.0 feet at the time of drilling and/or at 24-hours after boring. We anticipate that the actual water tables at the pump station sites be shallower than at the offset boring locations as theywerewill typically slightly higher in elevation. In silty sands the water levels can usually be determined accurately near the time of drilling. In fine grained soils and clayey sands, it may take several days for water levels to stabilize. Fluctuations in the groundwater level can occur due to variations in rainfall, evaporation, construction activity, surface runoff, and other site specific factors. The highest groundwater levels are generally encountered in early spring and the lowest in late summer. The likelihood of groundwater in the near surface soils at some areas of the site can be expected to increase following periods wet weather. • Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Four • fl March 28,2017 Foundation Recommendations Pump Station#1 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support this proposed cast in place pump station. Mat foundations have the advantage of providing the maximum safety against soil failure due to the reduced foundation pressure derived by spreading the load over a larger area. They also have the advantage of being able to bridge over isolated soft areas due to the rigidity of the mat and, therefore differential settlements are minimized. As stated previously, this mat is anticipated to bear at a depth of 28 feet below existing grades. Therefore, the mat will bear in firm, slightly silty sands (SP-SM). Mat foundations bearing in this material can be designed for maximum allowable net bearing pressures of up to 2,200 psf. The available bearing capacity at this location has been reduced to compensate for the presence of groundwater. Another soil parameter Used in the analysis and design of mat foundations is the modulus of subgrade reaction (Ks). We recommend • a design modulus of subgrade,reaction of 100 kips per cubic foot at this location. Pump Station#2 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support the precast concrete wet well structure at this location. This mat is anticipated to bear at 18 feet below existing grades. We note that very soft peat soils were encountered at this depth. Our experience with similar subsurface conditions and similar structural requirements indicates that a mat foundation will not be suitable unless the organic soils and peats are removed and replaced. The organic soils were very soft in consistency and a significant organic content was noted. These soils can degrade over time resulting in unacceptable total and differential settlements. oWee recommend that the undercutting extend'for a lateral distance of at least 5 feet from the edge of the prop sed mat foundations. The excavation/undercutting operation will require dewatering in accordance with the construction water control section of this report. At the completion of undercutting, a well draining stabilizing aggregate (such as#67 to#4 stone) should be utilized for backfilling the excavation back to the bearing depth of the mat. Soil can not typically be compacted to the required density due to excessive moisture, and the aggregate does • not require compactive effort. Mr. Mitchell I E. Freeman, P.E. Page Five Al March 28, 2017 NIF The aggregate/mat will bear in very loose, clayey sands (SC). Mat foundations bearing in this material can be designed for maximum allowable net bearing pressures of up to 1,000 psf. The available bearing capacity at this location has been reduced to compensate for the presence of groundwater. We recommend a design modulus of subgrade reaction of 50 kips per cubic foot at this location. Pump Station#3 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support the precast concrete wet well structure at this location. This mat is anticipated to bear at 18 feet below existing grades. Therefore, the mat will bear in loose, silty sands (SM). Mat foundations bearing in this material can be designed for maximum allowable net bearing pressures of up to 1,400 psf. The available bearing capacity at this location has been reduced to compensate for the presence of groundwater. We recommend a design modulus of subgrade reaction of 70 kips per cubic foot at this location. General Foundation Recommendations 4111 The maximum net allowable bearing pressures recommended are based on our previous experience and correlations made previously between standard penetration test resistances and the performance of foundations supported by soils similar to those at this site. We recommend that the construction testing agency observe the mat area excavations immediately prior to placing concrete. They should compare the soils exposed with those encountered in the soil test borings and document the results. Any significant differences should be brought to the attention of the owners' representative along with appropriate recommendations. The foundation bearing area should be free of loose soil, ponded water and debris prior to the inspection. Compacted Fill Recommendations We recommend that soils used as compacted fills be free of debris and have less than 3% by weight fibrous organic material. They should have a maximum dry density of at least 95 pcf, a liquid limit of less than 50, and a plasticity index of less than 20. Before filling operations begin, representative samples of each proposed fill material should be collected. The samples should be tested to determine the maximum dry density, optimum moisture content, natural moisture content, gradation and plasticity of the soil. These tests are needed for quality control during compaction and also to determine if the fill material is acceptable. Visual observation indicates that most of the excavated soils can be re-used as fill. We note that the PT soils can not be used as backfill and that some of the soils will require drying prior to reuse as fill. Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Six • I March 28, 2017 We recommend that all compacted fill be constructed by spreading acceptable soil in loose layers not more than 10 inches thick. The fill should be compacted in thin lifts to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D-698). The moisture content of the fill soils should be maintained within. +3 and -3 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined from the Proctor compaction test. This provision may require the contractor to dry the soils during periods of wet weather or wet the soils during the hot summer months. We recommend that the fill placement and compaction be observed and documented by experienced geotechnical personnel. Significant deviations, either from specifications or good practice, should be brought to the attention of the owner's representative, along with appropriate recommendations. At least one field density test should be performed in each fill layer. Earth Pressure Recommendations The project will require temporary bracing and permanent below grade walls which must be designed to resist soil pressures imposed on them. Walls which are permitted to rotate at the top may be designed to resist "active" lateral earth pressure. Typically, a top rotation of about 1 inch per 10 feet height of wall is sufficient to develop active pressure conditions in soils similar to those encountered at the site. Walls which will be prevented from rotating should be designed to resist the "at-rest" lateral earth pressure. The active and at-rest coefficients to be used in design will depend upon the type of backfill used. To account for the "active" and "at-rest" lateral pressures of retained earth, we recommend that the permanent retaining system design assume that the soils behind the bracing system will apply a triangular stress distribution based on the depth and the following strength parameters for the natural soils at this site: Angle of Internal Friction Cohesion (psf) Material Unit Weight(pcf) (degrees) Very'Loose SM 95 21 0 Loose SM 105 23 0 Very Loose SC 100 21 200 Loose SC 110 23 400 __ . Firm ML 110 15 700 Stiff ML 120 20 1,100 Very Soft PT 80 10 0 Loose SP-SM 100 29 0 • Firm SP-SM 110 32 0 Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Seven ioMarch 28, 2017 We note that the unit weights for soils below the groundwater table should be those above less the unit weight of water (62.4 pcf). The compacted mass unit weight of the soil should be used with the above soil parameters to calculate the corresponding earth pressure coefficients and lateral earth pressures. The above values are actual anticipated values and do not contain any safety factors. Backfill behind permanent walls should be compacted in accordance with the compacted fill section of this report. A 4 inch layer of clean aggregate (#57 stone) or a composite geotextile drainage fabric may be placed behind the permanent walls for drainage purposes to avoid build up of hydrostatic pressures. The lateral pressures developed by surcharge loads from existing or proposed foundations, stored material, stockpiled soils, etc. must be added to the lateral soil stresses to determine the horizontal loads which-must be resisted. In addition, transient loads imposed on the walls by construction equipment during construction should be considered. Excessively heavy equipment (that could impose temporary excessive pressures or long term excessive residual pressures against the constructed walls) should not be allowed within about 5 feet(horizontally) of the walls. • Construction Water Control As stated previously, the project will require significant excavations to the planned bottom elevations of the structures. Therefore, the contractor should be prepared to promptly remove any surface water or groundwater from the project excavations. Removal of groundwater has been done effectively on similar projects by means of gravity drainage and pumping from sumps in the lower side of the excavation. At structures where groundwater is encountered, we recommend that the excavations be initially backfilled with well draining stabilizing aggregate(such as#4 to#67 stone). If pumping from localized sumps proves ineffective, then 'a wellpoint dewatering system may be required. Wellpoints are small diameter wells that are jetted or driven into the soil (at 3 to 10 foot spacings, depending upon soil type). They are connected at the top to a horizontal suction pipe called a header and then connected to pump specifically designed for dewatering work. The wellpoints may require staging at various levels as the excavation proceeds to provide the required drawdown of the water table. We recommend that a specialty contractor that is experienced with similar conditions perform the design of the dewatering system, if needed. We also recommend that pumping continue until the area is completely backfilled such that the new fill can be compacted in as dry a condition as possible. • Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Eight III i ' March 28, 2017 Basis For Recommendations The recommendations provided are based in part on project information provided to us and they only apply to the specific project and site discussed in this report. If the project information section in this report contains incorrect information or if additional information is available, you should convey the correct or additional information to us and retain us to review our recommendations. We can then modify our recommendations if they are inappropriate for the proposed project. i Regardless of the thoroughness of a geotechnical exploration, there is always a possibility that conditions between borings will be different from those at specific boring locations and that conditions will not ' be as anticipated by the designers or contractors. In addition, the construction process may itself alter soil conditions. Therefore, experienced geotechnical personnel should observe and document the construction procedures used and the conditions encountered. Unanticipated conditions and inadequate procedures should be reported to the design team along with timely recommendations to solve the problems created. We recommend that the owner retain CSRA to provide this service based upon our familiarity with the project, the 4110 subsurface conditions and the intent of the recommendations. We wish to remind you that our exploration services include storing the samples collected and making them available for inspection for 60 days. The samples are then discarded unless you request otherwise. We will be happy to discuss our recommendations with you and would welcome the opportunity to provide the additional studies or services necessary to complete this project. We appreciate the opportunity to provide our professional services and look forward to working with you on the remainder of this project and on future projects. If you have any questions concerning this report or wish to have further discussions, please contact us at(706)733-6960. Respectfully submitted, 12ait--- Jonathan E. Pruett, P.E. • O APPENDICES • • APPENDIX I Soil Boring Logs I milk lir csra 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (Fax) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station#1 BORING NO. B-1 Pa e I of 2- LOCATION Augusta, Georgia DATE March 7..2017 DEPTH FEET VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION PENETRATION EN ' VALUE(N) UNIFIEDVISUAL MPERCOISTURTE' CLASS. Loose, Brown and Tan Clayey Sand 10 @ 1' SC Firm, Gray Clayey Silt with Some Organics 6 @ 3.6'S' ML Firm, Gray Slightly Silty Sand 13 @ 6' SP-SM 9 @ 8.5' l0' Stiff, Gray Clayey Silt ML 2@13.5' 15' Very Soft to Soft, Peat with Organics PT 20' 4@18.5' 6 @ 23:5' 25' 12 @ 28.5' 30' Loose to Firm, Red and Tan Slightly Silty Sand SP-SM 35' 13 @ 33.5' lk Very Firm, Tan and Red Silty Sand with Gravel }} • 40' 21 @ 38.5' SM N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. • 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station#1 BORING NO. B-1 (Page 2 of 2) LOCATION Augusta, Georgia DATE March 7, 2017 DEPTH{ PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION VALUE(N) UNIFIED MOISTURE FEET CLASS. ! 22 43.5` 45' Very Firm,Tan and Red Silty Sand with Gravel SMNM 22©48.5' 50' Boring Terminated at 50 feet. Upper 8" is Reddish-Tan Sand. 55' • 60' 65' f 70' aim-4 75'' • 80' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer 6' WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. S IIIP ra __________ 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 PROJECT Rock Creek Trunk Sewer Pum• Station #2 BORING NO. 13-2 Pa e 1 of 2` LOCATION Au•usta Geor•is DATE March 9.2017 DEPTH FEET VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT VALUE(N UNIFIED MOISTURE CLASS. - Very Loose, Dark Brown Silty Sand 3 @ 1' SC Firm, Brown and Tan Slightly Silty Sand 18 3.5' 5' MO 1@6' — i _ 10' 3 @ 8.5' 40 Very Soft, Peat with Organics 1 @ 13,5' — 15' PT Ns 20' 2 @ 18.5' — Ini 25' Very Loose, Tan and Gray Clayey Sand 4 @ 23.5' SC — no 9@28.5' -- 30' >~ Loose to Firm, Tan and Red Slightly Silty Sand with Gravel SW-SM — 35' 12 @ 33.5' I 1 S 40' Firm, Tan and Red Slightly Clayey Sand 15 @ 38.5' SM N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE f csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station #2 BORING NO. B-2 (Page 2 of 2) LOCATION Auousta, Georgia DATE March 9, 2017 DEPTH PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION MOISTURE FEET VALUE(N) UNIFIED CLASS. Very Firm,Tan and Red Slightly Clayey SandSM 24 @ 43.5' 45' Very Firm, Gray Silty SandSM 27 @ 48.5' 50' Boring Terminated at 50 feet. Upper 1Black Topsoil. 55' • 60' 65' 70' 75' 1 80 N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer 3' required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. —__ WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING r' i i Aii- I. csra 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 , PROJECT Rock Creek Trunk Sewer Pum• Station#3 BORING NO. B-3 (Page 1 of 2 LocKnoN Au•Lista Geor•ia DATE Larch_,________7 2017 , DEPTH PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT I FEET VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION VALUE(N) UNIFIED MOISTURE CLASS. Firm, Tan and Gray Sandy Clayey Silt 8 @ 1' ML 3.5' Loose, Gray Clayey Sand 10 @ Sc 6 @ 6' Firm, Gray Clayey Silt with Some Peat Seams ML 4 @ 8.5' Soft Peat with Organics PT 10' 5 ' 0 _ Firm, Gray and Green Clayey Silt @ 13.5ML 15' 5 Loose, Red and Tan Silty Fine Sand @ 18.5' SM 20' 9 @23.5' 25' 11 @28.5' Loose to Firm, Gray, Tan,and Red Slightly Silty Fine to SP-SM 30.' Medium Sand 12 @ 33.5' — 35' j i , I I • , J. I Firm, Tan and Gray Clayey Sand with Gravel 15 @ 38.5' SC 41' • N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE r.., csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. III SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 1005 EMMETT STREET, (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station#3 BORING NO. B-3 (Page 2 of 2) LOCATION Augusta, Georgia DATE March 7, 2017 PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT DEPTH VISUAL 501E DESCRIPTIONUNIFIED MOISTURE FEET VALUE(N) GLASS, , s 19 @ 43.5' 45' 'Firm to Very Firm,Gray Clayey Sand SC 24 @ 48.5' 50' Bonny Terminated at 50 feet, Upper 6"Topsoil • 55' \ : 60' 65' 70' I 75' 0 80' a . . N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. 5-5 WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING • APPENDIX IT Field Testing Procedures f FIELD TESTING PROCEDURES SOIL TEST BORINGS Soil sampling and penetration testing were performed in general accordance with ASTM D 1586. The borings were made by mechanically twisting a continuous steel flight hollow stem auger into the soil. At regular intervals,soil samples obtained with a standard 1.4 inch I.D.,two inch O.D., split-barrel sampler. The sampler was first seated six inches to penetrate any loose cuttings,then driven an additional foot with blows of a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the final foot was recorded as the "penetration resistance". The penetration resistance, when properly evaluated,is an index to the soil strength and foundation supporting capability. Representative portions of the soil samples, obtained from the sampler, were placed in glass jars and transported to our laboratory. In the laboratory,the samples were examined by an engineer to verify the driller's field classifications. Test Boring Records are attached,graphically showing the soil descriptions and penetration resistances. 1111 gpe,....aro. III ___ .� G` .g1,.,:-o% IKk', , 1 A gia. Nevi�etwid, ..a.. MAILEDIFAXED TO: All Vendors Nancy Williams, Quality Assurance Analyst Tom Wiedmeier, Augusta Utilities Department I FROM: Geri Sams ' i Procurement Direc DATE: August 3, 2018 SUBJ: New Bid Opening Date BID ITEM: Bid Item#18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station for Augusta Utilities Department NEW BID OPENING DATE: Thursday, August 30, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. ADDENDUM NO. 2 This Addendum shall form a part of the referenced Bid Item #18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station and any agreement entered into in connection therewith equally as if bound into the original document. k Acknowledge receipt of all Addendums on Attachment"B"within the Specificationspackage. The Bid Opening Date for Btrn Item #1s8-23 hangeCreek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station for Augusta Utilities Dep From: Thursday, August 9, 2018 © 11:00 a.m. To: Thursday, August 30, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal END OF ADDENDUM Augusta, • Georgia 30901 rt >rr Scan this QR code with your 535 Telfair Street-Suite 605, g ( �:� (706)821-2422-Fax(706)821-2811 ""'"'r'.f t, smartphone or camera equipped A ' tablet to visit the Augusta,Georgia Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification • a . Addendum 2 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping 1of 1 gProcarement arybasetment e ---"I 0 G . I, "A 9N. Neal pwgn6, go MAILED/FAXED TO: All Vendors Nancy Williams, Quality Assurance Analyst Tom Wiedm-ier, Augusta Utilities Department FROM: Geri Sams Procuremen Director DATE: August 22, 2018 SUBJ: New Bid Opening Date, Clarifications to the Specifications and Responses to Vendor's Questions BID ITEM: Bid Item#18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station for Augusta Utilities Department NEW BID OPENING DATE: Wednesday, September 12, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. ADDENDUM NO. 3 This Addendum shall forma part of the referenced Bid Item #18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station and any agreement entered into in connection therewith equally as if bound into the original document. Acknowledge receipt of all Addendums on • Attachment"B"within the Specifications package. The Bid Opening Date for Bid Item#18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station for Augusta Utilities Department has been changed: From: Thursday, August 30, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. To: Wednesday, September 12, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. Clarifications to the Specifications 1. Section 000310—PROPOSAL REPLACE Section 000310 with the attached Section 000310 marked in the footer as "Addendum No. 3" 2. Section 000315 BID SCHEDULE REPLACESection 000315 with the attached Section 000315 marked in the footer as "Addendum No. 3" 3. Section 000510 NOTICE OF AWARD the attached Section 000510 marked in the footer as"Addendum No. 3" ADD 4. Section 000520—AGREEMENT ADD the attached Section 000520 marked in the footer as"Addendum No. 3" 5. Section 000550—NOTICE TO PROCEED ADD the attached Section 000550 marked in the footer as"Addendum No. 3" 535 Telfair Street-Suite 605,Augusta,Georgia 30901 •El ;$�fl Scan this OR code with your • (706)821-2422-Fax(706)821-2811 � r smartphone or camera equipped " ®tel r ® tablet to visit the Augusta,Georgia Register at www.demandstar.comJsu for automatic bid notification Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 1 of 9 • 6. Section 000700-GENERAL CONDITIONS Amend paragraph 5.16.1 to read as follows: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and its employees and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys'fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense(a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and(b)is caused in whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, provided that that such damage, loss or expense is not caused from the sole negligence of the indemnitee, or its, his, or her officers, agents, or employees. 7. Section 000800-SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Article 17 CONSULTING ENGINEER. Amend this paragraph to change the Professional Engineer to"Goodwyn, Mills and Cawood" 8. Section 011025—MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Article 1.8 UNIT PRICES, Paragraph E. SANITARY SEWER,Amend subparagraph 4 to read as follows: 4. ITEM S-21 - PUMPING STATION (PS-01): Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include but not be limited all labor and materials related to construction of wet well, valve vault, metering structure, wastewater grinder, bridge crane, piping, pumps, valves, instrumentation, electrical, standby power system, installation of Owner-furnished pre-engineered power house, installation of owner- furnished control panel, appurtenant site work including excavation, sheeting &shoring, . dewatering, erosion &sedimentation control, connection to force main, stone pavement, asphalt pavement, fencing and all related items as shown on the plans. Article 1.8 UNIT PRICES, Paragraph F. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS, Amend subparagraph 6 to read as follows: 6. Item M-11 - RIP-RAP- Rip-Rap shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for the placement at a minimum thickness of 18 inches over a non-woven geotextile fabric as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. No additional payment shall be made for these items." 9. Section 014000—QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Article 1.2 SUMMARY, Delete paragraph B and substitute the following: C. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified laboratory testing of materials: a. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services b. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract 2. Re-inspection and/or Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting re- inspection and/or re-testing charges from the Contract Sum/Price. Article 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QULAITY CONTROL PLAN, Delete paragraph B 10. Section 099600— HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Article 3.6 SCHEDULE, Paragraph A. Interior Service, add the followin 3. Immersion or Vapor Zone Service 9 paragraph: a. Interior Surface of Wetwells and Channels where shown on the drawings Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 2 of 9 • b. Surface Prep: Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with NAGE No. 6/SSPC-Sp13 Joint Surface Preparation Standards and ICRI Technical Guidelines. Abrasive blast, shot- blast, or mechanically abrade concrete surfaces to remove laitance, curing compounds, hardeners, sealers and other contaminants and to provide a minimum ICRI-CSP 5 surface profile. c. 1st Coat: Series 218 applied at 1/16" d. 2nd Coat: Series G435 applied at 30-40 mils dry e. 3rd Coat: Series G435 applied at 30-40 mils dry 11. Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE REPLACE Section 146050 with the Attached Section 146050 marked in the footer as "Addendum No. 3" 12. Section 400559—STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES Article 2.2 STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES, Paragraph A. Manufacturers, Add the following manufacturers: 5. WACO 6. Orbinox 7. Fontaine 13. Section 263213.13A—DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS REPLACE Section 263213.13A with the attached Section 263213.13A marked in the fotter as "Addendum No. 3" 14. DELETE Section 263600—TRANSFER SWITCHES 15.DELETE Section 262419—MOTOTR CONTROL CENTERS 16. DELETE Section 264700—ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTER 411 Drawings: 1. Drawing No. G-003 under the Section titled "AUD General Notes" Note 8 shall be Amended to read as follows: 8. Any discrepancies, errors or omissions discovered on the plans or in the specifications shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer. 2. Drawing No E-101 has been revised and is included with this addendum 3. Drawing No E-104 has been revised and is included with this addendum 4. Drawing No E-105 has been revised and is included with this addendum Responses to Vendor's Questions: 1. Reference Bid Form Item M-11 &Section 011025-1.8. F.6. The Bid Form has the Rip-Rap unit price in SY, but the measurement and payment say it will be measured in CY. Since Rip-Rap is purchased by the ton, a cubic yardage quantity is needed to estimate the cost. If the intent is to measure by SY, then a thickness must be specified. If the intent is to measure CY placed, please amend the Bid Form. Response: Section 011025 measurement and payment, article F.6(page 5 of 6) is modified to read: "6. Item M-11 - RIP-RAP -Rip-Rap shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for the placement at a minimum thickness of 18 inches over a non- woven geotextile fabric as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. No additional payment shall be made for these items." 2. According to drawing E-105 detail 3/E-105 the exterior fence is grounded back to the • grounding mat. Is there a drawing that shows how many posts or a specified distance between posts that this fence needs to be grounded? Response: The fence grounding detail shows that the posts should be grounded using the called-out connectors in 4 places. It is typical that these would be the four corner posts of the fence in order to most effectively ground the fence. In addition, Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 3 of 9 thep osts surrounding man and vehicle gates need to be grounded as well per the III detail so that the gates themselves are part of the grounded system. 3. Need clarification on which coating specifications to choose from for the inside of the P.S. below the Elevation 122.75' as well as a written schedule of coating system application for the whole project? Response: Section 099600 includes the schedule of required coating for various interior and exterior surfaces. Note 1 on drawings D-210, D-311 &D-312 is modified to read: "1. Coat all concrete surfaces of inlet channel and wetwell above elevation 112.00 see specifications 099600 for interior concrete coating.Valve vault does not require coating." Specification Section 099600 is Amended to include the following: Paragraph A. Interior Service, add the following paragraph: 9. Immersion or Vapor Zone Service a. Interior Concrete Surface of Wetwells and Channels where shown on the drawings b. Surface Prep: Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with NACE No. 6/SSPC- SP13 Joint Surface Preparation Standards and ICRI Technical Guidelines.Abrasive blast, shot-blast, or mechanically abrade concrete surfaces to remove laitance, curing compounds, hardeners, sealers and other contaminants and to provide a minimum ICRI-CSP 5 surface profile. c. 1st Coat: Series 218 applied at 1/16" d. 2nd Coat: Series G435 applied at 30-40 mils dry e. 3rd Coat: Series G435 applied at 30-40 mils dry 4. Lectrus Corp/Azz Enclosures has requested the following information to provide quotation. Lectrus is the only approved manufacturer listed in the specifications. III o A preliminary layout drawing of the equipment center with dimensions. o An electrical one-line diagram of just the equipment center. o A scope of work that includes a list of the equipment to be supplied by the owner and a list of equipment to be supplied by the seller(AZZ). Response: The E-house(including enclosure)will be an Owner furnished item. A copy of the Scope of Supply will be included as an Appendix to the specification in this addendum 3. 5. The 240-calendar day construction period is not sufficient to construct this project.Would the City consider extending the contract duration to 400 days? Response: Section 000310-PROPOSAL is Amended to change the project completion time from 240 to 300 days. 6. In 033000, 3.18 there is a"shrinkage crack repair procedure". Please define"leak" and "seepage" as well as the acceptance criteria of the leakage test. Please also confirm the mix design and the structure(joint locations, shrinkage steel) have been designed to meet this specific performance criteria. Response: The reinforcing steel areas meet or exceed the ACI 350 7.12.2.1 criteria for members subjected to environmental exposure conditions or required to be liquid tight. In addition,the reinforcing is sized to limit the crack widths in accordance with ACI 350 10.6.4. 7. Are any of the placements on the project considered mass concrete as defined by ACI. If so please detail any project specific requirements to maintain concrete temperatures sufficiently to minimize cracking commensurate with Owner's water-retention performance criteria. Response: These structures, in our opinion, do not meet the threshold of mass • concrete, however; for the sections of concrete that are 3 feet or more in thickness, special attention should be given to hot weather concrete pouring, placing and curing. Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 4 of 9 • 8. Where is the proposed Form of Agreement? Response: Section 000510 Notice of Award and Section 000520 Agreement have been included in Addendum No 3. 9. Will the Owner extend the Bid Date and RFI Date to allow Contractors to evaluate and submit RFIs concerning the Agreement? Response: The Bid date was extended in Addendum No 2 and this Addendum 3. 10. The Statement of Non-Discrimination included on Attachment B is not consistent with Executive Order 11246, as amended. Does the Owner intend to update the provision to comply with the Executive Order? Response: No. The Statement Of Non-Discrimination included on Attachment B is suffice. 11. GC 4.2.2. states the project "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions; but there are no technical data identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Please clarify. Response: There are no technical data included in the Supplementary Conditions. 12. GC 9.3. states that if the Professional uses a Resident Project Representative to assist the Professional, their duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The Supplementary Conditions do not address a Resident Project Representative; therefore, we conclude there is not one for this project. Please confirm. Response: A Resident Project Representative will not be assigned to this project. 13. GC 5.16.1. requires the Contractor to indemnify for the whole negligence of the indemnified parties. This conflicts with the indemnification provisions in GC 6.32. Furthermore, the provision violates O.C.G.A. § 13-8-2(b) which states in part "An agreement in a construction contract purporting to indemnify, hold harmless, insure, or defend the indemnitee or its officers, agents, or employees against liability or claims for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons, death, or damage to property caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the indemnitee, its officers, agents, or employees, is against public policy and void and unenforceable". Please revise the indemnification provisions to comply with Georgia statute. RESPONSE: 5.16.1 is amended per#6 above in Clarifications to Specifications. 14. GC 14.10.4. uses the term "Beneficial Occupancy". This is not a defined term in the Contract Documents. Please explain. RESPONSE: Beneficial Occupancy is defined as when the OWNER occupies or makes use of any part of the work prior to Final Completion. 15. SC 17 states the Professional Engineer is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. That is apparently incorrect. Are these the correct Supplementary Conditions? Response: Yes, Article 17 is Amended to read "Goodwyn Mills&Cawood, Inc." 16. Please clarify the meaning and intent of SC-30. a), Defective pricing. Response: The article is clear. Erroneous and defective is as determined by the City. 17. How is the Contractor supposed to know if the contract with the Owner has proper legislative authorization (an authorized contract)per SC-30. e)? RESPONSE: The Contractor will be provided notice that the Project and Contract have been approved by the Commission, and should receive a fully executed copy of the Agreement, with the Mayor's signature which is proof of proper legislative authorization. In addition this language is a requirement of the Augusta Procurement Code and therefore is a standard term in all of the Augusta contracts. 18. Section 016000, Product Requirements, Article 1.7(Product Warranties), Guarantee)conflicts with GC 13.12. Please clarify the start date for the warranty a ty and correction period. Response: The article is clear and is in addition to the requirements of the general conditions. Acceptance of the work in this article is the date of substantial Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Pane 5 of 9 completion. Ili 19. REF: S-310, Section 2 —Please verify the valve box bottom elevation of 117.50'. This elevation would make the walls of this box over 18' high; but it scales to just over 8' high. Response: The valve box bottom elevation should be 126.83. 20. REF: C-101 —What size and depth is the existing water main under the existing asphalt roadway where the new tapping sleeve&valve is to be installed? Response: The 2 inch water main is provided by others and will be installed on the South side of Chester Avenue with a crossing of the roadway and terminating with a 2 inch gate valve at the approximate connection point shown on C-101. Under this contract,the contractor shall connect the station service line to the 2 inch Gate Valve. 21. REF: D-311 —Confirm that all piping inside of the pump station is stainless steel and piping through the valve vault and meter vault is ductile iron. Response: See section 400513 Article 2.1 "Pipe Schedule" for allowable piping materials. 22. REF: C-101 —Confirm the flow rate in the existing 36" RCP sanitary sewer. RespMCD, nse:Averageaased on flow monitoring 5 5 MGD, Max 7.8 MGD),Wet gweather flow 2014, the w(Min a1.6 MGD,Ather flow verage 10.2 MGD, MGD, Max 30 MGD). 23. REF: Bid Form—Please clarify where the 20CY of Class A Concrete and the 40CY of Select Backfill Material is located on the drawings. Response: These bid items are for unforeseen work which may be required and as directed by the ENGINEER. 24. REF: 000310 Proposal— If alternate equipment is listed by the contractor on Schedule B, • can the deductive price be used to determine the low bidder, or will the low bid be determined by using all of the engineer's BASE BID manufacturers? Response: The City may choose to award the contract to the lowest responsive bidder considering any or all deductive pricing provided based on the best interest of the City. 25. REF: 000310 Proposal - in schedule A List of Proposed Subcontractors should the contractor list"Self-Perform" if no subcontractor is anticipated? Response: The Bidder may use the wording "Self Perform"for any of the Subcontractors listed if the bidder proposes to self-perform that segment of the work. 26. REF: 146050—Two crane suppliers have stated that the specification is an enclosed track design and that 80001b cannot be achieved. Enclosed track does not go above 40001b. Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 27. REF: 01.40.00.1.7.B—Section requires a full time Quality Control person with no other project responsibilities. Please clarify whether or not the intent is to have full time on site dedicated quality control personnel. Response: This project will not require a full time quality control manager. 28. REF: 01.40.00.1.7.D— Is the Owner of Contractor responsible for hiring a third-party material testing laboratory? Response: Section 14000 is amended to identify the owners' engagement of a testing laboratory. 29. REF: G-003, AUD General Notes, note 8—Please clarify whether or not errors or omissions discovered in the bid documents are to be noted on the"contract proposal". Response: Note 8 shall be amended to read as follows: • 8. Any discrepancies, errors or omissions discovered on the plans or in the specifications shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer. Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping e Station of 9 • 30. REF: 00310 Proposal, page 1 —The duration of 240 calendar days is aggressive. Please clarify if this is a mandatory duration or if the City would consider a longer duration. It is anticipated that the project will take between 15 and 21 months to complete. Response: Section 000310—PROPOSAL is Amended to change the project completion time from 240 to 300 days. 31. REF: E-101 —Please provide the following information on the owner supplied "E-House": Weight, dimensions, what is included as far as electrical gear, and how much is actually prefabricated. Response: The weight, dimensions and complete scope of supply for the Owner- furnished E-house is included in the attached copy of the Vendor Scope of Supply. 32. REF: C-101 —Are there available lands for stockpiling of excavated material for use in backfilling? For instance, is the land across from the tennis courts available for this purpose? Response: The bidder is responsible for locating and securing stockpile or storage areas. 33. REF: C-101 —It appears that a power pole exists in the center of the new driveway. Please confirm; and if so, will the City relocate this pole at no cost to the Contractor? Would the city increase the height, temporarily, of the power line in order for cranes and such to safely access the site? Response: There is no power pole at this location according to the survey. Any relocation of power poles or lines for contract requirements will be the responsibility of the contractor. 34. REF: C-101 — Is it acceptable to extend the clearing limits to the two existing manholes in order to provide laydown, office and parking space? Is it acceptable to extend the fill in order to provide for the same? Would the fill need to be removed after the project is complete? This clearing/fill would go beyond the property line; does AUD own the property to the northwest of this line? Response: There are wetlands outside the bounds of clearing limits, so increasing the land disturbance limits would not be permitted. 35. REF: C-101 —According to the FEMA map, this project is in a "special flood hazard area" called a Regulatory Floodway. Are the final elevations above the potential flood elevation? Or, is the 100-yr flood elevation known? What does the APPROX FEMA FLOOD ELEV" mean as shown on this drawing? Response: The final Elevations of the project structures are above the 100-Year Flood Zone according to Flood Map 13245C0120F. 36. No details are shown in the plans or details for a foundation pad under the Electrical house. Sheet E-101 references spec section 264700 but there is no indication that a concrete pad/foundation is required. Please clarify if a cast in place concrete pad is required and what the dimensions will need to be. Response: Pad details are shown on the revised Electrical Drawings (attached)to this Addendum 3. 37. Sheet D-311 shows a cross-section of the Flow Meter/Transmitter. it seems possible that a cast in place slab may be required for this structure, but a detail is not provided. Please clarify if a cast in place foundation is required and either provide a detail or required dimensions. Response: This structure is a precast concrete structure with an included bottom. 38. Page A-1 of the proposed Form of Agreement references "Special Conditions". There are no Special Conditions. Please clarify. RESPONSE: Per#4 above in Clarifications to Specifications: ADD the attached Section 000520 marked in the footer as "Addendum No. 3". "Special Conditions" has been changed to "Supplemental Conditions" Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 7 of 9 • 39. Article II of the proposed Form of Agreement implies the Contractor can issue the notice to proceed. Please clarify. RESPONSE: Per#4 above in Clarifications to Specifications: ADD the attached Seimpliones 00he Con tractor can arked in the ssue the notice to proceed haendum No. s bee.Then corrected.anguage which implies the 40.The Liquidated Damages provisions in the proposed Form of Agreement are confusing: o Are Liquidated Damages tied to Substantial Completion, Final Completion, or both? o If Liquidated Damages are tied to both Substantial and Final Completion, are the damages additive and/or cumulative? Will they be assessed concurrently? RESPONSE: The statement below indicates liquidated damages are tied to Substantial Completion. "IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part of the Consideration for the awarding of this contract,to pay the Owner the sum Two Thousand and n0/100 ($2,000.00) Dollars, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth,for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work to substantial completion." 41. GC 4.2.2. states the project"technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions; but there are no technical data identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Please clarify. Response:The technical data referred to includes the project Geotechnical Investigation and Report,which was included in Addendum No. 1. 42. GC 5.16.1. requires the Contractor to indemnify for the whole negligence of the indemnified III parties. This conflicts with the indemnification provisions in GC 6.32. Furthermore, the provision violates O.C.G.A. § 13-8-2(b) which states in part"An agreement in a construction contract purporting to indemnify, hold harmless, insure, or defend the indemnitee or its officers, agents, or employees against liability or claims rdamages arising rrom tout of bodily s injury to persons, death, or damage to property by or negligence of the indemnitee, its officers, agents, or employees, is against public policy and void and unenforceable". Please revise the indemnification provisions to comply with Georgia statute. RESPONSE: 5.16.1 is amended per#6 above in Clarifications to Specifications. 43. GC 9.3. states that if the Professional uses a Resident ProjectoRepresentative n bee provided ine Professional, their duties, responsibilities and limitationsauthority g the Supplementary Conditions. The Supplementary Conditions do not address a Resident Project Representative; therefore, we conclude there is not one for this project. Please confirm. Response: A Resident Project Representative will not be assigned to this project. 44. GC 14.10.4. uses the term "Beneficial Occupancy. This is not a defined term in the g Contract Documents. Please explain. Response: Beneficial Occupancy is defined as when the OWNER occupies or g makes use of any part of the work prior to Final Completion. 45. REF: 09.96.00.3.6—What system is to be used for concrete surfaces in immersion and/or vapor zones? Response: See response to question 3 above. 46. REF: 09.96.00.3.6—Are the two manholes considered immersion or vapor zones? If not, Ali what system would be specified for them? win D-502. The other Response: The connector manhole coating is called out on drawing manhole should be provided with the same coating.The coating is specified in Section 099600 as amended by this Addendum 3. Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 8of9 • 47. REF: D-310—The note on this drawing states; coat all surfaces of inlet channel below elev. 122.75. Does this include the stainless guide rails, pumps, pipes, c? wetwell Response: See response to question 3 above. P etc? 48. REF: 09.96.00.3.6.8.6—Does the exterior concrete for the pump station, valve vault, and manholes receive the coating specified in this section? Response: The connector manhole coating is called out on drawing D-502. The other manhole should be provided with the same coating. The coating is specified in Section 099600 as amended by this Addendum. 49. Spec#146050 paragraph 2.1-A lists Ace Crane Services (OR APPROVED EQUAL)for crane supplier. Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 50. The specified capacity of 8,000-lb (4T)exceeds the capacity range on an "enclosed track" type (also specified)bridge crane. Therefore, we will offer a conventional I-beam crane system with freestanding runway structure. Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 51. Since 90% of Spec#146050 is written around an enclosed track crane system, it is obsolete. Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 52. The written specification does not clearly define if the bridge and trolley motions are to be • hand-push, hand-gear driven or motor driven (Please clarify). Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 53. Spec#146050 paragraph 2.3 lists some general features of the electric chain hoist but does not specify the supply voltage. Response: Specification Section 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE has been amended and is included in this Addendum 3. 54. I do not see a power circuit for the bridge crane on any of the electrical drawings. Response: The revised Electrical Drawings are attached to this Addendum 3. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal END OF ADDENDUM ATTACHMENTS: REVISED SECTION 000310-PROPOSAL(3 PAGES) REVISED SECTION 000315 BID SCHEDULE(2 PAGES) SECTION 000510 NOTICE OF AWARD(1 PAGE) SECTION 000520-AGREEMENT(3 PAGES) SECTION 000550-NOTICE TO PROCEED(1 PAGE) SECTION 146050-FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE(5 PAGES) SECTION 263213.13A-DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS(17 PAGES) REVISED DRAWINGS(3 SHEETS) • Addendum 3 Bid 18-239 Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Station Page 9 of 9 SECTION 00310 PROPOSAL III DATE:_ Gentlemen: In compliance with you invitation for bids,the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor, equipment and materials,and perform all work for the project referred to herein as: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER-P1,IMPING STATION P_RO)'ECT NO. LIB 2017-002 In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on the bid schedule attached hereto and totaling: and /100 dollars L. ). The undersigned hereby agrees that,upon written acceptance of this bid,he will within 10 days of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner,and that he will provide the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents. The undersigned hereby agrees that,if awarded the contract,he will commence the work within Ten(10)calendar days after the date of written notice ote the date of ,u h that he will complete the work within THREE HUNDRED(300)calendar day otice. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No.Addendum Date i in the Endosed is a bid guarantee consisting of amount of Respectfully Submitted, Firm Address t BY: IllLE: k Ah lir 000310 Proposal-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 t t • DATA TO BE SUBMIjmD WITH BID A. SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS: The following instructions supplement the requirements of the Information For Bidders and provides instructions for completing the schedules which follow. 1. The Bidder shall list in the space provided in Schedule A,ALL major subcontractors to be used for construction of the project. Subcontractors so listed shall be used for the contract construction unless their replacement is approved by the Engineer and the Owner. B. SCHEDULE A-LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: 1. Site Improvements: Address: 2. Wetwell Construction: Address:. 3. Electrical: • Address:. . 4. Process Equipment&Piping: Address: C. SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID: (BIDDER MUST BID BASE BID ITEMS) The "Schedule of Equipment Included in Base Bid" which follows as Schedule B shall be completed to denote the manufacturer of major equipment proposed to be furnished by the Bidder under the Base Bid. In that schedule, the manufacturer of the items of major equipment upon which the design is based are listed as Selection "BASE BID" for the several items. Also listed under some of those items are other manufacturers whose equipment or products are deemed equal in quality and acceptable to be provided. For those items for which more than one acceptable manufacturer is listed,the Bidder must bid on the basis of the Base Bid AND enter amounts to add or subtract for any alternate manufacturers. For comparable named equipment the furnished items shall fulfill the function and performance of the item specified and shall be of equal quality;any modifications required by the furnished equipment to the structure, process, associated equipment, or piping shall be a consideration in the Bid price and the completed installation of the item by the Contractor shall incur no additional cost to the Owner, including engineering cost to accommodate alternate supplier. • 000310 Proposal-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 2 SCHEDULE B—EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER Alternate+/-$ Submersible Centrifugal Pumps BASE BID KSB 1 Specification Section 432513 Alternate BASE BID ACE CRANE Free Standing Bridge Crane I SERVICE,INC 2 Specification Section 146050 Alternate DEZURICK Plug Valves BASE BID VALMATIC 3 HENRY PRATT CO Specification Section 400562 Alternate 4 Magnetic Flow Meters BASE BID I ROSEMOUNT Specification Section 407113 Alternate Motor Control Centers BASE BID SQUARE-D 5 Specification Section 262419 Alternate I' 6 Diesel Emergency Generators BASE BID CUMMINS Specification Section 263213 Alternate •Open-Channel Grinders BASE BID ENVIRONMENTAL 7 Specification Section 462433 Alternate • 000310 Proposal-Addendum No 3 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 AtIGUSr • 1>1� Water i. Life . �. Int Eos AUGUSTA UTILITIES ITB #18-239 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER - PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT BID SCHEDULE k � '� tr WATER W-1 2"Water Main 35 LF W-10 2"Tapping Sleeve and Valve 1 EA SANITARY SEWER • S-1A 42"Diameter Gravity EDIP Sanitary Sewer, 14'-18'depth, Including Beddina and Backfill Material. 75 LF S_6 84"Diameter Pre-cast sanitary manhole, including manhole, ring and cove and piping connections 1EA 72"X 72" Precast Connector Manhole including manhole, stone bedding, cast-in-place concrete bottom slab, water- S-11A tight access cover,fixed aluminum access ladder, aluminum handrail, 2 stainless steel slide gates with 1EA manual geared actuators, removal of existing pipe segment and disposal, complete Pumping Station PS-01 Complete, Including Connection to Existing 36"RCP Sewer,Wetwell, Valve Vault, Metering Vault, Piping, Pumps,Valves, Grinder, Bridge Crane, S-21 Instrumentation, Electrical, Standby Power System, Installation of Owner-furnished Prefabricated Power House, 1 LS Installation of Owner-furnished control panel,Water Service, and Appurtenant Site Work, Stone Pavement, Asehalt Entrance Road and Fencing, MISCELLANEOUS M-2 Class A Concrete 20 CY M-4 Select Backfill Material 40 CY M-5 Clearing Woods(Trees&Grubbing), Easement Only 0.5 AC 000315 BID SCHEDULE-ADDEDNUM NO 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 1 OF 2 r' GUS . -rii 0 rif a 1t i k AUGUSTA UTILITIES L Foundation backfill, GA DOT Type II,for additional • 100 CY M-9 unclassified excavation = M-10 Borrow Material for additional Unclassified Excavation 100 CY Rip-Rap,Placed(18 inch minimum thickness over 570 SY M-11 geotextile LUMP SUM . - LS-1 Mobilization and Demobilization 1 LS _ 1 LS LS-2 Bonds and Insurance LS-3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 1 LS LS-4 Traffic Control 1 LS LS-5 Permanent Grassing 1 LS • - _ - 1 LS LS-6 As-Built GPS Survey NOTE TO BIDDERS: FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS REFER TO SECTION 011025 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. I III 000315 BID SCHEDULE-ADDEDNUM NO 3 2 OF 2 ADDENDUM NO.3 (01) l}.� NOTICE OF AWARD DATE: CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: City State Zip Code PROJECT: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER-PUMPING STATIONS PROJECT NO: -xX70t X70t At a meeting of the held on(Date) you were awarded the Contract for the following Project: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS Enclosed please find copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the pages,affixing signatures,dates, notary and/or corporate seals,etc.where necessary and retum to this office within 10 days from the date of this letter,excluding Legal Holidays. • The Certificate of Insurance must be complete. Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate;an original and two copies is permissible. Very truly yours, Project Engineer Reciept of this NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this,the day of 21) Contractor By Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to: Title Augusta Utilities Department 452 Walker Street,Suite 200 Augusta,GA 30901 000510 Notice Of Award • ADDENDUM NO.3 1 SECTION A • AGREEMENT AGREEMENT This AGREEMENT,made on the day of ,20 ,by and between AUGUSTA,GEORGIA,BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION,party of the first part,hereinafter called the OWNER,and party of the second part,hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH,that the Contractor and the Owner,for the considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: ARTICLE I-SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary,and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the project entitled: PROJECT NO.UB 2017-002 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Supplemental Conditions hereto attached,which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II-TIME OF COMPLETION-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 14 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to proceed.All work shall be substantially completed within 270 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. Substantial completion shall be defined in the General Conditions.Final completion shall be 30 days after substantial completion. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed,by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning,rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure Contractor completion of withinthe time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by anbetween the and the Owner,that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same,taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT,FAIL,OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED,then the Contractor does hereby agree,as a part of the Consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum Two Thousand a d no jxoo ee. 0 o.00)Dollars,not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter seto sforth,for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work to substantial completion. because of e The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and and ascertaining the actual damagese Owner would�m impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 • ADDENDUM NO.3 1 • such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed for the completion of any work,the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract. ARTICLE III—PAYMENT (A)The Contract Sum The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the Contract the amount as stated in the BID FORM and Schedule of Items.No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto. (B) Progress Payment On no later than the fifth day of every month,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Engineer an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/or the Engineer.This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule.On the vendor run following approval of the invoice for payment,the Owner shall after deducting previous payments made,pay to the Contractor 9o%of the amount of the estimate on units accepted in place.The io%retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract. ARTICLE IV-ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT (A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance,the Engineer • shall within to days made such inspection,and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed,he will promptly issue a final certificate,over his own signature,stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage,shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate. (B) Before final payment is due,the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls,material bills,and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid,except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in € cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. (C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. 5 (C) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,and the Engineer,so certifies,the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three(3)counterparts,each of which shall be deemed an original,in the year and day first mentioned above. • 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 2 i A A A A A A OWNER:AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • ATTEST: SEAL By: By: The Honorable Hardie Davis Lena J.Bonner Mayor Clerk of the Commission Date: Date: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DEPARTMENT APPROVAL By: By: Thomas D.Wiedmeier Attorney Director,Augusta Utilities Department Date: Date:_ _... ... CONTRACTOR A II.EST: SEAL • By: By; Name: Name: Title: Title. Date: .. > Date: jfk { $F 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 3 NOTICE TO PROCEED 0 _ 1 1410 DATE: TO: Name Attn:Firm Contact AddressI City,State 30901 PROJECT: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS PROJECT NO:XX-XX-)000( You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated on or before ,and you are to complete the WORK within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore Very truly yours, t Project Engineer Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged This,the day of Contractor: By: Title: Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to: Augusta Utilities Department 360 Bay Street,Suite 180 i o Augusta,GA 30901 i 0 , 000550 Notice To Proceed-Addednum No 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 1 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA SECTION 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Free standing bridge crane,hoist,runway beams,columns,bracing and accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 036000"Grout"for grouting of baseplates. 2. Section 055000"Metal Fabrications"for anchor bolts installed under this section. 3. Section 099600 — "High Performance Coatings" for finishing work of products in this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. HMI Standard Specifications for Hoists B. ANSI B30.2.0-Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes • C. ANSI B30.11-Monorails and Underhung Cranes D. ASTM A36-Carbon Structural Steel E. ASTM A325 -Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength F. ASTM A490-Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength G. ASTM B221 -Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar,Rod,Wire,Shape,and Tube H. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code I. OSHA-Specification 1910.179-Overhead and Gantry Cranes 1.3 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Bridge crane and hoist—Pumping Station: area of size indicated on Drawings and 1. Crane shall provide coverage of rectangular consist of: a. Support structure. b. Two rigid,parallel runways. to runways. c. Rigid,single girder bridge moving perpendicular d. Crane shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with ANSI B30.11,and OSHA 1910.179. 2. Crane operating temperature: 5 to 200 degrees F(-15 to 93 C). FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 146050-1 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Crane shall be designed to withstand: a. Structural design shall include full rated load capacity plus 15 percent for hoist and trolley weight and 25 percent impact factor for speed of lifting device and weight of tooling. b. Crane and hoist dead load. c. Live load capacity equal to net rated hook load: 8000 pounds. d. Inertia forces from crane and load movement. 4. Required hoist lift distance: a. Wastewater Grinder: 19 feet minimum b. Submersible Wastewater Pumps: 35 feet minimum 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers Qualifications: 1. All equipment supplied by a single manufacturer 2. Equipment to be the standard product of the manufacturer, modified to conform to the requirements specified 3. Equipment of same design shall have been supplied by manufacturer for at least five years 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS • A. Shop drawing and product data: 1. Sufficient data to verify compliance with Specifications. 2. Data describing materials used,parts,devices,and other accessories. 3. Setting drawings and templates for location and installation of anchorage devices. 4. Complete shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all work. Include plans, elevations,and details of sections,connections,showing anchorage. B. Submit copies of all required inspections,reports,and certificates C. Submit manufacturer certified load test report for specified crane type. All cranes shall be load tested after installation(125%of rated capacity) 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For manufacturer. B. Welding certificates. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers' literature, troubleshooting checklists, repair data, and replacement parts list. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 146050-2 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirement, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include,but are not limited to the following: 1. Ace Crane Service,Inc.—Cudahy,CA 2. Dearborn Crane- Mishawaka,IN 3. Approved Equal 2.2 BRIDGE CRANES A. Free Standing Bridge Crane: Bridge crane with free standing support structure, two runways, bridge moving perpendicular to runways, and equipped with enclosed track, end trucks, hoist trolley, festooning system, bumpers, and other accessories motorized for all motions, pendant control designed for 460V, 3 phase,60 Hz service. The crane shall be designed for intermittent maintenance duty. 1. Construction:Fabricate from ASTM A36 steel sections with finished ends and surfaces. 2. Support structure: Support crane runways with frames consisting of two columns and horizontal header. a. Columns: Structural shapes with bottom base plate and top header plate. b. Header: Provide clamp plates, threaded rods, lock washers, and hex nuts for attaching header to column. • c. Hanger assemblies:Provide each support frame with pair of hanger assemblies that provide a rigid connection for suspending runways. Assembly to consist of clamp angle, clamp plates,threaded rods,lock washers,and hex nuts. B. Festoon Assemblies: 1. Provide length of cable to supply lifting device. Supply shall be festooned along bridge and runway.Refer to drawings for type and size. 2. Festoon gliders: T-shaped gliders with adjustable applicable attachment to support service runs on runway or bridge and allowing festooning as end truck or hoist trolley travels. 3. Festoon clamp: Steel clamp assembly attached to track to prevent festoon trolleys and gliders from exiting track. 4. Festoon tow clamp: Steel clamp assembly attached to track to prevent festoon from binding under with end truck or trolley. 2.3 SHOP FINISHING A. Steel: Commercial blast steel crane components with prime and finish coat of blue or yellow high performance urethane in accordance with the requirements of 099600. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE • 146050-3 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS PART 3-EXECUTION AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until support structures have been properly prepared. B. Design and construction of reinforced concrete footings and slabs as detailed on Drawings and specified in other sections.Verify that accurate crane applied forces and anchor bolt patterns are provided for foundation design 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Do not modify crane components in any manner without advance written approval by crane manufacturer. C. Clearances for moving crane components: 1. 3 inches minimum vertical clearance from any overhead obstruction. 2. 2 inches minimum horizontal clearance from any lateral obstruction. 3. Prior to applying proper torque to the bolts,ensure runways are: III 4. Level to within plus or minus 1/8 inch in 20 feet. 5. Parallel with opposite runway to within plus or minus.Forcing of the structure to achieve fit-up during construction is expressly forbidden and not acceptable. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field quality control testing as recommended by manufacturer. B. Move bridge and hoist trolley through entire travel to ensure crane is clear of obstructions and moves freely and smoothly. C. Inspect installed crane.Verify all bolts are tight and lock washers fully compressed. D. Field test crane and accessories for operating functions. Ensure crane movement is smooth and proper.Adjust as required and correct deficiencies. E. Clean surfaces. If necessary, touch-up paint damage, scratches, and blemishes with manufacturer provided matching paint. F. Protect crane from other construction operations. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's field service representative for a minimum of 1 day to inspect installation and witness testing 111) GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE Addendum No.3 146050-4 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Manufacturer's representatives shall inspect the installation, witness field testing, and instruct plant personnel on its proper operation. C. Provide additional four hours of owner's personnel training after start-up END OF SECTION 146050 • E N GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 146050-5 FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 263213.13A-DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged diesel engine generators for emergency use with the following features: 1. Diesel engine. 2. Diesel fuel-oil system. 3. Control and monitoring. 4. Generator overcurrent and fault protection. 5. Generator,exciter,and voltage regulator. 6. Load banks. 7. Outdoor engine generator enclosure. . 8. Remote radiator motors. 9. Vibration isolation devices. 10. Finishes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPS: Emergency power supply. B. EPSS:Emergency power supply system. C. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation, from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities,operating characteristics, electrical characteristics,and furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Include thermal damage curve for generator. 3. Include time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-1 of 17 Now ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Include fuel consumption in gallons per hour at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity. 5. Include generator efficiency at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity. 6. Include airflow requirements for cooling and combustion air in cubic feet per minute at 0.8 power factor, with air-supply temperature of 95, 80, 70, and 50 deg F. Provide Drawings indicating requirements and limitations for location of air intake and exhausts. 7. Include generator characteristics,including,but not limited to,kilowatt rating, efficiency, reactances,and short-circuit current capability. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans and elevations for engine generator and other components specified. Indicate access requirements affected by height of subbase fuel tank. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Identify fluid drain ports and clearance requirements for proper fluid drain. 4. Design calculations for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and supported equipment.Include base weights. 6. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Complete schematic,wiring, and interconnection diagrams showing terminal markings for EPS equipment and functional relationship between all electrical components. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For manufacturer and testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates for engine generator, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: With engine and generator mounted on rails, identify center of gravity and total weight,including full fuel tank, subbase- mounted fuel tank, and each piece of equipment not integral to the engine generator, and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Source Quality-Control Reports:Including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. 2. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical,to those tested on prototype unit. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-2 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1111 3. Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Certify compliance with specified requirement to meet performance criteria for sensitive loads. 4. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 5. Report of sound generation. 6. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. 7. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility:Comply with NFPA 110. D. Field quality-control reports. E. Warranty:For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBM1YfALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data:For engine generators to include in emergency,operation,and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. • b. Operating instructions laminated and mounted adjacent to generator location. c. Training plan. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses:One for every 10 of each type and rating,but no fewer than one of each. 2. Indicator Lamps:Two for every six of each type used,but no fewer than two of each. 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil,fuel,and combustion-air filters. 4. Tools:Each tool listed by part number in operations and maintenance manual. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS 4110 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-3 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 41/ 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings by Cummins Power Generation or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Kohler B. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged engine generators and auxiliary components from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Engine generator housing, subbase fuel tank, engine generator,batteries, battery racks, silencers, sound attenuating equipment, accessories, and components shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term"withstand"means"the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 2. Shake-table testing shall comply with ICC-ES AC156. Testing shall be performed with • all fluids at worst-case normal levels. 3. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. B. Bi 1 Compliance: Comply with B11.19. C. NFPA Compliance: 1. Comply with NFPA 37. 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 3. Comply with NFPA 99. 4. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 EPSS. D. UL Compliance:Comply with UL 2200. E. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with EPA Tier 2 requirements and applicable state and local government requirements. F. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by engine generator, including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. G. Environmental Conditions: Engine esystem mechanical or electrical bwithstand damage the following environmental conditionsordegradation of performance capability: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-4 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA i 1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 104 deg F. 2. Relative Humidity:Zero to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. 2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Factory-assembled and-tested,water-cooled engine,with brushless generator and accessories. B. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories:Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. Service Load:375 kVA. D. Power Factor: 0.8,lagging. E. Frequency: 60 Hz F. Voltage: 480 V ac. G. Phase:Three-phase,three-wire delta. H. Induction Method: Turbocharged. I. Governor:Adjustable isochronous,with speed sensing. J. Mounting Frame: Structural steel framework amework to maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Provide lifting attachments sized and spaced to prevent deflection of base during lifting and moving. 1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and engine generator center of gravity. K. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated at 0.8 power factor excluding power required for the continued and repeated operation of the unit and auxiliaries. 2. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address,and model and serial number of component. L. Engine Generator Performance: 1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage, from no load to full load. 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 15 percent variation for 50 percent step- load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency, from no load to full load. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-5 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measuredline to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor,determined according to NEMA MG 1,shall not exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a three-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 2.4 DIESEL ENGINE A. Fuel:ASTM D 975 diesel fuel oil,Grade 2-D S15. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. C. Lubrication System: Engine or skid mounted. 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. • 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature.Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. D. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity and with UL 499. E. Cooling System: Closed loop,liquid cooled,with radiator factory mounted on engine generator mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant, from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant-system pressure for engine used.Equip with gage glass and petcock. 4. Temperature Control: Self-contained,thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-,UV-,and abrasion-resistant fabric. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-6 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA ID a. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F, and noncollapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. F. Muffler/Silencer: Semicritical type,sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Minimum sound attenuation of 18 dB at 500 Hz. G. Air-Intake Filter: Heavy-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and"blocked filter"indicator. H. Starting System: 24 V electric,with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they are not damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle, with ambient temperature at maximum specified in"Performance Requirements"Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 4. Battery: Nickel cadmium, with capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging. Ill 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 50 deg F regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place.Provide ventilation to exhaust battery gases. 7. Battery Stand: Factory-fabricated, two-tier metal with acid-resistant finish designed to hold the quantity of battery cells required and to maintain the arrangement to minimize lengths of battery interconnections. 8. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage f regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. 9. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing, and float-charging type designed for nickel-cadmium batteries. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg F to 140 deg F to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170904 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-7 of 17 l' z ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting:NEMA 250,Type 1 wall-mounted cabinet. 2.5 DIESEL FUEL-OIL SYS T'hM A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Piping: Fuel-oil piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel, or engineer approved equal. Cast iron, aluminum, copper,and galvanized steel shall not be used in the fuel-oil system. C. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine to provide primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. D. Fuel Filtering:Remove water and contaminants larger than 1 micron. E. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. • F. Subbase-Mounted, Double-Wall, Fuel-Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel-oil tank.Features include the following: 1. Tank level indicator. 2. Fuel-Tank Capacity: 600 Gallons. Contractor shall provide 600 gallons of fuel prior to testing and re-fill the tank to the"full"level once testing has been completed. 3. Leak detection in interstitial space. 4. Vandal-resistant fill cap. 5. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.6 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic-Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of engine generator. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, engine generator starts. The off position of same switch initiates engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified systemor equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. B. Manual-Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts engine generator.The off position of same switch initiates GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGLNE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-8 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. C. Provide minimum run time control set for 15 minutes, with override only by operation of a remote emergency-stop switch. D. Comply with UL 508A. E. Configuration: Operating and safety indications,protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the engine generator. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from engine generator vibration.Panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. F. Control and Monitoring Panel: 1. Digital controller with integrated LCD display, controls, and microprocessor, capable of local and remote control,monitoring,and programming,with battery backup. 2. Analog control panel with dedicated gages and indicator lights for the instruments and alarms indicated below. 3. Instruments:Located on the control and monitoring panel and viewable during operation. a. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage. b. Engine-coolant temperature gage. c. DC voltmeter(alternator battery charging). ill d. Running-time meter. e. AC voltmeter,for each phase. f. AC ammeter,for each phase. g. AC frequency meter. h. Generator-voltage-adjusting rheostat. 4. Controls and Protective Devices: Controls, shutdown devices, and common visual alarm indication as required by NFPA 110 for Level 2 system,including the following: I a. Cranking control equipment. b. Run-Off-Auto switch. c. Control switch not in automatic position alarm. d. Overcrank alarm. e. Overcrank shutdown device. f. Low water temperature alarm. g. High engine temperature pre-alarm. h. High engine temperature. i. High engine temperature shutdown device. j. Overspeed alarm. k. Overspeed shutdown device. 1. Low-fuel main tank. 1) Low-fuel-level alarm shall be initiated when the level falls below that required for operation for the duration required for the indicated EPSS class. 11 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. • DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 £ Addendum No.3 i 263213.13A-9 of 17 E ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III m. Coolant low-level alarm. n. Coolant low-level shutdown device. o. Coolant high-temperature prealarm. p. Coolant high-temperature alarm. q. Coolant low-temperature alarm. r. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device. s. EPS load indicator. t. Battery high-voltage alarm. u. Low-cranking voltage alarm. v. Battery-charger malfunction alarm. w. Battery low-voltage alarm. x. Lamp test. y. Contacts for local and remote common alarm. z. Low-starting air pressure alarm. aa. Low-starting hydraulic pressure alarm. bb. Remote manual-stop shutdown device. cc. Air shutdown damper alarm when used. dd. Air shutdown damper shutdown device when used. ee. Generator overcurrent-protective-device not-closed alarm. G. Connection to Datalink: 1. A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication. 2. Provide connections for datalink transmission of indications to remote data terminals via11111 ModBus and Ethernet. Data system connections to terminals are covered in Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." H. Supporting Items: Include sensors,transducers,terminals,relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator unless otherwise indicated. I. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush;wall mounted,unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation. 2.7 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Overcurrent protective devices for the entire EPSS shall be coordinated to optimize selective tripping when a short circuit occurs. Coordination of protective devices shall consider both utility and EPSS as the voltage source. 1. Overcurrent protective devices for the EPSS shall be accessible only to authorized personnel. B. Generator Circuit Breaker:Molded-case,electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated;complying with UL 489. 1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 • Addendum No.3 263213.13A-10 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. 3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices. 4. Mounting:Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. C. Generator Protector:Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other engine generator protective devices, a shunt-trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector performs the following functions: 1. Initiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is integrated with other engine generator malfunction alarms. Contacts shall be available for load shed functions. 2. Under single-or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated full-load current for up to 10 seconds. 3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect device,and shuts down the engine generator. 4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot. • D. Ground-Fault Indication:Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground fault. 1. Indicate ground fault with other engine generator alarm indications. 2. Trip generator protective device on ground fault. 2.8 GENERATOR,EXCITER,AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required.Provide 12-lead alternator. E. Range:Provide broad range of output voltage by adjusting the excitation level. F. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. G. Enclosure: Dripproof. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-11 of 17 0 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • H. Instrument Transformers:Mounted within generator enclosure. I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter,providing performance as specified and as required by NFPA 110. 1. Adjusting Rheostat on Control and Monitoring Panel: Provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band. 2. Maintain voltage within 20 percent on one step,full load. 3. Provide anti-hunt provision to stabilize voltage. 4. Maintain frequency within 10 percent and stabilize at rated frequency within five seconds. J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. K. Windings:Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding. L. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent,maximum. 2.9 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene separated by steel shims. 2. Shore A Scale Durometer Rating: 30. 3. Number of Layers: One. 4. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch. B. Vibration isolation devices shall not be used to accommodate misalignments or to make bends. 2.10 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CON'T'ROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine generator using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NEPA 110,Level I Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 • Addendum No.3 263213.13A-12 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine generator and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor.Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability, 2. Test generator, exciter, and voltage regulator as a unit. 3. Full-load run. 4. Maximum power. S. Voltage regulation. 6. Transient and steady-state governing. 7. Single-step load pickup. 8. Safety shutdown. 9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 10. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with • requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine generator performance. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine generator installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Interruption of.Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer and Owner no fewer than five working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Engineer and Owner's written permission. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 404. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-13 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Comply with packaged engine generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. C. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install packaged engine generators on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. e bases for packaged engine generators. Cast 2. Coordinate size anchor bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,nd location of treinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. 3. Install packaged engine generator with elastomeric isolator pads having a minimum deflection of 1 inch on concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. D. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories,for periodic maintenance. E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. B. Connect fuel,cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector. D. Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector. E. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." F. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 bend in flexibleow-Voltage Electrical conduit routeto the engine wer Conductors and Cables." Provide a minimum of one 90-degree generator from a stationary element. G. Balance single-phase loads to obtain a maximum of 10 percent unbalance between any two phases. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install a sign indicating the generator neutral is bonded to the main service neutral at the main service location. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-14 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and in "Visual and Mechanical Inspection" and "Electrical and Mechanical Tests" subparagraphs below, as specified in the NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1) Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and the Specifications. 2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3) Inspect anchorage,alignment,and grounding. 4) Verify that the unit is clean. b. Electrical and Mechanical Tests: 1) Perform insulation-resistance tests according to IEEE 43. 2) Test protective relay devices. 3) Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application. 4) Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed,and other protection features as applicable. 5) Perform vibration test for each main bearing cap. 6) Conduct performance test according to NFPA 110. 7) Verify correct functioning of the governor and regulator. 8) Perform 4 hour load bank test,loading the generator to 100%. Contractor to provide personnel,equipment,fuel,and labor for load bank testing. 2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here,including,but not limited to, single-step full-load pickup test. 3. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions.Record individual cell voltages. a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge. d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS . GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-15 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float- charging conditions. 5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air,exhaust,and fluid leaks. 6. Exhaust-System Back-Pressure Test: Use a manometer with a scale exceeding 40-inch wg. Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at full-rated load is within manufacturer's written allowable limits for the engine. 7. Exhaust Emissions Test:Comply with applicable government test criteria. 8. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load increases and decreases,and verify that performance is as specified. 9. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage at 25 percent and 100 percent of rated linear load.Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits. 10. Noise-Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from engine generator installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four locations on the property line,and compare measured levels with required values. D. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switch (switch provided by the owner), and run them concurrently. E. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the past 12 months, traceable to NIST Calibration Services, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. F. Leak Test:After installation,charge exhaust,coolant,and fuel systems and test for leaks.Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. G. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation for generator and associated equipment. H. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. I. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. J. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations, and retest until specified requirements are met. K. Report results of tests and inspections in writing.Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component,indicating satisfactory completion of tests. L. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after final acceptance,perform an infrared scan of each power wiring termination and each bus connection while running with maximum load. Remove all access panels, so terminations and connections are accessible to portable scanner. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-16 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Follow-upInfrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values.Provide calibration record for device. 3. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies terminations and connections checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected,remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 24 months'full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's authorized service representative. Include quarterly preventive maintenance and exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain packaged engine generators. • END OF SECTION 263213.13A 1 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 263213.13A-17 of 17 m 0 1 square...1) e Center Group 6700 Tower Oriole Suite 700' Fraklin, •TN 37067 P-170711-08899R1-Email.xlsx Square D Company Rocky Creek 24'-0".L x 8'-6"W x 10'-0"CEILING Augusta,GA ' � �: .,7 XXXXX-001 • Rev. A Specification (This document) XXXXX-100 Rev, A Floor Plan View XXXXX-110 Rev, A Electrical Plan View XXXXX-120 Rev. A Grounding Plan View XXXXX-130 Rev. A Cable Tray Plan•View XXXXX-120 Rev. A Grounding Plan XXXXX-200 Rev. A Assembled Base Detail XXXXX-205 Rev. A Base Detail XXXXX-210 Rev, A Floor Cutout Detail XXXXX-220 Rev. A Lift Lug Detail XXXXX-300 Rev. A Elevation Views XXXXX-310 Rev. A Elevation Views XXXXX-400 Rev. A Miscellaneous Details XXXXX-410 Rev. A HVAC Details XXXXX-500 Rev. A Lifting Detail XXXXX-510 Rev. A Assembly Details XXXXX-520 Rev. A Center Of Gravity Detail XXXXX-600 Rev. A AC Electrical Panel XXXXX-601 Rev. A AC Electrical Circuits XXXXX-610 Rev. A DC Electrical Details a... lkggIIBIOtf.ttAO...)*.11MNIllegllIllt:$1,111!2inlgMEIIIIIIMINIlliglaaadll,Pnaill!, :i Unit will be a NEMA 3R structure with exterior walls and roof fabricated from self framing interlocking'panels to house and protect ii„ the internal equipment from the elements Structural grid base and floor will be designed for applicable floor loading allowing the structure to be lifted and transported with the interior equipment installed. 1 EA EQUIPCNT Quantity of Identical Equipment Centers Nominal Dimensions 24.00 FT Long (Outside Walls) 24'-0" 8.50 FT Wide (Outside Walls) 8'-6" i 10.00 FT Ceiling height 10'-0" Configuration Single Piece #'i, Mi tnVld 1hrIr 0 h f are # f .ww r0.0.1,10$21124111101101,1111,14011114,1101211,14111144113 Design Augusta,GA Location: Shipping Augusta,GA Location: Plant*: 20 Chattanooga,TN 37421 Area Classification-General Purpose Non-Hazardous Occupancy Classification=U 20 Roof Load-International Building Code(Latest Revision)In psf 20 Roof Snow Load-International Building Code(Latest Revision)in psf 1 1.00 Ground Snow Load Importance Factor 125 Wind Load-International Building Code(Latest Revision)In mph,Exposure C minimum I 1.00 Wind Importance Factor 250 Floor Loading-DL+LL in psf U 240 Base Deflection-(On Foundation) Seismic-International Building Code(Latest Revision),importance Factor=1 I 1.00 Seismic Importance Factor 1/2:12 Roof Slope 30 Lighting Level- @ 3'Above floor in foot candles11 Page 1 of 5 000003a E-house Scope of Supply8/812018,7:20 AM l :Square`0 Company • - • — - Power'Zone Center Group 06700 Tower Oriole Suite 700 •Fraklin, TN 37067 Cooling Redundancy-NONE • Interior Design Temperatures 60 °F Minimum 80 °F Maximum Exterior Design Temperatures 25 °F Minimum 95 °F Maximum 21,140 Watts Interior Heat Load 13 R Value of wall 13 R Value of roof 18.00 R Value of floor 4.17 • R Value of personnel doors 0 Number of persons 0 Ventilation air in CFM 1 to 1 #KEPI ''''''''''.-------------7—'.."'"----- _,_ _.__.._ __.__.. 1 EA OBF.EDUIPCNT piece #1 Estimated Shipping Dimensions 24.50 FT Length 24'.6" 9.00 FT Width 9,-0° 11.75 FT Height 11'-8.99° 12,886 LB Empty Weight Lbs. 7,800 LB Equip. Weight Lbs. 20,486 LB Total Weight Piece #1 Lbs. 51,111 1 EA 15101 ASSY'-Structural Steel Base Fati abricon Piece#1 ,.. 221111 0.80 EA 30632 W 12x26 x 60' 0.28 EA 30632 W 12x26 x 60' 1.22 EA 30023 C6x8.2 x 60' • 1.20 EA 31039 <3x3x3/18 x 20' 4 EA 3627 ASSY-SL-10N Lift Lug 1.02 EA 31191 1/4 in Steel Floor Plate 10x20' -EA - - -EA - - 1 EA Special ASSY-Base&Floor Prep Man-Hours 1.19 EA 30986 Simple Rectangular Tube Steel End Frames -TS 3x3x3/16"x48'(76mm x 76mm x 4.76mm)A500 Grade B 1 EA Special ASSY-Trim Miscellaneous Man-hours 204.00 SF 14063 PH_ASSY-3"Inches(76.2mm)of Spray Applied Polyurethane Insulation/R Value=18.0 -Fire resistant(Flame spread rating 25 or less) 204.00 SF Special PH_ASSY-Floor Plate Underside DC315 Thermal Barrier Paint System -Prepared in accordance to SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning -Applied to a minimum WFT of 20 mils 48.75 EA 9501 ASSY-Exterior Walls of 18ga Pm-Galvanized G90 Sheet Steel Interlocking Panels ASTM A653 6 EA 4487 Exterior Walls Floor Channel 12GA G90 Galvanized x 12' 5 EA 9603 Exterior Wall Cap 14GA G90 Galvanized x 16' 18.00 EA 9511 ASSY-Roof Panels of 18ga Pre-Galvanized G90 Sheet Steel Interlocking Panels ASTM A653 1 EA Non-standard Roof Slope 18.00 EA 9521 ASSY-Ceiling Panels of 18ga Pre-Galvanized G90 Sheet Steel Interlocking Panels ASTM A653 0.00 EA Non-Standard Ceiling Height 24.37 EA 9531 Interior Walls-18ga Pre-Galvanized G90 Wall Panels ASTM A653 204.00 SF 15161 Insulation Ceiling 3"R13 Fiberglass Batt 16"wide 650.00 SF 15161 Insulation Exterior Walls 3 R13 Fiberglass Batt 16"wide 1 EA 15002 ASSY-EXTERIOR#3070 LHRB Galvanized Personnel Door .r •i -18GA Galvanized 1 3/4"(44.5mm)thick.UL or NRTL Listed,R6.35 -Weather Strip -Closer w/Stopping Arm -Crash Chain -1.5 PR Stainless Steel Hinges -Aluminum Threshold -Galvanized Drip Shield -Factory Frame(3"Galvanized) • 000003a E-house Scope of Supply8/8/2018,7:20 AM Page 2 of 5 Square D Company Power Zone Center Group • 6700 Tower Cricle Suite 700 Fraklin, TN 37067 1 EA 15005 ASSY-EXTERIOR#4080 LHRB Galvanized Personnel Door -18GA Galvanized 1 3/4"(44.5mm)thick.UL or NRTL Listed,R6.35 -Weather Strip -Closer w/Stopping Arm -Crash Chain -(2)PR Stainless Steel Hinges -Aluminum Threshold -Galvanized Drip Shield -Factory Frame(3"Galvanized) 2 EA 1104 Aluminum TOUCH Type Panic Hardware Lockwood/Magnokrom#N1550-55X0T53X27 2 EA 3292 -Cylinder Lock 2 EA 1627 Sign"Danger High Voltage/Keep Out" 2 EA 4061 PH_ASSY-Window 10"x10"(254mm x 254mm)(View Area) -Window Frame Kit 10"x10"For Personnel Door 12"x 12' -11"X11"x114 Polished Clear diamond Wire Glass For 12"x12"Window Kit -Note:Adding this window will defeat or reduce the fire rating 986.93 SF 15236 PH ASSY-ANSI-61 Standard Duty Exterior Paint System Exterior Enclosure Surfaces-Walls,Roof,Ceilings,Doors&Fascia -Prepared In accordance to SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning -Prime with Corrosion Inhibitive Epoxy Primer to a minimum OFT of 2.0 mils -Paint with Polyurethane Enamel to a minimum DFT of 2.0 mils 854.00 SF 15242 PH_ASSY-WHITE interior Walls and Ceiling Paint System -Prepared in accordance to SSPCSPI Solvent Cleaning. -Prime with Corrosion Inhibitive Epoxy Primer to a minimum DFT of 2.0 mils -Paint with Polyurethane Enamel to a minimum DFT of 2.0 mils 204.00 SF 15239 PH_ASSY-ANSI-61 Floor-(Top Area)Paint System -Prepared in accordance to SSPCSP3 Power Tool Cleaning -Roll applied Corrosion Resistant Epoxy Primer to minimum DFT of 2.0 mils -Roll applied Polyurethane Enamel Paint w/non-skid additive to a minimum OFT of 2.0 mils. 1.00 EA 15250 ASSY-1 GAL Touch Up Paint Kit ANSI 61 Gray 354.40 SF 15247 PH_ASSY-Base Exterior-Paint System Standard Duty Exterior Color to match Enclosure Exterior unless otherwise noted -Roll applied Corrosion Resistant Epoxy Primer to minimum DFT of 2.0 mils -Polyurethane Enamel Paint to a minimum DFT of 2.0 mils 265.20 SF 15232 PH_ASSY-Base Underside Paint System • -Prepared in accordance to SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning -Transcoat 101B° -Applied to a minimum DFT of 10 mils -Mil Spec Mil-C-62218A/Asbestos Free 1 EA 15235 Option for Multicolor System(White or other color inside) I EA 15301 ASSY-CONDUIT Interior-Exposed EMT Conduit(set screw fittings)as required by NEC. -3/4"dia minimum ANSI C80.3 -Note#1:For large volumes of wiring we reserve the right to use ladder type aluminum cable tray and/or wireway at our discretion. -Note#2:For electrical devices only having 1/2"knock-outs only,1/2"reducers/nipples may be employed. 1 EA 15309 ASSY-CONDUIT Exterior-Exposed Rigid Galvanized Conduit as required by NEC. -3/4"Dia minimum ANSI C80.1 -Surface Mount Boxes -Note#1:For electrical devices only having 1/2°knock-outs only,1/2"reducers/nipples may be employed. 1 EA 15351 ASSY-Wire-Power Wiring- Type"THHN/THWN"#12AWG(4mm2)Stranded Minimum -Temperature Rating 600V 90°C dry and 75°C Wet -Insulation-Flame Resistant PVC -Meets UL'VW-1'flame test requirements -Standard Color Coding: Single Phase Circuits Three Phase Circuits DC Circuits A - Black A - Black Pos (+) - Red B - Red B - Red Nag (-) - Black C - Blue N - White N - White G - Green G - Green Ground - Green -Where color availability is limited due to wire size or type,ends of cables may be color coded with tape at the connection points. -HVAC Controls-#18AWG Thermostat Wire 5 EA 11018 LED Fixture 4ft Wrap Around 120/277 MVOLT UL CSA -4000 Lumens -50W -Color Temp 4000k Cool White 1 EA 17020 Power Circuit-120V,1 Phase 20A • Page 3 of 5 000003a E-house Scope of Supply8/812018,7:20 AM Square 0 Company Power Zone Center Group • 6700 Tower Oriole Suite 700 Fraklin, TN 37067 2 EA 16006 PH_ASSY-Switch 3-Way/Receptacle Combination -Light Switch-20A,Specification Grade,3-way -Duplex Receptacle 125V GFCI,20A,Ivory,Specification Grade 2 EA 17020 Power Circuit-120V,1 Phase 20A 2 EA 5019 50HZ Combination Emergency Light I Exit Light(Green) Emergency Light 220/240V 50HZ 220VAC/50Hz Note:This items must be powered every 4-6 weeks during storage to prevent battery failure and mast manufacturer's warranty requirements. 2 EA 17020 Power Circuit-120V,1 Phase 20A 2 EA 2876 ASSY-Duplex Exterior Receptacle GFCI 20A 2 EA 17020 Power Circuit 120V 1 Phase 20A 11,72,11,1111,1111114:00.1*;.*,.... p 0,1231,11-114,1111101 - �i r s„ " . 4 EA 2836 Ground Pads-4 Hole Stainless Steel Welded 4 EA 2035 Ground Lug#4/0(T&B 4 32211-4/0) 1 EA 4056 ASSY-Copper Bar Ground Loop,3"below ceiling mounted on wall 60.00 FT 1024 -Copper Bar 2"x1/4" 20 EA 4307 -2'Sammy for a 3/8"rod,Model#DST 20 for steel,Part#8042957 4 EA 4057 -ASSY Copper Bar Ground Loop Building Corners 90deg 12x12 x Ta :i AtItier,„if; wale' a ice; kMgir,'troop(04244,16V ' "'""- i :4,14"‘-AmmA';‘"TAIrlicaltarrALI""i'LLTAirirr A'/A-40,3P -„tilig:AM:12011C,A114;4:':DAL 2 EA 3562 PH_ASSY-Bard Mfg 4 Ton Air Conditioner Wall Mount WI 9kW Heat 230/208V 3 Phase(40A Brkr) 42.075"W x 22.432"D x 84.875"H Supply&Return Grill -2"filter -Low Pressure Switch -High Pressure Switch -Low Ambient Control -Compressor anti-cycle relay -Alarm Relay -T'stat -HVAC Disconnect-Non Fusible -R410A Refrigerant 2 EA 26040 Power Circuit-208V,3 Phase 40A 2 EA 17002 Control Circuit 24V 2 EA 2876 ASSY-Exterior Receptacle Kit Duplex 120V WP 2 EA 17020 Power Circuit 120V 1 Phase 20A • m $ 400* St PP TES i IPMENT S NodAtemihssoFan aeotme atomefkthe os� tAZ+ n4u niesnotd � - oef/2At�ntioudspeistO ?no US'f3ave cre, m ron� fi r etdela 11 EA 21000 cse-Shipping Units of 600V MCC's(#Vertical Sections)I Physical Installation Only/ to Floor 10 EA 3445 cse-600V MCC Splices/Mechanical booted style connection of up to(4)bus bars/(12)re-terminations of control wires internallto equipmente� � /Bolting equipment�cabinets together/NOTE:Requirements for taped bus splices will be extra p ma c' di H HIV( instil f 6 T �' vP �' ' E ��' b giscumalla EA Special NONE P17OVIDED AT THIS TIME "` rgall 311Mla „211:121 gni 2 EA 7923 Square�mepls(BCD Supplied) • ..,,,. 14 EA 2909 PH_ASSY-Floor Cutout -Removable 12ga Galvanized Cover Gasketted 01ii I� I API`veal 1` r'� ,+"1 .` -;• j,- ij 1 n I�r EA Special Lot of In-House Material Handling Labor 1 EA Special In-house Inspection/Trim 1 EA Special Customer Inspection/Trim 1 EA ENGINEERING Lot of In-House Structural Drawings for Production/Customer Reference-electronic copy only -If hard copies are required they will be supplied at an additional cost 1 EA ENGINEERING Lot of In-House Electrical Drawings for Production/Customer Reference-electronic copy only -if hard copies are required they will be supplied at an additional cost 1 EA Project Mgmt Lot of In-House Project Management Labor s f t `" ..,. �=� ,... �,,; .,� ,. . �..;o �i,.. jfs�rw,; ''� �. �' sic ,, r"" ' '' j -See Quotation Sheet for pricing notes,clarifications,exceptions and standard terms and conditions -Spreader bars,cables and other lifting equipment are not included unless noted otherwise above. -When handling and moving the structure all lift lugs should be used. -During lift and transport the EqulpmentCenter should be supported at all times at the lift lug locations.On foundation the EquipmentCenter must be supported at minimum support locations(either lift points or identified pier locations). -if Multiple HVAC units are used with separate thermostats(no lead lag function),each unit's thermostat should be set 5 to 10 1110 degrees apart so staged activation occurs. 000003a E-house Scope of Supply8/8/2018,7:20 AM Page 4 of 5 1 Square D Company Power Zone Center Group 110 6700 Tower Cricle Suite 700 Fraklin, TN 37067 •Our design does not guarantee compliance with any regional,state or local code requirements.The governing basis for structural design(ONLY)shall be the International Building Code(Latest Revision). -We reserve the right to substitute equivalent brands of equal function and cost. Creation Date:08/06/2018 Expiration:09/05/2018 AZZ Quote#:P-1 70711-0889981-Email xtsx • • 000003a E-house Scope of Supply8/8/2018,7:20 AM Page 5 of 5 SECTION IB INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS III All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the OWNER. The proposal must be filed with the OWNER on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder. IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK Each bidder shall,by careful examination,satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER, either before or after the execution of the contract,shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made • IB-01 GENERAL to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Geri A. Sams, Director of Purchasing; Purchasing Department; Room 605; 530 Greene Street;Augusta,GA 30911 and to be given consideration must be received at least ten days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by facsimile or U.S. mail to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than five days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. IB-04 PREPARATION OF BIDS Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid. Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "no bid"where appropriate. Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. • Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such,and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. 000110 Instructions To Bidders I B-1 Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all OWNERs. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal. NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases. • IB-05 BASIS OF AWARD The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations,they are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices in a proposal,unit bid prices shall govern. IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he has been prequalified for this project through Augusta's Procurement process. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate envelope,a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE, giving reliable information as to working capital available and, plant equipment. The OWNER may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND • At the time of entering into the contract,the CONTRACTOR shall give bond to the OWNER for the use of the OWNER and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work,tools,machinery, skill and terms,for saving the OWNER harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the OWNER and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. IB-08 REJECTION OF BIDS These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the OWNER. • 000110 Instructions To Bidders I B-2 • SECTION 00310 PROPOSAL DATE: 201 g Gentlemen: In compliance with you invitation for bids,the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor, equipment and materials,and perform all work for the project referred to herein as: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER-PUMPING STATION PROJECT NO. UB 2017-002 In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on the bid schedule attached hereto and totaling: and a*uro/100 dollars(Ut Q-4gt OoO. 00 ). The undersigned hereby agrees that,upon written acceptance of this bid,he will within 10 days of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner,and that he will provide the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents. The undersigned hereby agrees that,if awarded the contract,he will commence the work within Ten(10)calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed,and that he will complete the work within THREE HUNDRED(300)calendar days after the date of such notice. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No.Addendum Date 7/oSJis 8/o3/18 3 812.2.1)8 Enclosed is a bid guarantee consisting of ti, y. - ....—�in the amount of vim- G Respectfu/llly Submitted, 71.0 :30,4 lige , osd.v4vtip..0.1 to 3144,: Address BY: TITLE: t-^t S i 4-4"4"- • .a.4"• 000310 Proposal-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 1 DATA TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID A. SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS: The following instructions supplement the requirements of the Information For Bidders and provides instructions for completing the schedules which follow. 1. The Bidder shall list in the space provided in Schedule A,ALL major subcontractors to be used for construction of the project Subcontractors so listed shall be used for the contract construction unless their replacement is approved by the Engineer and the Owner. B. SCHEDULE A-LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: 1. Site Improvements: Address: 2. Wetwell Construction: Address: /� 3. Electrical: 4-4e,�r-i G�- c. c vett Ave/110' h -. Address: 0211✓ lits-.,.carr. aver, `v9 30,0q • 4. Process Equipment&Piping: Address: C. SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID: (BIDDER MUST BID BASE BID ITEMS) The "Schedule of Equipment Included in Base Bid" which follows as Schedule B shall be completed to denote the manufacturer of major equipment proposed to be furnished by the Bidder under the Base Bid, In that schedule, the manufacturer of the items of major equipment upon which the design is based are listed as Selection"BASE BID"for the several items. Also listed under some of those items are other manufacturers whose equipment or products are deemed equal in quality and acceptable to be provided. For those items for which more than one acceptable manufacturer is listed,the Bidder must bid on the basis of the Base Bid AND enter amounts to add or subtract for any alternate manufacturers. For comparable named equipment the furnished items shall fulfill the function and performance of the item specified and shall be of equal quality;any modifications required by the furnished equipment to the structure,process,associated equipment,or piping shall be a consideration in the Bid price and the completed installation of the item by the Contractor shall incur no additional cost to the Owner, including engineering cost to accommodate alternate supplier. Alk 000310 Proposal-Addendum No 3 2 ADDENDUM NO.3 • SCHEDULE B—EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER Alternate+1-$ 1 Submersible Centrifugal Pumps BASE BID KSB Specification Section 432513 Alternate ACE 2 Free Standing Bridge Crane BASE BID SERVICEINC Specification Section 146050 Alternate DEZURICK 3 Plug Valves BASE BID VALMATIC Specification Section 400562 HENRY PRATT CO Alternate 4 Magnetic Flow Meters BASE BID ROSEMOUNT Specification Section 407113 Alternate 5 Motor Control Centers BASE BID SQUARE-D Specification Section 262419 Alternate 6 Diesel Emergency Generators BASE BID C_t t Ott /' Specification Section 263213 Si Alternate 7 Open-Channel Grinders BASE BID JWCENVIRONMENTAL Specification Section 462433 Alternate • 000310 Pmposal-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO,3 3 3 i.. OGUS III 1.71,1, Water is Life .........-004, ,`-=„,,,,1f 1 °��•Me AUGUSTA UTILITIES ITB #18-239 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER--PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT BID SCHEDULE _ t3 gMi �,y �� ✓b s.h�S'+:: ..�48�:��'v'=..rs '.=��w`.c'.` d��«#ago-s....:u,,;' '.+i��+_Y`aw.-& 2 -• r.r , WATER W-1 2”Water Main 35 LF g•00 210,00 W-10 2"Tapping Sleeve and Valve 1 EA 600,00 400.00 SANITARY SEWER S-1A 42"Diameter Gravity EDIP Sanitary Sewer, 14'-18'depth, 75 LF 423 co 3/81500 III Including Bedding and Backfill Material. S-e 84"Diameter Pre-cast sanitary manhole,including 1 21000.04 21 pp0.00 manhole,ring and cove and piping connections t 72"X 72"Precast Connector Manhole including manhole, stone bedding, cast-in-place concrete bottom slab, water- tight access cover,fixed aluminum access ladder, S-1 1A 1 EA aluminum handrail,2 stainless steel slide ates with manual geared actuators,removal of existing pipe segment 111?op,ot 7700.0 0 and disposal,complete _ Pumping Station PS-01 Complete, Including Connection to Existing 36" RCP Sewer,Wetwell,Valve Vault,Metering � Vault,Piping, Pumps,Valves, Grinder,Bridge Crane, 377(�0o3 Instrumentation, Electrical, Standby Power System, 1 LS •D� Oished Prefabricated Power House, S-21 Installation of wner-furn Installation of Owner-furnished control panel,Water Service,and Appurtenant Site Work,Stone Pavement, Asphalt Entrance Road and Fencing. MISCELLANEOUS M-2 Class A Concrete 20 CY ,ZZ 00 11.117 a,00 M-4 Select Backfill Material 40 CY .41.oo Silo,o0 36,do° M-5 Clearing Woods(Trees&Grubbing), Easement Only 0.5 AC -r, , /81avo 1>? 000315 BID SCHEDULE-ADDEDNUM NO 3 • OF 2 ADDENDUM NO.3 ) • j GUS t Et Water Is Life "'° AUGUSTA UTILITIES e . e c�.....)....,) M-9 Foundation backfill,GA DOT Type II,for additional , 100 CY unclassified excavation SO Do "coo.ot) M-10 Borrow Material for additional Unclassified Excavation 100 CY- A.1.oa 2100.00 CM Rip-Rap, Placed(18 inch minimum thickness over 570 geotextile a 120.00 g$ X00.04 LUMP SUM LS-1 Mobilization and Demobilization 1S 130,oa9*# /5.0 0042.11'' LS-2 Bonds and Insurance 1 LS If 000. Iri000r„ LS-3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control ,M► 1 LS . 6138..'.26,38A.+i LS-4 Traffic Control 1 LS III ISO°,oo I Soo,00 LS-5 Permanent Grassing 1 L5 2.5-A 00 ,250.o0 LS-6 As-Built GPS Survey 1 LS /5.00, 00 11Sa4840 NOTE TO BIDDERS: FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS REFER TO SECTION 011025—MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. • 000315 BID SCHEDULE-ADDEDNUM NO 3 ADDENDUM NO.3 20F2 t , . . • • SECTION BB BID BOND~ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,theW S:.Qrr,a�]tncsfl�.�.G ro„n 1.1.c•' as Principal„ HARTFORDoFIIREINSURANCE and as Surety, • are hereby held and firmly bound unto the Augusta,Georgia Commission of Augusta, Georgia as Owner in the penal sum of —re r. l o) 'Pt om-. for the payment of which,well and truly to be made,we hereby • jointly and severally bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns. Signed this 9th day of August ,20 18 The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Augusta,Georgia Commission of Augusta,Georgia,a certain Bid,attached hereto and • hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for the PROTECT NO,xx-)ooa-xx ROCKY CREEK TYRUNK SEWER-PUMPING STATIONS,for Augusta,Georgia in accordance . with plans and specifications of the AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT, • NOW,THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment-of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. • oow1oaee�a BE-I , . . , The Surety,for value receive,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety III and its bond shall be in no way impaired.or affected by any extension of the time within which --) the Owner may accept such Bid;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of arty such extension. iN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals,and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers,the day and year first set forth above. Signed and sealed this 9th day of August A.D.2018 . witness i (Principal) Attes 011L11°' 1 if( By (Seal) . 110 ',am--• - , ' .-e-- ) / (Title) Thss illeor - -, HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE * ga p .---- Witness 'Ff " COMPANY (Seal) (Surety) CHARLES tiL SEMEN ATTORNEY 4N FACT Attest (Title) Starring Seacrest Partners 1001 'Whitaker Street , Savannah, GA 31401 912-544-1909 ,-- - —.1 S . BB-2 motioNdue r • Direct Inquiries/Claims to: • 1 f ER OF �y THE HARTFORD ( Hama,BOND,T-12 One Hartford Plaza Hartford,Connecticut 06155 POORNEY )3ond.Ciaims lthehartford.corn KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: oak 888-266-3488 or fax:860-757-5835 Agency Name: STERLING SEACREST PARTNERS INC Agency Code: 20-266390 I X I Hartford Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut I X I Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I X I Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut OHartford Underwriters Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut I I Twin City Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I I Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois I I Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I I Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford,Connecticut,(hereinafter collectively referred to as the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint, up to the amount of Unlimited : David E. Paddison, Deborah G. Rich, Charles W. Seiler of Savannah, GA and of ATLANTA, Georgia their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to sign its name as surety(ies)only as delineated above by ED, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. in Witness Whereof,and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on May 6,2015 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further,pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies,the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically app4.lied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. IIITY.N lr \ ,,,,„ss s, s�,.- 4 �.-w�'b if toil i':i^ �:yrrr e7 • S of r ia'� r y 'E:' ` ^'=- ,! ''''C' �N ►�c -: C ''•"tirou,•r'r.a f ..< 1,(4' Pl7 John Gray,Assistant Secretary M.Ross Fisher,Senior Vice President STATE OF CONNECTICUT COUNTYOF HARTFORD j} ss Hartford On this 5th day of January,2018,before me personally came M.Ross Fisher,to me known,who being by me duly sworn,did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Senior Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. Orijo .1.04. J":}rbc ren i c4 Kathleen T.Maynard Notary Public CEF IIFICATE My Commission Expires July 31,2021 I,the undersigned,Assistant Vice President of the Companies,DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing Is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is still in full force effective as of 8-9-18 Signed and sealed at the City of Hartfopi. .84.....1, ♦jars '`t ,t k.S�: �5. l atrear67 , a • • to *� Ic ZS w ir/ 91.�p s� • /-*'......;;;A.,:v 4K,c_.,,,,_.,,* Kevin Heckman,Assistant Vice President POA 2018 NOTICE OF AWARD DATE: 219-'2 h ci CONTRACTOR: BRW Construction Group, LLC ADDRESS: 145 Beasley Road Savannah GA 31402 City State Zip Code PROJECT: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS PROJECT NO: UB-2017-002 At a meeting of the Augusta,Georgia Commission held on(Date) February 19,2019 you were awarded the Contract for the following Project: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS Enclosed please find Five(5) copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the pages,affixing signatures,dates, notary and/or corporate seals,etc.where necessary and return to this office within 10 days from the date of this letter, excluding Legal Holidays. • The Certificate of Insurance must be complete. Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate;an original and two copies is permissible. Very truly yours, Mitchell E Freeman, PE Project Engineer Reciept of this NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this,the day of .56b` __ 20 C\ t w oris tAlev. G-uml.I1.1c- Contractor � By Title Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to: Augusta Utilities Department 452 Walker Street,Suite 200 Augusta, GA 30901 000510 Notice Of Award • ADDENDUM NO. 3 ,1 ' NOTICE TO PROCEED c • DATE: TO: BRW Construction Group, LLC Attn:Robert Beck 145 Beasley Road Savannah,GA 31402 PROJECT: ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS PROJECT NO: UB-2017-002 You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated on or before , and you are to complete the WORK within 300 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore Very truly yours, • Project Engineer Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged This,the day of Contractor: ak ti/ Cois+nkcii GIN_ Orot...‘) 1LLc.- Title: ?MS\leo* Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to: Augusta Utilities Department 452 Walker Street,Suite 200 Augusta, GA 30901 • 000550 Notice To Proceed-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 1 IIISECTION A AGREEMENT AGREEMENT This AGREEMENT,made on the day of d b AUGUSTA,GEORGIA,BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND oUNTy etween COMMISSION,party of the first part,hereinafter called the OWNER,and W party of the second part,hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR �w`�k��l� WITNESSETH,that the Contractor and the Owner,for the considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: ARTICLE I-SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary,and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the project entitled: PROJECT NO. UB 2017-002 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached,which are hereby made a part of this agreement. • ARTICLE II-TIME OF COMPLETION-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 14 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to proceed.All work shall be substantially completed within 270 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. Substantial completion shall be defined in the General Conditions. Final completion shall be 30 days after substantial completion. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed,by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning,rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner,that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same,taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT,FAIL,OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED,then the Contractor does hereby agree,as a part of the Consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum Two Thousand and no/loo ($2,00o.00)Dollars,not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth,for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work to substantial completion. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would,in S 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 1 such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current • periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed for the completion of any work,the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract. ARTICLE III—PAYMENT (A) The Contract Sum The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the Contract the amount as stated in the BID FORM and Schedule of Items.No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto. (B) Progress Payment . On no later than the fifth day of every month,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Engineer an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as maybe tiquired by the Owner and/or the Engineer.This estimate sh?ll.include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule.On the vendor run follong o he approval of the invoice for payment,the Owner shall after deducting previous payments made,pay Contractor 9o%of the amount of the estimate on units accepted in place.The io%retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract. ARTICLE IV-ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT (A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance, the Engineer • shall within io days made such inspection,and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed,he will promptly issue a final certificate,over his own signature,stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage,shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate. (B) Before final payment is due,the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls,material bills,and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid,except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. (C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. (C) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,and the Engineer,so certifies,the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three(3)counterparts,each of which shall be deemed an original,in the year and day first mentioned above. 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 2 Ai . OWNER:AUGUSTA,GEORGIA0 6,,, TTEST: ' 7 SEAL �,.,� ( i J By: :*; iiia�;�h4/1 # The Honorable Hardie Davis r J `ii „F,za ' Le . Boriher„,. 4*° t Mayor is '”- r_ , t . "°s''r , � Clerk off" . % Date: `'1 Date: APPROV AS TO FORM: DEPARTMENT APPROVAL: By: By: b W Thomas D.Wiedmeier Attorne Director,Augusta Utilities Department Date: Z Date: 5/2•1/i 1 CONTRACTOR: BRW Construction Group,LLC ATTEST: ill SEAL By: �7'- ,. / "p By: - , " Name: T�.o\)tri k '�a�it Name: V‘on, if oinhScv.. Title: ePre$ 4Ee+t Title: A .w\r`. Date: Date: • 000520 Agreement-Addendum No 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 3 SECTION PB PERFORMANCE BOND O. Bond # 20BCSHL7804 (NOTE : THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PAYMENT BOND ON PAGE PB-3,IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDmONED FOR THE PAYMENT OF LABOR AND MATERIAL.) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That B'1ZbI COv.S g GQow.) r as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor,and Hartford Fire Insurance Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Conn with its principal office in the City of Hartford State of CT as Surety, hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA,GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA COMMISSION as Obligee,hereinafter called the Owner,in the penal amount of Four Mill. Two Hun. Sixty Nine Thou.** Dollars ($ 4,269,000.** the payment whereof Contractor and Suretybind themselves, )for administrators,successors,and assigns, their heirs,executors, jointly and severally,firmly by these presents for the faithful performance of a certain written agreement. • WHEREAS,Contractor has by said ement dated entered into a contract with Owner for the PRO e ECT NO.UB-2017-00 2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER_PUMPING STATIONS in accordance with the drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Utilities Department and the Augusta-Richmond County Co which contract is by reference made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to s themission, CONTRACT. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said CONTRACT, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the CONTRACT, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety ma promptly remedy the default,or shall promptly Y (1) Complete the CONTRACT in accordance with its terms and conditions,or (2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder,or,if they III er elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner,and make available as Work progresses(even though there should be a default a succession of 000610 Performance&Payment Bonds PB-i ara defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged balance f the contrathis p price;pht not ) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the exceeding,including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, III the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof.The a "balancerrunder the ice," as used in this paragraph,shall mean the total amount payable bY Owner to Contract Contract and any amendments thereto,less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final payment under the CONTRACT falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Owner. Signed and sealed this day of A.D.20_ ,-- ,�n 1�w oro ti Witness a (Contractor) • / B �9 (Seal) 11P .1, Attest Y • '>re4 ti t (Title) HARTFORDCFIRS p �RAt� (Seal) Witne \CrtV2---- (Surety) C--C4--'---- (Seal) .,` �\ By -- Attest �� (Title) CHARLES W. SEILER Sterling Seacrest Partners ATTORNEY•IN•FACS 1001 Whitaker Street . s it 414695 _ Savannah, GA 31401 ,4 912-544-1909 . ` • 000610 Performance&Payment Bonds PB-2 PB LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENTSECTION BOND • Bond # 20BCSHL7804 NOTE: THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND ON PAGE PB-I,IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That -1 'W . , •.Ne•- Gra • C..., as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor,and Hartford Fire Insurance Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Conn with its principal office in the City of Hartford Surety,hereinafter called Sure State of CT ty,are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA,GEORGIA BYs AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION,as Obligee, hereinafter called the Owner,for the use and benefit of claimants as herein below defined in th amountof Four Mill. Two Hun. Sixty Nine Thou.** e fora Dollars ($4,269,000 * the payment whereof Contractor and Surety ,jointly and severally,d es, their heirs, executors, administrators,successors,and assigns • firmlybythese presents. WHEREAS,Contractor has by written agreement dated into a contract with Owner for the PRO CT NO. UB-2017-002 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWR S entered PUMPING STATIONS in accordance with drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Utilities Department and Augusta-Richmond County Co made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACT contract is by reference NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined,for all labor and material or reasonably required to use in the performance of the CONTRACT, then this obligation shall be void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject,however,to the followin conditions: g (1) A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor for labor, material, or both, used or reasonabl required for use in the performance of the contract labor and Y construed as to include that part of water, � material being gas, telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicale ogthe CONTRACToe, (2) The above named Contractor and Surety hereby jointly and severallyagree Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paiin full before IIIthe expiration of a period of ninety(90) days after the date on which the last of such 000610 Performance&Payment Bonds PB-3 claimant's work or labor was done or performed,or materials were f- e the ediibt t such claimant,may sue on this bond for the use of such III final judgement for such sum or sums as may ube stlthy due paclaimant, lai nt annyd h vs or execution thereon.The Owner shall not be liable forexpenses of any such suit. (3) No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant, (a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Contractor, shall have given written notice to any d�°�e�e� (90)ing: The days aftersuch the Owner, or the Surety above name claimant did or performed the last of the �ork�oalabor,�og w�hsubstantial l e last of the materials for which said claim accuracy the amount claimed and the nameof the p bor rty towwhom the r materials were furnished, or for whom the performed. Such notice shallbe served by mailing ormethe same by registered ddress mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, inan whereope ana office a regularly d to the Contractor, Owner or Surety, at any place maintained for the transaction of business, or served in any ye manner in horesait ch legal process may be served in the state in located,save that such service need not be made by a public officer . (b) After the expiration of one ( I) year followin�a date on stood, however, that if any Contractor ceased work on said CONTRACT, it being • limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited so atheo construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law. (C) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the project, or any District Court for the distri caro rt thereof, is situated, or in the United States which the project,or any part thereof,is situated,and not elsewhere. ent or (4) Theamount of this bond shall be reduced byandto t textent e to paymeany yy Surety of payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against gupainst this bondetheT or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and ag • 000610 Perfommnu&Payment Bonds PB-4 Signed and sealed this day of A. D. 20_ • Witney/1":0 --1---- --- itness/ Com �'mT al) (Contractor) AttestC-- 2,1.a—fri---- < •$gBy •Prt •O adx-t" (Title) (Seal) HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE Witness 4I if AT . 12--- - COMPANY (Seal) (Surety) Attest ` c �\, � By -al) (Title) Sterling 1Seacrest Partners `TALES VV SEDER 1001 Y V�'h6t��er Street ATTORNEY•IN-FAC'1 GA a 414695 Savannah, GA 31401 - 912-544-1909 • • 000610 Performance&Payment Bonds PB-5 • h @ @ • o to cfl 0 0 6 ca ca tH u► vi uA uA EH i @ O @ L t o O O 0 Z C O c °toco c O iii a) @ °0 to cal cco m o c i « @ a a� X c axi lb o d 'C .. N W m c a o o r cc o w @ in a @ O. - c W o rd .. o. in f0 Q 5 lJJ Q V 'O c E uJ 0 ' N. G t d- J-Oo N H O O o ^ wZJ r) L r F y .0 at t0 d L O 0 c c Za « o o 0 • W m c v J O W ca co 7.1 4 A J r' 4: E coOo d m J NVV U N Q Z = 3Z ill _71 J iiaOw ao LOLL N =4O 1. o r N J F- d to E» V o' U O °.' g A g LF-. ° co ° o. ZV - ° ( 0r z w 7 w 0 c O a p a c x x 9 1-1 > > i- 7 c a U cu c) pWe o & LLI W 0 -o u. 7 f-I QcZV cZ I \ -.§ ED- Sft oE cca H cu OaE a a) LLI c E if) • O 4: m O 0 c� /41 4: c• a u �Q m y > o O Z U - cc N a 'L' Z a0 a Z N M co U • �� (7,-'. O C w C@ O a@`-. ..- 7.c c /C o ` a o�c oC N N T(0 W c C O N T N j o N o L o C O U U O.L C~ - T?1.00E @ @ N:.: N•NacNCE crno` ° rnc°� E1. 0 0LL 1..1 ° @@ L o @Y Ea Q76To« O0 hi ra L gto. 0ia 0 ` O Q o m ooc 01-,-, c LL oc E N3O E• '�U Z' a ' o'omoucoo C to E voNCENaCCEC� O E a c •-_' o N Q d c d 3 Y1 co-5, 0 `` e 3 w c C U E >• c0 o..... N 3@ c A Gf ZO c o >,0 >.,.. 0E0 c co m c = c°i ii m oa°cac@ 0. LV QioLvai4'O@ C Q Z LL U@•IL) p -cNN° N L 0 O o aa " c�inc Cl) r C 0` N@ N 4' d a It m a' ° U c C O c a N c C L Z 0 0 w o N v o3 @Q_m a C9 o U L N N@ T Q LL III O Z 0 O rnEccc $•'' @ ‘3 - E Z ~ = W F- wEcc «., >,°nuc • ) o�io0@� COy CO U Q U Z c U Ea a@ia N O L m U WQ > >� c� dodcn�= Z oo a c o >a > o ai3 • 'N 7 Z U OL � ao oco•- oco 0 O O V Direct Inquiries/Claims to: POWERO�-1~^� ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD BOND,T-12 One Hartford Plaza Hartford,Connecticut 06155 Bond.Claims(a7thehartford.com KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: call:888-266.3488 or fax:860-757-5835 • Agency Name: STERLING SEACREST PARTNERS INC Agency Code: 20-266390 I X I Hartford Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut I X I Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I X I Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut I Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut F-1 Twin City Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I—I Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois ni Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana I--i Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut,(hereinafter collectively referred to as the"Companies")do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of Unlimited : David E. Paddison, Deborah G. Rich, Charles W. Seiler of Savannah, GA and of ATLANTA, Georgia their true and lawful Attorneys)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies)only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof,and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on May 6,2015 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further,pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies,the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. 4% fir � li .+ \ ; •.rNt.•nrlM�i�� la►� �:i1e7+y F oi��/y �.,i../1•711 b: F Sw !T!' !`• /Le , John Gray,Assistant Secretary M.Ross Fisher,Senior Vice President • STATE OF CONNECTICUT ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD ))j On this 5th day of January,2018,before me personally came M.Ross Fisher,to me known,who being by me duly sworn,did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Senior Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. ca(,fky, .-r')t)ar.&,t,. Kathleen T.Maynard Notary Public CERTIFICATE My Commission Expires July 31,2021 I,the undersigned,Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is still in full force effective as of 3-1-19 Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. rt 194 r F ;: '1 19�au4:><67 g ti0*f• s pfM�C r414. "4"q:`.4,Th �!. 411 %vivo/ 919 No yr•N Kevin Heckman,Assistant Vice President 1'OA 2018 Client#: 778655 62BRWCON ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(M VDD/YYYY) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. HIS I 2/28/2019 CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES IS ELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER McGriff Insurance Services NONTACT GA Certificate Team PHONE 1020 Drayton St.Suite 200 DI E Ext):912 353-3980 I rac,No): 8005638661 E-MAIL CertificatesGA@mcgriffinsurance.com Savannah,GA 31401 ADDRESS: 912 353-3980 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A:National Trust Insurance Company 20141 INSURER B:Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company 25615 BRW Construction Group LLC PO Box 1806 INSURER C:FCCI Insurance Company 10178 Savannah,GA 31402 INSURERD: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED ON NAMEID ABOVE THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR WVD, POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS CPP100033261 11/07/2018 11/07/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED X PD Ded:1,000 PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 I JECT I x I POLICY I LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 OTHER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $2,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY $ 0 X ANY AUTO CA10000761201 11/07/2018 11/07/2019 (E0a aBcdeDSINGLELIMIT $1,000,000 OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS — HIRED NON-OWNED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ X AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS ONLY PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ A x UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR $ UMB100019324 11/07/2018 11/07/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE DED X RETENTION$10,000 AGGREGATE $5,000,000 A WORKERS COMPENSATION $ AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY 010WC17A67470 11/07/2018 11/07/2019 X (STATUTE I IOTH- ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y/NI (Mandatory in NH)BER EXCLUDED? I N "/A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/ME(Mandatory in NH) If yes,describe under E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below B Inland Marine QT6608740M181COF18 11/07/2018 11/07/2019 Leased/RentedLIMIT Equipmen0,000 t Blanket Limit$500,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) *Supplemental Names: BER Holdings LLC; DBA B&B Enterprises;Merr of Savannah; RKB Holdings of Georgia LLC.Project: Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pumping Stations,Project No. UB-2017-002. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Augusta-Richmond County SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Commission THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1111 1 Augusta Utilities Dept.,535 Telfair St.,Room 605 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Augusta,GA 30901 Li 4.4±01.446, C#WALAJI1V1 ACORD 25(2016/03) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of A O198RD$2015 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. #S23025117/M21934050 LSD This page has been left blank intentionally. • . . o O 0U 5)6-- 4—, N LL v 0050 Cr . o Lica O N ^ O CL N a) O LL a.0 W a N oto a n U o + L To- NU O to co c C.) L co 4-0 0 2 c 0 w a• 0)o U m5 magi f6 a) �0 .0 E ai as Z o o (I) 0 c o 0 �oi U O a c N a li 0 m H Q Q D. E o O U = + Y -o U o 5 0 a o0 E U m O, • if a Q a a> S 0 mamim U co N as O I— E< a) cu E C �..1 O N O_ W 0 y a O 0 49 U a c L m 0 0 0 o G o .0 z C..) C Sim 0. .15 LL 13. o Q 0 c mtLL O U E03 • 0 C'c ' M CO N CO OD O O .2o u-10:1 (1) �^. d CI a Q 1 0DW a QLi- a + E o0 U� a> L mD m c� ,O+ I- as V 2 CI w o u)0 To L• w 'c> c •F+ ca 2 ton O a V a) a) E d 0 a z 0 c c o 0 U U N 'a .a @ < < 0 c E Cl)m W a) CO m> a) • 'E U Da` a -a c on si a Cl) Q ca 0 I- E a) a) co EC O N a W N Na • N ^ a L t` o Z O U 0 La o CL LL ¢a m C 0c •11.+ C 0O LL al co o C. o + v .� �inp csi oo Q o Q N 0) N RS O. L E Lq /.0 VLL N CU N L ocoi am C c 0w c Q g 0 `" To t O N O a a as 2 cf) Z p w s O• 0 v U U °2 O C O tp a 'a • fn E < < Q C c.- O H3 ? Q c _O' • 0 Cl_ m m 112 a) o Rf L u) C O 2 U N m 0 c H 0 a o CU N EN E `° u=. N f0 CA 2 O •...c v Z _CD 3 Too C m0E I Ta-• U LL dN Q >Z as c Certificate of Substantial Completion III Project: Owner's Contract No.: Owner: Contract: Engineer's Project No.: This [tentative] [definitive] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: [All Work under the Contract Documents: [The following specified portions of the Work: Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below. p A [tentative] [definitive] list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not III be all-inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities Owner s Contractor heat,utilities,insrance and warranties be aspro provided in the Contract Documents ex ept as amended as follows: [Amended Responsibilities [Not Amended Owner's Amended Responsibilities: Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: 0 EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 000625 1 of 2 • The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certificate: This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Engineer Date Accepted by Contractor Date Accepted by Owner Date • • EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 000625 2 of 2 III Revision Date August 2001 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I--DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated,which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda-Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids. Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment-The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s)for the Work to be performed. Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. III Change Order--A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Documents-The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement; Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered after execution of Contract together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). Contract Time-The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR-The person,firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees. Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday, and Christmas Day. illGC-1 Page 1 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 Defective-An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been the damaged rior to ton thereof hasO been IOas assumed by OWNER at Substantialcommendation of final n Completion (in responsibilityent, unless for pwith paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia. Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications. Laws or Regulations-Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders. Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. • Notice to Proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR(with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER-Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission. Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a related purpose)before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. PROFESSIONAL-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated to perform the design and/or resident engineer services for the Work. PROGRAM MANAGER — The professional firm or individual designated as the representative or the OWNER who shall act as liaison between OWNER and both the PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR when project is part of an OWNER designated program. Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole,or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this Contract. Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, his successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER,for the purpose of directing or having in charge the work embraced in this Contract. GC-2 Page 2 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL as PROGRAM MANAGER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete"and "substantially completed"as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. • Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems, or water. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Change Directive may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in Article 10. Ill GC-3 Page 3 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non- engineering or non-technical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. • GC-4 Page 4 of 55 • 41, Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents. Copies of Documents: 2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and/or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges for printing and reproduction. Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract. Starting the Project: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review: 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: 2.6.2.a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in GC-5 Page 5 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER,with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. Pre-construction Conference: 2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER , PROFESSIONAL and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records. Finalizing Schedules: 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10)calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of values shall be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance. CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for maintaining the schedule, including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work as compared to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request. GC-6 Page 6 of 55 . III Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary:what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Georgia. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project(or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. 3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, 411 manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: GC-7 Page 7 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 3.6.1.a formal Written Amendment, 3.6.2. a Change Order(pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or 3.6.3. a Work Change Directive(pursuant to paragraph 10.4). As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. 3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized in one or more of the following ways: 3.7.1.a Field Order(pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or 3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL'S written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of documents: 3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL'S • consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL. C'C"8 Page 8 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities)that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents. • 4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such "technical data"is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL'S Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, excluding existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions. 4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL GC-9 • Page 9 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 determine that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of tWork shall beperformedafter dsecltionAL s provil notify ded by the PROFESSIONAL.OR of the determination in writing. The Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facil- ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities during construction,for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, • promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22, identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that OWNER and to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which have been expected to be aware CONe as to the amount or length of.thereof, parties are TRACTOR could not CONTRACTOR may make aclaim therefor as provided in agree Articles 11 and 12. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL'S judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. GC-10 Page 10 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 0 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice(i)specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. GC-11 • Page 11 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equall e and payment of tothe ContractthCProntracte as ecurity for the TheseuB Bonds shall cema n in effect at least until oneyear obligations feuwhen nfie Co by after the date Documents.payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds asware or Rrequ red byegulation rthe Supplementary the Contract Doc SmConditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contractst of "Companies gDocuments and Author tX asuA c ptable Sureties on Federal Bonds,by such sureties as are named in andcurrent Acceptable R nsuring oing Certificates pu li Y the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance ts to be sed and 5.2.1 All bonds and Insurance shall be obtained uired from surety y the torctinssurancencompan es thataare duly maintainedseby CONTRACTORzedin licensed or authorized in the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and ified copy of overages so required. All bonds d nsurance csigned ompanies shan agent all l also meet sucust be h additional reqnied by a uirements and authority to act. Such surety Supplementary Conditions. 411 qualifications as may be provided in the Supp Y 5.2.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in 5.3, an original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3. 5.2.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes or it insolvent or its right to doIs terminated of paragraph n5.1,CONTRACTOR shall state where any part owi hin f f the Project daysocathereafter ceases to meet the requirements substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance: ility and other 5.3. CONTRACTOR fshall or theurchase and maintain Work being performeduch andcfurnished and as will prehensive (provide protection insuranceoas is appropriate from rformance and from claims set Work and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations below which may arise out of or t under the Contact Document, whether it furnishing of th is to be performed or furnishedby Coor furnish aanR, by any y of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them employed by any of themperform may be liable: 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; GC-12 Page 12 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR'S employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR'S employees; 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b)by any other person for any other reason; 5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property;and 5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverage's and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverage's provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof)shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded 11111 will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. Contractual Liability Insurance: 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR'S obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33. OWNER's Liability Insurance: 5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance, and/or Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof(subject to such GC-13 41111 Page 13 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL'S consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising outof or resulting salting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which willrs, PROFESSIONAL AND include the interests of FESSIONAL's consultants inO the Work, all of WNER, whomOshall bebstedras�insured or additional insured PROFESS parties. 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2. • 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others Conditions.n the Work The to o theoflossstentt of any any deductible amounts that are provided in the Supplementary deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. Waiver of Rights: 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance thWork,ranceprovided d also inweeponsestoo paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and other property insurance applicable rights against the Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL'S consultants and all other parties named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL'S consultants and all other parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or GC-14 Page 14 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant, OWNER will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Receipt and Application of Proceeds: 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds • 5.13. OWNER, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER, as trustee, shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Acceptance of Insurance: 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CON- TRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization-Property Insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to GC-15 Page 15 of 55 Revision Date 41111 August 2001 Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10 provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage necessitated thereby.The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. Indemnification 5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and its employees and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys'fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder. 5.16.2. In any and all claims against OWNER or any of its agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph shall not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. IIII 5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by it from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorneys' fees)arising out of any infringement on patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. GC-16 Page 16 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work, at all times during its progress, a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the 0 Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL'S consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or 9.15. Adjusting Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9 adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. • GC-17 Page 17 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 Substitutes or"Or-Equal"Items: 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROF- ESSIONAL from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use to a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR'S achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee tiee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the apn Iplic tion and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The app contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL. In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR'S expense, additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.2. If a specific means, method,technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents.The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without PROFESSIONAL'S prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR'S expense, a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will record time required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL'S consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL'S consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or GC-18 Page 18 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2) whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to be submitted to OWNER prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference, and the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to reject defective Work. 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall • create any contractual relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and arbitration costs arising out of any infringement on patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. • GC-19 Page 19 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 Permits: 6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental charges and inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the execution of the Work.All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any,that are provided and paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting process will be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR'S compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such laws, rules, and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the Project Manager, it shall bear all related costs. Taxes: . u 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required tobe paid in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR'S or any Subcontractor's equipment is solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any such OWNER or occupant because of the perform nct or ance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party byagree otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations owaste eother vrs s Work. the compltionof the WorkCONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from GC-20 Page 20 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. • GC-21 Page 21 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. Record Documents: 6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents and all Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basisuction process. These shall to ll changes made during the and the Project Manager and shall be submitted be submitted with the Application for PROFESSIONAL Final Payment. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment or materials, irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred thetitle of the or the stored equipment or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERS of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERS when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR). CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance,with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable(except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR'S superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager. GC-22 Page 22 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 Emergencies: 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the 0 site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. 6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving injuries to any person on the Site, whether or not such person was engaged in the construction of the Project, and shall file a written report on such person(s) and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within five(5)days of the occurrence. 6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any corrections required by PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER. Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. 6.24.2. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or III GC-23 Page 23 of 55 Revisten Date • August 2001 coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.24.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but PROFESSIONAL'S review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or requiredbya the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 6.27. PROFESSIONAL'S approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has, in writing, called PROFESSIONAL'S attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the OWNER has given written approval to the specific deviation; any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals. 6.28. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of shop drawings and sample submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL NYne asntsubmire will be relatedat ork k performed prior to PROFESSIONAL'S review and approvalof the expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed r 15ostpo postponed as CONTRACTOR and pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. Cleaning Up: 6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris or contaminants resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. In addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR'S failure to maintain the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. Indemnification: GC-24 Page 24 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. 6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers'or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL'S consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or • approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications. S GC-25 Page 25 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 ARTICLE 7---OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER'S own forces, have other work performed by aided OWNERS or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility OWNER and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER'S employees, proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors. • 7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR'S Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility OWNER (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR'S failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR'S Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such author- ity and responsibilities will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination. GC-26 Page 26 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 8---OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through the PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8. 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3. • paragraph 8.7.13.4.OWNER'S responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. GC-27 • Page 27 of 55 Revision Date • August 2001 ARTICLE 9---PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER'S Representative: 9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER'S representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER'S representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. Visits to Site: 9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL'S efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Project Representation: • 9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not PROFESSIONAL'S agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to an increase in the Contract Price and/or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in Articles 11 or 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, GC-28 Page 28 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL believes to be defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL'S responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and 12. 9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL'S responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work • performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL'S preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen- dation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes to the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph, which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly(but in no event later than thirty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto) and written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, PROFESSIONAL will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- GC-29 Page 29 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 ment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim,dispute or other matter. Limitations on PROFESSIONAL's Responsibilities: 9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL'S authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees. 9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. • GC-30 page 30 of 55 • • Revision Date Aegust 2001 ARTICLE 10--CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. The OWNER shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request, identifying the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal request calls only for the deletion of Work, the OWNER may order the partial suspension of any Work related to the proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. 10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Article 6. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents. 10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an emergency as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval. 10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 10.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion, • issue a Work Change Directive to CONTRACTOR. Pricing of the Work Change Directive will be in accordance with Section 11.3. The Work Change Directive will specify a price, and if applicable a time extension, determined to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Change Directive , CONTRACTOR may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated to fully perform the work as directed by the Work Change Directive. 10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER, regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing. 10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. GC-31 Page 31 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 11-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly(but in no event later than thirty days)after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence(unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and consequential)to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined by the following procedures: 11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure). CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and • acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are approximations prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual t al cf mp prices nopaeableactto CONTRACTOR for the utilization of such items is based upon the application al quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents. 11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, as defined in these Contract Documents, is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in the Bid Proposal as unit price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents. 11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal as unit prices, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order. 11.3.4. Lump Sum.When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion or revision to the ts in a ange in Work ted in e Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, Workamount of increase or dlecrease n the lump sum prceashall be the establishd by mutual agreement of the parties. 11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or if the parties are unable to same shall be NER agree on aaccordancecwith 11.4 and 11 5. OWNER shall then process rice for the chaned work, a reasonable price for a unilateral Change tOrder, specifyingablished by in the GC-32 Page 32 of 55 4110 • Revision Date August 2001 said reasonable price, in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order. 11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions within the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs to OWNER; acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to construct to plan or authorized dimensions. Cost of the Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not'include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and • holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers'field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determines, with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR'S Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of GC-33 4110 Page 33 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 CONTRACTOR'S employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof-all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements.The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance • established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6)provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR'S Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities,fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6. 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR'S officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR'S principal or a branch oon bice generalonsreferredtoin paragraph ule of administration Work 11.4.1 or specifically cally cove ed by paragraph 11.4.4 all of jobwhich h classifications GC-34 Page 34 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 are to be considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR'S Fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital used for the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same(except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly, employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. CONTRACTOR's Fee: 11.6. CONTRACTOR'S Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and determined as follows: profit shall be 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or if none can be agreed upon; 11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent, 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent, 11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.3, 11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease, and 11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.4, inclusive. GC-35 Page 35 of 55 16. • Revision Date August 2001 11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project Manager, plus the applicable reduction in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net change, whether an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by discipline/trade with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and rate for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically itemized, plus the overhead and profit markup. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR(less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, for the allowances have the Contract Price and not profit in aothernd n the lowanpcontemplatedenses been allowances. No demand foradditional payment on account of any'thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by PROFESSIONAL to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a GC-36 Page 36 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. S GC-37 4110 Page 37 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in the Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within seven (7) calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the OWNER allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was beyond CONTRACTOR'S control or fault. 12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL, or by an employee of either, or by any separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR'S control or fault, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance, progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including those for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or • additional compensation from OWNER. CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for lanextensionto the Cone act Timiciency, suspensionshall be the right to seekin accordance with the procedures set forth herein. GC-38 Page 38 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 13--WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Warranty and Guarantee: 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner, free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and any inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective. Notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article. Access to Work: 13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated representatives of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be given access to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others. Tests and Inspections: III13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of an ublic authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approvedy p someone other than CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timelynotice of readiness therefore. 13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or approvals provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense including additional expenses for inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled away from the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates of Inspection, testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR(or by PROFESSIONAL if so specified). 13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CONTRACTOR has given PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the GC-39 III Page 39 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 same and PROFESSIONAL has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or approvals bcpersons thCONTRACTOR ltra t DocumentsTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirementsrequirementsof the Con s. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL,or the Work a approval shall, if atted by CONTRACOTOR's expense. NAL,13.9. uncovered for observation, inspection, gP 13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL'S request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such n, testing and uncovering,toexposure, observation, te unable to 111/ he amount or extent Ithereof,cCONTRACTOR may reconstruction, tthereforpartieshe r make a claim as provided in agreereeasas Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment or if CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However,this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the beCONTRACTOR other rtRaright crease in the Contract Price or Contract Time orothedamgesfor stop work have rder under this paragraph. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed, or completed, or remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, as specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work of others destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or GC-40 Page 40 of 55 • • Revision Date 0 August 2001 replacement of the defective Work. One Year Correction Period: 13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective Work or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non- defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected, removed, or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals)will be paid by CONTRACTOR. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to PROFESSIONAL'S recommendation of final payment, PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL'S recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by GC-41 . Page 41 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions ate decneahe e Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER'S rights and remedies hereunder. Neglected Work by CONTRACTOR 13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen and/or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all at no cost to OWNER in order to put the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective action, OWNER may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR'S right to proceed with that portion of Work and have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued the Contract the necessary If e payments duvisions in e CONTRACTOR arContract e not including sufficient toan pcoverr such amount, riate reduction in the Contra CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. 13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all 111 costs to OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident engineers shall be identified to CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order. GC-42 Page 42 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be held until the final payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the • Agreement. CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL'S reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one calendar days of presentation to him of the application for payment with PROFESSIONAL'S recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount recommended. 14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL'S on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROFESSIONAL'S review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of PROFESSIONAL'S knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion,to the GC-43 411 Page 43 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents,to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation; and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment, PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. PROFESSIONAL'S recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR'S being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled. 14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in PROFESSIONAL'S opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL'S opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order. 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14. or 14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL'S actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR'S performance or furnishing of the Work or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a off-set against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice(with a copy to PROFESSIONAL)stating the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROF- ESSIONAL issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantiallyiacomplete,Completion which shall ffiNAL will ix the dateprepare and deliver to OWNER a of Substantial Completion. There shalltbeve certificate of attached to the Substantial Comp GC-44 Page 44 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 0 certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objec- tions, PROFESSIONAL concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will, within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER'S, objections, PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL'S issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CON- TRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR'S performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in writing, giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. GC-45 Page 45 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 o take 14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR, in writing, to permit OWNER tsake over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of request will be sent to PROFESSIONAL and, within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion, and PROFESSIONAL will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed PROFESSIONAL). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. 14.10.3.the nnof part of the Work respe t of property insurl be ance. 14.10.4. prior to compliance with requirements of paragraph 14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial Occupancy. Final Inspection: 4110 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed upon portion thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL f will pae a rticulars ularsl in whichion thish OWNEn pec on revealsand OthaRAtCT\O orkns wwill notify CONTRACTOR in writing p incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of -up record documents CONTRA requiredOR by 5.2, application cation for final cates of inspection, ayment follllowing the procedure fornd other progress payments. CONTRACTOR may make app' The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER)of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER'S property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to tory toIsh such a OWNER torelease or receipt in indemnify OWNER agalinstOanyRen.TOR may furnish a bond or other collateral GC-46 Page 46 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as-built documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL. 14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider, Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR'S surety bonds for remedy of nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors, indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project. 14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any damages sustained, including lost profits, resulting from CONTRACTOR'S failure or refusal to perform the work required by these contract documents. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL'S observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and PROFESSIONAL'S review oN the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6. Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with PROFESSIONAL'S recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR,final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract and if bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to PROFESSIONAL with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. CONTRACTOR'S Continuing Obligation: 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, GC-47 • Page 47 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will con- stitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents(except as provided in paragraph 14.16). Waiver of Claims: 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR'S continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 110 GC-48 Page 48 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Termination For Cause: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as • now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed le law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is Torr the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors; 15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due; 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); 15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or 15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents, GC-49 • Page 49 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR(and the surety, if there be one)seven days'written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work(including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALS, architects, attor- neys and other PROFESSIONALS and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CON RACTOR shall s by Ppay he difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as toL and incorporated in a nge Order, but when exercisinany rights or ed to obtain the lowest price fog the Work perfo med.ies under this paragraph, be reu OWNER shall not q 15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially determined that there was the obcause oft ter Tina iiot obligations.termination ermi ation for convenience provision will be the means for dispositionof Termination for Convenience 15.4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, • hout prejudice to any other right or y of OWNER, terminate the OWNER may,Contract. In such case,tCONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of ny items): to in ce with the 15.4.1: r to the effecct vte date of to m nation, including fartannd reasonable sums Contract For for overhead and Documents prio profit on such Work; 15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials reasonablesums1required r overhead and profitonsuch expenses; t Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and 15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.5. Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination ER nst NTRACTOR not affectany yts or retention orrles of payment f mo moneys due CCOONTRACTORthen existing or by OWNER will notch may release thereafter accrue. Any CONTRACTOR from liability. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: GC-50 Page 50 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 • 15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty-one days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER has failed for thirty-one calendar days after it is submitted to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until receipt of payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR'S stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. GC-51 Page 51 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both, or extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10)working days of the commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its character and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10) working days of its commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed to CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed to his last known address. 16.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided unthe der GeorgiatrLaw in etojurisdict jurisdiction Court venue in theCounty, Superiorr Court of CONTRACTOR cmond County, Geo Georgia, and Contract consents1 waives any right to contest same. • GC-52 Page 52 of 55 • • Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2.day.A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a General: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others • for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to this Work and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five(5) years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to audit, inspect, and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during this period of time, shall also have the right to obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the aforesaid records and supporting documentation. GC-53 Page 53 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to, and do, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act,this provision of the Contract Documents shall control. 17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary,the parties agree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR specifically waives any claim to same. Substitutions: 17.8. Notwithstanding any provision of these general conditions,there shall be no substitutions of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. Sanitary Sewer Overflow Prevention: 17.9. Procedures to Prevent Overflows During Sanitary Sewer Construction: 17.9.1 The CONTRACTOR is hereby notified that the discharge of any untreated wastewater to waters of the State is a violation of Georgia Water Quality Regulations and is prohibited. 17.9.2 The CONTRACTOR will submit an Emergency Response Plan prior to beginning work. This plan will include a list of key personnel with 24-hour contact information who will respond during an emergency situation. The ERP will include estimates of mobilization time for a response crew to arrive onsite. Any changes to the Emergency Response Plan will be submitted to the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE prior to implementation. 17.9.3 In the event bypass pumping is required to facilitate new sewer construction, bypassing plans and supporting calculations must be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review prior to establishment of the bypass. All bypass systems will include complete redundancy in pumping systems, if failure of the primary pumping system could result in a discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the State. 17.9.4 Bypass pumping will be monitored continuously by a person knowledgeable in pump operation and maintenance if the failure of the bypass pump could result in the discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the State. 17.9.5 In the event of a discharge of untreated wastewater, the CONTRACTOR will take the following actions: 1. Take immediate steps to eliminate or minimize the discharge of untreated wastewater. 2. Immediately notify the Utilities Department dispatcher (706.796.5000) and the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (contact information will be provided at the preconstruction conference). 3. Maintain a chronicle of relevant information regarding the incident including specific actions taken by the CONTRACTOR and estimates of the discharge volume. 17.9.6 The RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE will coordinate notification of the Georgia GC-54 Page 54 of 55 • Revision Date August 2001 0 Environmental Protection Division (800.241.4113) and the Augusta Emergency Management Agency if appropriate. 17.9.7 If, in the opinion of the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE and the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR is not responding to an emergency situation in an appropriate manner, the Utilities Department will undertake necessary actions to abate an overflow situation. The cost of these actions will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 17.9.8 Following a discharge of untreated wastewater, a downstream inspection will be conducted by the Utilities Department to assess potential mitigation measures that may be required of the CONTRACTOR. PROGRAM MANAGER: 17.10 The PROGRAM MANAGER for the project is Augusta Utilities Department. The presence or duties of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site, whether as onsite representatives or otherwise, do not make PROGRAM MANAGER or PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel in any way responsible for those duties that belong to OWNER and / or the CONTRACTOR or other entities, and do not relieve the CONTRACTOR or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the construction Contract Documents and any health and safety precautions required by such construction work. PROGRAM MANAGER and PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions and have no duty of inspecting, noting, observing, correcting, or reporting on health or safety deficiencies of the CONTRACTOR(s) or other entity or any other persons at the site except PROGRAM MANAGER's own personnel. The presence of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing to OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed construction work will conform generally to the construction documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the construction documents has been implemented and preserved by the construction contractor(s). PROGRAM MANAGER neither guarantees the performance of the construction contractor(s) nor assumes responsibility for construction contractor's failure to perform work in accordance with the construction documents. For this AGREEMENT only, construction sites include places of manufacture for materials incorporated into the construction work, and construction contractors include manufacturers of materials incorporated into the construction work GC-55 . Page 55 of 55 . SECTION 000800 • INDEX TO SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION SC-01 Omitted SC-02 Omitted SC-03 Bonds SC-04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC-05 Omitted SC-06 Protection of the Environment SC-07 Omitted SC-08 Plans and Specifications Furnished SC-09 Record Drawings SC-10 Omitted SC-11 Existing Structures SC-12 Salvage Material SC-13 Omitted SC-14 Omitted SC-15 Omitted SC-16 Omitted SC-17 Consulting Engineers SC-18 Inspection and Testing of Work SC-19 Site Access SC-20 Tree Save SC-21 Georgia Prompt Pay Act SC-22 City Acceptance SC-23 Disputes SC-24 Specified Materials SC-25 Interest Not Earned on Retainage SC-26 Basis of Payment SC-27 Compliance with Laws,Codes,Regulations,Etc. SC-28 Equivalent Materials SC-29 After Hours Inspection SC-30 Supplement to the Agreement • 000800-1 411 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS -01. OMITTED -02. OMITTED -03.BONDS: The Contractor will include in the lump sum payment for Lump Sum Construction the cost of his performance and payment bonds. -04. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Insurance shall be written with limits of liability shown below or as required by law,whichever is greater: Commercial General Liability(per occurrence)Each Occurrence General Aggregate $ 1,000,000 Products $2,000,000 Personal&Adv Injury $2,000,000 Fire Damage $ 1,000,000 IIIAutomobile Liabilit $ 500,000 y(any auto)Combined Single Limit $ 1,000,000 Excess Liability(any auto)Each Occurrence Workers Compensation $5,000,000 Statutory Limits $ 1,000,000 Employer Liability -05.OMITTED: -06.PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT: The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of the exposed earth will be subject to erosion by rainfall or wind, and he will provide means satisfactory to the Engineer to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious material from the project area onto adjacent properties or into adjacent water courses. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide, pesticide,disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification,must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed instructions. -07.OMITTED: -08.PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED: The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, by the Owner up to five (5) sets of direct black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction purposes.Additional sets of plans and/or specifications will be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction upon his • written request. 000800-2 1111 -09.RECORD DRAWINGS: The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings (including any supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately in red pencil. If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with the marked set. The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection during construction and at the completion of construction. Prior to submitting his estimate for final payment, as-built drawings are to be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer. As-built drawings shall include tap locations and manholes located to a minimum of two separate surface features. -10.OMITTED: -11.EXISTING STRUCTURES: Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, pipelines, etc. are removed in accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or better manner or condition than that in which it was before construction began. The Contractor will protect and hold harmless the Owner from any suit, action, or dispute whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private property. -12. SALVAGE MATERIAL: All existing installations to be removed, including but not limited to masonry and concrete rubble, asphalt,pipe,etc.will be disposed of at an approved location by the Contractor. 41110 -13.OMITTED: -14.OMITTED: -15.OMITTED: -16.OMITTED: -17.CONSULTING ENGINEERS: The Owner is the Director of Utilities. The Professional Engineer is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. -18.INSPECTION AND TESTING OF WORK: The Owner shall provide sufficient competent personnel for the technical observation and testing of the work. The Engineer and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access, and for inspections. Inspectors shall have the power to stop work on account of a workman's incompetency, drunkenness, or willful negligence or disregard of orders. An inspector may stop the work entirely if there is not a • 000800-3 illsufficient quantity of suitable and approved pp materials or equipment on the ground to carry it out properly • or for any good and sufficient cause. Inspectors may not accept on behalf of the Owner any material or workmanship which does not conform fully to the requirements of the contract and they shall give no orders or directions under any possible circumstances not in accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with all required assistance to facilitate thorough inspection or the culling over or removal of defective materials or for any other purpose requiring discharge of their duties for which service no additional allowance shall be made. The inspector shall, at all times, have full permission to take samples of the materials that may or may not be used in the work. Any inspection provided by the Engineers is for the purpose of determining compliance with provisions of the contract specifications and is in no way a guarantee of the methods or appliances use by the Contractor,nor for the safety of the job. If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the Engineer, of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Engineer shall be made promptly, and where practicable at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without review or consent of the Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer,be uncovered for examination and properly restored at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of any work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall pay such cost. The Owner will employ a qualified materials testing laboratory, hereinafter referred to as the Laboratory, to monitor more fully on the Owner's behalf the quality of materials and work, and to perform such te as may be required under the Contract Documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. The Laboratory will be solely responsible to and paid separately by the Owner. The timing of the work of the Laboratory will be coordinated by the Engineer through the duly authorized inspector. The Owner will bear the cost of testing a particular material or area of the work once. Where retesting is required following corrective measures or under other circumstances, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of additional testing. -19.SITE ACCESS: In order to minimize damage to existing paving and landscaping, access to the site for the contractor's personnel and equipment will be restricted to the routes designated by the Owner. The contractor will be required to use on those routes unless written approval is given by the owner. -20.TREE SAVE: Prior to beginning grading operations, the Contractor is to notify the Owner and the Engineer so that those trees which are to be saved can be marked in the field. Once these trees are marked, the Contractor shall take every precaution,including tree protection fence,to save these trees. -21. GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT: This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of this Agreement is . inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act,the provision of this Agreement shall control. 000800-4 • -22.CITY ACCEPTANCE: Notwithstanding any other obligations of the Contractor, he shall complete the work to the full satisfaction of the Augusta Utilities Department and the Engineer. This provision shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for guarantees. -23.DISPUTES: All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. -24. SPECIFIED MATERIALS: Attention is drawn to the specification of certain brands or manufacturers of construction materials on the drawings. Unless the phrase "or equal" appears in the specification thereon, no substitution or deviation from the product specified will be allowed. Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. -25.INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RETAINAGE: • Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be due to the Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same. -26.BASIS OF PAYMENT: As explained in the section"Instructions to Bidders" and in the"General Conditions",payment will be made based on the per cent complete per the contractor's approved breakdown. -27.COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS,CODES,REGULATIONS,ETC.: Supplementing the provision of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the successful bidder awarded this contract by signing the contract acknowledges the following, however, this is not to be construed as all inclusive or being these only: 1. Underground Gas Pipe Law: The Contractor signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements of "Georgia Laws 1969, Pages 50 and the following, and any amendments and regulations pursuant thereto",and the Contractor shall comply therewith. 2. High Voltage Act: The Contractor by "Act No. 525, Georgia law 1960, and any amendments thereto, and Rules and ing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements • 000800-5 IIIRegulations of the commissioner of Labor pursuant thereto" (the preceding requirements within III quotation marks being hereinafter referred to as the "high voltage act"), and the Contractor shall comply therewith. The signing of Contract shall also confirm on behalf of the Contractor that he: A. has visited the premises and has taken into consideration the location of all electrical power lines on and adjacent to all areas onto which the contract documents require to permit the Contract either to work,to store materials,or to stage operations,and B. that the Contractor has obtained from the Owner of the aforesaid electric power lines advice in writing as to the amount of voltage carried by the aforesaid lines. The Contractor agrees that he is the "person or persons responsible for the work to be done" as referred to in the high voltage act and that accordingly the Contractor is solely "responsible for the completion of the safety measures which are required by Section 3 of the high voltage act before proceeding with any work." The Contractor agrees that prior to the completion of precautionary measures required by the high voltage act he will neither bring nor permit the bringing of any equipment onto the site (or onto any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor to work, to store materials, or to stage operations) with which it is possible to come within eight feet of any high voltage line or lines pursuant to operations arising out of performance of the Contract. The foregoing provisions apply to power lines located (a) on the site and (b) on any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor either to work, to store materials, or to stage operations, or (c) within working distance for equipment or materials, being used on (a) and (b) above. These provisions of the Contract do not limit or reduce the duty of the Contractor otherwise owed to the Owner, to other parties, or to both. The Contractor agrees that the foregoing provisions supplement provisions of the General Conditions. The Contractor agrees and acknowledges that any failure on his part to adhere to the high voltage act shall not only be a violation of law but shall also be a breach of contract and specific violation of the provisions of the General Conditions which pertains to safety precautions. 3. Occupational Safety&Health Act: The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the provisions of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and he shall comply therewith. -28. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS: Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. -29. AFTER HOURS INSPECTION: If the Contractor opts to work before or after normal working hours, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday,or on Augusta, Georgia Legal Holidays,then the Contractor must pay for the cost of inspection by the City of Augusta, Georgia and follow all necessary procedures listed in "Section 15, Right-of-way Encroachment Guidelines,Part E, Outside of Normal Working Hours," of the Augusta-Richmond County Planning Commission Development Documents dated September, 1999, or latest version. If inspectors of Augusta-Richmond County are needed to work outside normal business hours, Augusta-Richmond County needs to be notified in advance. 411 000800-6 -30.SUPPLEMENT TO THE AGREEMENT III a) Defective pricing To the extent that the pricing provided by CONTRACTOR is erroneous and defective,the parties may,by agreement,correct pricing errors to reflect the intent of the parties. b) Specified excuses for delay or non-performance CONTRACTOR is not responsible for delay i�performance event, the contract ont act price y hurricanes,tornadoes, schedule shall be ds, and other severe and unexpected acts of nature. Y equitably adjusted. c) Termination of the contract for default Failure of the CONTRACTOR,which has not been remedied or waived,to perform or otherwise comply with a material condition of the Agreement shall constitute default. Augusta, Georgia may terminate this contract is part or in whole upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this term. d) Prohibition against contingent fees There shall be no contingent fees allowed under this contract. e) An acknowledgement by all parties contracting with Augusta, Georgia as follows: "Contractor acknowledges that this contract and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change 411 order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor.Under Georgia law,Contractor is deemed to possess knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Contractor's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that the Contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. Accordingly, Contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under a contract that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the Contractor provides goods or services to Augusta,Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services,as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Contractor. Contractor assumes all risk of non-payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, however characterized, including, without limitation, all remedies at law or equity." This acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta, Georgia contracts for goods and services, except revenue producing contracts. f) Use of Augusta,Georgia Landfill. All contracts for contractors performing demolition and/or construction projects for Augusta, Georgia shall contain a provision requiring that all debris,trash and rubble from the project be transported to and disposed of at the Augusta, Georgia Solid Waste Landfill in accordance with local and state regulations. III 000800-7 • The contractor shall provide evidence of proper disposal of material disposed of,the name and location of the disposal facility,ldate of difests, isposal ch shall nd all related fees. • g) Federal Work Authorization Program All contractors and subcontractors entering into contracts with Augusta, Georgia for the physical performance of services shall be required to execute an Affidavit verifying its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program. All contractors and subcontractors must provide their E-Verify number and must be in compliance with the electronic verification of work authorized programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and shall continue to use the federal authorization program throughout the contract term. All contractors shall further agree that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to its contract with Augusta, Georgia the contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) each subcontractor's E-Verify number as evidence of verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 on the subcontractor affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar form. All contractors shall further agree to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to Augusta,Georgia at the time the subcontractor(s)is retained to perform such physical services. h) Owner Inspections All contracts shall provide that Augusta, Georgia may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business,or work site of a contractor or subcontractor or subunit thereof which is pertinent to the performance of any contract awarded or to be awarded by Augusta, Georgia. i) Local Small Business: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. CODE, Contractor expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta,Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such records available to Augusta,Georgia. The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA, GA. CODE § 1-10-129(d) (7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been established, the contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Contractor shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of minority and small business opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia. Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shall entitle Augusta, Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth, including but not limited to, withholding payment from the contractor and/or collecting liquidated damages. 111111 000800-8 • CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER CO NUMBER BID I FEM DATE PROJECT TITLE ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER—PUMPING STATIONS ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE PROJECT NUMBER XX_XXXX_X OWNER AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PO NUMBER The following change is hereby made to the contract for the above project: Description of Change(for a more detailed description see attached proposal): PAYEE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER The contract time will be INCREASED by calendar days as a result of this change. ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDER(INCREASE) THIS CHANGE ORDER(INCREASE) TOTAL REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT WITH CHANGE ORDER $ FUNDING NUMBER/ACCOUNT NUMBER PROPOSED BY: DATE: CONTRACTOR REQUESTED BY: DATE: ENGINEER SUBMITTED BY: DATE: DEPARTMENT HEAD FINANCE ENDORSEMENT: DATE: COMPTROLLER RECOMMENDED BY: DATE: ADMINISTRATOR APPROVED BY: DATE: MAYOR • 000941 Change Order ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 011000- SUMMARY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Contractor-furnished. 5. Access to site. 6. Coordination with occupants. 7. Work restrictions. 8. Specification and drawing conventions. • 9. Miscellaneous provisions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Rocky Creek trunk Sewer — Pumping Stations — Augusta Utilities Department;Augusta,Georgia. 1. Project Location: Sites along Chester Avenue and Lumpkin Road, Augusta, Georgia; Richmond County. B. Owner:Augusta-Richmond County,Georgia 1. Owner's Representative: Marie Corbin, P.E. 360 Bay Street, Suite 180; Augusta, Georgia 30901 C. Engineer: Goodwyn Mills&Cawood; 1450 Greene Street, Suite 80;Augusta,Georgia D. Engineer's Consultants: The engineer has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: 411Structural Engineering-Weatherford&Associates;Montgomery,AL GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUMMARY 011000-1of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Pumping Station No. 1 (PS-01) a. Site grading,preparation and mobilization b. Yard,Process and Utility Piping c. Wetwell, Valve Vault, Grinder, Submersible Pumps, Piping, Valves and Accessories including excavation,bedding,sheeting and shoring d. Pre-engineered building for Electrical Room e. Instrumentation and integration into existing SCADA System f. Electrical Improvements with Standby Generator g. Installation of Owner-furnished Pump Control Panel. 1.5 PHASED CONSTRUCTION A. Before commencing Work of each phase, submit an updated copy of Contractor's construction schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates,and move -in dates of Owner's personnel for Startup. 1.6 WORK BY OWNER • A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly,without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. B. Project Work to be performed by Owner: 1. Pumping Station No.2(PS-02) a. Site grading,preparation and mobilization b. Yard,Process and Utility Piping c. Wetwell,Valve Vault,Submersible Pumps,Piping,Valves and Accessories d. Instrumentation and integration into existing SCADA System e. Electrical Improvements with Receptacle for Portable Generator. f. Pump Control Panel will be furnished by the Owner. 2. Pumping Station No. 3 (PS-03) a. Site grading,preparation and mobilization b. Yard, Process and Utility Piping c. Wetwell,Valve Vault, Submersible Pumps,Piping,Valves and Accessories d. Instrumentation and integration into existing SCADA System e. Electrical Improvements with Receptacle for Portable Generator. f. Pump Control Panel will be furnished by the Owner. SUMMARY • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 011000-2 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.7 CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED AND INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Contractor shall furnish all products indicated in the bid documents. The Work includes unloading, handling, storing, and protecting Contractor-furnished products as directed and turning them over to Owner at Project closeout. 1.8 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Use of Site:Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated.Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.9 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific phase of the project. 2. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work. 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions,General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Working hours are not limited; Contractor shall contact the engineer when working hours are extended beyond normal business hours or when weekend construction is expected to occur. C. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and • vibration, odors, or other disruption to neighbors with the owner. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUMMARY 011000-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 1. Obtain Engineer's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. D. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1.11 ADVERSE WEATHER A. General 1. Notice of rain delay days with the documentation of the aforementioned sources herein and on-site records must be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the INSPECTOR/ENGINEER on the first working day of every month for the previous month or at the monthly construction meeting as determined at the preconstruction meeting. B. Definition 1. Adverse weather is defined as the occurrence of a condition that prevents construction activity exposed to weather conditions or access to the site. 2. Adverse weather may also include,if appropriate,"dry-out"or"mud"days. 3. Adverse weather includes temperature days that do not rise above the required temperature for a construction activity. C. Qualifications 1. Adverse weather conditions having a direct affect due to precipitation are as follows: a. Precipitation of 0.01 inch or more for a city within a 100 mile radius of the project's location.This information can be found at www.climate-zone.com. III 1) If the radius overlaps with a nearby by city, then the city with the shortest radius from the project location shall be used. 2) If the project location does not fall within a 100 mile radius, the following schedule shall be used as the default. Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sept I Oct Nov Dec 12 10 11 9 9 10 12 10 8 1 7 9 10 b. Precipitation of 0.01 inches or more shall be determined by on-site records and confirmed by the OWNER/INSPECTOR. 2. Adverse weather conditions having an indirect affect due to precipitation are as follows: a. Precipitation that occurs beyond the standard baseline which results in"dry-out"or "mud"days. 1) The standard baseline is based on the NOAA's Point Precipitation Frequency (PPF) Estimate for the construction area using the latitude and longitude for a 1-year average recurrence interval and a 60-min time period. This can be found at http://dipper.nws.noaa.gov/hdsc/pfds/. b. Adverse weather conditions due to temperature are as follows: 1) Cold Weather concreting shall be per ACI 306. a) The contractor shall have a calibrated thermometer on site which is logged by the inspector and contractor prior to any concrete pours during cold weather. D. Weather Delay Days 1. Adverse weather delay day may be counted if adverse weather prevents work on the project during an event where: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 011000SUMMARY-4 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Precipitation days for a specific month is greater than the recorded monthly average for a project location indicated above. 1) The number of average rain days shall be subtracted from the number of recorded rain days and the difference shall be the allotted time. b. Precipitation for a given day is greater than the NOAA's PFF estimate indicated above. 1) One (1) day for each day or consecutive days of precipitation that exceeds the standard baseline. c. Precipitation of 3.0 inches over a 24 hour period. 1) The number of allotted days shall be at the discretion of the ENGINEER/OWNER based on site conditions, working conditions, and type of construction. 2) Temperature per ACI 306. E. Exceptions 1. The CONTRACTOR shall take into account that certain construction activities are more affected by adverse weather and seasonal conditions than other activities, and that "dry- out"or"mud"days are not eligible to be counted as an Adverse Weather Delay Day until the standard baseline is exceeded. Hence, the CONTRACTOR should allow for an appropriate number of additional days associated with the Standard Baseline days in which such applicable construction activities are expected to be prevented and suspended. F. Record Keeping 1. On-site records of daily rain and/or temperature readings shall kept by the CONTRACTOR and may be accepted to verify weather and/or temperature variations • which prevent earthwork, foundation and slabs, and/or roofing materials installation. The • INSPECTOR shall also be required to maintain on-site records of daily rain and/or temperature. 1.12 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in • the individual Specifications Sections. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUMMARY 011000-5of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. Abbreviations:Materials and products are identified by abbreviations. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 41110 SUMMARY • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 011000UM-6 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 011025—MEASUREMENT ANDF PAYMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Format and Data Required B. Preparation of Application for each Progress Payment C. Substantiating Data for Progress Payments D. Preparation of Application for Final Payment E. Submittal Procedure F. Basis of Payment G. Unit Price Items. 12 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit applications typed on Application for Payment and Certificate for Payment using form, as included in Section 00620, Application for Payment with itemized data typed on 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch white paper continuation sheets. B. Provide Itemized Data on Continuation Sheet: 1. Format,schedules,line items,and values: Those of the Schedule of Values 1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer in accord with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor B. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal application 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on the continuation sheets 3. Execute certification with the signature of authorized officer of the Contractor's firm 4. Notarize signature where required on Certificate for Payment C. Continuation Sheets: 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work, with time number and the scheduled dollar value for each item 2. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 011025-1of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission at the end of the continuation sheets: a. List by Change Order number, dollar amount, and description as for an original component item of work 4. Use data from approved Schedule of Values: Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products 1.4 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When Owner or Engineer requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information,with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project 2. Application number and date 3. Detailed list of enclosures 4. For stored products: a. Item number and identification as shown on application b. Description of specific material B. Submit 1 copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application C. Submit an updated construction schedule with each application for payment D. Submit evidence of payment and release of liens within 60 days of payment to Contractor for Work performed by subcontractors or for equipment and materials delivered to the site during construction • 1.5 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments B. Use continuation sheets for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01700,Contract Closeout 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer at the times stipulated in the Agreement B. Number: Six(6)copies of each Application C. When Engineer finds the Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit two Certificates for Payment to Owner, with a copy to Contractor. Upon approval by Owner, Owner will transmit payment to Contractor with one copy of Certificate attached 1.7 BASIS OF PAYMENT-UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Estimated quantities: 1. Estimated quantities in Agreement and Bid Schedule are approximate and used only for: a. Basis for estimating probable cost of Work • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 011025-2 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. For comparison of Bids submitted for Work 2. Actual work done or materials furnished under Unit Price items may differ from estimated quantities 3. Basis of payment: Actual amount of Work done and materials furnished complete in place in accordance with the description below and details on the drawings 4. Contractor or Owner may request re-negotiation of the Unit Price for an item if the actual field measured Work done for that item differs from the estimated quantity by more than 50 percent 5. Contractor will not submit any claim for damages or loss of anticipated profit for any item for which the actual Work performed is within 50 percent of the estimated quantity 6. Re-negotiated Unit Prices shall be based on actual costs to Contractor of performing the Work plus a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit covered by the renegotiated Unit Price except as provided in 8 below 7. Contractor shall submit to Owner satisfactory data substantiating the actual costs to perform the Work covered by the Unit Price being re-negotiated and substantiating its overhead rate 8. Re-negotiating of the Unit Price shall not increase or decrease the Unit Price by more than 10 percent. No payment will be made if the entire bid item is unused. 1.8 UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. SITE PREPARATION ill 1. No separate payment shall be made for clearing and grubbing or demolition. 2. The cost of moving and reestablishing landscape features, including labor and materials, shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains. 3. Construction along Highways, Streets and Roadways: No separate payment shall be made for traffic control or maintaining highways, streets, roadways and driveways. All traffic control shall be included in the unit price bid for Lump Sum Construction. B. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1. General a. No separate payment shall be made for temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation controls. All temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation control costs shall be included in the unit price bid for Lump Sum Construction. b. No payment will be made for any portion of the Project for which temporary erosion and sedimentation controls are not properly maintained. C. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1. No separate or additional payment will be made for any special or unique method,means, techniques or equipment necessary for the Contractor's compliance with these Specifications, regulatory requirements, permits, laws or regulations which govern this Project. 2. Trench Excavation: No separate payment will be made for trench excavation. All costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains. 3. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring: No separate payment will be made for providing any . sheeting,bracing and shoring. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 011025-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Dewatering Excavations: All costs of equipment, labor and materials required for dewatering shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains. 5. No payment for trench stabilization shall be authorized until after the trench has been dewatered. If the pipe is installed in an inadequately prepared trench bottom, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of the deficiency and will not authorize payment for that portion of that length of pipe,which was improperly installed. D. WATER MAIN 1. ITEMS W-1- All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation, locating wire, locating tape, normal joints and gaskets, trench excavation, trench protection, dewatering, bedding material, asphalt cutting, normal backfill, pressure and leakage testing, pipe sterilization, bacteriological testing, and flushing. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. E. SANITARY SEWER 1. ITEMS S-1 (A-Z) - All gravity sewer line piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation,locating wire,locating tape,trench excavation, trench protection, dewatering, 57 stone, asphalt cutting, normal joints and gaskets,normal backfill, infiltration and exfiltration testing, and mandrel pulling. CCTV camera inspection will be performed by the Augusta Utilities Department. Lines will not be approved or accepted until the Augusta Utilities Department's Project Manager approves all testing results. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be • the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 2. ITEMS S-6 (A-Z) —Pre-cast manholes shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for manholes, ring and cover as specified on the plans, risers, concrete collar, excavation, 57 stone, dewatering, asphalt cutting, collars and boots, grouting and/or other connections, installation, normal backfill, and vacuum testing. Manhole vacuum testing shall include all costs for testing equipment, testing labor, mobilization, demobilization, and reporting. Manholes failing testing shall be re-tested at Contractor's expense. Repairs to failing manholes shall be made external to the manhole utilizing a method approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 3. ITEM S-11 (A-Z) — Dog house/connector manholes shall be measured individually (each) and shall include the costs for excavation, 57 stone, dewatering, asphalt cutting, pipe cutting and removal, collars and boots, grouting and/or other connections, installation,normal backfill, and vacuum testing as specified. The costs for the manhole, access cover as specified on the plans,risers, and concrete collar shall be included within this line item. Manhole vacuum testing shall include all costs for testing equipment, testing labor,mobilization, demobilization, and reporting. Manholes failing testing shall be re-tested at Contractor's expense. Repairs to failing manholes shall be made external to the manhole utilizing a method approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 4. ITEM S-21 - PUMPING STATION (PS-01): Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include but not be limited all labor • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT011025-4 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 0 • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA and materials related to construction of wet well, valve vault, metering structure, wastewater grinder, bridge crane, piping, pumps, valves, instrumentation, electrical, standby power system, pre-engineering power house, appurtenant site work including excavation, sheeting& shoring, dewatering, erosion&sedimentation control, connection to force main, stone pavement, asphalt pavement and fencing and all related items as shown on the plans. F. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: 1. ITEM M-2—3000 psi concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for excavation, labor, equipment, formwork, and concrete material placement. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 2. ITEM M-4 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation, stockpiling, removal and disposal charges. The volume of material included shall be the actual measured "in- place"volume. The maximum trench width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 3. ITEM M-5-Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 4. Item M-9 - FOUNDATION BACKFILL - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 5. Item M-10 - BORROW MATERIAL - Borrow Material shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 6. Item M-11 -RIP-RAP-Rip-Rap shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the placement and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges.No additional payment shall be made for these items. G. LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION 1. ITEM LS- 1- Mobilization, Demobilization includes, but is not limited to, performance of preparatory work and operations for the assembling and setting up necessary for work on the Project, such as shops, plants, storage areas, sanitary facilities, moving in of personnel and equipment, incidentals to the Project, and any other facilities, as required by the Specifications and special requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as by Laws and Regulations in effect at the Site.Partial payments will be made with 50 percent payable with the first pay application and the remaining 50 percent payable with the final pay application. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. 2. ITEM LS-2-Bonds, Insurance includes all costs associated with obtaining any bonds or insurance required to perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications and as required by local and state law. Partial Payments shall be made base on the percentage complete on the current pay application excluding payments made for mobilization (LS-1), bonds, insurance (LS-2), and temporary erosion and sediment control(LS-3). No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 011025-5of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PUMPING STATIONS 3. ITEM LS- 3- Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control includes, but is not limited to, the installation,maintenance, and removal of all temporary erosion and sediment control measures as required by the engineer, local and state law, and in accordance with plans and specifications during construction to ensure no sediment leaves the construction site until a time at which final stabilization is approved by the local issuing authority and/or the state. Partial Payments shall be made base on the percentage complete on the current pay application excluding payments made for mobilization(LS-1),bonds,insurance(LS- 2), and temporary erosion and sediment control (LS-3). No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. 4. ITEM LS-4-Traffic Control includes,but is not limited to,all flaggers,labor,materials, equipment, and all other items necessary and incidental to completion of the work as required by all local and state laws and permits and in accordance with plans and specifications. Progress payments will be made based upon the percentage of estimated total time that traffic control will be required unless otherwise specified. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. 5. ITEM LS- 5-Permanent Grassing includes,but is not limited to, all labor,materials and maintenance required to establish permanent grassing on all disturbed areas in accordance with plans and specifications. Payment will not be made for this item until such a time that the Notice of Termination (NOT) has been filed and the grass is established to the satisfaction of the local issuing authority and/or the state. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. 6. ITEM LS- 6- As-built GPS Survey (X,Y,Z) includes all labor and materials required to prepare As-built GPS Survey Drawings in accordance with plans and specifications and tl the satisfactionalleafter as-buillte mdraw draeer. No wings area completePayment and approved.Full No separate will or only be made110 additional payment shall be made for these items. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 011025-6 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 012600-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. III1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Engineer will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Engineer are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,and activity relationship.Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Engineer. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Engineer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 012600-1of2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including,but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 016000 "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form:Use form acceptable to the Engineer. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request,Engineer will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on form included in the bid documents. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Work Change Directive: Engineer may issue a work Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. rk. It also Work methodto be followed ChangeDirective complete determine change in the Contracto designates or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Change Directive. 1. After completion of change,submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 012600 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-2 of 2 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 012900-PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment including: 1. Format and Data Required 2. Preparation of Application for each Progress Payment 3. Substantiating Data for Progress Payments 4. Preparation of Application for Final Payment 5. Submittal Procedure 6. Basis of Payment 7. Unit Price Items. • 1.3 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit applications typed on Application for Payment and Certificate for Payment using form, as included in Section 00620, Application for Payment with itemized data typed on 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch white paper continuation sheets. B. Provide Itemized Data on Continuation Sheet: 1. Format,schedules,line items, and values: Those of the Schedule of Values 1.4 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer in accord with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor B. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal application 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on the continuation sheets 3. Execute certification with the signature of authorized officer of the Contractor's firm 4. Notarize signature where required on Certificate for Payment C. Continuation Sheets: IllGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PAYMENT GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCEDURES 012900-1 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work, with time number and the scheduled dollar value for each item 2. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored 3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission at the end of the continuation sheets: a. List by Change Order number, dollar amount, and description as for an original component item of work 4. Use data from approved Schedule of Values: Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. 1.5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When Owner or Engineer requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information,with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project 2. Application number and date 3. Detailed list of enclosures 4. For stored products: a. Item number and identification as shown on application b. Description of specific material B. Submit 1 copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application C. Submit an updated construction schedule with each application for payment 111 D. Submit evidence of payment and release of liens within 60 days of payment to Contractor for Work performed by subcontractors or for equipment and materials delivered to the site during construction. 1.6 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments B. Use continuation sheets for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 017000,"Execution and Closeout Requirements". 1.7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer at the times stipulated in the Agreement B. Number: Six(6)copies of each Application C. When Engineer finds the Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit two Certificates for Payment to Owner, with a copy to Contractor. Upon approval by Owner, Owner will transmit payment to Contractor with one copy of Certificate attached. INC. PAYMENT PROCEDURES • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD, 012900-2 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.8 BASIS OF PAYMENT-UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Estimated quantities: 1. Estimated quantities in Agreement and Bid Schedule are approximate and used only for: a. Basis for estimating probable cost of Work b. For comparison of Bids submitted for Work 2. Actual work done or materials furnished under Unit Price items may differ from estimated quantities 3. Basis of payment: Actual amount of Work done and materials furnished complete in place in accordance with the description below and details on the drawings 4. Contractor or Owner may request re-negotiation of the Unit Price for an item if the actual field measured Work done for that item differs from the estimated quantity by more than 50 percent 5. Contractor will not submit any claim for damages or loss of anticipated profit for any item for which the actual Work performed is within 50 percent of the estimated quantity 6. Re-negotiated Unit Prices shall be based on actual costs to Contractor of performing the Work plus a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit covered by the renegotiated Unit Price except as provided in 8 below 7. Contractor shall submit to Owner satisfactory data substantiating the actual costs to perform the Work covered by the Unit Price being re-negotiated and substantiating its overhead rate 8. Re-negotiating of the Unit Price shall not increase or decrease the Unit Price by more than 10 percent. No payment will be made if the entire bid item is unused • 1.9 UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. SITE PREPARATION 1. No separate payment shall be made for clearing and grubbing or demolition. 2. The cost of moving and reestablishing landscape features, including labor and materials, shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains. 3. Construction along Highways, Streets and Roadways: No separate payment shall be made for traffic control or maintaining highways, streets, roadways and driveways. All traffic control shall be included in the unit price bid for Lump Sum Construction. B. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1. General a. No separate payment shall be made for temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation controls. All temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation control costs shall be included in the unit price bid for Lump Sum Construction. b. No payment will be made for any portion of the Project for which temporary erosion and sedimentation controls are not properly maintained. C. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1. No separate or additional payment will be made for any special or unique method,means, techniques or equipment necessary for the Contractor's compliance with these 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-3 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • Specifications, regulatory requirements, permits, laws or regulations which govern this Project. 2. Trench Excavation: No separate payment will be made for trench excavation. All costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains. 3. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring: No separate payment will be made for providing any sheeting,bracing and shoring. 4. Dewatering Excavations: All costs of equipment, labor and materials required for dewatering shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains. 5. No payment for trench stabilization shall be authorized until after the trench has been dewatered. If the pipe is installed in an inadequately prepared trench bottom, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of the deficiency and will not authorize payment for that portion of that length of pipe,which was improperly installed. 6. Item M-4 —SELECT BACKFILL: Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation, stockpiling, removal and disposal charges. The volume of material included shall be the actual measured "in-place" volume. The maximum trench width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 7. Item M-1 —FLOWABLE FILL: Flowable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for these items. D. WELDED STEEL CASING;OPEN TRENCH AND JACK AND BORE CROSSINGS • 1. Item S4D - S4E:The unit price bid for WELDED STEEL CASING IN OPEN TRENCH, including labor, materials, equipment, trench excavation, carrier pipe in casing,traffic control and flagmen and shall be measured to the nearest horizontal Linear Foot(LF)installed. 2. Item S4A: The unit price bid for WELDED STEEL CASING INSTALLED BY JACK &BORE: Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for casing piping, carrier piping, and installation. Shall also include costs for bore pit excavation, trench protection, dewatering, asphalt cutting, end seals, casing spacers, normal backfill, infiltration and exfiltration testing, and mandrel pulling. CCTV camera inspection will be performed by the Augusta Utilities Department. Lines will not be approved or accepted until the Augusta Utilities Department's Project Manager approves all testing results. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 3. All costs for flagmen that may be required by the Railroad or Department of Transportation shall be paid by the Contractor. E. REMOVING AND REPLACING ASPHALT OR CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. Item P-1 —ASPHALT OVERLAY: Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for asphalt materials, tack coat, and installation, milling of existing asphalt to a depth of 1 inch, temporary striping and permanent striping(replaced in kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). The Owner will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. PROCEDURES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 0PAYMENT PROCEOCE -4 ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 illROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Item P-2 — Concrete Cap (8" thick) and asphalt patch (2" thick) shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation, excavation, striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent). The square yardage calculation shall be based upon a standard width of four (5) feet for payment purposes. The Owner will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 3. Item P-5 — CONCRETE SIDEWALK: Concrete sidewalk shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for existing sidewalk removal and disposal, 3000 psi concrete,installation,site preparation, formwork,and finishing.Existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items 4. Item P-8 - Curb and/or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. The Owner will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. F. PRESSURE/ GRAVITY MAINS AND ACCESSORIES (Gravity Mains: Gravity Sewer and Storm Drainage) 1. Existing Utilities and Obstructions a. No separate payment will be made for any delay or extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation of existing utilities, mains or services shown or not shown on the Plans. b. Horizontal Conflict: No separate payment shall be made for changing the horizontal alignment of the pressure main to avoid a horizontal conflict, except where authorized for additional fittings and/or pipe. c. Vertical Conflict: No separate payment shall be made for lowering the pressure main alignment to avoid a vertical conflict, except where authorized for additional fittings. 2. Construction along Highways, Streets and Roadways: No separate payment shall be made for traffic control or maintaining highways,streets,roadways and driveways. 3. Location and Grade: No separate payment shall be made for any surveying performed by the Contractor to establish or confirm the location of reference points, right-of-ways or easements or location and grade of the pressure main. 4. ITEMS S-1 (A-E) - GRAVITY SEWER PIPE: All gravity sewer line piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation,locating wire, locating tape, trench excavation, trench protection, dewatering, 57 stone, asphalt cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, infiltration and exfiltration testing, and mandrel pulling. CCTV camera inspection will be performed by the Augusta Utilities Department. Lines will not be approved or accepted until the Augusta Utilities Department's Project Manager approves all testing results. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-5 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS 5. ITEMS S-2(A-C)—LOW PRESSURE SEWER: All low pressure sewer line piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation, locating wire, locating tape, trench excavation, trench protection, dewatering, 57 stone, asphalt cutting,normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, infiltration and exfiltration testing, and mandrel pulling. CCTV camera inspection will be performed by the Augusta Utilities Department. Lines will not be approved or accepted until the Augusta Utilities Department's Project Manager approves all testing results. AUD will coordinate materials testing,and be associated with any failed rerponsestsble for the cost be the responsibilityp all of the contrassing tests. ctor. No additional payment materials tests will shall be made for these items. 6. ITEMS S-6 — PRE-CAST MANHOLES: Pre-cast manholes shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for manholes, ring and cover as specified on the plans,risers,concrete collar,excavation, 57 stone,dewatering, asphalt cutting,collars and boots, grouting and/or other connections, installation, normal backfill, and vacuum testing. Manhole vacuum testing shall include all costs for testing equipment, testing labor, mobilization, demobilization, and reporting. Manholes failing testing shall be re- tested at Contractor's expense. Repairs to failing manholes shall be made external to the manhole utilizing a method approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 7. ITEM S-11 — DOG HOUSE MANHOLES: Dog house/connector manholes 7 asll be measured individually (each) and shall include the costs for excavation, 5and/orIII one, dewatering, asphalt cutting,pipe cutting and removal, collars and boots, grouting other connections, installation, normal backfill, and vacuum testing as specified. The costs for the manhole,ring and cover as specified on the plans,risers, and concrete collar shall be included within this line item. Additional depth manhole sections shall be included within the appropriate manhole line item Manhole vacuum testing shall include all costs for testing equipment,testing labor,mobilization, demobilization, and reporting. Manholes failing testing shall be re-tested at Contractor's expense. Repairs to failing manholes shall be made external to the manhole utilizing a method approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 8. Item S-25-CUT AND RE-CONNECT SEWER SERVICE LINE: Measurement shall be per each section of sewer service line cut and replaced. The unit price for this item shall include the cost for all labor and materials required to cut and re-connect existing sewer service line. 9. Item S-27 REMOVEoRECONNECT SEWER: nt sha be horizontal LF removed adcldng laborand materials, DIP, couplings and concrete encasement. 10. Item S-28 —HDPE ELECTRO FUSION COUPLINGS: Measurement shall be per each installed. G. Item W 16 - TIE-IN TO EXISTING LINE: Tie-ins to existing lines shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for cutting, removal of any needed existing pipe, concrete anchor block with stainless steel rods to the existing line, and abandoning the existing line. AUD will coordinate materials testing, and be responsible for the cost of all passing tests. III PAYMENT PROCEDURES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 0OCE -6 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • 111 AUGUSTA,GEORGIA Costs associated with any failed materials tests will be the responsibility of the contractor. No additional payment shall be made for these items. H. Item S-22 - AIR RELEASE VALVE W/ MANHOLE: Measurement shall be per each installed. The unit price bid for this item shall include the cost of providing the air and/or vacuum valve,gate valve,tapping saddle and fittings,4 foot diameter precast concrete manhole, frame and cover,crushed stone and all related items as shown on the Plans. I. Item S-23 — PUMPING STATION: Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include but not be limited all labor and materials related to connection to existing brick sewer, wet well, valve vault, piping, pumps, valves, instrumentation, electrical, connection to existing water main including tapping sleeve and valve, water service, abandonment, collapsing and filling brick sewer, appurtenant site work, stone pavement and fencing and all related items as shown on the plans. J. Item S-24 —DISCHARGE STRUCTURE: Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include but not be limited all labor and materials related to connection to sanitary sewer, discharge vault, valve vault, valves, gates, instrumentation, electrical, connection to existing water main, water service, appurtenant site work,stone pavement and fencing and all related items as shown on the plans. K. Item S-29—ABANDONMENT OF BRICK SEWER WITHIN MLK JR. BLVD: Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include but not be limited all labor and materials related to the abandonment of brick sewer including concrete cap and bulkhead, form for blocking hole and flowable fill. L. Thrust Restraint 1. No payment for thrust collars, concrete blocking and associated costs including concrete, reinforcing, forming and weld-on collars. M. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: 1. Item M-1 —FLOWALE FILL: Flowable fill can be measured in cubic yards and shall include the cost for all materials, labor, equipment and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 2. Item M-2-CLASS A CONCRETE-Class A Concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for excavation, labor, equipment, and concrete material placement. 3. Item M-5 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 4. Item M-6 - FENCE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT - Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include all costs associated with removal and replacement of the existing fence with new materials of like quality as necessary for sewer line installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 5. Item M-7—FENCE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT—This item includes removal and disposal of existing wooden fence and removal of existing electric security fence. Replacement includes 6 foot high chain link fence topped with three(3)strands of barbed wire per Section 02831, Chain Link Fences and Gates and includes industrial duty HDPE privacy slats (minimum 75% privacy). Color of slats to be selected by property owner • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-7of9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 PUMPING STATIONS from manufacturer's standard color palette. Replacement also includes an electric fence equal to the existing electric fence. Electric fence replacement shall be performed by the property owner's security company (Electric Guard Dog, LLC) and paid for byline Contractor. Measurement for this work shall be by linear foot along the property No additional payment will be made for this item. 6. Item M-9 - FOUNDATION BACKFILL - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 7. Item M-10 - BORROW MATERIAL - Borrow Material shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 8. Item M-11 -RIP-RAP -Rip-Rap shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the placement and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges.No additional payment shall be made for these items. 9. Item M-12 - AGGREGATE BASE - Aggregate base shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 10. Item M-13 - DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS: Demolition shall be measured in Square feet and shall include costs of demolition as well as for all transportation, stockpiling, removal and disposal charges. The volume of material included shall be the actual measured"in-place" volume. No additional payment shall be made for these items. 1110 11. Item M-16- STORM STRUCTURE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT:Measurement shall be per each. The unit price bid for this item shall include the cost of providing all labor,equipment and materials required to remove and replace the storm structure. 12. Items M-17 - M-18 —Futurepath Flex Fiber Optic Conduit: Measurement shall be in linear feet. The bid price shall include all costs associated withthe installation only of the FIBER OPTIC CONDUIT (as furnished by AUD) including labor, equipment and excavation. 13. ItemhisM-20— l nclude0LE BOX:al1 costs associated with easurement shall the nstallationle onlytprice of the bid for this item shall optic handhole box(as furnished by AUD). 14. Item M-21 —ACCESS ROAD: Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include,but not limited to all labor,materials and equipment,including aggregate and fabric. 15. ITEM M-22—GPS SURVEY: Measurement shall be made on a Lump Sum basis. The lump sum price bid for the item shall include, but not limited to al labor, materials and equipment. PAYMENT PROCEDURES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 0OCE -8 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 012900 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-9of9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,but not limited to,the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information(RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. C. Related Requirements: • 1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Engineer seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate,covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: No less than 15 days prior to starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments,including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-1of8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office and at existing treatment facility. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation,connection,and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION(RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents,Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Engineer will return RFIs submitted to Engineer by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013100-2of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Engineer 6. RFI number,numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs,as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. photos, Product Data, Shop 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, p , Drawings,coordination drawings,and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,assemblies,and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: As acceptable to the Engineer. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Engineer Action: Engineer will review each RFI,determine action required,and respond.Allow seven working days for Engineer's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Engineer after 1:00 p.m.will be considered as received the following working day. • 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFls. 2. Engineer's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Engineer's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Engineer's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600"Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum,notify Engineer in writing within five days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log monthly. Include the following: III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-3of8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Engineer 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Engineer's response was received. F. On receipt of Engineer's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Engineer within five days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request,as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and.others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Engineer of scheduled IIImeeting dates and times. 2. Agenda:Prepare the meeting agenda.Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Engineer,within seven days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 15 days before mobilization. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Engineer, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda:Discuss items of significance that could affect progress,including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. ill GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013100-4of8 I. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. 1. Sustainable design requirements. m. Preparation of record documents. n. Use of the premises. o. Work restrictions. p. Working hours. q. Owner's occupancy requirements. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Procedures for moisture and mold control. t. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. u. Construction waste management and recycling. v. Parking availability. w. Office,work,and storage areas. x. Equipment deliveries and priorities. y. First aid. z. Security. aa. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or rials and III affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Engineer and owner of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration,including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Sustainable design requirements. i. Review of mockups. j. Possible conflicts. k. Compatibility requirements. 1. Time schedules. m. Weather limitations. n. Manufacturer's written instructions. o. Warranty requirements. p. Compatibility of materials. q. Acceptability of substrates. r. Temporary facilities and controls. IIIs. Space and access limitations. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND CO ORD 13oN A SIO 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 I ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. u. Testing and inspecting requirements. v. Installation procedures. w. Coordination with other work. x. Required performance results. y. Protection of adjacent work. z. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Engineer, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project • and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written warranties. d. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples,attic stock,and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training. h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. j. Submittal procedures. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at minimum monthly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Engineer, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013100-6of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time,ahead of schedule,or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present,including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. • 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. F. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings as necessary. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Engineer, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-7of8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA meetings.All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating:Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. • 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Change Orders. 3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013100-8of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 013200-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work,including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Weekly construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Special reports. B. Related Requirements: • 1. Section 013300"Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. B. Startup construction schedule. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D. Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. E. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. F. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. G. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-l of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE,GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,purchasing,fabrication,and delivery. 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 3. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 30 for startup and testing. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Engineer's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. • 5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule,and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing:Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Environmental control. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to,the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion,and final completion. E. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013200-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE(GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10%percent increments within time bar. 2.3 REPORTS A. Weekly Construction Reports: Prepare a Weekly construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Materialdeliveries. 6 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. • 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events(see special reports). 10. Stoppages,delays,shortages, and losses. 11. Emergency procedures. 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13. Change Orders received and implemented. 14. Work Directives received and implemented. 15. Services connected and disconnected. 16. Equipment or system tests and startups. 17. Partial completions and occupancies. 18. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site.Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCU 013200 ENTA TIIO 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within two day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events:When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work,prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule two days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. • 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Engineer, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. END OF SECTION 013200 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013200-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III SECTION 013233 -PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Final completion construction photographs. 4. Preconstruction video recordings. 5. Periodic construction video recordings. 6. Web-based construction photographic documentation. B. Related Requirements: . 1. Section 013300"Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation. 2. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 3. Section 024116 "Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before building demolition operations commence. 4. Section 024119 "Selective Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 1.3 CAPTURE OF DIGITAL DOCUMENTATION A. Key Plan: Develop key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph or video recording. Indicate elevation or story of construction.Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs for Existing Conditions and Construction Documentation: 1. Digital Camera:Minimum sensor resolution of 6 megapixels. 2. Format: Minimum 3200 by 2400 pixels,in unaltered original files,with same aspect ratio as the sensor,uncropped, date and time stamped,in folder named by date of photograph, accompanied by key plan file. 3. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION013233-1 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA c. Date photograph was taken. d. Description of vantage point,indicating location,direction(by compass point),and elevation or story of construction. e. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. C. Video Recordings: 1. Identification:With each submittal,provide the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of photographer. c. Date video recording was recorded. d. Description of vantage point,indicating location,direction(by compass point),and elevation or story of construction. e. Weather conditions at time of recording. 1.4 USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A. Upon request submit the following: 1. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 6 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels. 2. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video disc in format acceptable to Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographer: Engage a photographer to take construction photographs. B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus,to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration,manipulation,editing,or modifications using image-editing software. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013233-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image. 2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner as those submitted to Engineer. D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points,as directed by Engineer. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. 4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures,pavements,and improvements. E. Periodic Construction Photographs:Take photographs at necessary intervals with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. F. Engineer-Directed Construction Photographs: From time to time, Engineer will instruct photographer about number and frequency of photographs and general directions on vantage points. Select actual vantage points and take photographs to show the status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. • G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as project record documents. Retain subparagraph below if date stamp is not required. 1. Do not include date stamp. END OF SECTION 013233 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 013233-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 013300- SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions. B. Submittal procedures. C. Construction progress schedules. D. Proposed product list. E. Product data. F. Use of electronic CAD files of Project Drawings. G. Shop Drawings. H. Samples. I. Other submittals. J. Design data. K. Test reports. L. Certificates. M. Manufacturer's instructions. N. Manufacturer's field reports. O. Erection Drawings. P. Construction photographs. Q. Contractor review. R. Engineer review. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's responsive action. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-1 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical Samples that do not require Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by the ENGINEER for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. ENGINEER reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Section 01320 for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on ENGINEER'S receipt of submittal. No extension • of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 14 days for initial review of each submittal except for more complex submittals such as Structural, Division 11, and Division 16. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. ENGINEER will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow the same amount of days for review of each resubmittal as for the initial review. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner,or other parties is indicated,allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to ENGINEER and to ENGINEER'S consultants, allow 14 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to ENGINEER before being returned to CONTRACTOR. E. Identification: Place a cover page or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on cover page or title block. 2. Provide a space to record CONTRACTOR'S review and approval markings and action taken by ENGINEER. 3. Include the following information on stamp for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of ENGINEER d. Name and address of CONTRACTOR. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES013300-2 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT S PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA e. Name of manufacturer f. Other necessary identification. F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless ENGINEER observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to ENGINEER H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. ENGINEER will return submittals, without review,received from sources other than CONTRACTOR. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination(To:). d. Source(From:). e. Category and type of submittal. f. Submittal purpose and description. g. Specification Section number and title. h. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. • i. j• Transmittal number,numbered consecutively. Remarks. k. Signature of transmitter. 2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by ENGINEER on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Number resubmittals with the same initial submittal number followed by a capital letter "A" for the first resubmittal. Capital "B" would be used for the second resubmittal and so on. 2. Resubmit submittals until they are marked: a. "No Exceptions Taken" b. "Make Corrections Noted" c. "Note Markings" J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,installers,authorities having jurisdiction,and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by ENGINEER as noted above S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Comply with Section 013216-Construction Progress Schedule 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. All submittals shall be sent to: US Postal Service, UPS, FedEx, etc. Goodwyn, Mills &Cawood, Inc. 101 East Washington Street Suite 200 Greenville, SC 29601 Attn: xxxxxxxxx B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use,submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. • c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with specified referenced standards. 1. Testing by recognized testing agency. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 5. Number of Copies: The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER enough copies for his/her use plus three (3) additional copies for the ENGINEER to distribute to the OWNER and Field Representative. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information,as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 013300-4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 AUGUSTA,GEORGIA e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. J. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. I. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. • c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as OWNER'S property,are the property of the CONTRACTOR. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit 3 full set(s)of available choices where color,pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. The ENGINEER will return submittal with options selected. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color,texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit one Sample to be retained at the Project site. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to ill be demonstrated. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-5 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER enough copies for his/her use plus three (3) additional copies for the ENGINEER to distribute to the OWNER and Field Representative. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01320. G. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01320. H. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01290. I. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01290. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three(3)copies of each submittal,unless otherwise indicated. The ENGINEER will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01400. B. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01310. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01320. D. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,names and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified. E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 013300-6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA H. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. I. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. J. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. K. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. L. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. III M. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product,for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. N. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. O. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01782. Q. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-7 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • R. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following,as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. S. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following,as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and,if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. T. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of • insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage,amounts of deductibles,if any,and term of the coverage. 1.7 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certificationsby design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to ENGINEER. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit three (3) copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.8 OTHER SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 013300-8 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IllPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Submit information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.9 TEST REPORTS A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit test reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.10 CERTIFICATES A. Informational Submittal: Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application Subcontractor,or Contractor to Architect/Engineer,in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable to Architect/Engineer. III1.11 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Informational Submittal: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting, and finishing,to Architect/Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data. C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 1.12 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit report in duplicate within 5 days of observation to Engineer for information. C. Submit reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.13 ERECTION DRAWINGS A. Informational Submittal: Submit Drawings for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator Ill or for Owner. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 B. Submit Drawings for information assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect/Engineer or Owner. 1.14 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to ENGINEER. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval and the following statement. "The Contractor herby represents that all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and other similar data have been determined and verified and that each shop drawing and sample has been checked and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and of the contract documents." C. All variations from the Contract Documents shall be clearly marked by the CONTRACTOR as stated above and as required by paragraph 6.17.C.3 of the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Review and/or approval of submittals by the ENGINEER, OWNER and/or their Consultants shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to comply with the 110 requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Any proposed change in the Work shall be submitted separate from any other item during construction, with same documentation as pre-bid requests, or they will not be considered. 3. No actual or proposed change shall be included in Shop Drawings or other Construction submittals,and none so included will be considered approved under any circumstances. 4. Shop Drawings are communications between the CONTRACTOR and various suppliers, fabricators, and subcontractors. The design professional's role is to review the drawings to answer questions that arise about design intent. 5. Even if a reviewed Shop Drawing or other Submittal has deviations from the original design and the Contract Documents, it in itself is not a Change Order and it is not, IN ITSELF,an approval of the change. Changes can only be approved by Change Order. 6. Dimensions,quantities,and coordination remain the Contractor's responsibility. 1.15 ENGINEER'S ACTION A. General: ENGINEER will not review submittals that do not bear CONTRACTOR'S approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: ENGINEER will review each submittal,make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. ENGINEER will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken,as follows: 1. "No Exception Taken" — Submittal is accepted as is and no other exceptions will be allowed for the product. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES013300-10 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • II AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. "Amend & Resubmit" —CONTRACTOR shall make changes to submittal and resubmit to the ENGINEER. 3. "Rejected — See Remarks" — Resubmit submittal based on remarks made by the ENGINEER. 4. "Note Markings" — CONTRACTOR shall take notice of all notes written by the ENGINEER. 5. "Make Corrections Noted" — CONTRACTOR shall make all corrections noted by the ENGINEER without resubmitting the submittal. 6. "Submit Specified Item" — CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a product that meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Informational Submittals: ENGINEER will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. ENGINEER will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded F. PART 2-PRODUCTS-Not Used PART 2-EXECUTION-Not Used END OF SECTION 013300 II GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-11 of 11 1. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS SECTION 014000-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality control. B. Testing and inspection services. C. Manufacturers'field services. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and-control requirements for individual construction activities • are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Engineer, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Engineer. ons y for ject before C. protsrare incorporated esting: Tests and s intot the Work, oeverify performancelo orcompliance products and d materials with specified criteria. III QUALITY REQUIREMENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 01400ME TS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL,an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant,mill,factory,or shop. F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,erection,application,and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced"means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. IIIII 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal,to Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction. 1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Engineer. 2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force- resisting system quality-assurance plan prepared by Engineer. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in"Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections:Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. • 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan,General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Engineer. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager shall not have other Project responsibilities. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection,including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. • ENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 01400QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 3 TS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Document. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Engineer has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections.Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address,and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. • 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections.Include the following: 1. Name,address,and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and,if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-4 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections.Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required;individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. III C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience, and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated; and with additional • QUALITY REQUIREMENTS GOODWYNMILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 014000-5 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction,that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL:A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Engineer. 2. Notify Engineer 7 days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. • 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Engineer and owner approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow 7 days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. K. Contractor Responsibilities: Perform quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements,whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction,whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report,in duplicate,of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. L. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." M. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work,and submittal of written reports. N. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. O. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties.Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the III Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release,revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. P. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. • ENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 01400QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 7 TS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA Q. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests,inspections,obtaining samples,and similar activities. R. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality- control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved ino performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log:Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Engineer. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site.Post changes and revisions as they occur.Provide access to test and inspection log for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes.Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017000"Execution and Closeout Requirements." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. • END OF SECTION 014000 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 014200-REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General:Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Engineer. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and"permitted"have the same meaning as"directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on 111)Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including"shown," "noted," "scheduled,"and"specified"have the same meaning as"indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,and rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation,and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension,finish,cure,protect,clean,and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide":Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. • REFERENCES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. REFERREFER -1 ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. S1. COE-Army Corps of Engineers;www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC-Consumer Product Safety Commission;www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD-Department of Defense;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE-Depai tunent of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency;www.epa.gov. 7. FAA-Federal Aviation Administration;www.faa.gov. 8. FG-Federal Government Publications;www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA-General Services Administration;www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD-Department of Housing and Urban Development;www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA-Occupational Safety&Health Administration;www.osha.gov. 13. SD-Department of State;www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA-Department of Agriculture;Rural Utilities Service;www.usda.gov. 17. USDJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.oip.usdoj.gov. 18. USP-U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention;www.__usp grg, 19. USPS-United States Postal Service;www.usps.com. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 REFERENCES 014200-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations.This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 III 411 REFERENCES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. REFER -3 ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS ill AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 015000-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES IIIA. General:Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Engineer, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction (DHEC), whichever is more stringent. C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 015000-1of9 L. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PUMPING STATIONS 1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. for mitigating 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols water intrusion into completed Work,and replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service.Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: use .ange for Obtain required cles havig jurisdiction erticertifications and permits.o test and inspect each temporary utility before 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls,and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Engineer and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections.Keep office clean and orderly.Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks,and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 foot square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Coffee machine and supplies. 5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-2 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four- stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities . are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General:Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted,if necessary,to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage:Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number,location,operation,and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Heating and Cooling Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 015000-3 of 9 L. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using NEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust- producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust- containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment. G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. 1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to 1110 level required to allow installation or application of finishes. H. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity,and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service overhead or underground or as indicated. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations,observations,inspections,and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. 1. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Engineer's office. f. Engineers'offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors'field and home offices. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-4 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone for use when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Maintain support facilities until Engineer schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Final Completion. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking.Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated,as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads. . 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading,proofrolling,compacting,and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs,pavement,and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. Subcontractors are not authorized to have signage. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary construction signs as required by funding agencies. b. Provide temporary,directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 015000-5 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III G. Waste Disposal Facilities:Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017000 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." H. Lifts and Hoists:Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. I. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, provided elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes,and similar items of limited life. 1. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit,or provide new units as required. J. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. K. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. • 1. Provide protective coverings,barriers, devices, signs,or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. L. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation,equipment, structures,utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered.Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air,waterway,and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000"Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction, and-requirements specified in Section 312500"Erosion and Sedimentation Controls." III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion.Perform control operations lawfully,using environmentally safe materials. F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,vandalism,theft, and similar violations of security.Lock entrances at end of each work day. H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades,including warning signs and lighting. I. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and • as required by authorities having jurisdiction. J. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 2. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction,construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 3. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 5. Protect air-handling equipment. 6. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. 3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction. B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores,protect as follows: III1. Protect porous materials from water damage. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 015000-7of9 I. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores,protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content,into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard,replace,or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems,maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. • a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed.Report findings in writing to Engineer. c. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.6 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Maintenance:Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. B. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. C. Termination and Removal:Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility,or no later than Substantial • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-8of9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017000 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." END OF SECTION 015000 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 015000-9 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA II/ SECTION 016000-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or • model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. • PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 016000-1 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products"Article. 2. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Engineer will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later. a. Form of Approval:As specified in Section 013300"Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project,select product compatible with products previously selected,even if previously selected products were also options. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING IIIA. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling,storing,unpacking,protecting,and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 0 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-2 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation,and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017000 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." D. Final Guarantee: 1. All work shall be guaranteed by the CONTRACTOR for a period of one year from and after the date of acceptance of the Work by the OWNER. 2. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection with guaranteed work, which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, is rendered necessary as the result of the use of materials,equipment or workmanship which are inferior, defective,or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner and without expense to the OWNER, do the following: 3. Place in satisfactory condition in every particular all of such guaranteed work and correct all defects therein. 4. Make good all damage to the building or site, or equipment or contents thereof,which in the opinion of the ENGINEER, is the result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the contract. 5. Make good any work or material, or the equipment and contents of building, structure of site disturbed in fulfilling any such guarantee. 6. If the CONTRACTOR, after notice, fails within ten days to proceed to comply with the terms of this guarantee, the OWNER may have the defects corrected, and CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be liable for all expense incurred, provided, however, that in the case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the OWNER, delay ENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 01600PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 3 TS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA would cause loss or damage repairs may be started without notice being given to the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR shall pay the cost thereof. PART 2-PROD UCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and,unless otherwise indicated,are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term"as selected,"Engineer will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal:For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal,"or"or approved equal," or"or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered, 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-4 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,profiles,dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Engineer will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied.If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability,visual effect,and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Engineers and owners,if requested. 5. Samples,if requested. 6. The Contractor shall also include in the price bid the modifications necessary for the comparable product to be utilized. This includes but is not limited to, electrical and mechanical changes, engineering time to assess the changes, modifications to buildings, programmable controls and structural modifications. PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 • ENTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 01600PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 5 TS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 017000-EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field engineering. B. Closeout procedures. C. Starting of systems. D. Demonstration and instructions. E. Testing,adjusting, and balancing. F. Project record documents. G. Operation and maintenance data. H. Manual for materials and finishes. • I. Manual for equipment and systems. J. Spare parts and maintenance products. K. Product warranties and product bonds. L. Examination. M. Preparation. N. Execution. O. Cutting and patching. P. Protecting installed construction. Q. Final cleaning. 1.2 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Employ land surveyor registered in state of South Carolina acceptable to Engineer. B. Locate protect survey control and reference points. Promptly notify Engineer/Engineer of discrepancies discovered. • C. Control datum for survey is indicated on Drawings. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-1of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • D. Verify setbacks and easements;confirm Drawing dimensions and elevations. E. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels using recognized engineering survey practices. F. On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare certified survey illustrating dimensions,locations,angles,and elevations of construction and site work G. Protect survey control points prior to starting Site Work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. H. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Engineer/Engineer. 1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting Certification of Substantial Completion,either for entire Work or for portions of Work: 1. Submit operation and maintenance manuals, Project record documents, and other similar final record data in compliance with this Section. 2. Complete facility startup, testing, adjusting, balancing of systems and equipment, demonstrations, and instructions to Owner's operating and maintenance personnel as specified in compliance with this Section. • 3. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected,value of incomplete or nonconforming Work,reason for being incomplete,and date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for Certificate of Substantial Completion. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full, unrestricted use of Project and access to services and utilities. Include certificate of occupancy, operating certificates, and similar releases from authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies. 5. Deliver tools,spare parts,extra stocks of material,and similar physical items to Owner. 6. Make final change-over of locks and transmit keys directly to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions. 7. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from Project Site,along with construction tools,mockups,and similar elements. 8. Perform final cleaning according to this Section. B. Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. When Contractor considers Work to be substantially complete,submit to Engineer: a. Written certificate that Work,or designated portion,is substantially complete. b. List of items to be completed or corrected(initial punch list). 2. Within seven days after receipt of request for Substantial Completion, Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is substantially complete. 3. Should Engineer determine that Work is not substantially complete: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000-2 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • III AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing,stating reasons for its opinion. b. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work and send second written request for Substantial Completion to Engineer. c. Engineer will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer and Owner's inspection. 4. When Engineer finds that Work is substantially complete,Engineer will: a. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion on EJCDC C-625 - Certificate of Substantial Completion accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Engineer/Engineer and Owner (final punch list). b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate. 5. After Work is substantially complete,Contractor shall: a. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. b. Complete Work listed for completion or correction within time period stipulated. C. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final acceptance and final payment. 1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete,submit written certification that: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents. d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 2. Submittals: Submit following: a. Final punch list indicating all items have been completed or corrected. b. Final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. c. Specified warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, and other similar documents. d. Accounting statement for final changes to Contract Sum. e. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts. f. Contractor affidavit of release of liens. g. Consent of surety to final payment. 3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section. D. Final Completion Inspection: 1. Within seven days after receipt of request for final inspection, Owner and Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA 2. Should Engineer consider Work to be incomplete or defective: a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing,listing incomplete or defective Work. b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Work is complete. c. Engineer will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work:Repeated until Work passes inspection. 1.4 STARTING OF SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for startup of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Engineer and owner seven days prior to startup of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation,belt tension,control sequence,and for conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and electrical characteristics agree with those required by equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute startup under supervision of manufacturer's representative or Contractors' personnel according to manufacturer's instructions. 11, G. When specified in individual Specification Sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized representative who will be present at Site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to startup and will supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly, as well as a certificate/field report from the manufacturer from his inspection of the installation. 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel as equipment becomes available for use and not later than 14 days prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Demonstrate Project equipment and instruct in classroom environment located at the facility. Class shall be instructed by qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Demonstrate startup, operation, control, adjustment, troubleshooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time,at designated location. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT RE UIREM4 ENTS of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.6 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A. Contractor with Engineer approval will appoint and employ services of independent firm to perform testing,adjusting,and balancing.Contractor shall pay for services. B. Reports will be submitted by independent firm to Engineer/Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or noncompliance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on Site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings,product data,and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation,and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress,not less than weekly. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record, at each product Section, description of actual products installed,including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates used. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings:Legibly mark each item to record actual construction as follows: 1. Include Contract modifications such as Addenda, supplementary instructions, change directives,field orders,minor changes in the Work,and change orders. 2. Include locations of concealed elements of the Work. 3. Identify depth of buried utility lines and provide dimensions showing distances from permanent facility components that are parallel to utilities. 4. Dimension ends, corners, and junctions of buried utilities to permanent facility components using triangulation. 5. Identify and locate existing buried or concealed items encountered during Project. 6. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish floor datum. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-5of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PUMPING STATIONS 7. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 8. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 9. Field changes of dimension and detail. 10. Details not on original Drawings. G. Submit marked-up paper copy documents to Engineer/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit (2) paper copies of each operation and maintenance manual and (1) digital copy. Data shall be assembled at the project site and reviewed on site by the engineer. Once approved the manuals should be provided to the owner for storage and filing. B. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file. C. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11-inch (A4) text pages, three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers. D. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS," title of Project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. E. Internally subdivide binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as • described below;with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. F. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. G. Contents: Prepare table of contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified,typed on white paper,in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory,listing names, addresses,and telephone numbers of Engineer/Engineer, Contractor,Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system and subdivided. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers.Include the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials,and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. g. Safety precautions to be taken when operating and maintaining or working near equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQ 7 REM000-6 ENTS of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA h. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number,size,composition,and color and texture designations. i. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size,composition,and color and texture designations. J. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods,and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. k. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Include recommendations for inspections,maintenance,and repair. 1. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product Specification Sections. m. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. n. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications;typed or by label machine. o. Include color-coded wiring diagrams as installed. p. Operating Procedures: Include startup, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and special operating instructions. q. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative • r. maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment,adjusting,balancing,and checking instructions. Include servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required. s. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. t. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. u. Include original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. v. Include control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. w. Include Contractor's coordination drawings with color-coded piping diagrams as installed. x. Include charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. y. Include list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. z. Include test and balancing reports. aa. Include listing in table of contents for design data with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data. bb. SPARE PARTS 3. Part 3:Project documents and certificates,including the following: a. Shop Drawings and product data. b. Air and water balance reports. c. Certificates. d. Copies or Originals of warranties. III4. SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-7 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 5. Furnish spare parts,maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in individual Specification Sections. 6. Deliver place in location as directed by Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS-Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specification Sections. D. Verify that utility services are available with correct characteristics and in correct locations. 3.2 PREPARATION • A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer-required or-recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.3 EXECUTION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions, performing each step in sequence. Maintain one set of manufacturer's installation instructions at Project Site during installation and until completion of construction. B. When manufacturer's installation instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer/Engineer before proceeding. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration,physical distortion,or disfigurement. 1. Secure Work true to line and level and within specified tolerances, or if not specified, industry-recognized tolerances. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS o1 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 0000- ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Physically separate products in place, provide electrical insulation, or provide protective coatings to prevent galvanic action or corrosion between dissimilar metals. 3. Exposed Joints: Provide uniform joint width and arrange to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Engineer/Engineer for final decision. E. Allow for expansion of materials and building movement. F. Climatic Conditions and Project Status: Install each unit of Work under conditions to ensure best possible results in coordination with entire Project. 1. Isolate each unit of Work from incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration. 2. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests to minimize necessity of uncovering Work for those purposes. G. Mounting Heights: Where not indicated,mount individual units of Work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for particular application indicated. 1. Refer questionable mounting heights choices to Engineer/Engineer for final decision. 2. Elements Identified as Accessible to Handicapped: Comply with applicable codes and regulations. H. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. I. Clean and perform maintenance on installed Work as frequently as necessary through remainder IIIof construction period.Lubricate operable components as recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching. B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. C. Execute cutting,fitting,and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work and to: 1. Fit the several parts together,to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and nonconforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. IllE. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Restore Work with new products according to requirements of Contract Documents. • G. Fit Work tight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduits,and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Maintain integrity of wall,ceiling,or floor construction; completely seal voids. I. At penetrations of fire-rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire-rated material to full thickness of penetrated element. J. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection;for assembly,refinish entire unit. K. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Engineer/Engineer for decision or remedy. 3.5 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual Specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate Work area to prevent damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings. • D. Use durable sheet materials to protect finished floors,stairs,and other surfaces from traffic,dirt, wear,damage,or movement of heavy objects. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 3.6 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final Project assessment. 1. Employ experienced personnel or professional cleaning firm. B. Clean interior and exterior and d t o view;remove ur ary labels,stains, andforeign substanoespofsh tranparent and glossyurfaes, ancmcarpe ed and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with appropriate cleaning materials. D. Clean filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000-10 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Clean Site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from Site. END OF SECTION 017000 411 41111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017000-11 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals,including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems,subsystems,and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Engineer will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Engineer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-l of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. 2. Two paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Engineer will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Engineer's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Engineer's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: III 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system,list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. • Each manual shall contain the following materials,in the order listed: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017823-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1111 PUMPING STATIONS 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Engineer. 8. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Engineer that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 9. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents:List each product included in manual,identified by product name,indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment,and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. ElectronicFiles: Use electronic preparedmanufacturer where e. Where scanning of apedocuments is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files,then create composite manual,so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system,subsystem,and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. F. Manuals,Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy,bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents,sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch and 11 x 17 paper(Z folded);with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-3 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS IIIAUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Drawings:Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 OPERATION MANUALS • A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017823-4of7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIAIII PUMPING STATIONS 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures:Include the following,as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product,material, and finish. Include source information,product information,maintenance procedures,repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds,as described below. • B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color,pattern,and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAG170004 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-5 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules,spare parts list and source information,maintenance service contracts,and warranty and bond information,as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly IIIand component removal,replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal,repair,and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning,adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording,if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 017823-6of7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product,material,and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. C. Manufacturers'Data:Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data,include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. D. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents." E. Comply with Section 017000 "Execution and Closeout Requirements" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 017823 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-7of7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 017839-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s)of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Final Submittal: 1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s)of prints. 3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-1of3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. Contractor shall maintain a set of marked up prints on the job site for review prior to pay request approval. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. • c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. J. Changes made by Change Order or Work Change Directive. k. Changes made following Engineer's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers,and similar identification,where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING"in a prominent location. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS017839-2 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format:Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification:As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation"PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Engineer. e. Name of Contractor. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each,ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section 411 number and title,electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 017900-DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems,subsystems,and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems,subsystems, and equipment. B. Furnish demonstration and training instruction time as a subsidiary obligation of the price bid. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time,and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Engineer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING017900-1 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS M 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRA A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design,Operational Requirements,and Criteria: Include the following: a. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. . 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following,as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings,trouble indications,and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following,as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. . e. Control sequences. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system,subsystem,or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments:Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. III d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs:Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction,including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING017900-3 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants,instruction times,and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,subsystems,and equipment not part of a system. 1. Engineer will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements,criteria,and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation,provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner,through Engineer with at least seven days'advance notice. D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E. Cleanup: Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. • END OF SECTION 017900 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA SECTION 018100—GEOTECHNICAL DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Report of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site. 1.2 RELATED SECTION A. Section 312000—Earth Moving B. Section 312319-Dewatering C. Section 315000—Excavation Support and Protection: 1.3 INVESTIGATION A. Soil and subsurface investigations were conducted at the site, the results of which are to be found in the report issued by CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc., dated March 28, 2017 CSRA Report No.B-018-17. • B. A copy of the report is appended at the end of this Section. C. Bidders are urged to examine soils investigation data and to make their own investigation of the site before bidding. 1.4 INTERPRETATION A. Soil investigation data is provided only for information and the convenience of bidders. B. Owner and Engineer disclaim all responsibility for the accuracy,true location,and extent of the soils investigation that has been prepared by others. They further disclaim responsibility for interpretations of that data by bidders, as in projecting soil-bearing values, rock profiles, soil stability and the presence,level,and extent of underground water. C. Owner and Engineer disclaim all responsibility for the existence of other soil and subsurface investigations previously prepared for Owner, Engineer, or others. It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to obtain other soil and subsurface investigations that may be available for interpretation,at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Soil investigation data is not part of the contract documents. • DATA L GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GEOTECHNI0ICACA 0 of 2 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS 0 AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 018100 . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 018100-2of2 6. , , Report of Geotechnical Exploration Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Stations Augusta, Georgia CSRA Report No. B-018,17 Prepared for: Goodwyn,Mills, and Cawood, Inc. io 1450 Greene Street, Suite 80 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Prepared by: CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc. ! 1005 Emmett Street Suite P, 1 Augusta Georgia 30904 Tel 706-733-6960 Fax 706-737-0629 www.csratesting com I Aik cs TESTING AND ENGINEERING CCS., INC. 1005 Emmett St.,Suite A , Augusta, Georgia 30904 1 (706)733-6960 Fax(706)737-0629 March 28, 2017 Goodwyn, Mills, and Cawood, Inc. 1450 Greene St, Suite 80 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Attn: Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Re: Report of Geotechnical Exploration Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Stations Augusta, Georgia CSRA Report No. B-018.17 Ank• Dear Mr.Freeman: CSRA Testing & Engineering is pleased to submit this report of our exploration services for the proposed project. Our services were provided in accordance with your master services agreement number 2017-CSRA-001. This report presents a review of the information provided to us, a discussion of the site and subsurface conditions, and our foundation and earthwork recommendations. The Appendix contains a B Location Plan and the results of our field testing. onng Project Information Based on the information provided, the project is to involve the construction of the Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer replacement in Augusta, Georgia. The sewer line project starts from near the intersection of Doug Barnard Parkway and Lumpkin Road and extends approximately 7,700 linear feet to the west-northwest along Lumpkin Road and Mike Padgett Highway and ends along Chester Avenue. The project includes the construction of three new sewage pump stations. Pump station number 1, located along Chester Avenue, is to range from 12 to 18 feet long by 16 feet wide and will have cast in place concrete walls. It will be supported by a mat foundation bearing at a depth of 28 feet. Pump stations number 2 and 3, located along Lumpkin Road, will have 6 foot diameter precast concrete wet wells. The wet wells will b0ear approximately 18 feet deepa will be supported by mat foundations. No loading data has been provided at this time. However, we anti i .ate that the foundations for these structures will be lightly to moderately loaded. p e Member of American Society for Testing and Materials Accredited by AASHTO Accreditation Program(AAP) Mr.Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Two • March 28, 2017 Purpose Of Exploration The purpose of this exploration was to obtain specific subsurface data at the site and to provide foundation and earthwork recommendations for the proposed project. Site Conditions We conducted a site reconnaissance to observe and document surface conditions at the site. Information gathered was used to help us interpret the subsurface data and to detect conditions which could affect our recommendations. The pump station sites are located along Lumpkin Road and Chester Avenue in Augusta, Georgia. The topography of the route is relatively flat to gently sloping to the east and south with approximately 10 to 15 feet of topographic relief. The site of pump stations number 1 and 2 are wooded and the borings were offset to the side of the adjacent roadways. The site of pump station number 3 is also wooded and the boring was offset to 40 the adjacent power line easement that was grass covered. Surface water was noted in the lower lying areas along Lumpkin Road and Chester Avenue. Site Geologic Conditions The project site is located in the Coastal Plain Physiographic Province. The Coastal Plain consists mainly of marine sediments which were deposited during successive periods of fluctuating sea level and moving shoreline. The formations dip slightly seaward and several are exposed at the surface in bands paralleling the coast. Many beds exist only as fragmental erosional remnants sandwiched between more continuous strata above and below. Based on published literature, the site is underlain by coastal plain sediments consisting of interbedded silts, sands, and clays. The near surface soils are fluvial sediments deposited by ancient flooding of the Savannah River. Subsurface Conditions The subsurface conditions were explored with widely spaced soil test borings drilled according to the procedures presented in the Appendix. The boringlocations were selected by others and were offset to areas • accessible to our drill rig. The soil test boring locations are indicated by pump station number on the attached boring records and no boring location plan(s)are attached. The boring depths were selected by CSRA. Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman,P.E.. Page Three 0 March 28, 2017 • The subsurface conditions encountered at the boring locations are shown on the test boring records in the Appendix. These boring records represent our interpretation of the subsurface conditions based on the field logs and visual examination of field samples by an engineer. The lines designating the interface between various strata on the boring records represent the approximate interface location. Water levels shown on the f ` boring records represent the conditions only at the time of our exploration. Three (3) soil test borings were drilled near the proposed pump station areas to a depth 50 feet the ground surface. The soil test borings revealed a subsurface profile consistingof below consisting of interbedded: layers of peat, sandy, clayey silts (ML) and sands. - typical coastal plain snits content. The sands ranged from slightly silty and poorlywith varying fine grained particle graded (SP-SM) to clayey (SC) and were recorded to be very loose to very firm in consistency. Standard penetration resistances ranged from 3 to 27 blows per foot, The ML soils were recorded to be firm to stiff in consistency. Standard penetration resistances ranged from 5 to 9 blows per foot. All of the borings encountered a lens of organic peat (PT). They wereene rally Ah very soft to soft in consistency with standard penetration resistances of 1 to 4 blows per foot recorded. These IP soils were encountered at varying depths from around 5.0 to 22.0 feet. Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was encountered in the soil test borings at depths ranging from 3.0 to 6.0 feet at the time drilling and/or at 24-hours after boring. We anticipate that the actual water tables at the pumpstation of be shallower than at the offset boring locations astheywere sites will typically slightly higher in elevation. In silty sands the water levels can usually be determined accurately near the time of drilling. In fine grained soils and clayey sands, it may take several days for water levels to stabilize. Fluctuations in the groundwater level c an occu due to variations in rainfall, evaporation, construction activity, surface runoff, and other site specific factors. The highest groundwater levels are generally encountered in early spring and the lowest in late summer likelihood of groundwater in the near surface soils at some areas of the site can be expected to increase following periods wet weather. • Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Four • I ` March 28, 2017 Foundation Recommendations Pump Station#1 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support this proposed cast in place pump station. Mat foundations have the advantage of providing the maximum safety against soil failure due to the reduced foundation pressure derived by spreading the load over a larger area. They also have the advantage of being able to bridge over isolated soft areas due to the rigidity of the mat and, therefore differential settlements are minimized. As stated previously, this mat is anticipated to bear at a depth of 28 feet below existing grades. Therefore, the mat will bear in firm, slightly silty sands (SP-SM). Mat foundations bearing in this material can be designed for maximum allowable net bearing pressures of up to 2,200 psf. The available bearing capacity at this location has been reduced to compensate for the presence of groundwater. Another soil parameter used in the analysis and design of mat foundations is the modulus of subgrade reaction (Ks). We recommend • a design modulus of subgrade reaction of 100 kips per cubic foot at this location. Pump Station#2 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support the precast concrete wet well structure at this location. This mat is anticipated to bear at 18 feet below existing grades. We note that very soft peat soils were encountered at this depth. Our experience with similar subsurface conditions and similar structural requirements indicates that a mat foundation will not be suitable unless the organic soils and peats are removed and replaced. The organic soils were very soft in consistency and a significant organic content was noted. These soils can degrade over time resulting in unacceptable total and differential settlements. We recommend that the undercutting extend for a lateral distance of at least 5 feet from the edge of the proposed mat foundations. The excavation/undercutting operation will require dewatering in accordance with the construction water control section of this report. At the completion of undercutting, a well draining stabilizing aggregate (such as#67 to#4 stone) should be utilized for backfilling the excavation back to the bearing depth of the mae Soil can not typically be compacted to the required density due to excessive moisture, and the aggregate not require compactive effort. i k Mr. Mitc hell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Five March 28, 2017 111. The aggregate/mat will bear in very loose, clayey sands (SC). Mat foundations bearin in can be designed for maximum allowable. net bearingg this material pressures of up 'to 1,000 psf. The available bearing , capacity at this location has been reduced to compensate for the presence of groundwater. We recommend design modulus of subgrade reaction of 50 kips per cubic foot at this location. a Pump Station#3 We understand that a mat foundation will be utilized to support the precast concrete wet well structure at this location. This mat is anticipated to bear at 18 feet below existing grades. Therefore, the mat loose, silty sands (SM). Mat foundations bearing in this material can be designed for maximumallowable will bean t bearing pressures of up to 1,400 psf. The available bearing capacity at this location has been reduced nto compensate for the presence of groundwater. We recommend a design g modulus of subgrade reaction of 70 kips per cubic foot at this location. General Foundation Recommendations • The maximum net allowable bearing pressures recommended are based on our previous and correlations made previously between standard penetration test resistances and the performancece of foundations supported by soils similar to those at this site. We recommend that the construction testing agency observe the mat area excavations immediately prior to placing concrete. They should compare the soils exposed with those encountered in the soil borings and document the results. Any significant differences should be brought to the attention test representative alongof the.owners' with appropriate recommendations. The foundation bearing area should be free of loose soil, ponded water and debris prior to the inspection. Compacted Fill Recommendations We recommend that soils used as compacted fills be free of debris and have less than 3% by weight fibrous organic material. They should have a maximum dry density of at least 95 pcf, a liquid limit of less than 50, and a plasticity index of less than 20. Before filling operations begin, representative samples of each proposed fill material should be collected. The samples should be tested to determine the maximum dry, density, optimum moisture content, natural moisture content, gradation and plasticity of the soil. These are needed for quality control during compaction and also to determine if the fill material is acceptable. Visual ioobservation indicates that most of the excavated soils can be re-used as fill. We note that the PT soils be used as backfill and that some of the soils will require drying uire d in i can not g prior to reuse as fill. IMr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Six III , March 28, 2017 We recommend that all compacted fill be constructed by spreading acceptable soil in loose layers not more than 10 inches thick. The fill should be compacted in thin lifts to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D-698). The moisture content of the fill soils should be maintained within +3 and -3 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined from the Proctor compaction test. This provision may require the contractor to dry the soils during periods of wet weather or wet the soils during the hot summer months. We recommend that the fill placement and compaction be observed and documented by experienced geotechnical personnel. Significant deviations, either from specifications or good practice, should be brought to the attention of the owner's representative, along with appropriate recommendations. At least one field density test should be performed in each fill layer Earth Pressure Recommendations The project will require temporary bracing and permanent below grade walls which must be designed to 4111 resist soil pressures imposed on them. Walls which are permitted to rotate at the top may be designed to resist "active" lateral earth pressure. Typically, a top rotation of about 1 inch per 10 feet height of wall is sufficient to develop active pressure conditions in soils similar to those encountered at the site. Walls which will be prevented from rotating should be designed to resist the"at-rest" lateral earth pressure. The active and at-rest coefficients to be used in design will depend upon the type of backfill used. To account for the "active" and "at-rest" lateral pressures of retained earth, we recommend that the permanent retaining system design assume that the soils behind the bracing system will apply a triangular stress distribution based on the depth and the following strength parameters for the natural soils at this site: Angle of Internal Friction Cohesion(psf) Material Unit Weight(pcf) (degrees) 21 0 Very Loose SM 95 0 Loose SM 105 23 21 200 Very Loose SC 100 400 Loose SC 110 23 __ . 110 15 700 Firm ML 1,100 Stiff ML 120 20 10 0 Very Soft PT 80 29 0 Loose SP-SM 100 0 • Firm SP-SM 110 32 Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, RE, Page Seven March 28, 2017 We note that the unit weights for soils below the groundwater table should be those above less the unit weight of water (62.4 pcf). The compacted mass unit weight of the soil should be used with the above soil parameters to calculate the corresponding earth pressure coefficients and lateral earth pressures. The above values are actual anticipated values and do not contain any safety factors. Backfill behind permanent walls should be compacted in accordance with the compacted fill section of this report. A 4 inch layer of clean { aggregate (#57 stone) or a composite geotextile drainage fabric may be placed behind the permanent walls for drainage purposes to avoid build up of hydrostatic pressures. The lateral pressures developed by surcharge loads from existing or proposed foundations, stored material, stockpiled soils, etc. must be added to the lateral soil stresses to determine the horizontal loads which-must be resisted. In addition, transient loads imposed on the walls by construction equipment during • construction should be considered. Excessively heavy equipment (that could impose temporary excessive pressures or long term excessive residual pressures against the constructed walls) should not be allowed within about 5 feet(horizontally) of the walls. • Construction Water Control As stated previously, the project will require significant excavations to the planned bottom elevations of the structures. Therefore, the contractor should be prepared to promptly remove any surface water or groundwater from the proJect excavations. Removal of groundwater has been done effectively on similar projects by means of gravity drainage and pumping from sumps in the lower side of the excavation. At structures where groundwater is encountered, we recommend that the excavations be initially backfilled with well draining stabilizing aggregate(such as#4 to#67 stone). If pumping from localized sumps proves ineffective, then a wellpoint dewatering system may be required. Wellpoints are small diameter wells that are jetted or driven into the soil (at 3 to 10 foot spacings, s depending upon soil type). They are connected at the top to a horizontal suction pipe called a header and then connected to pump specifically designed for dewatering work. The wellpoints may require staging at various levels as the excavation proceeds to provide the required drawdown of the water table. We recommend that a specialty contractor that is experienced with similar conditions perform the design of the dewatering system, if needed. We also recommend that pumping continue until the area is completely backfilled such that the new fill can be compacted in as dry a condition as possible. Mr. Mitchell E. Freeman, P.E. Page Eight • March 28, 2017 Basis For Recommendations The recommendations provided are based in part on project information provided to us and they only apply to the specific project and site discussed in this report. If the project information section in this report contains incorrect information or if additional information is available, you should convey the correct or additional information to us and retain us to review our recommendations. We can then modify our recommendations if they are inappropriate for the proposed project. Regardless of the thoroughness of a geotechnical exploration, there is always a possibility that conditions between borings will be different from those at specific boring locations and that conditions will not be as anticipated by the designers or contractors. In addition, the construction process may itself alter soil conditions. Therefore, experienced geotechnical personnel should observe and document the construction procedures used and the conditions encountered. Unanticipated conditions and inadequate procedures should be reported to the design team along with timely recommendations to solve the problems created. We recommend that the owner retain CSRA to provide this service based upon our familiarity with the project, the subsurface conditions and the intent of the recommendations. We wish to remind you that our exploration services include storing the samples collected and making them available for inspection for 60 days. The samples are then discarded unless you request otherwise. We will be happy to discuss our recommendations with you and would welcome the opportunity to provide the additional studies or services necessary to complete this project. We appreciate the opportunity to provide our professional services and look forward to working with you on the remainder of this project and on future projects. If you have any questions concerning this report or wish to have further discussions, please contact us at(706)733-6960. Respectfully submitted, Ijoi(ul. ie it Jonathan E. Pruett, P.E. • APPENDICES APPENDIX I Soil Boring Logs i E k csra ill TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY INC. 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904' (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rock Creek Trunk Sewer Pum• Station#1 BORING NO. B-1 Pa e 1 of 2 LOCATION Au•USta Geor•is DATE March 7 .2017 DEPTH FEET VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT' VALUE(N) UNIFIED MOISTURE CLASS. Loose, Brown and Tan Clayey Sand 10 @ 1' SC Firm, Gray Clayey Silt with Some Organics 6 @ 3.5' 5' ML Firm, Gray Slightly Silty Sand 13 @ 6` SP-SM 9@8.5' 10, Stiff, Gray Clayey Silt ML • 2@13.5' 15' Very Soft to Soft, Peat with Organics PT 20' 4@18.5' 6@23.5' 25' 12 @28.5' 30' Loose to Firm, Red and Tan Slightly Silty Sand SP-SM 35' 13 @ 33.5' t' 1.-- 1 i. 411 ,Very Firm, Tan and Red Silty Sand with Gravel c 40' 21 @ 38.5' SM N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE , csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. III 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station#1 BORING NO. B-1 (Page 2 of 2) LOCATION Augusta, Georgia DATE March 7, 2017 PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT DEPTH VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTIONUNIFIED MOISTURE FEET VALUE(N} CLASS. 22 @ 43.5' — 45, Very Firm,Tan and Red Silty Sand with Gravel SM ma 22@48.5' 50' gm Boring Terminated at 50 feet. Upper 8" is Reddish-Tan Sand. • 55' law —„ 60' as 65' — III toll 75' s 1 f 1 • 80 _x. N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer6' required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING r O csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rock Creek Trunk Sewer Puma Station#2 BORING NO. I .2iL:kage of 21 LOCATION Au'usta Geor.ia DATE Marcj)h 9 2 17 DEPTH PENETRATION VISUAL. PERCENT FEET VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION VALUE(N) UNIFIED MOISTURE CLASS. Very Loose, Dark Brown Silty Sand 3 @ 1' Sc 3.5' Firm, Brown and Tan Slightly Silty Sand 18 @ SP-SM 5' 1 @6' 3 @ 8.5' 10' • 1 @ 13.5' Very Soft, Peat with Organics PT 1110 15` 2 @ 18.5' 20' 25' 4 Very Loose, Tan and Gray Clayey Sand @ 23.5' SC 9 @ 28.5' 30' Loose to Firm,Tan and Red Slightly Silty Sand with Gravel SW-SM 12 @ 33.5' 35' 1 I I „, i 0 , Firm, Tan and Red Slightly Clayey Sand 15 @ 38.5' SM 40' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2”split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE i csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. III 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station #2 BORING No. B-2 (Page 2 of 2) , 1 LOCATION Augusta, Georgia DATE March 9, 2017 DEPTH: PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION MOISTURE FEET UNIFIED VALUE(N) CLASS. Very Firm,Tan and Red Slightly Clayey SandSM -- 24 @ 43.5' — 45' as Very Firm, Gray Silty SandSM 27 @ 48.5' 50' so Boring Terminated at 50 feet. Upper 1'Black Topsoil. _ — III 55' Not 60' NO ...-. 65' al --- 70' in — --- 754tor 1 __ -- ---: — 80' i 1 t _ 0 N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer 3' required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. _ WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. IP 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rock Creek Trunk Sewer Pum• Station #3 BORING NO. B-3 (Page 1 of 2 = LOCATION Au•usta Georsia 7_rch 2017 DEPTH PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION FEET VALUE(N) UNIFIED AsS MOISTURE CI_ Firm, Tan and Gray Sandy Clayey Silt 8 @ 1' ML 10 @ 3.5' Loose, Gray Clayey Sand SC 5' 6 @6' Firm, Gray Clayey Silt with Some Peat Seams ML 4 @ 8.5' lot Soft Peat with Organics PT 5 @ 13.5' Firm, Gray and Green Clayey Silt ML 41111 15' 5 @ 18.5' Loose, Red and Tan Silty Fine Sand SM 20' 9 @ 23.5' 25' 11 @28.5' Loose to Firm, Gray, Tan, and Red Slightly Silty Fine to SP-SM 30' Medium Sand 12 @ 33.5' 35' I Firm, Tan and Gray Clayey Sand with Gravel 15 @ 38.5' SC • 41' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE • csra TESTING AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 30904 (706)733-6960 1005 EMMETT STREET,SUITE A (FAx) 737-0629 PROJECT Rocky Creek Trunk Sewer Pump Station #3 BORING NO. B-3 (Page 2 of 2) LOCATION Augusta; Georgia DATE March 7, 2017 PENETRATION VISUAL PERCENT DEPTH VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTIONUNIFIED MOISTURE FEET VALUE(N) CLASS. 19©43.5' 45' Firm to Very Firm,Gray Clayey Sand SC 24 @ 48.5' 50' Boring Terminated at 50 feet. Upper 6"Topsoil. 55' 60' 65' 70' 751 80, N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer 5.5 WATER TABLE AT TIME OF BORING required to drive 2"split-tube sampler one foot after seated. • APPENDIX II Field Testing Procedures . FIELD TESTING PROCEDURES SOIL TEST BORINGS Soil sampling and penetration testing were performed in general accordance with ASTM D 1586. The borings were made by mechanically twisting a continuous steel flight hollow stem auger into the soil. At regular intervals,soil samples obtained with a standard 1.4 inch I.D.,two inch O.D., split-barrel sampler. The sampler was first seated six inches to penetrate any loose cuttings, then driven an additional foot with blows of a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the final foot was recorded as the "penetration resistance". The penetration resistance, when properly evaluated,is an index to the soil strength and foundation supporting capability. Representative portions of the soil samples, obtained from the sampler, were placed in glass jars and transported to our laboratory. In the laboratory,the samples were examined by an engineer to verify the driller's field classifications. Test Boring Records are attached,graphically showing the soil descriptions and penetration resistances. • • ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT II/ PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 033900-CONCRETE CURING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Cast-in-place or in-situ concrete for structural building frames, slabs on fill or grade, and other concrete components associated with construction. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 302.1 -Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 411 3. ACI 308.1 - Specification for Curing Concrete. 4. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. 5. ACI 350 — Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C171 -Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 3. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 4. ASTM D2103 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures:Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's information on curing compounds, mats, paper, and film, including compatibilities and limitations. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. IIIGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CONCRETE CURING 033900-1 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to ACI 350. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. • 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. PART 2-PRODUCT S 2.1 MATERIALS A. Membrane-Curing Compound: 1. Description: Comply with ASTM C171. B. Water: Potable;not detrimental to concrete. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application examination. B. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 03390CONCRETE CURING2 o 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.2 APPLICATION A. Horizontal Surfaces: 1. Comply with ACI 308.1,using methods approved. 2. Absorptive Mat: a. Saturate burlap-PE and place burlap-side down over floor slab areas. b. Lap ends and sides. c. Maintain in place for seven days. 3. Membrane-Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in one coat or two coats with second coat applied at right angles to first. B. Vertical Surfaces: 1. Comply with ACI 308.1,using Water Absorbent Materials-method. 2. Spraying: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for seven days. 3. Membrane-Curing Compound: Apply compound in two coats with second coat applied at right angles to first. 3.3 PROTECTION • A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surfaces. 3.4 ATTACHMENTS A. Liquid Retaining Structures: 1. Description:Absorptive mats. 2. Type: Burlap-PE. B. Elevated Slabs: 1. Description: Membrane-curing compound. 2. Type:Acrylic. 3. Color: Clear. C. Concrete Pavement: 1. Description:Membrane-curing compound. 2. Color: Opaque. D. Other Floor Areas: IIIGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CONCRETE CURING 033900-3 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Description: Membrane-curing compound. 2. Type: Acrylic. 3. Color:Translucent. END OF SECTION 033900 CURING • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONCRETE034 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 036000-GROUTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Portland cement grout. 2. Rapid-curing epoxy grout. 3. Nonshrink cementitious grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Form materials, waterstops, and accessories as required to form cast-in-place concrete and maintain structural integrity until stripping. 2. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Cast-in-place or in-situ concrete for structural building frames,slabs on fill or grade,and other concrete components. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 350—Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C33/C33M- Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C40/C40M- Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. 3. ASTM C150/C150M- Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C191 - Standard Test Methods for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle. 5. ASTM C307- Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. 6. ASTM C531 - Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes. 7. ASTM C579 - Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts,Monolithic Surfacings,and Polymer Concretes. 8. ASTM C827/C827M - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures. C. U. S.Army Corps of Engineers Concrete Research Division(CRD): 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GROUTING 036000-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PUMPING STATIONS 1. CRD-C621 -Non-Shrink Grout. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures:Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding grout. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit instructions for mixing, handling, surface preparation, and placing epoxy-type and nonshrink grouts. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals:Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.5 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. B. Maximum Conditions: Do not perform grouting if temperatures exceed manufacturer's recommendations. C. Minimum Conditions: Maintain minimum temperature per the manufacturer before, during, and after grouting,until grout has set. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT A. Portland Cement: Comply with ASTM C150/C150M,Type I and II. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 036000-2 GROUTINGof 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Water: 1. Potable. 2. No impurities, suspended particles, algae, or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable of causing: a. Corrosion of steel. b. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking. c. Efflorescence. d. Excess air entraining. C. Fine Aggregate: 1. Washed natural sand. 2. Gradation: a. Comply with ASTM C33/C33M. b. Represented by smooth granulometric curve within required limits. 3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities according to ASTM C40/C40M. D. Mix: 1. Portland cement,sand,and water. 2. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes. 2.2 4110 RAPID-CURING EPDXY GROUT A. Manufacturers: 1. L&M Construction Chemicals 2. Sika Corporation 3. WR Meadows B. Description: 1. High-strength, three-component epoxy grout formulated with thermosetting resins and inert fillers. 2. Rapid-curing,high adhesion,and resistant to ordinary chemicals,acids,and alkalis. C. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Compressive Strength: a. 12,000 psi at seven days. b. Comply with ASTM C579. 2. Minimum Tensile Strength: a. 2,000 psi. b. Comply with ASTM C307. Ill GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GROUTING 036000-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA 3. Coefficient of Expansion: a. 30x10-6 inch per degree F. b. Comply with ASTM C531. 4. Shrinkage: a. None. b. Comply with ASTM C827/C827M. 2.3 NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT A. Manufacturers: 1. Euclid Chemical Company 2. Sika Corporation 3. L&M Construction Chemicals B. Description: 1. Pre-mixed and ready-for-use formulation requiring only addition of water. 2. Nonshrink,non-corrosive,nonmetallic,non-gas forming,and no chlorides. C. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Certified to maintain initial placement volume or expand after set, and to meet following minimum properties when tested according to CRD-C621 for Type D nonshrink grout: a. Setting Time: 1) Initial:Approximately two hours. 2) Final: Approximately three hours. 3) Comply with ASTM C191. b. Maximum Expansion: 0.10 to 0.40 percent. c. Compressive Strength: 1) One-Day:4,000 psi. 2) Seven-Day: 7,000 psi. 3) 28-Day: 10,000 to 10,800 psi. 4) Comply with CRD-C621. 2.4 FORMWORK A. As specified in Section 031000-Concrete Forming and Accessories. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 036000-4 GROUTINGof 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify areas to receive grout. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by brushing, hammering, chipping, or other similar means until sound and clean concrete surface is achieved. C. Roughen concrete lightly,but not to interfere with placement of grout. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. E. Align,level,and maintain final positioning of components to be grouted. • F. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water,and then remove excess water. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Formwork: 1. Construct leak proof forms anchored and shored to withstand grout pressures. 2. Install formwork with clearances to permit proper placement of grout. 3. As specified in Section 031000-Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Mixing: 1. Portland Cement Grout: a. Use proportions of two parts sand and one part cement,measured by volume. b. Prepare grout with water to obtain consistency to permit placing and packing. c. Mix water and grout in two steps: 1) Premix using approximately 2/3 of water. 2) After partial mixing, add remaining water to bring mix to desired placement consistency and continue mixing two to three minutes. d. Mix only quantities of grout capable of being placed within 30 minutes after mixing. • e. Do not add additional water after grout has been mixed. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GROUTING 036000-5 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA f. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,400psi in 48 hours and 7,000psi in 28 days. 2. Rapid-Curing Epoxy Grout: a. Mix and prepare according to manufacturer instructions. b. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 3. Nonshrink Cementitious Grout: a. Mix and prepare according to manufacturer instructions. b. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 4. Mix grout components in proximity to Work area and transport mixture quickly and in manner not permitting segregation of materials. C. Placing of Grout: 1. Place grout material quickly and continuously. 2. Do not use pneumatic-pressure or dry-packing methods. 3. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. 4. Do not vibrate placed grout mixture or permit placement if area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. 5. Thoroughly compact final installation and eliminate air pockets. 6. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed. D. Curing: • 1. Prevent rapid loss of water from grout during first 48 hours by use of approved membrane curing compound or by using wet burlap method. 2. Immediately after placement, protect grout from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures,and mechanical injury. 3. After grout has attained its initial set,keep damp for minimum three days. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and Testing: 1. Comply with ACI 301 and as specified in Section. 2. Submit proposed mix design of each class of grout to Engineer of Record for review prior to commencement of Work. 3. Tests of grout components may be performed to ensure compliance with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 036000 410 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 036000-6 GROUTINGof 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS 411 AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 033000-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design,placement procedures,and finishes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033900"Concrete Curing" 2. Division 31 —Earthwork 3. Section 321313 "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Both the Water Treatment Plant and Intake. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend,including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete Subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish Subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, • vapor-retarder installation, steel reinforcement installation, methods for achieving GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-1 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA specified floor and slab flatness and levelness concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: concrete mixture. Submit alternate design characteristicses when of materials, Projectcondiionsweather, testresults, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams,bar arrangement,splices and laps,mechanical connections,tie spacing,hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Engineer. E. Samples: For color finishes,normal weight aggregates, fiber reinforcement,reglets,waterstops, vapor retarder/barrier,and form liners. 111 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency. B. Material Certificates:For each of the following,signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Vapor retarders. 11. Semi-rigid joint filler. 12. Joint-filler strips. 13. Repair materials. C. Material Test Reports:For the following,from a qualified testing agency: 4110 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-2 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer. Placing drawings indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement,and other items that affect exposed concrete visually. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal,and reshoring installation and removal. E. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. F. Field quality-control reports. G. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. • 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,Grade 1,according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade II. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PUMPING STATIONS 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days,maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water.Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water,soft spots,or dry areas. PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 CONCRETE,GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2. ACI 117. 3. AC1 350. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces.Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood,metal,or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay,Class 1 or better. b. B-B(Concrete Form),Class 1 or better;mill oiled and edge sealed. 3. Overlaid Finnish birch plywood. • CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-4 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • III AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. E. Void (Carton) Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. F. Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC,or rubber strips,3/4 by 3/4 inch,minimum. G. Rustication Strips: Wood,metal,PVC,or rubber strips,kerfed for ease of form removal. H. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated (maximum VOC content of 350 mg/L) form- release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. I. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish ties that,when removed,leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60,deformed. B. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M, fabricated from ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed bars,assembled with clips. C. Plain-Steel Wire:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M,as drawn. D. Deformed-Steel Wire:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M. E. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as- drawn steel wire into flat sheets. F. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. G. Galvanized-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from galvanized-steel wire into flat sheets. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, ASTM A 775/A 775M epoxy coated. C. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A 775/A 775M. D. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780/A 780M. E. Bar Supports: Bolsters,chairs,spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting,and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view,where legs of wire bar supports contact forms,use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALSIII A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source,and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M,Type I or Type II. a. The cement shall be low alkali,less than 0.60 percent.All cement used in concrete that will be in contact with wastewater shall have a tricalcium aluminate (Ca3Al2O6)content of less than 8 percent. b. Use one brand of cement throughout the Project unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Fly Ash:ASTM C 618,Class F. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches nominal. D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330/C 330M, 1-inch-nominal maximum aggregate size. E. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. III CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-6 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete.Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type D. 4. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F. 5. High-Range,Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,Type II. G. Water:ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete,complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. B. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete,complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. 2.7 WATERSTOPS • A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints.Factory fabricate corners,intersections,and directional changes. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Sika Greenstreak b. Williams Products,Inc. c. JP Specialties,Inc. d. OR Equal 2. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb and/or Ribbed without center bulb. 3. Dimensions: 6 inches by 3/8 inch thick;nontapered. B. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints.Factory fabricate corners,intersections,and directional changes. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BoMetals,Inc. b. Sika Greenstreak. c. JP Specialties,Inc. d. OR Equal • 2. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb and/or Ribbed without center bulb. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-7 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA 3. Dimensions: 6 inches by 3/8 inch thick;nontapered. C. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Barrier-Bac;Inteplast Group,Ltd. b. JP Specialties,Inc. c. Sika Greenstreak. d. OR Equal. D. Self-Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite-free hydrophilic polymer-modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete,3/8 by 3/4 inch. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Adeka Ultra Seal/OCM,Inc. b. Sika Greenstreak. c. OR Equal. 2.8 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet,ASTM D 4397,not less than 10 mils thick. 2.9 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS 2.10 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation;Construction Systems. b. Euclid Chemical Company(The);an RPM company. c. Kaufman Products,Inc. d. Sika Corporation. e. SpecChem,LLC. f. OR Equal B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq.yd.when dry. • CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-8 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Moisture-Retaining Cover:ASTM C 171,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water:Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Euclid Chemical Company(The); an RPM company. c. W.R.Meadows,Inc. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, nondissipating,certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Euclid Chemical Company(The); an RPM company. c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. • d. TK Products. G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to 25 percent solids, nondissipating,certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Dayton Superior. c. Euclid Chemical Company(The); an RPM company. d. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. e. W.R.Meadows,Inc. H. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,Class A. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Dayton Superior. c. Euclid Chemical Company(The);an RPM company. d. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. e. W.R.Meadows,Inc. IIIII GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-9 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,Class A. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Dayton Superior. b. Euclid Chemical Company(The); an RPM company. c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. d. W.R.Meadows,Inc. 2.11 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion-and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751,asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Semirigid Joint Filler: meter hardnesls of 80 according osemirigid, ASTM D 2240solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881,two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements,and as follows: • 1. Types I and II, nonload bearing or Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022-inch-thick, galvanized-steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet,not less than 0.034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.12 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-10 of 24 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES,GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data,or both,according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials:Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan:25 percent. 3. Slag Cement: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Slag Cement: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 5. Silica Fume: 10 percent. 6. Combined Fly Ash,Pozzolans,and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. 7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Slag Cement, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.10 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required,for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity,or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. 2.14 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings: Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength:-As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 3 inches. 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. • B. Foundation Walls: Normal-weight concrete. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-11 of 24 ROCKY CREEK-TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50 3. Slump Limit: 3 inches. 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: 6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. C. Slabs-on-Grade:Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 470 lb/cu.yd. 4. Slump Limit: 3 inches,plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 6. Air Content: 6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 7. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 8. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. D. Suspended Slabs:Normal-weight concrete. III 1. Minimum Compressive Strength:As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 470 lb/cu.yd. 4. Slump Limit: 3 inches,plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 6. Air Content: -6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 7. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 8. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. E. Water Retaining Structures. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45. 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 535 lb/cu.yd. 4. Slump Limit:4 inches,plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 6. Air Content: 6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. F. Concrete Toppings:Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 600 lb/cu.yd. III CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-12 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Slump Limit: 3 inches,plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished toppings to exceed 3 percent. 6. Steel-Fiber Reinforcement: Add to concrete mixture, according to manufacturer's written instructions,at a rate of 50 lb/cu.yd. 7. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate,but not less than a rate of 1.5 lb/cu.yd. G. Building Frame Members:Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days.. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches. 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. H. Building Walls: Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Structural General Notes at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches. 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before • adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 2.15 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.16 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F,reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M.Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu.yd. or smaller,continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes,but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer,before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each • additional 1 cu. yd.. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-13 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date,mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added.Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore,brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation,and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities,designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual,as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways,reglets,recesses,and the like,for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips;use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible.Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar.Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work.Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. • T REE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE EoE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 4111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions,before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete.Use setting drawings,templates,diagrams, instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours after placing concrete with a 72 hour pour back for adjacent pours. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations,and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits,joists, slabs, and other structural elements that support weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 410 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 3.4 SHORING AND RESHORING INSTALLATION A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-15 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.5 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair bituminous vapor retarder according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. • E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging.Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.Lace overlaps with wire. 3.7 JOINTS A. General:Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated.Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. • T REE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE EoE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • III AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated on Contractor's submitted and approved construction joint layout. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls,near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes.Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete as soon as cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations,as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required,lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-17 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III PUMPING STATIONS 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer.Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion,limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation,within limits of construction joints,until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Besto sanda uniform surface plane, before excessbledwaterr appears on heurfae. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched.Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view and not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. N/A C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed-finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish:N/A III CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 033000-18 E E GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces.Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces-exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film- finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)35; and of levelness, F(L)25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F)24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on- grade. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)30; and of levelness, F(L)20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F)24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. C. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces-where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thinset method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces. D. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps,ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-19 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 6 inches high unless otherwise indicated, and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength:-4000 psi at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates,diagrams,instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed,tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces. 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete,but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,including floors and slabs,concrete floor toppings,and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1,by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE033000-20 of 24 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: For non-liquid retaining structures and floors only. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application.Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound • manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies in writing that the curing compound does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: For non-liquid retaining structures and floors only.Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat.Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare,clean,and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least three month(s). Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-21 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve,using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discoloration that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal,cut out honeycombs,rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to viewby blending white imatehes land cementg cand standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Engineer. • D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified fpr each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness;use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width,and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days,correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and p end er according colevdingsurface.manufacturer's ac edges written instructions to produce a smooth,uniform,plane, to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete,except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE033000-22 of 24 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete.Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete,subject to Engineer's approval,using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a-qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. • 4. Concrete placement,including conveying and depositing. 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above,and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens:ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-23 of 24 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 7. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing.Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. III 10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 11. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer. 12. Additional testing and inspecting,at Contractor's expense,will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 24 hours of finishing for laboratory and office buildings. F. For floors required for sloping,the slope must be within 1/16"tolerances of that required in the plans. 3.17 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer. END OF SECTION 033000 •T R NCEE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CA5T-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C24 EoE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 051200—STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Structural Steel 2. Architecturally exposed structural steel 3. Prefabricated building columns 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. B. Related work specified elsewhere includes: 1. Section 032000—Anchorage in Concrete 2. Section 033000—Cast-in-Place Concrete 3. Section 055000—Metal Fabrication 4. Section 099600—High Performance Coatings • 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges,"that support design loads. B. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Structural steel designated as architecturally exposed structural steel in the Contract Documents. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand ASD-service loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using AISC's"ARD/LRFD Steel Construction Manual" 13th Edition. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Fabricator's responsibilities include using a qualified professional engineer to prepare structural analysis data for structural-steel connections. B. Construction: Type FR,fully restrained. C. Construction: Type 1,rigid frame. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 STRUCTURAL STEEL 052100-1 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Submit in accordance with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts,connections,splices,camber,holes,and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size,length,and type of each weld. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. 5. For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates D. Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with requirements: 1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts,nuts,and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct-tension indicators. 4. Tension-control,high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 5. Shear stud connectors. 6. Shop primers. 111 E. Source quality-control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector,Category CSE. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant,Category Sbd. C. Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P1 or SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. AISC's"Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings" and"Supplement No.2." 3. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design (ASD)/ Load and Resistance Factor Design(LRFD)." 4. AISC's"Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections." 5. RCSC's"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STRUCTURAL STEEL052100-2 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Mockups: Build mockups of architecturally exposed structural steel to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Coordinate finish painting requirements with Division 9 painting Sections. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section"Project Management and Coordination." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying II the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than the following: 1. W-Shapes: 60 percent. 2. Channels,Angles,M, S-Shapes: 60 percent. 3. Plate and Bar: 25 percent. 4. Steel Pipe: 25 percent. 5. All Other Steel Materials: 25 percent. B. W-Shapes: ASTM A 572/A 572M,Grade 36. C. Channels,Angles,M, S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. E. Corrosion-Resisting Structural Steel: ASTM A 588/A 588M,Grade 50(345). IIIF. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500,Grade B,structural tubing. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 STRUCTURAL STEEL 052100-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA411 G. Corrosion-Resisting Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847,structural tubing. H. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,Type E or S,Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Finish: Black,except where indicated to be galvanized I. Medium-Strength Steel Castings: ASTM A 27/A 27M, Grade 65-35 (Grade 450-240), carbon steel. J. High-Strength Steel Castings: ASTM A 148/A 148M,Grade 80-50 (Grade 550-345), carbon or alloy steel. K. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.2 BOLTS,CONNECTORS,AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1,heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M)hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class C. 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,) compressible-washer type. a. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating,ASTM B 695,Class 50. B. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex • steel structural bolts or tension-control, bolt-nut-washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M)hardened carbon-steel washers,plain. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490 (ASTM F 959M,) Type 10.9, compressible-washer type,plain. C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel;AWS D1.1,Type B. D. Unheaded Anchor Rods: Unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings, ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Configuration: Hooked. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)heavy hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M)hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class C. E. Headed Anchor Rods: Unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings,ASTM F 1554,Grade 36,straight. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M)hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class C. F. Threaded Rods: Unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings,ASTM A 193/A 193M. GOODWSTRUCTURAL STEEL YN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 05RA -4 EoL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563(ASTM A 563M)heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class C. G. Turnbuckles: ASTM A 108, Grade 1035,cold-finished carbon steel. H. Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 108,Grade 1030,cold-finished carbon steel. I. Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108,Grade 1018,cold-finished carbon steel. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: Primer shall be in accordance with Section 09900. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI#18,MPI#19,or SSPC-Paint 20. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Load and Resistance Factor Design, 13th Edition" 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 3. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 4. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations. B. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel identified as architecturally exposed structural steel. 1. Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes including pitting,rust,scale,seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names,and roughness. 2. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning, treating,and shop priming. C. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1. D. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut,or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. E. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. F. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC- SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 STRUCTURAL STEEL 052100-5 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. H. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall- opening framing to be attached to structural steel. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square,and true members in completed wall framing. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk, cross-recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches (250 mm)o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. J. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for passage of other work through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Base-Plate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.5 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for • Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance,and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs,back gouge,and grind steel smooth. 2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges"for mill material. 3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show- through on exposed steel surfaces. a. Grind butt welds flush. b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. 2.6 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. General: Prefabricated building columns consisting of load-bearing structural-steel members encased in manufacturer's standard insulating concrete for fire protection and enclosed in an outer non-load-bearing steel shell. 1. Concrete Fill: Manufacturer's standard-mix structural concrete,with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000 psi (34.5 MPa), machine mixed and mechanically vibrated during placement to produce concrete fill free of voids. • E STEL GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 05STRUCTURAL-6 EoL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide prefabricated building column listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for ratings indicated,based on testing according to ASTM E 119. 1. Fire-Resistance Rating: 2 hours. C. Column Configuration: Provide columns of sizes and shapes indicated. Fabricate connections to comply with details shown or as required to suit type of structure indicated. D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prefabricated building columns that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide prefabricated building columns by one of the following: 1. Black Rock Column, Inc. 2. Dean,George H.Inc. 3. Fire-Trol Division;Dean Lally L.P. 4. Or Equal 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). III 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 5. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No.4, "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning." 6. SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling." 7. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No.2, "Near-White Blast Cleaning." 8. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." 9. SSPC-SP 14/NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners,edges,and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners,crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 STRUCTURAL STEEL 052100-7of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • D. Painting: Apply a 1-coat,non-asphaltic primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide 7.00,"Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 2.8 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. 1. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. 2. Galvanize lintel and shelf angles attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior walls. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 11) 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. erformed on root pass and on finished 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; p weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested,according to requirements in AWS D1.1. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. • E STEL GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STRUCTURAL05 -8 EoL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT III PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections,and bracing are in place,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in- place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design/Load and Resistance Factor Design." B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before packing with grout. • 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base or bearing plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure.Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel and architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by ENGINEER. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1. H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STRUCTURAL STEEL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 052100-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • I. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Slip critical. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance,and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design / Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment,and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs,back gouge,and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. 4. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show- through on exposed steel surfaces. • a. Grind butt welds flush. b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. 3.5 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design / Load and Resistance Factor" manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements of testing and inspecting agency that apply to the fire- resistance rating indicated. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect connections and welds as necessary. B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. 1. In addition to visual inspection,field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures,at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STRUCTURAL STEEL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 052100-10 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested,according to requirements in AWS D1.1. E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories,bearing • plates,and abutting structural steel. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 09900. END OF SECTION 051200 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STRUCTURAL STEEL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 052100-11 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III SECTION 055000—METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work described in this section includes metal fabrications,which include items made from iron and steel shapes,plates,bars, strips, tubes,pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere. Types of work in this section includes metal fabrications for: 1. Rough hardware. 2. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 3. Loose steel lintels. 4. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 5. Guard Posts(bollards) 6. Stair Treads and Nosings 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. B. Related work specified elsewhere includes: • 1. Section 032000—Anchorage in Concrete 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and installation instructions for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications,including paint products and grout. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Include plans,elevations and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchor and bolt installation by others. Where materials or fabrications are indicated to comply with certain requirements for design loadings include structural computations,material properties and other information needed for structural analysis. C. Samples: Submit representative samples of materials and finished products as may be requested by ENGINEER. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. METAL FABRICATIONS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 055000-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 0 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names and roughness. B. Ferrous Metals 1. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36. 2. Steel Bar Grating: ASTM A 569 or ASTM A 36 3. Steel Tubing: Cold formed,ASTM A 500; or hot rolled,ASTM A 501. 4. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold-rolled ASTM A 611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading. 5. Galvanized Structural Sheet Steel: ASTM A 446, of grade required for design loading. Coating designation as indicated,or if not indicated, G90. 6. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type and grade (If applicable) as selected by fabricator and as required for design loading; black finish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight (schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated. 7. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48,Class 30. 8. Malleable Iron Castings:ASTM A 47,grade as selected by fabricator. 9. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails,unless otherwise indicated. 10. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required,hot-dip galvanized,ASTM A 153. C. Non-Ferrous Metals 1. Aluminum Drawn Seamless Tube: ASTM B 483, 6063-T832. 2. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26,356.0-T6. 3. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, 6061-T6 D. Grout: Non-Shrink Non-Metallic Grout: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non- corrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE-CRD-C621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. E. Fasteners 1. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type,grade and class required. F. Paint: 1. Metal Primer Paint: Southern Coating "Heavy Duty RIP Primer 1-0900", Tnemec "10- 99 Primer",or approved equal. 2. Primer selected must be compatible with finish coats of paint. 3. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL-P-21035 (Ships), or SSPC- Paint-20. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-2 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.2 STAIR TREADS AND NOSINGS A. MATERIALS 1. ASTM B 221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy extruded bars, rods,wire,shapes and tubes. B. TYPE 1. SINGLE PART BAR ABRASIVE, FULL ABRASIVE STAIR TREADS AND NOSINGS a. Base and Nosing: Extruded aluminum type 6063-T5,mill finish b. Nosing Types for concrete pour,steel pan,wood and sloped stairs and risers. c. Tread abrasive filler:Bar type ribbed 1) Includes virgin grain Aluminum Oxide and/or Silicon Carbide. Binder is a UV protected 2 part epoxy continuous throughout entire tread. Color shall extend uniformly throughout filler. Black is standard color unless other specified. 2) Black is the standard abrasive fill color unless other specified C. Bar Abrasive width [1.375", 1.875", 3",4"] Full Abrasive width [2",2.125", 2.25", 3", 3.125", 4",4.125"] D. Installation fastening type:[Extruded anchors] [Drilled countersunk holes] E. Acceptable Product Series: STSB-C3E F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Victory Treads,LLC 2. OR APPROVED EQUAL PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Workmanship 1. Use materials of size and thickness shown or,if not shown,of required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product. Work to dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings,using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified for various components of work. 2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless otherwise shown. Form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 3. corners oand continuously, recommendations. t exposed cnnections, grind exposed weldsmooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline Use exposed fasteners flush using concealed type shown, orif not shown, fasteners whereverpossible. Phillips flat-head(countersunk)screws or bolts. • TIONS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 055METAL FABRICATIONS -3 NS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. 6. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware and similar items. 7. Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. B. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or specified to be galvanized, as follows: 1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8"thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. C. Shop Painting 1. Apply shop primer to surfaces of metal fabrications except those which are galvanized or as indicated to be embedded in concrete or masonry, unless otherwise indicated, and in compliance with requirements of SSPC-PA1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. 2. Stripe paint all edges,corners,crevices,bolts,welds and sharp edges. D. Surface Preparation 1. Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specification and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: • a. Exterior(SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." b. Interiors(SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning." 3.2 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. B. Fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere,furnish steel washers. 3.3 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication. 3.4 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Provide loose structural steel lintels for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions as shown. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. Provide not less than 8"bearing at each side of openings,unless otherwise shown. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-4 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Galvanize all loose steel lintels in exterior walls. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of structural steel framework,as required to complete work. B. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown, of required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items. C. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. Except as otherwise shown, space anchors 24" o.c.and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4"x 8" steel straps. D. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous frames and supports. 3.6 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work. • B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete insets, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors,which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3.7 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction, including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through-bolts, lag bolts,wood screws and other connectors as required. 2. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete,masonry or similar construction. 3. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints,but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip- galvanized after fabrication,and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. • TIONS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 055METAL FABRICATIONS -5 NS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made,and methods used in correcting welding work. C. Setting Loose Plates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. 2. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. Use non-metallic,non-shrink grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to insure that no voids remain. D. Stair Treads 1. Install stair treads and nosing's in accordance with the governing regulations,the industry standards applicable to the work and the manufacturer's written instructions 2. Work shall be aligned plumb, level and where required, flush with adjacent surfaced and rigidly anchored to the substrate. 3.8 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Touch up Painting 1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint,and paint exposed areas with same materials as used for shop painting. 2. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. III B. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanized repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 055000 III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-6 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 057115—ALUMINUM RETRACTABLE LADDERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes fabricated counter-balanced retractable aluminum ladders for wetwell access. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for aluminum retractable ladders. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry.Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for components. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans,elevations,sections,details,and attachments to other work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. OHSA Compliance: Ladder and safety cage dimensions and performance shall comply with OSHA requirements. A certificate of compliance shall be provided by the manufacturer. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.2,"Structural Welding Code-Aluminum." 2. AWS D1.6/D1.6M,"Structural Welding Code-Stainless Steel." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. JOMY,Inc. Louisville,CO B. MP Industries,Inc.—Clearwater,FL • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ALUMINUM RETRACTABLE LADDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 057115-1of3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Approved Equal 2.2 COUNTER-BALANCED RETRACTABLE ALUMNUM LADDERS A. Ladder Rungs: Minimum clear width of 15 inches capable of supporting 650 lbs. per rung. Rungs shall be factory welded or mechanically impinged into the extruded aluminum verticals. B. Attachment Offsets. Offsets for attachment to concrete structure shall be provided by the ladder supplier and shall be designed to adequately support the ladder assembly from the vertical wall surface. C. Counterbalance: The counterbalance cable shall be stainless steel and contained within the upper side profiles. The counterweights shall be lead and sufficient weight to offset the neutral weight of the lower(retractable) ladder section. Alternately stainless steel springs may be used for counterbalance system. A top release mechanism shall allow the ladder to be deployed and retracted from the upper level of the wetwell. D. Tubular Uprights: The ladddr vertcials shall be formed from extruded alumnium alloy 6061-T5 or 6063-T6. E. Fasteners and Hardware: 316 stainless steel F. Finish: Clear Anodized Finish • 2.3 FABRICATION A. Assemble retractable ladders in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. D. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. E. Cut,reinforce,drill,and tap as needed to receive hardware,screws,and similar items. F. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose.Weld all around at connections,including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended and, except for fillet welds, so welded • surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ALUMINUM RETRACTABLE LADDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 057115-2of3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA G. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts unless otherwise indicated.Locate joints where least conspicuous. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed for securing fabricated retractable ladders to in-place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete inserts and other connectors as required. B. Assemble components to comply with manufacturer's written instructions,with each component aligned and in correct relation to each other,securely anchored to the adjacent structure. C. Do not cut, alter, or drill ladder components in the field that do not fit properly. Return components that do not fit to manufacturer for adjustment. D. Install fabricated ladder accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; level and plumb; and according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 057115 • i GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ALUMINUM RETRACTABLE LADDERS 057115-3 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 079200-JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work described in this section includes joint sealer systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE IIIII A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer who has successfully three years at least three (3) joint completed within the last ze to that of this project and who will assign mechanicslfromer ptheselearlier applications ons similar in to hise and 1project, of which one will serve as lead mechanic. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When the ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturer or below 40°F. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain,frost, condensation or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. C. Materials containing asbestos shall NOT be used. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 JOINT SEALANTS 079200-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411/ PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated, or if not indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those for Type,Grade,Class and Uses. B. Multi-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25,Uses NR,M,A and, as ap- plicable to joint substrates indicated,O. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. "Dynatrol 11"Pecora Corp. b. "Sonolastic NP-2",Sonneborn: BASF Building Systems. c. "Dymeric 511",Tremco,Inc. • d. "Vulkem 922",Tremco,Inc. 2. Locations for Use: Equivalent 1-part sealants will be acceptable for interior surfaces only, and where acceptable to waterproofing membrane manufacturer also as sealant required at horizontal terminal joints of waterproof underlayment flashings and membranes, by one of the above named manufacturers. C. Two-Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade P, Class 25;Uses T,M,A and, as appli- cable to joint substrates indicated,O. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. "Chem-Calk 550",Bostik Construction Product Div. b. "Vulkem 245",Tremco,Inc. c. "Pourthane",W.R.Meadows,Inc. d. "NR-200 Urexpan",Pecora Corp. e. "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", Sonneborn Div.;BASF Building Systems f. "THC-900/901";Tremco,Inc. 2. Locations for Use: Exterior and interior expansion,control and construction joints in hor- izontal surfaces; and joints subject to pedestrian and light vehicular traffic. D. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS; Class 25, Users NT, G, A and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with fungicide for • JOINT SEALANTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 079200-2 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111 sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates around ceramic tile,showers,sinks and plumb- ing fixtures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. "Dow-Corning 786";Dow Corning Corp. b. "SCS 1702"; General Electric. c. "863#345 White";Pecora Corp. d. "Tremsil 200",White,Clear;Tremco,Inc. 2. Locations for Use: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and terminal edges of tile; and joints at damp areas, such as around sinks and plumbing fixtures and pipe penetrations; and exposed terminal edges of vinyl flooring, such as around door frames and termina- tions at concrete. E. Single Component Low Modulus Silicone: Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Uses NT, M, G, A and,as applicable to joint substrates indicated,O. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation,790. b. Pecora Corporation,890. C. Tremco,Inc., Spectrum 1 2. Locations for Use: Except as otherwise indicated,exterior joints and penetrations in ver- tical surfaces of concrete, between metal and masonry; masonry control joints; vertical expansion and control joints in masonry and concrete; and at all miscellaneous locations requiring a joint sealant. F. Single Component Medium Modulus Silicone: Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Uses NT, M, G,A and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated,O. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation,795. b. Pecora Corporation, 895. c. Tremco,Inc., Spectrum 2. 2. Locations for Use: Metal panels, metal trim, aluminum storefront, and similar metal to metal joint locations. 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part nonsag, acrylic, mildew resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on interior and on protected exterior exposures involving joint movement of not more than+7.5%. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide with one of the following: a. "Chem-Calk 600";Bostik Construction Products Div. b. "AC-20";Pecora Corp. c. "Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div;BASF Building Systems. d. "Tremflex 834"; Tremco Inc. 41111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 JOINT SEALANTS 079200-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Locations for Use: Interior joints in field-painted vertical and overhead surfaces at perimeter of metal door frames, gypsum drywall, plaster and concrete or concrete masonry; and all other interior locations not indicated otherwise. 2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants,primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint-Fillers: 1. Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding strips of plastic foam of material indicated below, and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 2. Backer Rod: a. Urethane sealants: Premium grade, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; Sealtight Backer Rod,as manufactured by W.R.Meadows,Inc.,or approved equivalent. b. Silicone sealants: Premium grade, open cell polyethylene foam rod; Sealtight Backer Rod,as manufactured by W.R.Meadows,Inc.,or approved equivalent. 3. Joint Filler: "Ceramar" flexible foam expansion joint filler, as manufactured by W.R. Meadows,Inc.,or approved equivalent. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back • (3rd)surface of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. ces: Provide cleaner of ble to B. manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials gwhich are lnot harmful oesubst at s and Cleaners for Nonporous m adjacent nonporous materials. C. Masking Tape: Provide non-staining,non-absorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Require installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Obtain installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealer work. Do not allow sealer work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. • JOINT SEALANTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 079200-4 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111 PUMPING STATIONS 0 3.2 PREPARATION AUGUSTA,GEORGIA A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints, except for permanent,protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil, grease, waterproofing,water repellents,water,surface dirt,and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other non- porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated,unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated. C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. D. Installation of Sealant Backings: 1. Install joint-fillers of type indicated or recommended by sealant manufacturer to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross- sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. b. Do not stretch,twist,puncture,or tear joint-fillers. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • c. Remove absorbent joint-filers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry materials. 2. Install bond-breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of joint. E. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates,completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joing widths, which allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants 1. Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. Do not use tooling agents, which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 2. Concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193,unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage • or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. END OF SECTION 079200 • JOINT SEALANTS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 079200-6 of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 083485—WATERTIGHT ACCESS COVERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes watertight access covers for pumping station wetwells and valve vaults. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details,materials,individual components and profiles,and finishes. • PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Watertight Access Covers: Assemblies shall be capable of watertight performance to 10 feet of standing water(625 p.s.f.). 2.2 WATERTIGHT ACCESS COVERS A. Manufacturers 1. U.S.F.Fabrication,Inc.;Hialeah,FL. 2. Halliday Products,Inc.; Orlando,FL 3. Approved Equal: B. Angle Frame Aluminum Cover: 1. Frame:Mill finish aluminum, angle profile. 2. Door: Single leaf; 1/4-inch-thick,diamond-pattern mill-finish aluminum plate. 3. Gasket: EPDM. 4. Hardware: a. Material and Finish: Manufacturer's standard Type 316 stainless steel, including latch and lifting mechanism assemblies, hold-open arms, and brackets, hinges, pins,and fasteners. b. Hinges: Heavy-duty butt hinges with stainless-steel pins. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 WATERTIGHT ACCESS COVERS 083485—1 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • c. Operating Mechanism: Adjustable counterbalancing springs,heavy-duty hold-open arm that automatically locks door open at 90 degrees, release handle with vinyl grip that allows for one-handed closure,and recessed lift handle. d. Latch: Stainless-steel cam-lock style latch. e. Lock:Recessed padlock hasp. C. Safety Accessories: Covers installed over wetwells or other water holding structures shall be equipped with lockable aluminum I-bar safety grating. 1. Aluminum I-bar construction 2. 316 stainless steel hardware 3. Tamper-proof stainless steel hinge bolts 4. Hinged with positive latch to maintain upright position 5. 300 p.s.f.load rated. 6. View are for observation and limited maintenance. 7. Safety Orange powder coated. 8. Nut rail and stainless steel spring nuts. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Rolled-Stainless-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793,manufacturer's standard finish. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip,Plate,and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines,or blend into finish. . C. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221,Alloy 6063-T6. D. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M,Alloy 6061-T6. E. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. F. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General:Provide watertight access covers manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names,or roughness. C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure floor doors to types of supports indicated. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed and sufficient to maintain watertight integrity. E. Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that comes in contact with concrete. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. WATERTIGHT ACCESS COVERS083485—2 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT al PUMPING STATIONS 2.5 FINISHES AUGUSTA,GEORGIA A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Stainless-Steel Finish: Bright,cold-rolled,unpolished No.2B finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. • 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing watertight access covers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware,after installation,for proper operation. END OF SECTION 083485 III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 WATERTIGHT ACCESS COVERS 083485-3 of 3 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA SECTION 099600-HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:High-performance coatings and special preparation of surfaces. 1. Use high performance coating systems specified in this section to finish water tank components, unless otherwise indicated. Without restricting volume or generality, work to be performed under this section may include,but is not limited to: a. Exterior steel b. Interior steel c. Exterior concrete d. Interior concrete e. Piping,hangers, and supports f. Exposed bare pipes(including color coding) 2. Painting or finishing is not needed for following: a. Surfaces or materials specifically scheduled or shown on Drawings to remain unfinished b. Items provided with factory finish. • c. Equipment nameplates,fire rating labels,and operating parts of equipment 3. Materials and products having factory-applied primer shall not be considered factory finished. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM B117-Test Method for Salt Spray(fog)Testing 2. ASTM D16-Terminology Relating to Paint,Varnish,Lacquer,and Related Products 3. ASTM D149- Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies 4. ASTM D522-Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings 5. ASTM D870-Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings Using Water Immersion 6. ASTM D1014-Practice for Conducting Exterior Exposure Tests of Paints on Steel 7. ASTM D1653 -Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films 8. ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation(Impact) 9. ASTM D3273 -Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber 10. ASTM D3359-Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test 11. ASTM D3363 -Test for Film Hardness by Pencil Test 12. ASTM D4060-Test Method for Abrasion of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abrader 13. ASTM D4141 - Practice for Conducting Accelerated Outdoor Exposure Tests of Coatings • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-1 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP GRIFFIN,GEORGIA 411 FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS 14. ASTM D4263 - Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 15. ASTM D4541 -Test Method for Pull-Out Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion- Testers 16. ASTM D4585 - Practice for Testing the Water Resistance of Coatings Using Controlled Condensation 17. ASTM E84-Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 18. ASTM G8-Test Methods for Cathodic Disbonding of Pipeline Coatings 19. ASTM G53 - Practice for Operating Light-and-Water-Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type)for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials B. SSPC:The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC-Painting Manual,Volume 2: Systems and Specifications. 2. SSPC-Paint 16-Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Black(or Dark Red). 3. SSPC-SP 2-Hand Tool Cleaning. 4. SSPC-SP 3 -Power Tool Cleaning. 5. SSPC-SP 5 -White Metal Blast Cleaning. 6. SSPC-SP 6-Commercial Blast Cleaning. 7. SSPC-SP 7 -Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 8. SSPC-SP 10-Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning. 9. SSPC-SP 11 -Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS • A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination. B. Convene minimum two weeks prior to commencing Work of this Section. C. Schedule a conference and inspection to be held on-site before field application of coating systems begins. D. Conference shall be attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER'S Representative, ENGINEER, coating applicators,and a representative of coating material manufacturer. E. Topics to be discussed at meeting shall include: 1. A review of Contract Documents and accepted shop drawings shall be made and deviations or differences shall be resolved. 2. Review items such as environmental conditions, surface conditions, surface preparation, application procedures,and protection following application. 3. Establish which areas on-site will be available for use as storage areas and working area F. Pre-construction conference and inspection shall serve to clarify Contract Documents, application requirements and what work should be completed before coating application can begin. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. 110 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 099600-2 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer information indicating coating materials, manufacturer's name, product name, product number, performance ratings, curing times, mixing, thinning and application requirements. a. Provide material analysis, including vehicle type and percentage by weight and by volume of vehicle,resin and pigment. b. Submit manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and other safety requirements. C. Samples: Submit one color chart/color samples,illustrating colors for selection. D. Schedule: Contractor shall submit a schedule of items that will receive high-performance coatings per Specification 099600. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Test Reports: a. Provide certified test reports, prepared by an independent testing laboratory, • confirming compliance with specified performance criteria. 2. Certificates: a. Coatings manufacturer shall certify that coating materials utilized are "non-lead" (less than 0.06%lead by weight in dried film)as defined in Part 1303 of Consumer Product Safety Act. b. Provide certification that specialized equipment as may be required by manufacturer for proper application of coating materials shall be utilized for work of this Section. c. Provide manufacturer's certification that products to be used comply with specified requirements and are suitable for intended application. 3. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Submit manufacturer's installation procedures which shall be basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures. H. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and applicator. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of applicator. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance and cleaning requirements for coatings, repair and patching techniques. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-3 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP •FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. B. Extra Stock Materials: 1. Furnish 1 gal of each color of each type of coating specified, for Owner's maintenance use. 2. Label each container with manufacturer's name,product number,color number,and room names and numbers where used. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable codes and ordinances for flame, fuel, smoke, and volatile organic compound(VOC)ratings requirements for finishes at time of application. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Provide products from a company specializing in manufacture of high performance coatings with a minimum of 10 years experience. B. Applicator shall be trained in application techniques and procedures of coating materials and • shall demonstrate a minimum of 2 years successful experience in such application. 1. Maintain,throughout duration of application,a crew of painters who are fully qualified to satisfy specified qualifications. C. Single Source Responsibility: 1. Materials shall be products of a single manufacturer or items standard with manufacturer of specified coating materials. 2. Provide secondary materials which are produced or are specifically recommended by coating system manufacturer to ensure compatibility of system. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Container Labeling: Include manufacturer's name, type of coating, brand name, lot number, brand code,coverage,surface preparation,drying time,cleanup requirements,color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Inspection: 1. Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's sealed and labeled containers. 2. Inspect for damage and to verify acceptability. D. Store materials in ventilated area and otherwise according to manufacturer instructions. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS099600-4 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA E. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.10 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. B. Minimum Conditions: Do not install materials when temperature is below 35 degrees F or above 110 degrees F. C. Refer to specific product information sheets for minimum surface temperature requirements. Surface temperatures shall be at least 5 degrees F (15 degrees C) above dew point and in a rising mode. D. Subsequent Conditions: Maintain above temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after installation of coating. E. Relative humidity shall be no higher than 85%. F. For exterior spray application,wind velocity shall be less than 15 mph(25 kph). • G. Atmosphere shall be relatively free of airborne dust. H. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Include coverage for bond to substrate,and degradation of chemical resistance. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 COMPONENTS • A. Coatings: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-5 of 18 6. CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP IIIFACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA 1. Description: a. Complete multicoat systems formulated and recommended by manufacturer for intended applications and in indicated thicknesses. b. Specified number of coats does not include primer or filler coat. 2. Lead content:None. 3. Chromium Content as Zinc Chromate or Strontium Chromate:None. 4. Maximum VOC Content: As required by applicable regulations. 5. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Epoxy Coating: 1. Modified Polyamine Epoxy a. Usage: A thick film, 100% solids, abrasion-resistant lining designed for wastewater immersion and fume environments. Provides low permeation to H2S gas, protects against MIC and provides chemical resistance to severe wastewater environments. b. Exposure: Severe. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Gloss. e. Minimum Solids Content: 100%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Perma-Glaze, Series 435,as manufactured by Tnemec. h, Primer: See schedule. • 2. Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy a. Usage: High-build coating with superior wetting for marginally prepared rusty steel and tightly adhering old coatings. Excellent abrasion-, chemical- and corrosion-resistance. Perfect foundation for aliphatic-polyurethanes. NOT FOR IMMERSION SERVICE. b. Exposure: Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Semi-gloss. e. Minimum Solids Content: 84.0 t 2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Chembuild,Series 135,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 3. Polyamidoamine Epoxy a. Usage: Potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for application at a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C with 44-700 Accelerator). For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs,pipes,valves,pumps and equipment in potable water service. b. Exposure: Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 1211 Red, 1255 Beige, 00WH Tnemec White, 15BL Tank White, 35GR Black and 39BL Delft Blue. e. Minimum Solids Content: 67.0 ± 2.0% (mixed—A, B & 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS099600-6 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA g. Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 4. Polyamidoamine Epoxy a. Usage: Potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for application at a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C). For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks,reservoirs,pipes,valves,pumps and equipment in potable water service. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 1211 Red, 1255 Beige, 00WH Tnemec White, 15BL Tank White, 39BL Delft Blue,35GR Black. e. Minimum Solids Content: 68.0±2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140F,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 5. High-Build Epoxy Coating-Polyamidoamine Epoxy a. Usage:Application characteristics in adverse and varied conditions. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Satin. e. Minimum Solids Content: 67.0%+1-2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. ID g. Hi-Build Epoxoline II, Series N69,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 6. Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy a. Usage: High performance coating suitable for concrete, steel and other commonly used building materials. Features include high-build, low odor, non-yellowing white and fade resistant colors; easy cleanup and stain-, abrasion-, chemical- and moisture-resistance. Good exterior performance. b. Exposure:Moderate c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color:Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. e. Finish: Satin. f. Minimum Solids Content:44.0±2.0%(mixed) g. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. h. H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat, Series 113,as manufactured by Tnemec. i. Primer: See schedule. 7. Modified Polyamine Epoxy a. Usage: High-solids moisture tolerant epoxy used for priming concrete, wood and drywall.Also as a stand-alone one-coat clear floor sealer. b. Exposure: c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: Clear. Can be field-tinted (Series 820 Field Tint) in 16 StrataShield colors and certain custom colors. e. Minimum Solids Content: 100%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. 110 g. Epoxoprime, Series 201,as manufactured by Tnemec. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-7 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP •FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA h. Primer: See schedule. 8. Modified Polyamine Epoxy a. Usage: A multi-purpose epoxy coating that can be used as a primer, broadcast, slurry/broadcast, mortar, grout coat, and topcoat. Excellent application properties with good flow and self-leveling characteristics. Protects concrete surfaces from impact,abrasion and mild chemicals. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: Clear or pigmented. Can be factory or field-tinted(Series 820 Field Tint)in 16 StrataShield colors and certain custom colors. e. Minimum Solids Content: 100%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Power-Tread, Series 237,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 9. Modified Polyamine Epoxy a. Usage: A multi-purpose resin for fiberglass reinforced mat (65 mils) or mortar/fiberglass reinforced mat (125 mils) secondary containment systems. Protects against chemicals,thermal cycling,impact and abrasion. b. Exposure: Severe/moderate c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 00GR Gray. e. Minimum Solids Content: 100%(mixed) • f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Chembloc, Series 237SC,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. C. Polyurethane Coating: 1. Modified Aromatic Polyurethane Primer a. Usage: A single component,moisture-cured resin,containing micaceous iron oxide and zinc to function as a primer which is field and shop friendly. May be used in OEM manufacturing, potable water and wastewater immersion with the proper topcoats.May also be used for marginally prepared rusty steel and tightly adhering old coatings for non-immersion maintenance situations. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 1216 Greenish-Gray. e. Minimum Solids Content: 61.0±2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Omnithane,Series 1,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 2. Aromatic Urethane,Zinc-Rich a. Usage: A two-component, moisture-cured, zinc-rich primer for the interior and exterior of steel potable water tanks. Provides outstanding long-term corrosion resistance when used as a primer in conjunction with other Tnemec potable water tank coatings. It cures quickly and can be topcoated the same day at surface temperatures down to 35°F. Series 91-H20 has no maximum recoat time, making • G ATINS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS -8 No18S GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • III GRIFFIN,GEORGIA it ideally suited as a primer for both sides of plate steel surfaces in water tank fabrication shops. Application methods include"dry-fall"under certain conditions (see Application). Note: When used in conjunction with cathodic protection, anodes or impressed current systems should not provide current demand more negative than —1.05 volts relative to a copper—copper sulfate reference electrode half-cell. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: Greenish-gray. e. Minimum Solids Content: 63.0±2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Hydro-Zinc, Series 91-H20,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 3. Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane a. Usage: A moisture-cured, hydrocarbon-modified coating providing excellent protection to steel and concrete substrates in wastewater environments. Provides excellent resistance to H2S gas permeation, protects against MIC and provides chemical resistance to domestic wastewater environments. It is user-friendly and rapid curing. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 1221 Black, 1222 Gray, 1223 Red. e. Minimum Solids Content: 71.0±2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Perma-Shield.MCU, Series 446,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 4. Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane a. Usage: A coating highly resistant to abrasion, wet conditions, corrosive fumes and exterior weathering. High build quality combines with project specific primers for two-coat, labor saving systems. Fast curing options are available; see Curing Time below.NOT FOR IMMERSION SERVICE. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Gloss. e. Minimum Solids Content: 66±2.0%(mixed). f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Endura-Shield II, Series 1074,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 5. Aliphatic Moisture Cured Urethane a. Usage: Extremely hard, chemical-resistant urethane floor coating with superb wear characteristics. Excellent resistance to abrasion, wet conditions, corrosive fumes and chemical contact. Excellent gloss and color retention. Low odor characteristic allows for use near occupied space.Note: For horizontal surfaces only. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Semi-gloss. e. Minimum Solids Content: 92±2.0%(clear mixed). • f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-9 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP •FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA g. Everthane, Series 248,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. D. Alkyd Coating: 1. Alkyd a. Usage: High gloss industrial enamel offering good flow,hiding and protection for recommended surfaces in mild to moderately severe exposures. Not for use on surfaces that are continually wet or sweat frequently. b. Exposure:Mild to moderately severe. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Finish: Gloss. e. Minimum Solids Content:49.0 f 2.0%. f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Hi-Build Tneme-Gloss, Series 2H,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 2. Phenolic Alkyd a. Usage: Lead- and chromate-free, fast-drying, corrosion-resistant primer that accepts a variety of high-performance topcoats. Ideally suited for steel fabricators, OEM's and field applications where "dry-fall" characteristics are desired. Note: Not recommended for immersion. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: 77 Red or 78 Gray. e. Minimum Solids Content: 58.0±2.0%. • f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Chem-Prime H.S., Series 37H,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. E. Acrylic 1. HDP Acrylic Polymer a. Usage: Water-based, low VOC, High Dispersion Pure acrylic polymer coating providing excellent long term protection in both interior/exterior exposures. May be applied by spray,brush or roller over a variety of solvent and waterborne steel primers. May also be used over many aged coatings. It is mildew resistant and exhibits very good gloss and color stability. Application methods include "dry-fall" under certain conditions (See Application).Note: Series 1029's "dry-fall" characteristics help reduce the potential for overspray problems on buildings and surrounding property. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. e. Minimum Solids Content:40.0±2.0%. f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Enduratone, Series 1029,as manufactured by Tnemec. h. Primer: See schedule. 2. Modified Waterborne Acrylate a. Usage: Flexible, breathable coating primarily for concrete and masonry that can fill and bridge minor hairline cracks. Excellent elastomeric protection against driving • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS099600-10 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA rain, alternate freezing-thawing and UV light. Series 156 can also be used as a low cohesive stress overcoat for aged oil or alkyd systems. b. Exposure:Moderate. c. Number of Coats: See schedule. d. Color: Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. e. Minimum Solids Content: 50.9±2.0% f. Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat: See schedule. g. Enviro-Crete, Series 156,as manufactured by Tnemec h. Primer: See schedule. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application examination. B. Examine areas and conditions under which application of coating systems shall be performed for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence, or quality of coating system application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes • until moisture content of surface is below following limits: 1. Masonry Surfaces: 12%maximum 2. Vertical Concrete Surfaces: 12%maximum 3. Horizontal Concrete Surfaces: 8%maximum D. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper execution of Work. E. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. F. Commencement of installation constitutes acceptance of conditions and responsibility for satisfactory performance. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application preparation. B. Protection: 1. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. Remove empty containers from Site. 2. Place cotton waste, cloths and hazardous materials in containers, and remove from Site daily. 3. Provide drop cloths,shields,and other protective equipment. 4. Protect elements surrounding work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 5. As Work proceeds, promptly remove spilled, splashed, or splattered materials from surfaces. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 099600-11 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA • 6. During application of coating materials,post Wet Paint signs. 7. During application of solvent-based materials,post No Smoking signs. C. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter. D. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings; if removal is not possible, seal surface with shellac. E. Remove finish hardware,fixture covers,and accessories and store. F. Existing Painted and Sealed Surfaces: 1. Remove loose, flaking, and peeling paint, and feather edge and sand smooth edges of chipped paint. 2. Clean with mixture of trisodium phosphate and water to remove surface grease and foreign matter. G. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. H. Ferrous Metal: 1. Surfaces shall be free of residual deposits of grease,rust,scale,dirt,dust,and oil. a. Solvent clean. b. Hand Tools: Comply with SSPC-SP 2. c. Power Tools: Comply with SSPC-SP 3. d. Blasting: Comply with SSPC-SP 7. 2. For shop primed surfaces, sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touchup patches inconspicuous. Field welds and touchups shall be • prepared to conform to original surface preparation standards as indicated in Schedule of Coating Systems below. 3. Shop applied prime coatings which are damaged during transportation, construction or installation shall be thoroughly cleaned and touched up in field. Use repair procedures which insure complete protection of adjacent primer. Repair methods and equipment may include wire brushing,hand or power tool cleaning or dry air blast cleaning. Follow cleaning methods listed in the Coating Schedule Section of this specification. In order to prevent injury to surrounding painted areas, blast cleaning may necessitate use of lower air pressure, small nozzle and abrasive particle sizes, short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding and masking. If damage is too extensive to tough-up,item shall be re- cleaned and coated or painted. 4. For surfaces not shop primed, surfaces shall be cleaned in compliance with specifications of Steel Structures Painting Council as indicated in Schedule of Coating Systems below. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Comply with MPI-Architectural Painting Manual. B. Apply primer to each surface,unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer. C. Apply coating systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and using application method best suited for obtaining full,uniform coverage of surfaces to be coated. 41111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 099600-12 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP III FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA D. Apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to comply with wet and dry film thickness and spreading rates for each type of material as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Application rates in excess of those recommended and fewer numbers of coats than specified shall not be accepted. E. Number of coats specified shall be minimum number acceptable. Apply additional coats as needed to provide a smooth,even application. 1. Closely adhere to re-coat times recommended by manufacturer. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before applying next coat. Provide adequate ventilation for tank interior to cavy off solvents during drying phase. F. Employ only application equipment that is clean,properly adjusted,and in good working order, and of type recommended by coating manufacturer. G. After surface preparation,interior weld seams shall be brush applied. H. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean,without overlapping. I. Apply coatings to specified thicknesses. J. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color,texture,or finish. K. Finish edges,crevices,corners,and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness. • 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Inspecting and Testing: Comply with MPI-Architectural Painting Manual. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Collect waste material that may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from Site. C. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray,splatter,and excess material. D. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed. 3.6 SCHEDULE . A. Interior Service GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-13 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP GRIFFIN,GEORGIA • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS 1. Interior Exposed Ferrous Metals: 16 gauge or heavier a. Shop primed;field applied finish coats or field applied system 1) Surface Preparation: SSPC SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning 2) Primer/Shop Coat: Series 91 H2O Hydro-Zinc a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.5 to 3.5 mils 3) First Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II a) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 mils 4) Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield II a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils 5) Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.5 to 9.5 mils 2. Ferrous Metals Submerged or Intermittently Submerged in Wastewater: 16 gauge or heavier a. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning 1) Primer/Shop Coat: Series N140-1211 Pota-Pox Plus 2) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-6.0 mils a) 1"Coat: Series 435 Perma-Glaze 3) Dry Film Thickness: 15.0-20.0 mils. a) 2"d Coat: Series 435 Perma-Glaze 4) Dry Film Thickness: 15.0-20.0 mils a) Total Dry Film Thickness: 34.0 to 46.0 mils 5) Holiday Detection: All surfaces shall be tested for discontinuities(holidays) utilizing a Tinker & Rasor AP/W High Voltage Holiday Detector in accordance with the instructions of Tnemec Technical Services. Holidays shall be repaired in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. • 3. Lightweight Metals:Ferrous,Non-Ferrous,and Galvanized Metals(18 gauge or lighter) a. Shop primed;field applied finish coats or field applied system b. Surface Preparation: For Galvanized Metal, Aluminum, Other Non-Ferrous Metals. Etch entire surface using Clean & Etch by Great Lakes Laboratories. For Ferrous Metals clean per SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning 1) Primer/Shop Coat: Manufacturers Standard Type Primer Compatible with finish coats below a) Perform crosshatch field adhesion test per ASTM D 3359 to determine compatibility of manufacturer's primer with herein specified coating system prior to coating system application. 2) First Coat: Series 37H-77 Chemprime a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils 3) Intermediate Coat: Series 2H Tneme-Gloss a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils 4) Finish Coat: Series 2H Tneme-Gloss a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils 5) Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 to 9.0 mils(excluding shop primer coat) 4. Non-Submerged Ductile Iron: a. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast to remove all contaminants. b. Primer: Series N140-1211 Pota-Pox Plus 1) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0lntermediate: c. Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS099600-14 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA d. Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 e. Total Dry Film Thickness: 11.0-16.0 5. Concrete Masonry Block: 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and Dry 2. First Coat: Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB a) Dry Film Thickness: 75-100 sq ft/gallon 3. Second Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils 4. Third Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils 5. Total Dry Film Thickness:22. 0 mils 6. Concrete: 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and Dry 2. First Coat: Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy-To fill holes a) Dry Film Thickness: N/A 3. Second Coat:N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils 4. Third Coat: N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils 5. Total Dry Film Thickness: 12.0- 16.0 mils • 7. Floors: 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP13/NACE 6,ICRI CSP5 2. First Coat: Series 201 Epoxoprime a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-12.0 mils 3. Second Coat: Series 237 Power-Tread(double broadcast) a) Dry Film Thickness: 1/8 inch(125mils) 4. Third Coat: Series 280 Tneme-Glaze a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-10.0 mils 5. Fourth Coat: Series 248 Everthane a) Dry Film Thickness: 2.5-3.0 mils 6. Total Dry Film Thickness: 139-149 mils 8. Secondary Containment: 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP13/NACE 6, ICRI CSP5 2. First Coat: Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy-To fill holes a) Dry Film Thickness:N/A 3. Second Coat: Series 201 Epoxoprime a) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-12.0 mils 3. Third Coat: Series 237 Power-Tread with Fiberglass Mat (Series 237FC Basecoat resin applied at 8.0 - 12.0 mils, then while the resin is wet embed Series 237 Fiberglass Mat. Then apply a saturant coal of Series 237SC resin at 8.0-12.0 mils.) a) Dry Film Thickness: 50.0-55.0 mils 4. Fourth Coat: Series 280 Tneme-Glaze a) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-10.0 mils 5. Total Dry Film Thickness: 65.0 mils 410 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS 099600-15 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP •FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA B. Exterior Service *All coating thickness are expressed in dry film thickness(DFT.) 1. Exterior Exposed Ferrous Metals: 16 gauge or heavier a. Shop primed;field applied finish coat or field applied system b. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning c. Primer/Shop Coat: Series 91 H2O Hydro-Zinc 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.5 to 3.5 mils d. First Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils e. Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils f. Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.5 to 9.5 mils 2. Exterior Exposed Galvanized Metals: a. Surface Preparation: Remove all soluble and insoluble contaminants and corrosion. Abrasive (sweep)blast in accordance with ASTM D 6386 to provide a uniform anchor profile(1.0-2.0 mils) b. First Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils c. Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils d. Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-6.0 mils 3. Lightweight Metals:Ferrous,Non-Ferrous,and Galvanized Metals(18 gauge or lighter) a. Surface Preparation: For Galvanized Metal, Aluminum, Other Non-Ferrous Metals. Etch entire surface using Clean & Etch by Great Lakes Laboratories. For Ferrous Metals clean per SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning b. Primer/Shop Coat: Manufacturers Standard Type Primer Compatible with finish coats below 1) Perform crosshatch field adhesion test per ASTM D 3359 to determine compatibility of manufacturer's primer with herein specified coating system prior to coating system application. c. First Coat: Series 37H-77 Chemprime 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils d. Intermediate Coat: Series 2H Tneme-Gloss 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils e. Finish Coat: Series 2H Tneme-Gloss 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 mils f. Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 to 9.0 mils(excluding shop primer coat) 4. Previously Painted Non-Submerged Ferrous Metals&Ductile Iron: a. Surface Preparation: Clean all surfaces of all dirt, dust, chalk, and any other foreign matter that may interfere with the adhesion of the proposed coating system. Clean all corroded areas in accordance with SSPC-SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning. Feather Edges. Spot Prime all areas cleaned to bare metal. b. Spot Prime: Series 135 Chembuild 1) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 c. Full Prime: Series 135 Chembuild 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS099600-16 of 18 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP • FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA d. Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 5. Non-Submerged Ductile Iron: a. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast to remove all contaminants. b. Primer: Series N140-1211 Pota-Pox Plus 1) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 c. Intermediate: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II 1) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 d. Finish Coat: Series 1074 Endura-Shield 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.0-3.0 e. Total Dry Film Thickness: 11.0- 16.0 6. Concrete Masonry Block&Concrete: a. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete. Surface shall be clean and dry. b. First Coat: Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC 1) Dry Film Thickness: 0.7-1.5 mils c. Second Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete 1) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils d. Third Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete 1) Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 mils e. Total Dry Film Thickness: 12. 7-17.5 mils • C. Immersion or Vapor Zone Service 1. *All coating thickness are expressed in dry film thickness(DFT.) 2. Ferrous Metals Submerged or Intermittently Submerged in Waste Water 3. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning a. Primer: Series 1 Omnithane 1) Dry Film Thickness: 2.5-3.5 b. Intermediate: Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU 1) Dry Film Thickness: 7.0-9.0 c. Finish: Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU 1) Dry Film Thickness: 7.0-9.0 d. Total Dry Film Thickness: 14.5-19.5 D. Gypsum Wallboard a. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry. b. First Coat: Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC 1) Dry Film Thickness: 0.7-1.5 mils c. Second Coat: Series 113 H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat 1) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-6.0 mils d. Third Coat: Series 113 H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat 1) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-6.0 e. Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.7-13.5 mils E. Ductile Iron in Immersion Service: Waste Water 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast to remove all contaminants (Reference Tnemec Technical Bulletin#98-15). 2. Primer: Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus a. Dry Film Thickness: 6.0-8.0 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 099600-17 of 18 CABIN CREEK WRRF PARAGON CONSULTING GROUP FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRIFFIN,GEORGIA • 3. Intermediate: Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU a. Dry Film Thickness: 7.0—9.0 4. Finish: Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU a. Dry Film Thickness: 7.0—9.0 5. Total Dry Film Thickness: 14.5—19.5 F. COLOR SYSTEM MATERIAL INDENTIFICATION Wastewater Raw Water(WW) Olive green Primary Effluent(WW1) Aqua Biological Effluent(WWA) Aqua Secondary Effluent(WW2) Aqua Sewage Plant Effluent(WWC) Clay Reclaimed Water(EFW) Light purple Sludge(S,RAS,WAS) Dark brown Grit(GR) Gray Scum(SC) Dark brown Process Drain or Drain (DP or Dark Gray DR) Sewer(Sanitary or other) Dark Gray Chemical Alum. Or Primary Orange Ammonia White Carbon Slurry Black • Caustic Yellow with green band Chlorine(Gas and Solution) Yellow Fluoride Light blue with red band Lime Slurry Light green Ozone Yellow with orange band Phosphate Compounds Light green with red band Polymers or Coagulant Aids Orange with green band Potassium Permanganate Violet Light green with orange Soda Ash band Sulfuric Acid Yellow with red band Light green with yellow Sulfur Dioxide band Other Compressed Air Dark green Gas Red Other Lines Light gray Hoists/Trolleys Yellow END OF SECTION 099600 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 099600-18 of 18 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 146050—FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Free standing bridge crane,hoist,runway beams,columns,bracing and accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 036000"Grout"for grouting of baseplates. 2. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications"for anchor bolts installed under this section. 3. Section 099600 — "High Performance Coatings" for finishing work of products in this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. HMI Standard Specifications for Hoists B. ANSI B30.2.0-Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes • C. ANSI B30.11-Monorails and Underhung Cranes D. ASTM A36-Carbon Structural Steel E. ASTM A325- Structural Bolts, Steel,Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength F. ASTM A490-Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength G. ASTM B221 -Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar,Rod,Wire, Shape,and Tube H. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code I. OSHA-Specification 1910.179-Overhead and Gantry Cranes 1.3 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Bridge crane and hoist—Pumping Station: 1. Crane shall provide coverage of rectangular area of size indicated on Drawings and consist of: a. Support structure. b. Two rigid,parallel runways. c. Rigid,single girder bridge moving perpendicular to runways. d. Crane shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with ANSI B30.11,and OSHA 1910.179. • 2. Crane operating temperature: 5 to 200 degrees F(-15 to 93 C). GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE Addendum No.3 146050-1 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111 3. Crane shall be designed to withstand: a. Structural design shall include full rated load capacity plus 15 percent for hoist and trolley weight and 25 percent impact factor for speed of lifting device and weight of tooling. b. Crane and hoist dead load. c. Live load capacity equal to net rated hook load: 8000 pounds. d. Inertia forces from crane and load movement. 4. Required hoist lift distance: a. Wastewater Grinder: 19 feet minimum b. Submersible Wastewater Pumps: 35 feet minimum 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers Qualifications: 1. All equipment supplied by a single manufacturer 2. Equipment to be the standard product of the manufacturer, modified to conform to the requirements specified 3. Equipment of same design shall have been supplied by manufacturer for at least five years 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawing and product data: 1. Sufficient data to verify compliance with Specifications. • 2. Data describing materials used,parts,devices,and other accessories. 3. Setting drawings and templates for location and installation of anchorage devices. 4. Complete shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all work. Include plans, elevations,and details of sections,connections,showing anchorage. B. Submit copies of all required inspections,reports,and certificates C. Submit manufacturer certified load test report for specified crane type. All cranes shall be load tested after installation(125%of rated capacity) 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For manufacturer. B. Welding certificates. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers' literature, troubleshooting checklists, repair data, and replacement parts list. E • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 146050-2 FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IllPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirement, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include,but are not limited to the following: 1. Ace Crane Service,Inc.—Cudahy,CA 2. Dearborn Crane- Mishawaka,IN 3. Approved Equal 2.2 BRIDGE CRANES A. Free Standing Bridge Crane: Bridge crane with free standing support structure, two runways, bridge moving perpendicular to runways, and equipped with enclosed track, end trucks, hoist trolley, festooning system, bumpers, and other accessories motorized for all motions, pendant control designed for 460V, 3 phase, 60 Hz service. The crane shall be designed for intermittent maintenance duty. 1. Construction: Fabricate from ASTM A36 steel sections with finished ends and surfaces. 2. Support structure: Support crane runways with frames consisting of two columns and horizontal header. a. Columns: Structural shapes with bottom base plate and top header plate. b. Header: Provide clamp plates, threaded rods, lock washers, and hex nuts for . attaching header to column. c. Hanger assemblies: Provide each support frame with pair of hanger assemblies that provide a rigid connection for suspending runways. Assembly to consist of clamp angle, clamp plates,threaded rods,lock washers,and hex nuts. B. Festoon Assemblies: 1. Provide length of cable to supply lifting device. Supply shall be festooned along bridge and runway. Refer to drawings for type and size. 2. Festoon gliders: T-shaped gliders with adjustable applicable attachment to support service runs on runway or bridge and allowing festooning as end truck or hoist trolley travels. 3. Festoon clamp: Steel clamp assembly attached to track to prevent festoon trolleys and gliders from exiting track. 4. Festoon tow clamp: Steel clamp assembly attached to track to prevent festoon from binding under with end truck or trolley. 2.3 SHOP FINISHING A. Steel: Commercial blast steel crane components with prime and finish coat of blue or yellow high performance urethane in accordance with the requirements of 099600. Ill GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE Addendum No.3 146050-3 of 5 L. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until support structures have been properly prepared. B. Design and construction of reinforced concrete footings and slabs as detailed on Drawings and specified in other sections.Verify that accurate crane applied forces and anchor bolt patterns are provided for foundation design 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Do not modify crane components in any manner without advance written approval by crane manufacturer. C. Clearances for moving crane components: 1. 3 inches minimum vertical clearance from any overhead obstruction. 2. 2 inches minimum horizontal clearance from any lateral obstruction. 3. Prior to applying proper torque to the bolts,ensure runways are: 4. Level to within plus or minus 1/8 inch in 20 feet. • 5. Parallel with opposite runway to within plus or minus. Forcing of the structure to achieve fit-up during construction is expressly forbidden and not acceptable. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field quality control testing as recommended by manufacturer. B. Move bridge and hoist trolley through entire travel to ensure crane is clear of obstructions and moves freely and smoothly. C. Inspect installed crane.Verify all bolts are tight and lock washers fully compressed. D. Field test crane and accessories for operating functions. Ensure crane movement is smooth and proper.Adjust as required and correct deficiencies. E. Clean surfaces. If necessary, touch-up paint damage, scratches, and blemishes with manufacturer provided matching paint. F. Protect crane from other construction operations. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's field service representative for a minimum of 1 day to inspect installation and witness testing GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE ID 146050-4 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT •S PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Manufacturer's representatives shall inspect the installation, witness field testing, and instruct plant personnel on its proper operation. C. Provide additional four hours of owner's personnel training after start-up END OF SECTION 146050 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CA WOOD,INC. FREE STANDING BRIDGE CRANE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Addendum No.3 146050-5 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 260519-LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less. 2. Connectors, splices,and terminations rated 600 V and less. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems communications cables and Classes 1,2,and 3 control cables. 2. Section 271313 "Communications Copper Backbone Cabling" for twisted pair cabling used for data circuits. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PV:Photovoltaic. B. RoHS:Restriction of Hazardous Substances. C. VFC: Variable-frequency controller. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type,use, location, and termination locations. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For testing agency and manufacturer's authorized service representative. B. Field quality-control reports. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS&CABLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260519-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Member company of NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket,or both,rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Belden Inc. 2. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 3. Okonite Company(The). 4. Southwire Company. 5. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B 3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B 8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type NM: Comply with UL 83 and UL 719. 2. Type RHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 3. Type SE: Comply with UL 854. 4. Type TC-ER: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 1277. 5. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 6. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 7. Type UF: Comply with UL 83 and UL 493. 8. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. F. Shield: 1. Type TC-ER: Cable designed for use with VFCs, with oversized crosslinked polyethylene insulation, dual spirally wrapped copper tape shields and three bare symmetrically applied ground wires,and sunlight-and oil-resistant outer PVC jacket. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS&CABLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260519-2 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 3M Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Power Systems,Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney;a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 4. TE Connectivity Ltd. 5. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. 6. Engineer Approved Equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No.4 AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders No.4 1111 AWG and larger. Conductors shall be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. C. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. D. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. E. VFC Output Circuits Cable:Extra-flexible stranded for all sizes. F. Power-Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller. G. PV Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS&CABLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260519-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2,single conductors in raceway. E. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN/THWN-2,single conductors in raceway. F. Feeders in Cable Tray: Type THHN/THWN-2,single conductors in raceway. G. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. H. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. I. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2,single conductors in raceway. J. Branch Circuits Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. K. Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: Type THHN/THWN-2,single conductors in raceway. L. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless- steel,wire-mesh,strain relief device at terminations to suit application. M. VFC Output Circuits: Type XHHW-2 in metal conduit. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings,and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable,rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips,that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS& 9CAB ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination,and tap for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet,with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor,and identify as spare conductor. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS IPA. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall asse mblies. ply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical RacewaysandCabling." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency:Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements: 3. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct • connection according to the single-line diagram. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS&CABLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260519-5of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low-resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500-V dc for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V dc for 600-V rated cable for a one-minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. 4. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan. a. Instrument:Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies III detected,remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 5. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. E. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519 S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS&9A 6BLEfS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 260523 -CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backboards. 2. Category 6 twisted pair cable. 3. Twisted pair cabling hardware. 4. RS-485 cabling. 5. Low-voltage control cabling. 6. Control-circuit conductors. 7. Identification products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control and signaling power-limited circuits. C. Plenum: A space forming part of the air distribution system to which one or more air ducts are connected. An air duct is a passageway, other than a plenum, for transporting air to or from heating,ventilating,or air-conditioning equipment. D. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency, RCDD, layout technician, installation supervisor, and field inspector. B. Source quality-control reports. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-V GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 OLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523-1of10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Accredited by NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on-site testing. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Flame Travel and Smoke Density in Plenums: As determined by testing identical products according to NFPA 262, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products for installation in plenums with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Travel Distance: 60 inches or less. 2. Peak Optical Smoke Density: 0.5 or less. 3. Average Optical Smoke Density: 0.15 or less. C. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Riser Cables in Non-Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1666. D. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Cables in Non-Riser Applications and Non-Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1685. E. RoHS compliant. 2.2 BACKBOARDS A. Description:Plywood,fire-retardant treated,3/4 by 48 by 96 inches. B. Painting: Paint plywood on all sides and edges with black alkyd paint. Comply with requirements in Section 099000—Painting and Coating. 2.3 CATEGORY 6 TWISTED PAIR CABLE A. Description: Four-pair, balanced-twisted pair cable, certified to meet transmission characteristics of Category 6 cable at frequencies up to 250MHz. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POW 0523 2 CABLESER of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Belden CDT Networking Division/NORDX. 2. General Cable; General Cable Corporation. 3. Mohawk;a division of Belden Networking,Inc. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 and TIA-568-C.2 for Category 6 cables. D. Conductors: 100-ohm,23 AWG solid copper. E. Shielding/Screening: Shielded twisted pairs(FTP). F. Cable Rating: Plenum. G. Jacket: Blue thermoplastic. 2.4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE HARDWARE A. Description: Hardware designed to connect, splice, and terminate twisted pair copper communications cable. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: • 1. Belden CDT Networking Division/NORDX. 2. General Cable; General Cable Corporation. 3. Hubbell Premise Wiring. 4. Leviton Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 5. Mohawk;a division of Belden Networking,Inc. 6. Engineer Approved Equal. C. General Requirements for Twisted Pair Cable Hardware: 1. Comply with the performance requirements of Category 6. 2. Comply with TIA-568-C.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. 3. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. D. Source Limitations: Obtain twisted pair cable hardware from single source from single manufacturer. E. Connecting Blocks: 110-style IDC for Category 6. Provide blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare, integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. F. Cross-Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 POWER CABLES 260523-3 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack location for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables. 1. Features: a. Universal T568A and T568B wiring labels. b. Labeling areas adjacent to conductors. c. Replaceable connectors. d. 24 or 48 ports. 2. Construction: 16-gauge steel and mountable on 19-inch equipment racks. 3. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair cable indicated. H. Patch Cords: Factory-made, four-pair cables in 36-inchlengths; terminated with an eight- position modular plug at each end. 1. Patch cords shall have bend-relief-compliant boots and color-coded icons to ensure performance.Patch cords shall have latch guards to protect against snagging. 2. Patch cords shall have color-coded boots for circuit identification. I. Plugs and Plug Assemblies: 1. Male; eight position; color-coded modular telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four-pair 100-ohm unshielded or shielded twisted pair cable. 2. Comply with IEC 60603-7-1, IEC 60603-7-2, IEC 60603-7-3, IEC 60603-7-4, and • IEC 60603-7.5. 3. Marked to indicate transmission performance. J. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: 1. Female; eight position; modular; fixed telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four-pair 100-ohm unshielded or shielded twisted pair cable. 2. Designed to snap-in to a patch panel or faceplate. 3. Standards: a. Category 5e,unshielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7-2. b. Category 5e, shielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7-3. c. Category 6,unshielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7-4. d. Category 6, shielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7.5. e. Category 6a,unshielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7-41. f. Category 6a, shielded twisted pair cable shall comply with IEC 60603-7.51. 4. Marked to indicate transmission performance. K. Faceplate: 1. Two port,vertical single-gang faceplates designed to mount to single-gang wall boxes. 2. Eight port,vertical double-gang faceplates designed to mount to double-gang wall boxes. 3. Plastic Faceplate: High-impact plastic. Coordinate color with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 1111 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260523-4 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4. Metal Faceplate: Stainless steel, complying with requirements in Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." 5. For use with snap-in jacks accommodating any combination of twisted pair, optical fiber, and coaxial work area cords. a. Flush mounting jacks,positioning the cord at a 45-degree angle. L. Legend: 1. Machine printed,in the field,using adhesive-tape label. 2. Snap-in,clear-label covers and machine-printed paper inserts. 2.5 RS-485 CABLE A. Standard Cable:NFPA 70,Type CMG. 1. Paired, one pair, twisted,No. 22 AWG,stranded(7x30)tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685. B. Plenum-Rated Cable: NFPA 70,Type CMP. • 1. Paired,one pair,No. 22 AWG,stranded(7x30)tinned-copper conductors. 2. Fluorinated ethylene propylene insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. Fluorinated ethylene propylene jacket. 5. Flame Resistance:NFPA 262. 2.6 LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL CABLE A. Paired Cable:NFPA 70, Type CMG. 1. Multi-pair,twisted,No. 16 AWG, stranded(19x29)tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685. B. Plenum-Rated,Paired Cable:NFPA 70, Type CMP. 1. Multi-pair,twisted,No. 16 AWG, stranded(19x29)tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with NFPA 262. 111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523-5 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.7 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. General Cable; General Cable Corporation. 2. Southwire Company. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Class 1 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. D. Class 3 Remote-Control and Signal Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. E. Class 2 Control Circuits and Class 3 Remote-Control and Signal Circuits That Supply Critical Circuits: Circuit Integrity(CI)cable. 1. Smoke control signaling and control circuits. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables. • B. Factory test twisted pair cables according to TIA-568-C.2. C. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test cables on receipt at Project site. 1. Test each pair of twisted pair cable for open and short circuits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for raceway selection and installation requirements for boxes, conduits, and wireways as supplemented or modified in this Section. 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches wide,3 inches high,and 2-1/2 inches deep. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260523-6 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Outlet boxes for cables shall be no smaller than 4 inches square by 1-1/2 inches deep with extension ring sized to bring edge of ring to within 1/8 inch of the finished wall surface. 3. Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. B. Comply with TIA-569-D for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. C. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows if possible. D. Raceway Installation in Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard if a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of the room if multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of the room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard if entering the room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. E. Backboards:Install backboards with 96-inch dimension vertical.Butt adjacent sheets tightly and form smooth gap-free corners and joints. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IIIA. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." 3. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets,terminals, and cross-connect and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced. 5. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets,boxes,fittings,outlets,racks, frames,and terminals. 6. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems."Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 7. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 8. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use heat lamps for heating. 9. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems."Monitor cable pull tensions. 10. Support:Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles. 11. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and installed so as to not damage cables. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTRO - GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 L VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523-7 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Twisted Pair Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA-568-C.2. 2. Install termination hardware as specified in Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling"unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch at the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Installation of Control-Circuit Conductors: 1. Install wiring in raceways. Comply with requirements specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." E. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches above ceilings by cable supports not more than 30 inches apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes,ducts,or other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and corrugated panels. F. Installation of Cable Routed Exposed under Raised Floors: 1. Install plenum-rated cable only. • 2. Install cabling after the flooring system has been installed in raised floor areas. 3. Below each feed point,neatly coil a minimum of 72 inches of cable in a coil not less than 12 inches in diameter. G. Separation from EMI Sources: 1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA-569-D recommendations for separating unshielded copper voice and data communications cable from potential EMI sources including electrical power lines and equipment. 2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 kVA:A minimum of 5 inches. b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. c. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches. 3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches. b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POW 0 R3 CABLES of 1S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA c. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. 4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 kVA:No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches. c. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. 5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or 5 HP and Larger:A minimum of 48 inches. 6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches. 3.4 REMOVAL OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. Abandoned conductors and cables are those installed that are not terminated at equipment and are not identified with a tag for future use. • 3.5 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Minimum Conductor Sizes: 1. Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits;No 14 AWG. 2. Class 2 low-energy,remote-control, and signal circuits;No. 14 AWG. 3. Class 3 low-energy,remote-control, alarm,and signal circuits;No 12 A WG. 3.6 FIRES TOPPING A. Comply with TIA-569-D,Annex A, "Firestopping." B. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping"Chapter. 3.7 GROUNDING A. For data communication wiring, comply with TIA-607-B and with BICSI TDMM, "Bonding and Grounding(Earthing)"Chapter. B. For low-voltage control wiring and cabling, comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 POWER CABLES 260523-9 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify data and communications system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA- 606-B; label printers shall use label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks complying with UL 969. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visually inspect cable jacket materials for UL or third-party certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA-568-C.1. • 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test cabling for direct-current loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination,but not after cross-connection. a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA-568-C.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in its "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in its "Measurement Accuracy(Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. F. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide,or transfer the data from the instrument to the computer,save as text files,print, and submit. G. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. H. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260523 INC. CONTROL-VOLTAGE MILLS&CAWOOD, ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES •260523-10 of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 260526-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. B. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Ground bonding common with lightning protection system. 3. Foundation steel electrodes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product indicated. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control"Article,including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. B. Qualification Data:For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," • include the following: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260526-1 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Plans showing as-built, dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1) Test wells. 2) Ground rods. 3) Ground rings. 4) Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. b. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at ground rings based on NFPA 70B. 1) Tests shall determine if ground-resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. 2) Include recommended testing intervals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 41111 A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Burndy;Part of Hubbell Electrical Systems. 2. ERICO International Corporation. 3. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 4. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. 5. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.3 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL 0S2 STEMS Mof S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 11110 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Solid Conductors:ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors:ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable:28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor:No.4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. C. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, with 9/32-inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. 2.4 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. • C. Bus-Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless exothermic-type wire terminals, and long-barrel,two-bolt connection to ground bus bar. D. Bus-Bar Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy,with two wire terminals. E. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. F. Cable-to-Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. G. Cable Tray Ground Clamp:Mechanical type,zinc-plated malleable iron. H. Conduit Hubs:Mechanical type,terminal with threaded hub. I. Ground Rod Clamps:Mechanical type,copper or copper alloy,terminal with socket set screw. J. Ground Rod Clamps:Mechanical type,copper or copper alloy,terminal with hex head bolt. K. Lay-in Lug Connector:Mechanical type,copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw. L. Service Post Connectors: Mechanical type, bronze alloy terminal, in short- and long-stud lengths, capable of single and double conductor connections. M. Signal Reference Grid Clamp:Mechanical type,stamped-steel terminal with hex head screw. N. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs.Rated for 600 A. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260526-3 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • O. Tower Ground Clamps:Mechanical type,copper or copper alloy,terminal one-piece clamp. P. U-Bolt Clamps:Mechanical type,copper or copper alloy,terminal listed for direct burial. Q. Water Pipe Clamps: 1. Mechanical type,two pieces with stainless-steel bolts. a. Material: Die-cast zinc alloy. b. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleable-iron clamp and copper ground connector rated for direct burial. 2.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, sectional type; 3/4 inch by 10 feet. B. Ground Plates: 1/4 inch thick,hot-dip galvanized. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install barecopper conductor,No. 3/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways,route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway,and down; connect to horizontal bus. E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations:Bolted connectors. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRIC 2526 DING ofFO GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells:Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. 3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator. 3.4 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper • conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof,nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned- copper conductor not less than No.2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260526-5 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9. X-Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits supplying x-ray equipment. C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits:Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units,piping,connected equipment,and components. E. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the • applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. F. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. G. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. H. Metallic Fences: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2. 1. Grounding Conductor:Bare copper,not less than No. 8 AWG. 2. Gates: Shall be bonded to the grounding conductor with a flexible bonding jumper. 3. Barbed Wire: Strands shall be bonded to the grounding conductor. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain,impact,or damage. . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRIC 6 SY T6 EMof9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor,and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection • is required,use a bolted clamp. E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. F. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. G. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. H. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column,extending around the perimeter of building. IDGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260526-7 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 3/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building's foundation. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; use a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No.4 AWG. 1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. 2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. J. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 feet long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by the usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create the required length. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and • inspect components, assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized,test for compliance with requirements. bolted, 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal,and at individual ground rods.Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FORMS 2ELECTRICAL L SYSTEMS 26-8STEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. F. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 5 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s). 5. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 6. Manhole Grounds: 5 ohms. I. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GROUNDING&BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260526-9 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 260529-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Aluminum slotted support systems. 3. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. 4. Conduit and cable support devices. 5. Support for conductors in vertical conduit. 6. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints. 7. Mounting, anchoring, and attachment components, including powder-actuated fasteners, mechanical expansion anchors, concrete inserts, clamps, through bolts, toggle bolts, and 111hanger rods. 8. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for the following: a. Slotted support systems,hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. c. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Eye nuts. f. Fasteners. g. Anchors. h. Saddles. i. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL S 9ST1 EMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Hangers.Includeroduct data for or components. 2. Slotted support systems. 3. Equipment supports. 4. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases,rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated-Design Submittal:For hangers and supports for electrical systems. 1. Include design calculations and details of hangers. 2. Include design calculations for seismic restraints. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings:Reflected ceiling plan(s)and other details,drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Ductwork,piping, fittings, and supports. 3. Structural members to which hangers and supports will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: • a. Luminaires. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Projectors. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, accessories,and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: r GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260529-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1110 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements,"to design hanger and support system. B. Seismic Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the supported equipment and systems will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the supported equipment and systems will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 3. . C. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Rating: Class 1. 2. Self-extinguishing according to ASTM D 635. • 2.2 SUPPORT,ANCHORAGE,AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c. in at least one surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube&Conduit; a part of Atkore International. b. ERICO International Corporation. c. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. d. Unistrut;Part of Atkore International. e. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Material for Channel,Fittings,and Accessories: Galvanized steel. 4. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 5. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 6. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL S 9SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 7. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 8. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Aluminum Slotted Support Systems: Extruded-aluminum channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch-diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c. in at least one surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cooper Industries,Inc. b. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. c. Unistrut;Part of Atkore International. d. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channel Material: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. 4. Fittings and Accessories Material: 5052-H32 aluminum alloy. 5. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 6. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 7. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. • 8. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch-diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least one surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube&Conduit; a part of Atkore International. b. B-line,an Eaton business. c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 4. Fittings and Accessories: Products provided by channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 5. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as those for channels and angles,except metal items may be stainless steel. 6. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260529-4 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M steel plates, shapes, and bars;black and galvanized. G. Mounting,Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti,Inc. 2) MKT Fastening,LLC. 3) Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for • supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) B-line,an Eaton business. 2) Hilti,Inc. 3) MKT Fastening,LLC. 4) Engineer Approved Equal. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type,hex head,and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: Stainless-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-5 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and supports,except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA 1. 2. NECA 101 3. NECA 102. 4. NECA 105. 5. NECA 111. B. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as scheduled in NECA 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings that are less than those stated in NFPA 70.Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. SD. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps. E. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings,and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members,according to NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260529-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood:Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete:Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete:Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors,powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS • A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site- fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Section 033000"Cast-in-Place Concrete." C. Anchor equipment to concrete base as follows: 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-7 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099000 "Painting and Coating" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 III III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS&SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260529-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 260533 -RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits,tubing,and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits,tubing,and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures,and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. B. Related Requirements: • 1. Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems" for conduits, wireways, surface pathways, innerduct, boxes, faceplate adapters, enclosures, cabinets, and handholes serving communications systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C. IMC:Intermediate metal conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures,and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-l of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other,using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Qualification Data:For professional engineer. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality-control reports. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING,AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allied Tube&Conduit; a part of Atkore International. 2. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 3. Perma-Cote. 4. Plasti-Bond. 5. Southwire Company. 6. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. 7. Wheatland Tube Company. 8. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. E. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-2 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 11111 F. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit:PVC-coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch,minimum. G. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. H. FMC: Comply with UL 1;zinc-coated steel. I. LFMC:Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. J. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel or die cast. b. Type: Setscrew. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. K. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CANTEX INC. 2. RACO;Hubbell. 3. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Fiberglass: 1. Comply with NEMA TC 14. 2. Comply with UL 2515 for aboveground raceways. 3. Comply with UL 2420 for belowground raceways. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL S3 SYS3 EMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. E. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. F. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. G. Rigid HDPE: Comply with UL 651A. H. Continuous HDPE: Comply with UL 651A. I. Coilable HDPE:Preassembled with conductors or cables,and complying with ASTM D 3485. J. RTRC: Comply with UL 2515A and NEMA TC 14. K. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. L. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. M. Solvents and Adhesives:As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS • A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 2. Square D. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 12 unless otherwise indicated,and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type unless otherwise indicated. E. Finish:Manufacturer's standard enamel fmish. 2.4 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: • GOODWYN MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-4 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Allied Moulded Products,Inc. 2. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Listing and Labeling:Nonmetallic wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, without holes or knockouts. Cover shall be gasketed with oil-resistant gasket material and fastened with captive screws treated for corrosion resistance. Connections shall be flanged and have stainless- steel screws and oil-resistant gaskets. D. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap-on cover,mechanically coupled connections,and plastic fasteners. E. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. F. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Listing and Labeling: Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as • defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers complying with UL 5. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Engineer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Hubbell Incorporated;Wiring Device-Kellems. b. Panduit Corp. c. Wiremold/Legrand. d. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self-extinguishing characteristics. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hubbell Incorporated. b. Panduit Corp. c. Wiremold/Legrand. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-Sof 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA d. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.6 BOXES,ENCLOSURES,AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Crouse-Hinds,an Eaton business. 2. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 3. Hubbell Incorporated;Wiring Device-Kellems. 4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 5. Plasti-Bond. 6. Thomas&Betts Corporation;A Member of the ABB Group. 7. Wiremold/Legrand. 8. Engineer Approved Equal. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. D. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. 4111 E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. F. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: Cast metal or sheet metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape:Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes:Nonadjustable,rectangular. 1. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. H. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. I. Paddle Fan Outlet Boxes:Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of paddle fan weighing 70 lb. 1. Listing and Labeling: Paddle fan outlet boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and • application. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-6 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • J. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes:NEMA OS 1. K. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. L. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. M. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep. N. Gangable boxes are allowed. O. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 12 with continuous- hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel,finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Fiberglass. 3. Interior Panels: Steel;all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. P. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 12 galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front,finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. • 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.7 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70,for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Oldcastle Precast,Inc. b. Quazite:Hubbell Power Systems,Inc. c. Engineer Approved Equal. r GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-7 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Configuration:Designed for flush burial with open bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 5. Cover Finish:Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 6. Cover Legend:Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". 7. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure,fixed installation in enclosure wall. 8. Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency. 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to NIST standards. • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors:Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit,Aboveground: GRC. 3. Underground Conduit:RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid,or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures,Aboveground:NEMA 250,Type 3R,unless otherwise noted. B. Indoors:Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed,Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT or RNC. 2. Exposed,Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts,and pallet-handling units. c. Mechanical rooms. d. Gymnasiums. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-8 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 11111 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT:Use setscrew,cast-metal fittings.Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete,install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits,boxes,or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. • G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. H. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL S3 SYSTEM9 ofS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. I. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-footintervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Engineer for each specific location. 5. Change from ENT to GRC before rising above floor. J. Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT,IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. K. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. L. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. M. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No.4 AWG. N. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. O. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. P. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. Q. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger,use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-10 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • R. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. S. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inchradius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. T. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. U. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 403. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. V. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. W. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL 260533 YS1 EMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation.Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. X. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. Y. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to top of box unless otherwise indicated. Z. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. AA. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. BB. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. • CC. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. DD. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. EE. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. FF. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 - Earthwork for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 —Earthwork. 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 —Earthwork. • GOODWYN MILLS& CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-12 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout length of elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 6. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct-buried conduits but a minimum of 6 inches below grade. Align planks along centerline of conduit. 7. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. • B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. D. Install handholes with bottom below frost line,below grade. E. Install removable hardware,including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms,and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in enclosure. F. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used,and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-13 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings,finishes,and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 S 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. RACEWAYS&BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260533-14 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 260544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non-fire-rated construction walls and floors. 2. Sleeve-seal systems. 3. Sleeve-seal fittings. 4. Grout. 5. Silicone sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS • A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves: 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends. 2. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated"wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: Galvanized-steel sheet; 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw-fastening the sleeve to the board. C. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. D. Molded-PVC Sleeves:With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. E. Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SLEEVES&SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICALACEWAYofS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: 1. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and with no side larger than 16 inches,thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter 50 inches or more and one or more sides larger than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.2 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products& Systems,Inc. b. Metraflex Company(The). c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Sealing Elements: Nitrile (Buna N) rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of 11111 pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for embedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit shall have plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. HOLDRITE. b. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.4 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire- rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SLEEVES&SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260544-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Design Mix: 5000-psi,28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging:Premixed and factory packaged. 2.5 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. B. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible,nonshrinking foam. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations. IP C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade Non-Fire-Rated Concrete and Masonry-Unit Floors and Walls: 1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 079200"Joint Sealants." b. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different clearance. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.Install sleeves during erection of floors. D. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SLEEVES&SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL 2 054EW YS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. E. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. F. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. G. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3.2 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway entries into building. B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts • against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. END OF SECTION 260544 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SLEEVES&SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260544-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 260553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Color and legend requirements for raceways,conductors,and warning labels and signs. 2. Labels. 3. Bands and tubes. 4. Tapes and stencils. 5. Tags. 6. Signs. 7. Cable ties. 8. Paint for identification. • 9. Fasteners for labels and signs. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be an index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.Use same designations indicated on Drawings. D. Delegated-Design Submittal:For arc-flash hazard study. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-1 of 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Comply with NFPA 70E requirements for arc-flash warning labels. F. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers,shall comply with UL 969. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg F,material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an white field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. B. Color-Coding for Phase-and Voltage-Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed 1111 below for ungrounded service, feeder,and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A:Black. b. Phase B:Red. c. Phase C:Blue. 3. Colors for 240-V Circuits: a. Phase A:Black. b. Phase B:Red. 4. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A:Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral: White or gray. 6. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. 7. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with white stripe. C. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V: Ill GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-2 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER-CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." D. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an white background. E. Warning labels and signs shall include,but are not limited to,the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 2.3 LABELS A. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3-mil-thick, vinyl flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brother International Corporation. • c. Panduit Corp. d. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Self-Lamination: Clear; UV-,weather- and chemical-resistant; self-laminating,protective shield over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 3. Marker for Labels: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 4. Marker for Labels: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.4 BANDS AND TUBES A. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine-printed identification labels, sized to suit diameter and shrunk to fit firmly. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F. Comply with UL 224. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. c. Engineer Approved Equal. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3 of 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.5 TAPES AND STENCILS A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Carlton Industries,LP. b. Panduit Corp. c. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Underground-Line Warning Tape: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Seton Identification Products. c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Tape: a. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. b. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. c. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and not subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 3. Color and Printing: a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and ANSI Z535.5. b. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINE,HIGH VOLTAGE". c. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: "TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE,OPTICAL FIBER CABLE". 4. Tag: Type I: a. Pigmented polyolefin, bright colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service. b. Width: 3 inches. c. Thickness:4 mils. d. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft.. e. Tensile according to ASTM D 882: 30 lbf and 2500 psi. 5. Tag: Type II: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-4 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Multilayer laminate, consisting of high-density polyethylene scrim coated with pigmented polyolefin; bright colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility,compounded for direct-burial service. b. Width: 3 inches. c. Thickness: 12 mils. d. Weight: 36.1 lb/1000 sq. ft. e. Tensile according to ASTM D 882: 400 lbf and 11,500 psi. 6. Tag: Type ID: a. Detectable three-layer laminate, consisting of a printed pigmented polyolefin film, a solid aluminum-foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection of the continuity of the conductive core; bright colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility,compounded for direct-burial service. b. Width: 3 inches. c. Overall Thickness: 5 mils. d. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil. e. Weight: 28 lb/1000 sq.ft. f. Tensile according to ASTM D 882: 70 lbf and 4600 psi. 7. Tag: Type IID: a. Reinforced, detectable three-layer laminate, consisting of a printed pigmented woven scrim, a solid aluminum-foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection of the continuity of the conductive core; bright-colored, continuous- printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial 11111 service. b. Width: 3 inches. c. Overall Thickness: 8 mils. d. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil. e. Weight: 34 lb/1000 sq.ft. f. Tensile according to ASTM D 882: 300 lbf and 12,500 psi. C. Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof,black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be 1 inch. 2.6 TAGS A. Metal Tags:Brass or aluminum,2 by 2 by 0.05 inch,with stamped legend,punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries,LP. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Engineer Approved Equal. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-Sof 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.7 SIGNS A. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Marking Services,Inc. c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs, with 0.0396- inch galvanized-steel backing,punched and drilled for fasteners, and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 3. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 4. Nominal Size: 10 by 14 inches. 2.8 CABLE TIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: • 1. Marking Services,Inc. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range:Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color:Black. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-6 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond,using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings,manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit.Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor,cable,or raceway. H. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit.Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor,cable,or raceway. I. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. J. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. K. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-7 of 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA L. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER" 2. "POWER" 3. "UPS." M. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. N. Snap-around Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. O. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. P. Self-Adhesive Labels: 1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules,and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required,use labels 2 inches high. Q. Snap-around Color-Coding Bands: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. R. Heat-Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. S. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. T. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. U. Tape and Stencil: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. V. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions. W. Underground Line Warning Tape: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-8 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench exceeds 16 inches overall. 2. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables. 3. Install underground-line warning tape for direct-buried cables and cables in raceways. X. Metal Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using UV-stabilized cable ties. Y. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using UV-stabilized cable ties. Z. Write-on Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using UV-stabilized cable ties. AA. Baked-Enamel Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. • 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1-1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. BB. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high sign;where two lines of text are required,use labels 2 inches high. CC. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high sign;where two lines of text are required,use labels 2 inches high. DD. Cable Ties: General purpose,for attaching tags,except as listed below: 1. Outdoors:UV-stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-9 of 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility.Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Concealed Raceways, Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Tape and stencil. Stencil legend "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH-VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch-high, black letters on 20-inch centers. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, and at 30-foot maximum intervals. D. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits,More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. E. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. 'POWER." 3. "UPS." F. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes,manholes,and handholes,use vinyl wraparound labels to identify the phase. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, More Than 600 V: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use nonmetallic preprinted tags colored and marked to indicate phase, and a separate tag with the circuit designation. H. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. I. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide heat-shrink preprinted tubes with the conductor designation. J. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-10 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • K. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl tape that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points.Identify by system and circuit designation. L. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication,and control wiring and optical-fiber cable. M. Concealed Raceways and Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building,or concealed above suspended ceilings. N. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. O. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors. P. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Metal- 1110 backed,butyrate warning signs. 1. Apply to exterior of door, cover,or other access. 1 to door or cover of 2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply equipment,including,but not limited to,the following: a. Power-transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. Q. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive labels. R. Operating Instruction Signs: Metal-backed,butyrate warning signs. S. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Metal-backed, butyrate warning signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. T. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Indoor Equipment: Metal-backed butyrate signs. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. 3. Equipment to Be Labeled: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-11 of 12 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of a engraved,laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Switchgear. e. Switchboards. f. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation indicated on Drawings for the transformer,feeder,and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. g. Substations. h. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. i. Motor-control centers. j. Enclosed switches. k. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1. Enclosed controllers. m. Variable-speed controllers. n. Push-button stations. o. Power-transfer equipment. p. Contactors. q. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. r. Battery-inverter units. s. Battery racks. t. Power-generating units. u. Monitoring and control equipment. • v. UPS equipment. END OF SECTION 260553 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260553-12 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 260923 -LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Time switches. 2. Photoelectric switches. 3. Standalone daylight-harvesting switching and dimming controls. 4. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 5. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors. 6. Digital timer light switches. 7. High-bay occupancy sensors. 8. Extreme temperature occupancy sensors. • 9. Outdoor motion sensors. 10. Lighting contactors. 11. Emergency shunt relays. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, non-networkable wall-switch occupancy sensors,and manual light switches. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show installation details for the following: a. Occupancy sensors. b. Vacancy sensors. 2. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal,and control wiring. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES •260923-1 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and elevations, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which equipment will be attached. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling,including the following: a. Luminaires. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Control modules. B. Field quality-control reports. C. Sample Warranty:For manufacturer's warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in • operation and maintenance manuals. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On manufacturer's website. Provide names, versions, and website addresses for locations of installed software. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace lighting control devices that fail(s)in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Faulty operation of lighting control software. b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices. 2. Warranty Period: Two year(s)from date of Substantial Completion. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CONTROL DEVICES 260923-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TIME SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Industries,Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 3. TE Connectivity Ltd. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and application. 2. Contact Configuration: SPST. 3. Contact Rating: 30-A inductive or resistive,240-V ac. 4. Programs:Eight on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule. 5. Programs: Two on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule, allowing different set points for each day of the week. 6. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a program on selected channels. 7. Astronomic Time: All channels. • 8. Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 9. Battery Backup:Not less than seven days reserve,to maintain schedules and time clock. C. Electromechanical-Dial Time Switches: Comply with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Contact Configuration: SPST. 3. Contact Rating: 30-A inductive or resistive,240-V ac. 4. Circuitry: Allows connection of a photoelectric relay as a substitute for the on-off function of a program. 5. Astronomic time dial. 6. Eight-Day Program:Uniquely programmable for each weekday and holidays. 7. Skip-a-day mode. 8. Wound-spring reserve carryover mechanism to keep time during power failures, minimum of 16 hours. 2.2 OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Industries,Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co.,Inc. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-3 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. TE Connectivity Ltd. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Description: Solid state, with SPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA inductive, to operate connected relay, contactor coils, or microprocessor input; complying with UL 773A, and compatible with ballasts and LED lamps. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 3. Time Delay:Fifteen-second minimum, to prevent false operation. 4. Surge Protection:Metal-oxide varistor. 5. Mounting: Twist lock complies with NEMA C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky exposure. 6. Failure Mode:Luminaire stays ON. C. Description: Solid state, with SPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA inductive, to operate connected load,complying with UL 773,and compatible with CFL and LED lamps. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off • levels within that range. 3. Time Delay: Thirty-second minimum,to prevent false operation. 4. Lightning Arrester: Air-gap type. 5. Mounting: Twist lock complying with NEMA C136.10,with base. 6. Failure Mode:Luminaire stays ON. D. Description: Solid state; one set of NO dry contacts rated for 24 V dc at 1 A, to operate connected load,complying with UL 773,and compatible with luminaire. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 3. Time Delay:Thirty-second minimum,to prevent false operation. 4. Mounting: 1/2-inch threaded male conduit. 5. Failure Mode:Luminaire stays ON. 6. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast or LED load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source,as defined by NFPA 70. a. LED status lights to indicate load status. b. Plenum rated. 7. Power Pack: Digital controller capable of accepting three RJ45 inputs with two outputs rated for 20-A incandescent or LED load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A ballast or LED at 120- and 277-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, Class 2 power • source,as defined by NFPA 70. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260923-4 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. With integral current monitoring b. Compatible with digital addressable lighting interface. c. Plenum rated. 2.3 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation. 2. ASCO Power Technologies,LP; a business of Emerson Network Power. 3. General Electric Company. 4. Square D. 5. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically held, combination-type lighting contactors with nonfused disconnect, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508. 1. Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served, including tungsten filament, inductive, and high-inrush ballast(ballast with 15 percent or less THD of normal load current). 2. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the point of installation. 3. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250. • 4. Provide with control and pilot devices as scheduled, matching the NEMA type specified for the enclosure. 2.4 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine lighting control devices before installation. Reject lighting control devices that are wet,moisture damaged,or mold damaged. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 260923-5 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Examine walls and ceilings for suitable conditions where lighting control devices will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SENSOR INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression systems,and partition assemblies. C. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90-percent coverage of areas indicated.Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure- borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators. 4110 3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower- limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions. D. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction,pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each S sensor. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate lighting control devices and perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1. For occupancy and motion sensors,verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. 3. Align high-bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool. 3.8 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, service agreement shall include software support for two years. B. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software to latest version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. 1. Upgrade Notice: At least 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access the system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. DEVICES •OL GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LIGHTING CONTROL 7 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate, and maintain lighting control devices. END OF SECTION 260923 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 262200-LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Distribution,dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less,with capacities up to 1500 kVA. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type and size of transformer. 2. Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features,and performance for each type and size of transformer. 1110 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details:Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 3. Include diagrams for power,signal,and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For transformers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Qualification Data:For testing agency. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFOMERS 262200-1 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Source quality-control reports. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Accredited by NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. • PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. SIEMENS Industry,Inc.;Energy Management Division. 2. Sola/Hevi-Duty; a brand of Emerson Electric Co. 3. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each transformer type from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS A. Description:Factory-assembled and-tested,air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Comply with NEMA TP 1 energy-efficiency levels as verified by testing according to NEMA TP 2. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TRANSFOMERS 262200-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111 D. Cores:Electrical grade,non-aging silicon steel with high permeability and low hysteresis losses. E. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections:Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Copper. F. Encapsulation: Transformers smaller than 30 kVA shall have core and coils completely resin encapsulated. G. Shipping Restraints: Paint or otherwise color code bolts, wedges, blocks, and other restraints that are to be removed after installation and before energizing. Use fluorescent colors that are easily identifiable inside the transformer enclosure. 2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NFPA 70,and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Cores: One leg per phase. C. Enclosure: Totally enclosed,nonventilated. 1. NEMA 250, As shown on the plans: Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound to seal out moisture and air. • 2. KVA Ratings:Based on convection cooling only and not relying on auxiliary fans. D. Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250. 1. Finish Color: Gray. E. Taps for Transformers 3 kVA and Smaller: One 5 percent tap above normal full capacity. F. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: Two 5 percent taps below rated voltage. G. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity. H. Insulation Class, Smaller than 30 kVA: 185 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 115-deg C rise above 40-deg C ambient temperature. I. Insulation Class, 30 kVA and Larger: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150-deg C rise above 40-deg C ambient temperature. J. K-Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K-factor rated shall comply with UL 1561 requirements for nonsinusoidal load current-handling capability to the degree defined by designated K-factor. 1. Unit shall not overheat when carrying full-load current with harmonic distortion corresponding to designated K-factor. 2. Indicate value of K-factor on transformer nameplate. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFOMERS262200-3 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Unit shall meet requirements of NEMA TP 1 when tested according to NEMA TP 2 with a K-factor equal to one. K. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full-width copper electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance. 1. Arrange coil leads and terminal strips to minimize capacitive coupling between input and output terminals. 2. Include special terminal for grounding the shield. L. Neutral:Rated 200 percent of full load current for K-factor rated transformers. M. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets. N. Fungus Proofing:Permanent fungicidal treatment for coil and core. 2.4 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Nameplates: Engraved, laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each distribution transformer, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. Nameplates and label products are specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL • A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.01 and IEEE C57.12.91. 1. Resistance measurements of all windings at the rated voltage connections and at all tap connections. 2. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connections and at all tap connections. 3. Phase relation and polarity tests at the rated voltage connections. 4. No load losses,and excitation current and rated voltage at the rated voltage connections. 5. Impedance and load losses at rated current and rated frequency at the rated voltage connections. 6. Applied and induced tensile tests. 7. Regulation and efficiency at rated load and voltage. 8. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. High-voltage to ground. b. Low-voltage to ground. c. High-voltage to low-voltage. 9. Temperature tests. B. Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct prototype sound-level tests on production-line products. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFOMERS 262200-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1111 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer. B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and concrete bases for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed. D. Verify that ground connections are in place and requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" have been met. Maximum ground resistance shall be 5 ohms at location of transformer. E. Environment: Enclosures shall be rated for the environment in which they are located. Covers for NEMA 250,Type 4X enclosures shall not cause accessibility problems. F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION • A. Install wall-mounted transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer. 1. Coordinate installation of wall-mounted and structure-hanging supports with actual transformer provided. B. Install transformers level and plumb on a concrete base with vibration-dampening supports. Locate transformers away from corners and not parallel to adjacent wall surface. C. Construct concrete bases according to Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and anchor floor-mounted transformers according to manufacturer's written instructions, seismic codes applicable to Project, and requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 1. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with actual transformer provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. D. Secure transformer to concrete base according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Secure covers to enclosure and tighten all bolts to manufacturer-recommended torques to reduce noise generation. F. Remove shipping bolts,blocking,and wedges. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFOMERS •262200-5 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. D. Provide flexible connections at all conduit and conductor terminations and supports to eliminate sound and vibration transmission to the building structure. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency:Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. • D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS for dry-type, air-cooled, low-voltage transformers. Certify compliance with test parameters. F. Remove and replace units that do not pass tests or inspections and retest as specified above. G. Infrared Scanning: Two months after Substantial Completion, perform an infrared scan of transformer connections. 1. Use an infrared-scanning device designed to measure temperature or detect significant deviations from normal values.Provide documentation of device calibration. 2. Perform two follow-up infrared scans of transformers, one at four months and the other at 11 months after Substantial Completion. 3. Prepare a certified report identifying transformer checked and describing results of scanning. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and scanning observations after remedial action. H. Test Labeling: On completion of satisfactory testing of each unit, attach a dated and signed "Satisfactory Test"label to tested component. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TRANSFOMERS 262200-6 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 5 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B. Connect buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served,plus or minus 5 percent,at secondary terminals. C. Output Settings Report:Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. 3.6 CLEANING A. Vacuum dirt and debris;do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. END OF SECTION 262200 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFOMERS •262200-7 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 262416-PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 3. Load centers. 4. Electronic-grade panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ATS:Acceptance testing specification. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. GFEP: Ground-fault equipment protection. D. HID: High-intensity discharge. E. MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker. F. SPD: Surge protective device. G. VPR: Voltage protection rating. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of panelboard. 1. Include materials, switching and overcurrent protective devices, SPDs, accessories, and components indicated. 2. Include dimensions and manufacturers'technical data on features,performance, electrical characteristics,ratings,and finishes. B. Shop Drawings:For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans,elevations, sections, and details. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 26216 416-1 of13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. Show tabulations of installed devices with nameplates, conductor termination sizes, equipment features,and ratings. 3. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection, knockouts,corner treatments,covers and doors,gaskets,hinges,and locks. 4. Detail bus configuration,current,and voltage ratings. 5. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 6. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 7. Include evidence of NRTL listing for SPD as installed in panelboard. 8. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 9. Include wiring diagrams for power,signal,and control wiring. 10. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations. 11. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Include an Internet link for electronic access to downloadable PDF of the coordination curves. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For testing agency. B. Panelboard Schedules:For installation in panelboards. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS • A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and GFEP Types: Two spares for each panelboard. 3. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 4. Fuses for Fused Power-Circuit Devices: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type,but no fewer than three of each size and type. 5. DS BOAR • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 26 PANELEL -2 13 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications:ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating(250 W per panelboard)to prevent condensation. B. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature:Not exceeding minus 22 deg F to plus 104 deg F. b. Altitude:Not exceeding 6600 feet. B. Service Conditions:NEMA PB 1,usual service conditions, as follows: 1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet. C. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Construction Manager's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace panelboards that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Panelboard Warranty Period: 18 months from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or • replace SPD that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 262416 of - of 13 13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. SPD Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NEMA PB 1. E. Comply with NFPA 70. F. Enclosures: Flush and Surface-mounted,dead-front cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations:NEMA 250,Type 1. • b. Outdoor Locations:NEMA 250,Type 3R. c. Wash-Down Areas:NEMA 250,Type 4X,stainless steel. d. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations:NEMA 250,Type 4. e. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids:NEMA 250,Type 12. 2. Height: 84 inches maximum. 3. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware. 4. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover.Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware. 5. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard,wall,and ceiling or floor. 6. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body.Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. 7. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. c. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 26 PANELBOARDS 241 -4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA G. Incoming Mains: 1. Location: Convertible between top and bottom. 2. Main Breaker: Main lug interiors up to 400 amperes shall be field convertible to main breaker. H. Phase,Neutral,and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. a. Plating shall run entire length of bus. b. Bus shall be fully rated the entire length. 2. Interiors shall be factory assembled into a unit. Replacing switching and protective devices shall not disturb adjacent units or require removing the main bus connectors. 3. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. 4. Isolated Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit isolated ground conductors; insulated from box. 5. Full-Sized Neutral: Equipped with full-capacity bonding strap for service entrance applications. Mount electrically isolated from enclosure. Do not mount neutral bus in gutter. 6. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authority having jurisdiction, as suitable for nonlinear • loads in electronic-grade panelboards and others designated on Drawings. Connectors shall be sized for double-sized or parallel conductors as indicated on Drawings. Do not mount neutral bus in gutter. 7. Split Bus: Vertical buses divided into individual vertical sections. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Terminations shall allow use of 75 deg C rated conductors without derating. 3. Size: Lugs suitable for indicated conductor sizes, with additional gutter space,if required, for larger conductors. 4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type, with a lug on the neutral bar for each pole in the panelboard. 5. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type, with a lug on the bar for each pole in the panelboard. 6. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 7. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 8. Gutter-Tap Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material and with matching insulating covers. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 9. Extra-Capacity Neutral Lugs:Rated 200 percent of phase lugs mounted on extra-capacity neutral bus. J. NRTL Label: Panelboards or load centers shall be labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authority having jurisdiction for use as service equipment with one or more main service disconnecting Sand overcurrent protective devices. Panelboards or load centers shall have meter enclosures, GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 26216 416-5 of13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • wiring, connections, and other provisions for utility metering. Coordinate with utility company for exact requirements. K. Future Devices: Panelboards or load centers shall have mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. 1. Percentage of Future Space Capacity: Ten percent. L. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by an NRTL. Include label or manual with size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices listed and labeled by an NRTL for series-connected short-circuit rating. 1. Panelboards rated 240 V or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on Drawings, but not less than 10,000 A rms symmetrical. 2. Panelboards rated above 240 V and less than 600 V shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on Drawings,but not less than 14,000 A rms symmetrical. M. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Assembly listed by an NRTL for 100 percent interrupting capacity. 1. Panelboards and overcurrent protective devices rated 240 V or less shall have short- circuit ratings as shown on Drawings,but not less than 10,000 A rms symmetrical. 2. Panelboards and overcurrent protective devices rated above 240 V and less than 600 V shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on Drawings, but not less than 14,000 A rms symmetrical. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term"withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." B. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of indicated panelboards, complying with UL 1449 SPD Type 1. 2.3 POWER PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Panelboards:NEMA PB 1,distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock;keyed alike. • D BOARS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 26PANELBOARDS -6 Rof S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. For doors more than 36 inches high,provide two latches,keyed alike. D. Mains: As indicated on plans. E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. G. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices:Fused switches. H. Contactors in Main Bus: NEMA ICS 2, Class A,mechanically held, general-purpose controller, with same short-circuit interrupting rating as panelboard. 1. Internal Control-Power Source: Control-power transformer, with fused primary and secondary terminals, connected to main bus ahead of contactor connection. 2.4 LOAD CENTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 4110 1. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Load Centers: Comply with UL 67. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only,as indicated on plans. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. F. Conductor Connectors: Mechanical type for main,neutral,and ground lugs and buses. 2.5 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D; by Schneider Electric. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. B. MCCB: Comply with UL 489,with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: 11110 a. Inverse tCAWOOimDe-currINC.ent element for low-level overloads. GOODWYN,MILLS& , GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 262416 7 of -7 of 13 13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • b. Instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. c. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front- mounted,field-adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: a. RMS sensing. b. Field-replaceable rating plug or electronic trip. c. Digital display of settings,trip targets, and indicated metering displays. d. Multi-button keypad to access programmable functions and monitored data. and e. Ten-event, trip-history log. Each trip event shall be recorded with type,phase, magnitude of fault that caused the trip. f. Integral test jack for connection to portable test set or laptop computer. g. Field-Adjustable Settings: 1) Instantaneous trip. 2) Long-and short-time pickup levels. 3) Long and short time adjustments. 4) Ground-fault pickup level,time delay,and I squared T response. 4. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1,RK-5. 5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and double-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection(6-mA trip). 6. GFEP Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection(30-mA trip). • 7. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240-V, single- pole configuration. 8. Subfeed Circuit Breakers:Vertically mounted. 9. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes,trip ratings,and number of poles. b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status. c. UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load ratings. d. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. e. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and HID lighting circuits. f. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings,push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. g. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit,set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. h. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with field- adjustable 0.1-to 0.6-second time delay. i. Rating Plugs: Three-pole breakers with ampere ratings greater than 150 amperes shall have interchangeable rating plugs or electronic adjustable trip units. j. Auxiliary Contacts: One, SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts and "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit- breaker contacts. D BOARS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 26 PANELEL241 -8 Rof S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA k. Alarm Switch: Single-pole, normally open contact that actuates only when circuit breaker trips. 1. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. m. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking ground-fault protection function with other upstream or downstream devices. n. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing with a single handle. o. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in off position. p. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in on position. C. Fused Switch:NEMA KS 1,Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle. 1. Fuses and Spare-Fuse Cabinet: Comply with requirements specified in Section 262813 "Fuses." 2. Fused Switch Features and Accessories: a. Standard ampere ratings and number of poles. b. Mechanical cover interlock with a manual interlock override, to prevent the opening of the cover when the switch is in the on position. The interlock shall prevent the switch from being turned on with the cover open. The operating handle shall have lock-off means with provisions for three padlocks. c. Auxiliary Contacts: One normally open and normally closed contact(s) that operate with switch handle operation. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases, and number of poles shall be located on the interior of the panelboard door. B. Breaker Labels: Faceplate shall list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC rating. C. Circuit Directory: Directory card inside panelboard door, mounted in metal frame with transparent protective cover. 1. Circuit directory shall identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish it from all other circuits. D. Circuit Directory: Computer-generated circuit directory mounted inside panelboard door with transparent plastic protective cover. 1. Circuit directory shall identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish it from all other circuits. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 262416 9 of -9 of 13 13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.7 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test,inspection,maintenance, and operation. B. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify actual conditions with field measurements prior to ordering panelboards to verify that equipment fits in allocated space in, and comply with, minimum required clearances specified in NFPA 70. B. Receive,inspect,handle,and store panelboards according to NECA 407. C. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged, rusted, or have been subjected to water saturation. D. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. • E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407. D. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install panelboards on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Attach panelboard to the vertical finished or structural surface behind the panelboard. E. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards. D BOARS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PANELANEL-10 Rof S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. G. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. H. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. I. Mount surface-mounted panelboards to steel slotted supports 1 1/4 inch in depth. Orient steel slotted supports vertically. J. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. 2. Tighten bolted connections and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer's written instructions. K. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars. L. Install filler plates in unused spaces. M. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. N. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. O. Mount spare fuse cabinet in accessible location. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in power panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." E. Install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems"identifying source of remote circuit. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PANELBOARDS 262416-11 of 13 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,test, and adjust components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus,component, connecting supply,feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low-voltage air circuit breakers and low-voltage surge arrestors stated in NETA ATS, Paragraph 7.6 Circuit Breakers and Paragraph 7.19.1 Surge Arrestors, Low-Voltage. Do not perform optional tests. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise,replace with new units and retest. • 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion,but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance,perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each panelboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: 1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. E. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of the two scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected,remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. D BOARS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PANELANEL-12 Rof S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573 "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study." C. Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. Prior to making circuit changes to achieve load balancing,inform Architect of effect on phase color coding. 1. Measure loads during period of normal facility operations. 2. Perform circuit changes to achieve load balancing outside normal facility operation schedule or at times directed by the Architect. Avoid disrupting services such as fax machines and on-line data processing,computing,transmitting,and receiving equipment. 3. After changing circuits to achieve load balancing, recheck loads during normal facility operations. Record load readings before and after changing circuits to achieve load balancing. 4. Tolerance: Maximum difference between phase loads, within a panelboard, shall not exceed 20 percent. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Prior to energizing panelboards, apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 262416 411 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PAN 26241166- of 1D3 -113 3 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 262419 -MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes MCCs for use with ac circuits rated 600 V and less, with combination controllers and having the following factory-installed components: 1. Automatic power transfer. 2. Feeder-tap units. 3. Measurement and control. 4. Auxiliary devices. 5. Panelboards. 6. Transformers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS 11111 A. CPT: Control power transformer. B. MCC:Motor-control center. C. MCCB:Molded-case circuit breaker. D. MCP:Motor-circuit protector. E. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. F. PID: Control action;proportional plus integral plus derivative. G. PT:Potential transformer. H. SPD: Surge protective device. I. SCR: Silicon-controlled rectifier. J. VFD:Variable-frequency Drive. K. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control,signaling power-limited circuits. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS 411/ 262419-1 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for MCCs. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories for each cell of the MCC. B. Shop Drawings:For each MCC,manufacturer's approval and production drawings as defined in UL 845. In addition to requirements specified in UL 845, include dimensioned plans, elevations, and sections; and conduit entry locations and sizes, mounting arrangements, and details,including required clearances and service space around equipment. 1. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Each installed unit's type and details. b. Factory-installed devices. c. Enclosure types and details. d. Nameplate legends. e. Short-circuit current (withstand) rating of complete MCC, and for bus structure and each unit. f. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of each installed controller • and feeder device,and installed devices. g. Specified optional features and accessories. 2. Schematic and Connection Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring for each installed controller. 3. Nameplate legends. 4. Vertical and horizontal bus capacities. 5. Features, characteristics,ratings, and factory settings of each installed unit. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Standard Drawings:For each MCC,as defined in UL 845. B. Production Drawings: For each MCC,as defined in UL 845. C. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, showing dimensioned layout, required working clearances, and required area above and around MCCs where pipe and ducts are prohibited. Show MCC layout and relationships between electrical components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of support, and weight on each support.Indicate field measurements. D. Qualification Data:For testing agency. E. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For MCCs, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CENTERS 262419-2 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. F. Product Certificates:For each MCC. G. Source quality-control reports. H. Field quality-control reports. I. Load-Current and Overload Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate full-load currents. J. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. K. Sample Warranty:For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS • A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For MCCs, all installed devices, and components to include in emergency,operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 2. Manufacturer's Record Drawings: As defined in UL 845. In addition to requirements specified in UL 845, include field modifications and field-assigned wiring identification incorporated during construction by manufacturer,Contractor,or both. 3. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting circuit breaker and MCP trip settings. 4. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable overload relays. 5. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming reduced- voltage,solid-state controllers. 6. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor control modules. 7. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable timers, controls, and status and alarm points. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS • 262419-3 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Control Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type,but no fewer than two of each size and type. 3. Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color installed. 4. Auxiliary Contacts: Furnish one spare(s) for each size and type of magnetic controller installed. 5. Power Contacts: Furnish three spares for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Member company of NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Source Limitations: Obtain MCCs and controllers of a single type from single source from single manufacturer. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, and marked for intended use. D. UL Compliance: MCCs shall comply with UL 845 and shall be listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver MCCs in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery paths. B. Handle MCCs according to the following: 1. NECA 402, "Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Motor Control Centers." 2. NEMA ICS 2.3, "Instructions for the Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers Rated Not More Than 600 Volts." C. If stored in space that is not permanently enclosed and air conditioned, remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside MCCs; connect factory-installed space heaters to temporary electrical service. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace MCC and SPD that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS 262419-4 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. NEMA Compliance:Fabricate and label MCCs to comply with NEMA ICS 18. B. Ambient Environment Ratings: 1. Ambient Temperature Rating: Not less than 0 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F, with an average value not exceeding 95 deg F over a 24-hour period. 2. Ambient Storage Temperature Rating: Not less than minus 4 deg F and not exceeding 140 deg F 3. Humidity Rating:Less than 95 percent(noncondensing). 4. Altitude Rating: Not exceeding 6600 feet, or 3300 feet if MCC includes solid-state devices. C. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: MCCs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the system will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the system will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 3. Component Amplification Factor: 2.5. 4. Component Response Modification Factor: 6.0. B. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. MCC Enclosure and Assembly: a. Nominal System Voltage: 277/480-V ac. b. Service Equipment Rated:As shown on drawings. c. Enclosure:NEMA 250,Type as shown on drawings.. 2. Wiring Class: As shown on drawings. 3. Bus: As shown on drawings • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS262419-5 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4. Main Disconnect Device: a. Main Disconnect: MCCB,UL 489. Manually operated,electrically tripped. b. SPD:per specification 264313 and per drawings. 5. Magnetic Controllers: a. Supply as shown on the drawings and per specification 262913.03. 6. Reduced-Voltage Solid-State Controllers: a. Supply as shown on the drawings and per specification 262913.06. 7. VFDs: a. Supply as shown on the drawings and as per specification 262923. 8. Controller-Mounted Auxiliary Devices: a. Push Buttons,Pilot Lights,and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty,oiltight type. b. Feeder Tap Units:Main Disconnect:MCCB, UL 489 9. Panelboards: a. Mains: MCCB,as shown on the drawings. 10. Transformer(s): 4110 a. Primary Circuit Breaker:MCCB, as shown on the drawings. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Indoor Enclosures: Freestanding steel cabinets unless otherwise indicated. NEMA 250, as indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B. Space Heaters: Factory-installed electric space heaters of sufficient wattage in each vertical section to maintain enclosure temperature above expected dew point. 1. Space-Heater Control: Thermostats to maintain temperature of each section above expected dew point. 2. Space-Heater Power Source: Transformer, factory installed in MCC. C. Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's standard gray finish over a rust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface. D. Outdoor Enclosures: Type 3R,non-walk-in aisle. 1. Finish: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's standard color; undersurfaces treated with corrosion-resistant undercoating. 2. Enclosure: Downward, rearward sloping roof; bolt-on rear covers for each section, with provisions for padlocking. 3. Doors: Personnel door at each end of aisle, minimum width of 30 inches; opening outwards; with panic hardware and provisions for padlocking. 1110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262419-6of14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Accessories: Fluorescent lighting fixtures, ceiling mounted; wired to a three-way light switch at each end of aisle; GFCI duplex receptacle; emergency battery pack lighting fixture installed on wall of aisle midway between personnel doors. 5. Walk-in Aisle Heating and Ventilating: a. Factory-installed electric unit heater(s), wall or ceiling mounted, with integral thermostat and disconnect and with capacities to maintain switchboard interior temperature of 40 deg F with outside design temperature of plus 23 deg F. b. Factory-installed exhaust fan with capacities to maintain switchboard interior temperature of 100 deg F with outside design temperature of 104 deg F. c. Ventilating openings complete with replaceable fiberglass air filters. d. Thermostat: Single stage;wired to control heat and exhaust fan. 6. Power for Space Heaters, Ventilation, Lighting, and Receptacle: Include a CPT within the switchboard. Supply voltage shall be 120 120/208-V ac. 7. Power for space heaters, ventilation, lighting, and receptacle supplied from a remote source. 2.5 ASSEMBLY A. Structure: 1. Comply with UL requirements for service entrance equipment. 2. Units up to and including Size 3 shall have drawout mountings with connectors that • automatically line up and connect with vertical-section buses while being racked into their normal,energized positions. 3. Units in Type B and Type C MCCs shall have pull-apart terminal strips for external control connections. 4. Pull Boxes: a. Include provisions for ventilation to maintain temperature in pull box within same limits as the MCC. b. Set the box back from front to clear circuit-breaker removal mechanism. c. Covers:Removable covers forming top,front,and sides. d. Insulated bottom of fire-resistive material with separate holes for cable drops into MCC. e. Cable Supports: Arranged to facilitate cabling and adequate to support cables, including supports for future cables. f. When equipped with barriers,supply with access to check bus bolt tightness. B. Compartments: Modular; individual doors with concealed hinges and quick-captive screw fasteners. 1. Interlock compartment door to require that the disconnecting means is "off' before door can be opened or closed,except by operating a concealed release device. 2. Compartment construction shall allow for removal of units without opening adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or disturbing operation of other units in MCC. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS262419-7 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. The same-size compartments shall be interchangeable to allow rearrangement of units, such as replacing three single units with a unit requiring three spaces, without cutting or welding. C. Bus Transition and Incoming Pull Sections: Included and aligned with the structure of the MCC. D. Interchangeability: Compartments constructed to allow for removal of units without opening adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or disturbing operation of other units in MCC; same-size compartments to permit interchangeability and ready rearrangement of units, such as replacing three single units with a unit requiring three spaces, without cutting or welding. E. Wiring Spaces: 1. Vertical wireways in each vertical section for vertical wiring to each unit compartment; supports to hold wiring in place. 2. Horizontal wireways in bottom of each vertical section for horizontal wiring between vertical sections; supports to hold wiring in place. F. Provisions for Future: 1. Compai Invents marked "future" shall be bused, wired and equipped with guide rails or equivalent,and ready for insertion of drawout units. 2. Compartments marked"spare"shall include provisions for connection to the vertical bus. G. Factory-Installed Wiring: installed,Factory wzth bundling, lacing, and protection included. Use flexible conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units. 1. Provide wiring class shown on the drawings. 2. Control and Load Wiring: Factory installed, with bundling, lacing, and protection included. Use flexible conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges,and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units. H. Bus: 1. Main Horizontal and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for entire length of MCC's main and vertical sections. Provide for future extensions. 2. Vertical Phase and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for entire usable height of vertical sections,except for sections incorporating single units. 3. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent minimum conductivity or tin-plated alloy,with mechanical connectors for outgoing conductors. 4. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent minimum conductivity or tin-plated, high-strength, electrical-grade aluminum alloy, with mechanical connectors for outgoing conductors. 5. Ground Bus: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent minimum conductivity, with pressure connector for ground conductors, minimum size 1/4-by-2 inches (6 by 50 mm). Equip with mechanical connectors for outgoing conductors. 6. Neutral Disconnect Link: Bolted, uninsulated, 1/4-by-2-inch (6-by-50-mm) copper bus, arranged to connect neutral bus to ground bus. SGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CENTERS 262419-8 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 7. Bus-Bar Insulation: Factory-applied, flame-retardant, tape wrapping of individual bus bars or flame-retardant, spray-applied insulation. Insulation temperature rating shall not be less than 105 deg C. 2.6 MAIN DISCONNECT AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE(S) A. MCCB :Fixed mounted,manually operated air-circuit breaker.Comply with UL 489. 1. MCCB shall have quick-make, quick-break, over-center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip-free, its position shall be shown by the position of the handle, and manual push-to-trip push button. 2. Solid-state monitoring and tripping system to show system status monitoring, adjustable time-current protection,and shunt trip. a. Interchangeable current sensors and timing circuits for adjustable time-current protection settings and status signals. b. Trip-setting dials or interchangeable plugs to establish the continuous trip of the circuit breaker.Plugs shall not be interchangeable between frames, and the breaker may not be closed without the plug.With neutral ground-fault sensor. c. Time-current adjustments to achieve protective-device coordination as follows: 1) Adjustable long-time delay. 2) Adjustable short-time setting and delay to shape the time-current curve. 3) Adjustable instantaneous setting. 4) Individually adjustable ground-fault setting and time delay. d. Built-in connector to test the long-time delay, instantaneous, and ground-fault functions of the breaker. e. Built-in digital ammeter display, showing load current and tripping cause. 3. Switch operator power shall be from control power specified in"Assembly" Article. B. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of the incoming feeder, complying with specification 264313. 2.7 CONTROLLER-MOUNTED AUXILIARY DEVICES A. Control-Circuit and Pilot Devices: Factory installed in controller enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA ICS 5. 1. Push Buttons,Pilot Lights,and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty,oiltight type. a. Push Buttons: Covered types; maintained momentary contact unless otherwise indicated. b. Pilot Lights: LED types;push to test. c. Selector Switches: Rotary type. B. Elapsed-Time Meters:Heavy duty with digital readout in hours;nonresettable. RS ENT CE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTRO26L L C -9 Eof 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2-inch (64-mm)minimum size with 90-or 120-degree scale and plus or minus 2 percent accuracy,with selector switches having an off position. D. Auxiliary Dry Contacts: Reversible NC/NO. E. Control Relays: 1. Time Delay:Auxiliary and adjustable solid-state time-delay relays. 2. Phase-Failure, Phase-Reversal, and Undervoltage and Overvoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connections and adjustable undervoltage,overvoltage,and time-delay settings. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. MCC Testing: Test and inspect MCCs according to requirements in NEMA ICS 18. B. VFD Testing: Test and inspect VFCs according to requirements in NEMA ICS 61800-2. 1. Test each VFD while connected to a motor that is comparable to that for which the VFD is rated. 2. Verification of Performance: Rate VFCs according to operation of functions and features specified. . C. MCCs will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and surfaces to receive MCCs, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. NEMA Industrial Control and Systems Standards: Comply with parts of NEMA ICS 2.3 for installation and startup of MCCs. B. Floor Mounting: Install MCCs on 4-inch nominal-thickness concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS 262419-10 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. C. Seismic Bracing: Comply with requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." D. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. E. Install fuses in each fusible switch. F. Install fuses in control circuits if not factory installed. Comply with requirements in Section 262813 "Fuses." G. Install heaters in thermal-overload relays. Select heaters based on actual nameplate full-load amperes after motors have been installed. H. Install, connect, and fuse thermal-protector monitoring relays furnished with motor-driven equipment. I. Comply with NECA 1. • 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for identification of MCC,MCC components,and control wiring. 1. Identify field-installed conductors,interconnecting wiring,and components. 2. Install required warning signs. 3. Label MCC and each cubicle with engraved nameplate. 4. Label each enclosure-mounted control and pilot device. 5. Mark up a set of manufacturer's connection wiring diagrams with field-assigned wiring identifications and return to manufacturer for inclusion in Record Drawings. B. Operating Instructions: Frame printed operating instructions for MCCs, including control sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished metal, and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic.Mount on front of MCCs. 3.4 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between enclosed controllers and remote devices and facility's central-control system. Comply with requirements in Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." B. Bundle,train,and support wiring in enclosures. CENTERS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL ROL -11 of 1S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Connect selector switches and other automatic-control selection devices where applicable. 1. Connect selector switches to bypass only those manual- and automatic-control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in manual-control position. 2. Connect selector switches within enclosed controller circuit in both manual and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-pressure cutouts,high-temperature cutouts,and motor overload protectors. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for installation of conduit in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Drawings indicate general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties. B. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. D. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller, component, connecting supply, feeder,and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 4. Perform the following infrared (thermographic) scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each multipole enclosed controller. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each multipole enclosed controller 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS 262419-12 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • c. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Submit calibration record for device. 5. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 6. Mark up a set of manufacturer's drawings with all field modifications incorporated during construction and return to manufacturer for inclusion in Record Drawings. F. MCCs will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to NETA Acceptance Testing Specification and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches, auxiliary relays, time-delay relays, timers, and overload relay pickup and trip ranges. • B. Adjust overload relay heaters or settings if power factor correction capacitors are connected to the load side of the overload relays. C. Adjust the trip settings of MCPs and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with adjustable, instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust to six times the motor nameplate full-load amperes and attempt to start motors several times, allowing for motor cool-down between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush,adjust settings in increments until motors start without tripping. Do not exceed eight times the motor full-load amperes (or 11 times for NEMA Premium Efficient motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor, notify Construction Manager before increasing settings. D. Set the taps on reduced-voltage autotransformer controllers at 65 percent. E. Set field-adjustable switches and program microprocessors for required start and stop sequences in reduced-voltage,solid-state controllers. F. Program microprocessors in VFDs for required operational sequences, status indications, alarms, event recording, and display features. Clear events memory after final acceptance testing and prior to Substantial Completion. G. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573 "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study." CENTERS 110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MOTOR-CONTROL ROL -13 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain enclosed controllers,and to use and reprogram microprocessor- based,reduced-voltage,solid-state controllers. END OF SECTION 262419 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS 262419-14 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 SECTION 262713 -ELECTRICITY METERING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes work to accommodate utility company revenue meters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of meter. 2. For metering infrastructure components. 3. For metering software. B. Shop Drawings:For electricity-metering equipment. 4111 1. Include elevation views of front panels of control and indicating devices and control stations. 2. Include diagrams for power,signal,and control wiring. 3. Wire Termination Diagrams and Schedules: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Identify terminals and wiring designations and color-codes to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. Indicate recommended types, wire sizes, and circuiting arrangements for field-installed wiring, and show circuit protection features. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 4. Include series-combination rating data for modular meter centers with main disconnect device. 5. Block Diagram: Show interconnections between components specified in this Section and devices furnished with power distribution system components. Indicate data communication paths and identify networks, data buses, data gateways, concentrators, and other devices used. Describe characteristics of network and other data communication lines. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For testing agency. B. Field quality-control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. METERING • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICITY 2 -1 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data,"include the following: 1. Application and operating software documentation. 2. Software licenses. 3. Software service agreement. 4. Device address list. 5. Hard copies of manufacturer's operating specifications, user's guides for software and hardware,and PDF files on a USB storage device of hard-copy Submittal. 6. Meter data sheet for each meter, listing nameplate data and serial number, accuracy certification,and test results. 7. Meter installation and billing software startup report. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Construction Manager shall be notified and issued written permission no fewer than five days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 411 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:An NRTL. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metering equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Damage from transient voltage surges. 2. Warranty Period: Cost to repair or replace any parts for two years from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Extended Warranty Period: Cost of replacement parts (materials only, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site), for eight years, that failed in service due to transient voltage surges. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Electrical Service Connections: • 1. Coordinate with utility companies and utility-furnished components. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICITY METERING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262713-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Comply with requirements of utility providing electrical power services. b. Coordinate installation and connection of utilities and services,including provision for electricity-metering components. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 916. 2.2 UTILITY METERING INFRASTRUCTURE A. Install metering accessories furnished by the utility company, complying with its requirements. B. Utility-Furnished Meters: Connect data transmission facility of metering equipment installed by the Contractor. 1. Data Transmission: Transmit pulse data over control-circuit conductors, classified as Class 1 per NFPA 70, Article 725. Comply with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage • Electrical Power Cables." C. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical-power utility company. D. Meter Sockets: 1. Comply with requirements of electrical-power utility company. 2. Meter Sockets: Steady-state and short-circuit current ratings shall meet indicated circuit ratings. E. Arc-Flash Warning Labels; 1. Labels: Comply with requirements for "Arc-Flash Warning Labels" in Section 260574 "Overcurrent Protective Device Arc-Flash Study." Apply a 3-1/2-by-5-inch thermal transfer label of high-adhesion polyester for each work location included in the analysis. 2.3 ELECTRICITY METERS A. Obtain metering equipment from the local Utility Company and coordinate exact site requirements with the Utility Company. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262ELECTRICITY METERING713-3 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with equipment installation requirements in NECA 1. B. Install meters furnished by utility company. Install raceways and equipment according to utility company's written instructions. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company. C. Install modular meter center according to switchboard installation requirements in NECA 400. D. Install arc-flash labels as required by NFPA 70. E. Wiring Method: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 2. Install unshielded, twisted-pair cable for control and signal transmission conductors, complying with Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling." 3. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2 inch. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION • A. Comply with requirements for identification s eci Electrical Systems." p fled in Section 260553 Identification for 1. Series Combination Warning Label: Self-adhesive labels, with text as required by NFPA 70. 2. Equipment Identification Labels: Self-adhesive labels with clear protective overlay. END OF SECTION 262713 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ELECTRICITY METERING 262713-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 262726-WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Straight-blade convenience, hospital-grade, isolated-ground, and tamper-resistant receptacles. 2. USB charger devices. 3. GFCI receptacles. 4. SPD receptacles. 5. Hazardous(classified)location receptacles. 6. Twist-locking receptacles. 7. Pendant cord-connector devices. 8. Cord and plug sets. 9. Toggle switches. 10. Decorator-style convenience. 11. Wall switch sensor light switches with dual technology sensors. 12. Wall switch sensor light switches with passive infrared sensors. 13. Wall switch sensor light switches with ultrasonic sensors. 14. Digital timer light switches. 15. Residential devices. 16. Wall-box dimmers. 17. Wall plates. 18. Floor service outlets. 19. Poke-through assemblies. 20. Prefabricated multioutlet assemblies. 21. Service poles. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Abbreviations of Manufacturers'Names: 1. Cooper:Cooper Wiring Devices;Division of Cooper Industries,Inc. 2. Hubbell:Hubbell Incorporated:Wiring Devices-Kellems. 3. Leviton:Leviton Mfg. Company,Inc. 4. Pass&Seymour:Pass&Seymour/Legrand. B. BAS:Building automation system. • WIRING DEVICES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262726-1 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. D. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. E. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor. F. RFI:Radio-frequency interference. G. SPD: Surge protective device. H. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified,in each color specified. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS • A. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing- label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted • under the following conditions: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 WIRING DEVICES 262726-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT AUGUSTA, • PUMPING STATIONS GEORGIA 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section. D. Devices for Owner-Furnished Equipment: 1. Receptacles:Match plug configurations. 2. Cord and Plug Sets:Match equipment requirements. E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R,UL 498,and FS W-C-596. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Hubbell Incorporated;Wiring Device-Kellems. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co.,Inc. c. Pass&Seymour/Legrand(Pass& Seymour). d. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES • A. General Description: 1. 125 V,20 A, straight blade,non-feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, UL 943 Class A,and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hubbell Incorporated;Wiring Device-Kellems. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co.,Inc. c. Pass&Seymour/Legrand(Pass& Seymour). d. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.4 HAZARDOUS(CLASSIFIED)LOCATION RECEPTACLES A. Hazardous(Classified)Locations Receptacles: Comply with NEMA FB 11 and UL 1010. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262726-3 WIRING DEVICES ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. EGS/Appleton Electric. b. Killark. c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.5 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1,UL 20,and FS W-S-896. B. Switches, 120/277 V,20 A: 1. Single Pole, Two Pole, Three Way,and Four Way: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Eaton. 2) Hubbell Incorporated. 3) Leviton Manufacturing. 4) Engineer Approved Equal. 2.6 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws:Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035-inch-thick,satin-finished, Type 302 stainless steel. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather- resistant,die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.7 FINISHES A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Engineer unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. B. Wall Plate Color:For plastic covers,match device color. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 WIRING DEVICES 262726-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster,drywall joint compound,mortar,cement, concrete,dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation,including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300,without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted,provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262726-5 WIRING DEVICEE7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes,allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. 2. Install hospital-grade receptacles in patient-care areas with the ground pin or neutral blade at the top. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan-speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers'device listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated,mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. • I. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Instruments:Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. B. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 WIRING DEVICES 262726-6 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. In healthcare facilities,prepare reports that comply with recommendations in NFPA 99. 2. Test Instruments:Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 3. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement. D. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load:A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance:Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug,verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones,and retest as specified above. E. Test straight-blade for the retention force of the grounding blade according to NFPA 99. Retention force shall be not less than 4 oz. F. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 262726 • S • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262726-7 WIRING DEVICESof GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 262813 -FUSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cartridge fuses rated 600 V ac and less for use in the following: a. Control circuits. b. Motor-control centers. c. Panelboards. d. Switchboards. e. Enclosed controllers. f. Enclosed switches. • 2. Spare-fuse cabinets. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for spare-fuse cabinets. Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information: If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to accommodate ambient temperatures,provide list of fuses with adjusted ratings. a. For each fuse having adjusted ratings, include location of fuse, original fuse rating, local ambient temperature,and adjusted fuse rating. b. Provide manufacturer's technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment calculations are based. 2. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics,and ratings. 3. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. 4. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves (instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse. Submit in electronic format suitable for use in coordination software and in PDF format. 5. Coordination charts and tables and related data. 6. Fuse sizes for elevator feeders and elevator disconnect switches. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FUSES 262813-1of4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Ambient temperature adjustment information. 2. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. 3. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves (instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse used on the Project. Submit in electronic format suitable for use in coordination software and in PDF format. 4. Coordination charts and tables and related data. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS 4111/ A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F,apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bussman. B. Cooper. C. Engineer Approved Equal. D. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit,from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, current-limiting, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. 1. Type RK-1: 600-V,zero-to 600-A rating,200 kAIC. 2. Type RK-5: 600-V,zero-to 600-A rating,200 kAIC. 3. Type CC: 600-V,zero-to 30-A rating,200 kAIC,fast acting. 4. Type CD: 600-V,31-to 60-A rating,200 kAIC,fast acting. FUSES GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. • 262813-2 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Type J: 600-V,zero-to 600-A rating,200 kAIC,time delay. 6. Type L: 600-V, 601-to 6000-A rating,200 kAIC,time delay. 7. Type T: 600-V,zero-to 800-A rating,200 kAIC,very fast acting. B. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels. 2.3 SPARE-FUSE CABINET A. Characteristics: Wall-mounted steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-hinged door and key- coded cam lock and pull. 1. Size: Adequate for storage of spare fuses specified with 15 percent spare capacity minimum. 2. Finish: Gray,baked enamel. 3. Identification: "SPARE FUSES"in 1-1/2-inch-high letters on exterior of door. • 4. Fuse Pullers: For each size of fuse, where applicable and available, from fuse manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. B. Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance,such as rejection features. C. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. D. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Cartridge Fuses: . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FUSES 262813-3 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 1. Service Entrance: As indicated on the plans. 2. Feeders:As indicated on the plans 3. Motor Branch Circuits:As indicated on the plans. 4. Large Motor Branch(601-4000 A): Class L,time delay. 5. Power Electronics Circuits:As indicated on the plans. 6. Other Branch Circuits: As indicated on the plans. 7. Control Transformer Circuits: Class CC,time delay,control transformer duty. 8. Provide open-fuse indicator fuses or fuse covers with open fuse indication. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information inside of door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder. END OF SECTION 262813 IIII FUSES • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262813-4 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 262816-ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Receptacle switches. 4. Shunt trip switches. 5. Molded-case circuit breakers(MCCBs). 6. Molded-case switches. 7. Enclosures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. NC:Normally closed. B. NO:Normally open. C. SPDT: Single pole,double throw. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories,and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250,Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current ratings(interrupting and withstand,as appropriate). 4. Include evidence of a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices,accessories, and auxiliary components. 6. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each S protective device.Provide in PDF electronic format, g type of overcurrent GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262816-1 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Shop Drawings:For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,details,and attachments to other work. 2. Include wiring diagrams for power,signal,and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For qualified testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers, accessories, and components,from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in 11111 emergency,operation,and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. b. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.Provide in PDF electronic format. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Accredited by NETA. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS • 262816-2of10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature:Not less than minus 22 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 2. Altitude:Not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year(s)from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS • A. Seismic Performance: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. shall withstand the effects of 1. The term "withstand"means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers, overcurrent protective devices, components,and accessories,within same product category, from single manufacturer. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by an NRTL,and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NFPA 70. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-3 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.3 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. SIEMENS Industry,Inc.;Energy Management Division. 2. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Type HD,Heavy Duty: 1. Single or Double throw. 2. Three pole. 3. 600-V ac. 4. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses. 5. Lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. • 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit:Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Hookstick Handle:Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle. 6. Lugs: Mechanical type,suitable for number, size,and conductor material. 7. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.4 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. SIEMENS Industry,Inc.;Energy Management Division. 2. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Three Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Three Pole, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Accessories: ID GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262816-4 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 11111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit:Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Hookstick Handle:Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle. 6. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size,and conductor material. 7. Service-Rated Switches:Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.5 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B. Enclosure Finish: The enclosure shall be finished with gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized galvannealed steel (NEMA 250 Types 3R, 12), unless otherwise indicated on plans. C. Conduit Entry: NEMA 250 Types 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures shall contain no knockouts. NEMA 250 Types 7 and 9 enclosures shall be provided with threaded conduit openings in both endwalls. • D. Enclosures designated as NEMA 250 Type 4, 4X stainless steel, 12, or 12K shall have a dual cover interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of the enclosure cover when the circuit breaker is ON and to prevent turning the circuit breaker ON when the enclosure cover is open. E. NEMA 250 Type 7/9 enclosures shall be furnished with a breather and drain kit to allow their use in outdoor and wet location applications. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Commencement of work shall indicate Installer's acceptance of the areas and conditions as satisfactory. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 &CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-5of10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.2 PREPARATION A. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Construction Manager's written permission. 4. Comply with NFPA 70E. 3.3 ENCLOSURE ENVIRONMENTAL RATING APPLICATIONS A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: Provide enclosures at installed locations with the following environmental ratings. 1. Indoor,Dry and Clean Locations:NEMA 250,Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations:NEMA 250,Type 3R. 3. Wash-Down Areas:NEMA 250,Type 4X, stainless steel. 4. Other Wet or Damp,Indoor Locations:NEMA 250,Type 4. 5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250,Type 12. 6. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings:NEMA 250,Type 7. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches,circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting of eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. D. Install fuses in fusible devices. • E. Comply with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262816-6 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 11111 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections for Switches: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. b. c. d. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Inspect anchorage,alignment,grounding,and clearances. Verify that the unit is clean. Verify blade alignment,blade penetration,travel stops,and mechanical operation. e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings. • f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity.g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two following methods: 1) Use a low-resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. i. Verify correct phase barrier installation. j. Verify lubrication of moving current-carrying parts and moving and sliding surfaces. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262816-7of10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • connections.Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values shall not exceed the high level of the manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available,investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. hase c. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from the NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. d. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse-resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. e. Perform ground fault test according to NETA ATS 7.14 "Ground Fault Protection Systems,Low-Voltage." F. Tests and Inspections for Molded Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Verify that equipment nameplate data are as described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. c. Inspect anchorage,alignment,grounding,and clearances. d. Verify that the unit is clean. e. Operate the circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two following methods: 1) Use a low-resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts,and chutes in unsealed units. h. Perform adjustments for final protective device settings in accordance with the coordination study. 2. Electrical Tests: ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS GOODWYN,MILL5&CAWOOD,INC. 110 262816-8 of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with circuit breaker closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from the NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. c. Perform a contact/pole resistance test. Drop values shall not exceed the high level of the manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available,investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. d. Perform insulation resistance tests on all control wiring with respect to ground. Applied potential shall be 500-V dc for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V dc for 600- V rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute. For units with solid state components, follow manufacturer's recommendation. Insulation resistance values shall be no less than two megohms. e. Determine the following by primary current injection: 1) Long-time pickup and delay. Pickup values shall be as specified. Trip characteristics shall not exceed manufacturer's published time-current characteristic tolerance band,including adjustment factors. • 2) Short-time pickup and delay. Short-time pickup values shall be as specified. Trip characteristics shall not exceed manufacturer's published time-current characteristic tolerance band,including adjustment factors. 3) Ground-fault pickup and time delay. Ground-fault pickup values shall be as specified. Trip characteristics shall not exceed manufacturer's published time-current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 4) Instantaneous pickup. Instantaneous pickup values shall be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. f. Test functionality of the trip unit by means of primary current injection. Pickup values and trip characteristics shall be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. g. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with manufacturer's published data. Minimum pickup voltage of the shunt trip and close coils shall be as indicated by manufacturer. h. Verify correct operation of auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators; zone interlocking; electrical close and trip operation; trip-free, anti-pump function; and trip unit battery condition. Reset all trip logs and indicators. Investigate units that do not function as designed. Verify operation of charging mechanism. Investigate units that do not function as designed. 3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise,replace with new units and retest. 4. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ENCLOSED GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-9 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion,but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 5. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. G. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. H. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1. Test procedures used. 2. Include identification of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker tested and describe test results. 3. List deficiencies detected,remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573 "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study." END OF SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES&CIRCUIT BREAKERS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262816-10 of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 262913.03 -MANUAL AND MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual motor controllers. 2. Enclosed full-voltage magnetic motor controllers. 3. Combination full-voltage magnetic motor controllers. 4. Enclosed reduced-voltage magnetic motor controllers. 5. Combination reduced-voltage magnetic motor controllers. 6. Multispeed magnetic motor controllers. 7. Combination multispeed magnetic motor controllers. 8. Enclosures. II/ 9. Accessories. 10. Identification. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CPT: Control power transformer. B. MCCB:Molded-case circuit breaker. C. MCP:Motor circuit protector. D. NC:Normally closed. E. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. F. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. G. SCPD: Short-circuit protective device. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.03-1 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Shop Drawings:For each type of magnetic controller. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and mounting details. 2. Indicate dimensions, weights, required clearances, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Wire Termination Diagrams and Schedules: Include diagrams for signal, and control wiring. Identify terminals and wiring designations and color-codes to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. Indicate recommended types, wire sizes, and circuiting arrangements for field-installed wiring, and show circuit protection features. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 4. Include features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. C. Product Schedule: List the following for each enclosed controller: 1. Each installed magnetic controller type. 2. NRTL listing. 3. Factory-installed accessories. 4. Nameplate legends. 5. SCCR of integrated unit. 6. For each combination magnetic controller include features, characteristics, ratings, and factory setting of the SCPD and OCPD. a. Listing document proving Type 2 coordination. 7. For each series-rated combination state the listed integrated short-circuit current • (withstand) rating of SCPD and OCPDs by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates,for magnetic controllers,from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For magnetic controllers to include in operation and maintenance manuals. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262913.03-2 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Routine maintenance requirements for magnetic controllers and installed components. b. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting circuit breaker and MCP trip settings. c. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable overload relays. d. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate full-load currents. e. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor-miming overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Control Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but • no fewer than two of each size and type. 3. Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color installed. 4. Auxiliary Contacts: Furnish one spare(s) for each size and type of magnetic controller installed. 5. Power Contacts: Furnish three spares for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Accredited by NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. B. If stored in areas subject to weather, cover controllers to protect them from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside controllers; install temporary electric heating,with at least 50 W per controller. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.03-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Environment Ratings: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature:Not less than23 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 2. Altitude:Not exceeding 6600 feet for electromagnetic and manual devices. 3. The effect of solar radiation is not significant. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and use. B. UL Compliance: Fabricate and label magnetic motor controllers to comply with UL 508 and UL 60947-4-1. C. NEMA Compliance: Fabricate motor controllers to comply with ICS 2. D. Seismic Performance: Magnetic controllers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the controller will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 2.2 ENCLOSED FULL-VOLTAGE MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Description: Across-the-line start, electrically held, for nominal system voltage of 600-V ac and less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA ICS 2, general purpose,Class A. D. Configuration: Nonreversing. E. Contactor Coils: Pressure-encapsulated type. 1. Operating Voltage:Manufacturer's standard,unless indicated. F. Control Power: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.03-4 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. For on-board control power, obtain from line circuit or from integral CPT. The CPT shall have capacity to operate integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating, and control devices. a. Spare CPT Capacity as Indicated on Drawings: 100 VA. G. Overload Relays: 1. Solid-State Overload Relay: a. Switch or dial selectable for motor-running overload protection. b. Sensors in each phase. c. Class 10/20 selectable tripping characteristic selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. d. Class II ground-fault protection shall comply with UL 1053 to interrupt low-level ground faults. The ground-fault detection system shall include circuitry that will prevent the motor controller from tripping when the fault current exceeds the interrupting capacity of the controller. Equip with start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting,and a trip indicator. H. Digital communication module,using EthernetlP to transmit the following to the LAN: 1. Instantaneous rms current each phase, and 3-phase average. 2. Voltage: L-L for each phase, L-L 3-phase average, L-N each phase and L-N 3-phase • average-rms. 3. Active Energy(kWh): 3-phase total. 4. Power Factor: Each phase and 3-phase total. 2.3 COMBINATION FULL-VOLTAGE MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLER A. Description: Factory-assembled, combination full-voltage magnetic motor controller consisting of the controller described in this article, indicated disconnecting means, SCPD and OCPD, in a single enclosure. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Rockwell Automation,Inc. 2. Square D; by Schneider Electric. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA ICS 2,general purpose,Class A. D. Configuration: Nonreversing. E. Contactor Coils:Pressure-encapsulated type. 1. Operating Voltage:Manufacturer's standard,unless indicated. F. Control Power: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.03-5 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. For on-board control power, obtain from line circuit or from integral CPT.The CPT shall have capacity to operate integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating, and control devices. a. Spare CPT Capacity as Indicated on Drawings: 100 VA. G. Overload Relays: 1. Solid-State Overload Relay: a. Switch or dial selectable for motor-running overload protection. b. Sensors in each phase. c. Class 10/20 selectable tripping characteristic selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. H. Class II ground-fault protection shall comply with UL 1053 to interrupt low-level ground faults. The ground-fault detection system shall include circuitry that will prevent the motor controller from tripping when the fault current exceeds the interrupting capacity of the controller. Equip with start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting,and a trip indicator. Digital communication module,using EthernetlP to transmit the following to the LAN: 1. Instantaneous rms current each phase,and 3-phase average. 2. Voltage: L-L for each phase, L-L 3-phase average, L-N each phase and L-N 3-phase average-rms. • 3. Active Energy(kWh): 3-phase total. 4. Power Factor: Each phase and 3-phase total. J. Fusible Disconnecting Means: 1. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, horsepower-rated, fusible switch with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses. 2. Lockable Handle: Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. K. Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: 1. NEMA KS 1,heavy-duty,horsepower-rated,nonfusible switch. 2. Lockable Handle:Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. L. MCP Disconnecting Means: 1. UL 489 and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents, instantaneous-only circuit breaker with front-mounted, field-adjustable, short- circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes. 2. Lockable Handle:Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. M. MCCB Disconnecting Means: 1. UL 489 and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents; thermal-magnetic MCCB, with inverse-time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.03-6 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Front-mounted, adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 3. Lockable Handle:Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Comply with NEMA 250, type designations as indicated on Drawings, complying with environmental conditions at installed location. B. The construction of the enclosures shall comply with NEMA ICS 6. C. Controllers in hazardous(classified)locations shall comply with UL 1203. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. General Requirements for Control Circuit and Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5; factory installed in controller enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. 1. Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Standard-duty, except as needed to match enclosure type.Heavy-duty or oil-tight where indicated in the controller schedule. a. Push Buttons:As indicated in the controller schedule. b. Pilot Lights:As indicated in the controller schedule. 2. Elapsed Time Meters:Heavy duty with digital readout in hours;resettable. 3. Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2-inch minimum size with 90- or 120-degree scale and plus or minus two percent accuracy. Where indicated, provide selector switches with an off position. B. Motor protection relays shall be with solid-state sensing circuit and isolated output contacts for hardwired connections. 1. Phase-failure. 2. Phase-reversal,with bicolor LED to indicate normal and fault conditions. Automatic reset when phase reversal is corrected. 3. Under/overvoltage, operate when the circuit voltage reaches a preset value, and drop out when the operating voltage drops to a level below the preset value. Include adjustable time-delay setting. C. Breather assemblies, to maintain interior pressure and release condensation in Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. D. Space heaters, with NC auxiliary contacts, to mitigate condensation in Type 3R and Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. E. Sun shields installed on fronts, sides, and tops of enclosures installed outdoors and subject to • direct and extended sun exposure. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.03-7 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Controller Nameplates: As described in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems," for each compartment,mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. B. Arc-Flash Warning Labels: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 260574 "Overcurrent Protective Device Arc-Flash Study." Produce a 3.5-by-5-inch self-adhesive equipment label for each work location included in the analysis. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Produce a 3.5-by-5-inch self-adhesive equipment label for each work location included in the analysis.Labels shall be machine printed,with no field-applied markings. a. The label shall have an orange header with the wording, "WARNING, ARC- FLASH HAZARD," and shall include the following information taken directly from the arc-flash hazard analysis: 1) Location designation. 2) Nominal voltage. 3) Flash protection boundary. 4) Hazard risk category. 5) Incident energy. 6) Working distance. 7) Engineering report number,revision number,and issue date. 410 b. Labels shall be machine printed,with no field-applied markings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and space conditions for compliance with requirements for motor controllers, their relationship with the motors,and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wall-Mounted Controllers: Install magnetic controllers on walls with tops at uniform height indicated, and by bolting units to wall or mounting on lightweight structural-steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"unless otherwise indicated. C. Floor-Mounted Controllers: Install controllers on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." &MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS MANUAL GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. IP 262913.03-8 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4110 D. Maintain minimum clearances and workspace at equipment according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 70. E. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. F. Setting of Overload Relays: Select and set overloads on the basis of full-load current rating as shown on motor nameplate. Adjust setting value for special motors as required by NFPA 70 for motors that are high-torque,high-efficiency,and so on. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and • inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with the provisions of NFPA 70B, "Testing and Test Methods"Chapter. 2. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. c. Inspect anchorage, alignment,and grounding. d. Verify the unit is clean. e. Inspect contactors: 1) Verify mechanical operation. 2) Verify contact gap, wipe, alignment, and pressure are according to manufacturer's published data. f. Motor-Running Protection: 1) Verify overload element rating is correct for its application. 2) If motor-running protection is provided by fuses,verify correct fuse rating. g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two following methods: 110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.03-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1) Use a low-resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values with values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method according to manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. Bolt-torque levels shall be according to manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data,use NETA ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces. 3. Electrical Tests: a. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Insulation- resistance values shall be according to manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.1. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.5. Values of insulation resistance less than those of this table or manufacturer's recommendations shall be investigated and corrected. b. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse-resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. c. Test motor protection devices according to manufacturer's published data. d. Test circuit breakers as follows: 1) Operate the circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. 2) For adjustable circuit breakers,adjust protective device settings according to the coordination study. Comply with coordination study recommendations. e. Perform operational tests by initiating control devices. 4. Infrared Inspection: Perform the survey during periods of maximum possible loading. Remove all necessary covers prior to the inspection. a. Comply with the recommendations of NFPA 70B, "Testing and Test Methods" Chapter, "Infrared Inspection"Article. b. After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform infrared inspection of the electrical power connections of each motor controller. c. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each motor controller 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. d. Report of Infrared Inspection: Prepare a certified report that identifies the testing technician and equipment used,and lists the following results: 1) Description of equipment to be tested. 2) Discrepancies. 3) Temperature difference between the area of concern and the reference area. 4) Probable cause of temperature difference. 5) Areas inspected. Identify inaccessible and unobservable areas and equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.03-10 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 6) Load conditions at time of inspection. 7) Photographs and thermograms of the deficient area. 8) Recommended action. e. Equipment: Inspect distribution systems with imaging equipment capable of detecting a minimum temperature difference of 1?C at 30?C. The equipment shall detect emitted radiation and convert detected radiation to a visual signal. f. Act on inspection results and recommended action, and considering the recommendations of NETA ATS, Table 100.18. Correct possible and probable deficiencies as soon as Owner's operations permit. Retest until deficiencies are corrected. F. Motor controller will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS A. System function tests shall prove the correct interaction of sensing, processing, and action devices. Perform system function tests after field quality control tests have been completed and all components have passed specified tests. 1. Develop test parameters and perform tests for the purpose of evaluating performance of integral components and their functioning as a complete unit within design requirements • and manufacturer's published data. 2. Verify the correct operation of interlock safety devices for fail-safe functions in addition to design function. 3. Verify the correct operation of sensing devices, alarms,and indicating devices. B. Motor controller will be considered defective if it does not pass the system function tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,and maintain switchgear. END OF SECTION 262913.03 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANUAL&MAGNETIC GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.03 11 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 262913.06-SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes soft-start motor controllers that are designed for reduced-voltage start and full- voltage run duty. 1. Enclosed soft-start controllers. 2. Combination soft-start controllers. 3. Bypass motor controller. 4. Enclosures. 5. Accessories. 6. Identification. 1.3 DEFINITIONS • A. CPT: Control power transformer. B. FLA:Full-load current. C. MCCB:Molded-case circuit breaker. D. MCP:Motor circuit protector. E. NC:Normally closed. F. NO:Normally open. G. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. H. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. I. SCPD: Short-circuit protective device. J. SCR: Silicon-controlled rectifier. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-1 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings:For each type of controller. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and mounting details. 2. Indicate dimensions, weights, required clearances, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Wire Termination Diagrams and Schedules: Include diagrams for signal and control wiring. Identify terminals and wiring designations and color-codes to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. Indicate recommended types, wire sizes, and circuiting arrangements for field-installed wiring, and show circuit protection features. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 4. Include features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual OCPD and auxiliary components. C. Product Schedule:For each enclosed controller. 1. Each installed soft-start controller type. 2. NRTL listing. 3. Factory-installed accessories. 4. Nameplate legends. 5. SCCR of integrated unit. • a. For each combination soft-start controller, include features, characteristics,ratings, and factory setting of the SCPD and OCPD. 1) Listing document proving Type 2 coordination. b. For each series-rated combination, state the listed integrated SCCR (withstand) of SCPDs and OCPDs by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for soft-start controllers, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Source quality-control reports. D. Field quality-control reports. 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-STARTGM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.06-2 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For soft-start controllers to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Routine maintenance requirements for soft-start controllers and installed components. b. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting circuit-breaker and MCP trip settings. c. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming reduced-voltage soft-start controllers. d. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate FLAs. e. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective • covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Control Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type,but no fewer than two of each size and type. 3. Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color installed. 4. Auxiliary Contacts: Furnish one spare(s) for each size and type of magnetic controller installed. 5. Power Contacts: Furnish three spares for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Accredited by NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store soft-start controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect soft-start controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances,and physical damage. MOTOR CONTROLLERS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START262913.06-3 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. If stored in areas subject to weather, cover soft-start controllers to protect them from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside controllers; install temporary electric heating, with at least 50 W per controller. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than 32 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F, humidity noncondensing. 2. Altitude:Not exceeding 3300 feet. 3. The effect of solar radiation is insignificant. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTOR CONTROLLER PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and use. • B. UL Compliance:Fabricate and label enclosed controllers to comply with UL 508. C. NEMA Compliance:Fabricate motor controllers to comply with NEMA ICS 2. D. Seismic Performance: Soft-start controllers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand"means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 2.2 ENCLOSED SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Description: Controllers designed for reduced-voltage start, full-voltage run, and optional soft stop. The controller shall be an integrated unit with power SCRs, heat sink, microprocessor logic board, door-mounted digital display and user interface module, run-bypass contactor, and overload relay(s); suitable for use with NEMA MG 1, Design B, polyphase, medium induction motors. 1. Run-Bypass Contactor: Magnetic contactor in parallel with the SCR of the soft-start controller,bypassing the SCR when full voltage is achieved. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.06-4 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA ICS 2,general purpose,Class A. D. Configuration: Severe Duty. 1. At least two SCRs per phase to control the starting and stopping of the motor. 2. Microprocessor control shall continuously monitor current and proper operation of the SCRs. 3. Bypass Contactor: Operates automatically when full voltage is applied to motor, and bypasses the SCRs. Soft-start controller protective features and deceleration controls shall remain active when this contactor is in the bypass mode. 4. Power Electronics Disconnect Contactor. Where indicated, installed ahead of the power electronics equipment, and shall open automatically when the motor is stopped, or a controller fault is detected,or when an SCR shorts. 5. Logic Board: Identical for all ampere ratings and voltage classes, with environmental protective coating. 6. Surge Protection: Comply with NEMA ICS 2 requirements for surge suppression. E. Control Power: 1. For on-board control power, obtain from line circuit or from integral CPT. The CPT shall have capacity to operate integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating, and control devices. 2. Spare CPT Capacity: As indicated on Drawings, available in increments of 100 VA,from 100 to 500 VA. F. Controller Diagnostics and Protection: 1. Microprocessor-based thermal-protection system for monitoring SCR and motor thermal characteristics, and providing controller overtemperature and motor-overload alarm and trip; settings selectable via the keypad. 2. Protection from line-side reverse phasing; line-side and motor-side phase loss;motor jam, stall, and under-load conditions;and line frequency over or under normal. 3. Input isolation contactor that opens when the controller diagnostics detect a faulted soft- start component or when the motor is stopped. G. Cover mounted-controller status panel with LED lights or alphanumeric display to show the following: 1. Starter Status: "Ready," "starting," "stopping," or"run." 2. Motor current in amperes. 3. Faults: a. Motor overcurrent trip. b. Motor thermal overload. c. Starter thermal fault. d. Low line voltage. e. Loss of a phase. 4111f. Phases reversed. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-Sof 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA g. Maximum stating time exceeded. h. Serial communications error. H. Interface Panel: Mounted on controller door. 1. Guarded adjustable set points,not readily accessible. a. Motor FLA,adjustable from 40 to 110 percent of the controller's rating. b. Current limitation on starting, adjustable from 200 to 500 percent of FLA, typically set at 300 percent. c. NEMA ICS 2 overload class. Selections shall include the following tripping classes: Class 5,Class 10,Class 15, Class 20,and Class 30. 2. Adjustable set points,readily accessible,password protected. a. Linear acceleration,adjustable from 1 to 60 s. b. Maximum start time,adjustable from 1 to 250 s. c. Selector switch;select coast to stop or soft stop. d. Linear deceleration, adjustable from 1 to 60 s. Remote Output Features. All outputs shall be prewired to terminal blocks. 1. Analog output for field-selectable assignment of motor operating characteristics; 4-to 20- mA dc. • 2. Form C status contacts that change state when controller is running. 3. Form C alarm contacts that change state when a fault condition occurs. J. Digital Communication Module: EthernetlP to transmit the following to the LAN: 1. Instantaneous root mean square(rms)current each phase, and three-phase average. 2. Voltage: L-L for each phase, L-L three-phase average, L-N each phase, and L-N three- phase average-rms. 3. Active Energy(kilowatt-hour): Three-phase total. 4. Power Factor: Each phase and three-phase total. 2.3 COMBINATION SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Description: Factory-assembled, combination, reduced-voltage soft-start controller with a disconnecting means, SCPD and OCPD, in a single enclosure. The reduced-voltage soft-start controller shall consist of an integrated unit with power SCRs, heat sink, microprocessor logic board, door-mounted digital display and user interface module, run-bypass contactor, and overload relay(s); suitable for use with NEMA MG 1, Design B, polyphase, medium induction motors. 1. Run-Bypass Contactor: Magnetic contactor in parallel with the SCR of the soft-start controller,bypassing the SCR when full voltage is achieved. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: SGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CONTROLLERS 262913.06-6 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Rockwell Automation,Inc. 2. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA ICS 2,general purpose,Class A. D. Configuration: Severe Duty. 1. At least two SCRs per phase to control the starting and stopping of the motor. 2. Microprocessor control shall continuously monitor current and proper operation of the SCRs. 3. Bypass Contactor: Operates automatically when full voltage is applied to motor, and bypasses the SCRs. Soft-start controller protective features and deceleration controls shall remain active when this contactor is in the bypass mode. 4. Power Electronics Disconnect Contactor. Where indicated, installed ahead of the power electronics equipment, and shall open automatically when the motor is stopped, or a controller fault is detected,or when an SCR shorts. 5. Logic Board: Identical for all ampere ratings and voltage classes, with environmental protective coating. 6. Surge Protection: Comply with NEMA ICS 2 requirements for surge suppression. E. Control Power: 1. For on-board control power, obtain from line circuit or from integral CPT. The CPT shall have capacity to operate integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating, and control devices. 2. Spare CPT Capacity: As indicated on Drawings,available in increments of 100 VA, from 100 to 500 VA. F. Controller Diagnostics and Protection: 1. Microprocessor-based thermal-protection system for monitoring SCR and motor thermal characteristics, and providing controller overtemperature and motor-overload alarm and trip; settings selectable via the keypad. 2. Protection from line-side reverse phasing; line-side and motor-side phase loss;motor jam, stall, and under-load conditions; and line frequency over or under normal. 3. Input isolation contactor that opens when the controller diagnostics detect a faulted soft- start component or when the motor is stopped. G. Cover mounted-controller status panel with LED lights or alphanumeric display to show the following: 1. Starter Status: "Ready," "starting," "stopping," or"run." 2. Motor current in amperes. 3. Faults: a. Motor overcurrent trip. b. Motor thermal overload. c. Starter thermal fault. d. Low line voltage. e. Loss of a phase. . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-7 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 11111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA f. Phases reversed. g. Maximum stating time exceeded. h. Serial communications error. H. Interface Panel: Mounted on controller door. 1. Guarded adjustable set points,not readily accessible. a. Motor FLA,adjustable from 40 to 110 percent of the controller's rating. b. Current limitation on starting, adjustable from 200 to 500 percent of FLA, typically set at 300 percent. c. NEMA ICS 2 overload class. Selections shall include the following tripping classes: Class 5,Class 10,Class 15, Class 20,and Class 30. 2. Adjustable set points,readily accessible,password protected. a. Linear acceleration,adjustable from 1 to 60 s. b. Maximum start time,adjustable from 1 to 250 s. c. Selector switch;select coast to stop or soft stop. d. Linear deceleration,adjustable from 1 to 60 s. Remote Output Features:All outputs shall be prewired to terminal blocks. 1. Analog output for field-selectable assignment of motor operating characteristics; 4-to 20- • mA dc. 2. Form C status contacts that change state when controller is running. 3. Form C alarm contacts that change state when a fault condition occurs. J. Digital Communication Module: EthernetlP to transmit the following to the LAN: 1. Instantaneous rms current each phase,and three-phase average. 2. Voltage: L-L for each phase, L-L three-phase average. L-N each phase, and L-N three- phase average-rms. 3. Active Energy(kilowatt-hour): Three-phase total. 4. Power Factor: Each phase and three-phase total. K. MCP Disconnecting Means: 1. UL 489 and NEMA AB 3 (with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents) instantaneous-only circuit breaker with front-mounted, field-adjustable, short- circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes. 2. Lockable Handle:Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. 3. Auxiliary contacts "a"and "b" arranged to activate with MCP handle. 4. NC alarm contact that operates only when MCP has tripped. a. Current-limiting module to increase controller SCCR(withstand) to 100 kA. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-STARTGM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.06-8 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Comply with NEMA 250, Type designations as indicated on Drawings, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B. Construction of the enclosures shall comply with NEMA ICS 6. C. Controllers in hazardous(classified)locations shall comply with UL 1203. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. General Requirements for Control Circuit and Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5; factory installed in controller enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. 1. Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Standard duty, except as needed to match enclosure type.Heavy-duty or oiltight where indicated in the controller schedule. a. Push Buttons: As indicated in the controller schedule. b. Pilot Lights:As indicated in the controller schedule. 2. Elapsed Time Meters:Heavy duty with digital readout in hours;resettable. 3. Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2-inch minimum size with 90- orselector 20-degree scalehes and plus so or minus 2 percent accuracy. Where indicated, provide f position. • B. Breather assemblies, to maintain interior pressure and release condensation in Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. C. Space heaters, with NC auxiliary contacts, to mitigate condensation in Type 3R or Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. D. Sun shields installed on fronts, sides, and tops of enclosures installed outdoors and subject to direct and extended sun exposure. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Controller Nameplates: Metal-backed, butyrate signs, as described in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems," for each compaitaient,mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. B. Arc-Flash Warning Labels: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 260574 "Overcurrent Protective Device Arc-Flash Study." Produce a 3-1/2-by-5-inch self-adhesive label for each work location included in the analysis. MOTOR CONTROLLERS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START262913.06-9 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Produce a 3-1/2-by-5-inch self-adhesive equipment label for each work location included in the analysis. Labels shall be machine printed,with no field-applied markings. a. The label shall have an orange header with the wording, "WARNING, ARC_ FLASH HAZARD," and shall include the following information taken directly from the arc-flash hazard analysis: 1) Location designation. 2) Nominal voltage. 3) Flash protection boundary. 4) Hazard risk category. 5) Incident energy. 6) Working distance. 7) Engineering report number,revision number,and issue date. b. Labels shall be machine printed,with no field-applied markings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and space conditions for compliance with requirements for motor controllers, • their relationship with the motors,and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wall-Mounted Controllers: Install controllers on walls with tops at uniform height indicated, and by bolting units to wall or mounting on slotted support systems complying with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems,"and bolted to wall. C. Freestanding Controllers: Provide slotted support systems complying with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." D. Floor-Mounted Controllers: Install controllers on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." E. Maintain minimum clearances and workspace at equipment according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 70. F. Control Wiring: Separate control wiring from power wiring. Where unavoidable, use twisted pair cabling or shielded cables for control wiring. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262913.06-10 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. H. Setting of Overload Relays: Select and set overloads on the basis of FLA rating as shown on motor nameplate. Adjust setting value for special motors as required by NFPA 70 for high- torque,high-efficiency,and so on motors. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency:Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: • 1. Comply with provisions of NFPA 70B,Chapter"Testing and Test Methods." 2. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and the Specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. c. Inspect anchorage,alignment,and grounding. d. Verify that the unit is clean. e. Ensure that vent path openings are free from debris and that heat-transfer surfaces are clean. f. Verify correct connections of circuit boards, wiring, disconnects, and ribbon cables. g. Inspect Contactors: 1) Verify mechanical operation. 2) Verify that contact gap, wipe, alignment, and pressure are according to manufacturer's published data. h. Motor-Running Protection: 1) Verify that motor FLA is at,or under,the controller current rating. 2) Verify that overload element setting is correct for its application. 3) Apply minimum- and maximum-speed set points. Verify that set points are within limitations of the load coupled to the motor. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-11 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4) If motor-running protection is provided by fuses,verify correct fuse rating. i. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following two methods: 1) Use a low-resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted-connection-resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method according to manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS, Table 100.12. Bolt-torque levels shall be according to manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data,use NETA ATS, Table 100.12. j. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces. 3. Electrical Tests: a. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Insulation- resistance values shall be according to manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS, Table 1.00.1. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use . Table 100.5. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer's written instructions shall be investigated and corrected. b. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse-resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. c. Test motor protection devices according to manufacturer's published data. d. Test circuit breakers as follows: 1) Operate the circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. 2) For adjustable circuit breakers,adjust protective device settings according to the coordination study. Comply with coordination study recommendations. e. Test the electronic motor overload relay elements by injecting primary current through the overload circuit and monitoring trip time of the overload element. f. Test the following parameters according to NETA relay calibration procedures, or as recommended by manufacturer: 1) ANSI No.49R, Overtemperature Protection: a) Determine time delay at 300 percent of setting. b) Determine a second point on the operating curve. c) Determine pickup. 2) ANSI No.47,Input Phase Loss and Reversed Phases Protection: a) Determine positive sequence voltage to close the NO contact. b) Determine positive sequence voltage to open the NC contact (undervoltage trip). GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-12 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • c) Verify negative sequence trip. d) Determine time delay to close the NO contact with sudden application of 120 percent of pickup. e) Determine time delay to close the NC contact on removal of voltage when previously set to rated system voltage. 3) ANSI No. 81,Overfrequency Protection: a) Verify frequency set points. b) Determine time delay. c) Determine undervoltage cutoff. 4) Fault Alarm Outputs: Verify that each relay contact performs its intended function in the control scheme including breaker trip tests, close inhibit tests,lockout tests,and alarm functions. g. Perform operational tests by initiating control devices. 4. Infrared Inspection: Perform the survey during periods of maximum possible loading. Remove all necessary covers prior to the inspection. a. Comply with recommendations of NFPA 70B, Chapter "Testing and Test Methods,"Article"Infrared Inspection." b. After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform infrared inspection of the electrical power connections of each motor • controller. c. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each motor controller 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. d. Report of Infrared Inspection: Prepare a certified report that identifies the testing technician and equipment used,and lists the following results: 1) Description of equipment to be tested. 2) Discrepancies. 3) Temperature difference between the area of concern and the reference area. 4) Probable cause of temperature difference. 5) Areas inspected. Identify inaccessible and unobservable areas and equipment. 6) Identify load conditions at time of inspection. 7) Provide photographs and thermograms of the deficient area. 8) Recommended action. e. Equipment: Inspect distribution systems with imaging equipment capable of detecting a minimum temperature difference of 1?deg C at 30 deg?C. The equipment shall detect emitted radiation and convert detected radiation to a visual signal. f. Act on inspection results, recommended action, and considering recommendations of NETA ATS, Table 100.18. Correct possible and probable deficiencies as soon as Owner's operations permit.Retest until deficiencies are corrected. F. Motor controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262913.06-13 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS A. System function tests shall prove the correct interaction of sensing, processing, and action devices. Perform system function tests after field quality-control tests have been completed and all components have passed specified tests. 1. Develop test parameters and perform tests for the purpose of evaluating performance of integral components and their functioning as a complete unit within design requirements and manufacturer's published data. 2. Verify the correct operation of interlock safety devices for fail-safe functions in addition to design function. 3. Verify the correct operation of sensing devices, alarms,and indicating devices. B. Motor controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass the system function tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to 41111 adjust,operate, and maintain motor controllers. END OF SECTION 262913.06 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262913.06-14 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 262923 -VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes separately enclosed, preassembled, combination VFDs, rated 600 V and less, for speed control of three-phase,squirrel-cage induction motors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262419 "Motor-Control Centers" for VFDs installed in motor-control centers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CE: Conformite Europeene(European Compliance). • B. CPT: Control power transformer. C. DDC:Direct digital control. D. EMI:Electromagnetic interference. E. LED: Light-emitting diode. F. NC:Normally closed. G. NO:Normally open. H. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. I. PID:Control action,proportional plus integral plus derivative. J. RFI:Radio-frequency interference. K. VFD: Variable-frequency Drive. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type and rating of VFD indicated. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262923-1 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Include dimensions and finishes for VFDs. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings:For each VFD indicated. 1. Include mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power,signal,and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, showing dimensioned layout on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Required working clearances and required area above and around VFDs. 2. Show VFD layout and relationships between electrical components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. 3. Show support locations,type of support,and weight on each support. 4. Indicate field measurements. • B. Qualification Data:For testing agency. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For each VFD, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Certificate of compliance. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based, and their installation requirements. D. Product Certificates:For each VFD from manufacturer. E. Harmonic Analysis Report: Provide Project-specific calculations and manufacturer's statement of compliance with IEEE 519. F. Source quality-control reports. G. Field quality-control reports. H. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Q MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-2 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For VFDs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting thermal-magnetic circuit breaker and motor-circuit protector trip settings. b. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable overload relays. c. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor control modules. d. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable timers, controls, and status and alarm points. e. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate,full-load currents. f. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor-running overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective • covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Control Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type,but no fewer than two of each size and type. 3. Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color installed. 4. Auxiliary Contacts: Furnish one spare(s) for each size and type of magnetic controller installed. 5. Power Contacts: Furnish three spares for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262923-3 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. If stored in space that is not permanently enclosed and air conditioned, remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside controllers and install temporary electric heating, with at least 250 W per controller. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for VFDs, including clearances between VFDs,and adjacent surfaces and other items. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace VFDs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: • 1. Schneider Electric USA,Inc. 2. Engineer Approved Equal. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General Requirements for VFDs: 1. VFDs and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with NEMA ICS 7,NEMA ICS 61800-2,and UL 508A. B. Application: Constant torque and variable torque. C. VFD Description: Variable-frequency motor controller, consisting of power converter that employs pulse-width-modulated inverter, factory built and tested in an enclosure, with integral disconnecting means and overcurrent and overload protection; listed and labeled by an NRTL as a complete unit; arranged to provide self-protection, protection, and variable-speed control of one or more three-phase induction motors by adjusting output voltage and frequency. 1. Units suitable for operation of NEMA MG 1, Design A and Design B motors, as defined by NEMA MG 1, Section IV, Part 30, "Application Considerations for Constant Speed Motors Used on a Sinusoidal Bus with Harmonic Content and General Purpose Motors Used with Adjustable-Voltage or Adjustable-Frequency Controls or Both." 2. Units suitable for operation of inverter-duty motors as defined by NEMA MG 1, Section IV,Part 31, "Definite-Purpose Inverter-Fed Polyphase Motors." • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Q NCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-4 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3. Listed and labeled for integrated short-circuit current (withstand) rating by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Design and Rating: Match load type, such as fans,blowers, and pumps; and type of connection used between motor and load such as direct or through a power-transmission connection. E. Output Rating: Three phase; 10 to 60 Hz, with voltage proportional to frequency throughout voltage range;maximum voltage equals input voltage. F. Unit Operating Requirements: 1. Input AC Voltage Tolerance:Plus 10 and minus 15 percent of VFD input voltage rating. 2. Input AC Voltage Unbalance:Not exceeding 5 percent. 3. Input Frequency Tolerance:Plus or minus 3 percent of VFD frequency rating. 4. Minimum Efficiency: 96 percent at 60 Hz,full load. 5. Minimum Displacement Primary-Side Power Factor: 96 percent under any load or speed condition. 6. Minimum Short-Circuit Current(Withstand)Rating: 65 kA. 7. Ambient Temperature Rating:Not less than 32 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 8. Humidity Rating:Less than 95 percent(noncondensing). 9. Altitude Rating:Not exceeding 3300 feet. 10. Vibration Withstand: Comply with NEMA ICS 61800-2. 11. Overload Capability: 1.5 times the base load current for 60 seconds; minimum of 1.8 times the base load current for three seconds. • 12. Starting Torque:Minimum 100 percent of rated torque from 3 to 60 Hz. 13. Speed Regulation: Plus or minus 5 percent. 14. Output Carrier Frequency: Selectable;0.5 to 15 kHz. 15. Stop Modes: Programmable; includes fast,free-wheel,and dc injection braking. G. Inverter Logic: Microprocessor based, 32 bit,isolated from all power circuits. H. Isolated Control Interface: Allows VFDs to follow remote-control signal over a minimum 40:1 speed range. 1. Signal: Electrical. I. Internal Adjustability Capabilities: 1. Minimum Speed: 5 to 25 percent of maximum rpm. 2. Maximum Speed: 80 to 100 percent of maximum rpm. 3. Acceleration: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds. 4. Deceleration: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds. 5. Current Limit: 30 to minimum of 150 percent of maximum rating. J. Self-Protection and Reliability Features: 1. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of the VFD, complying with UL 1449 SPD,Type 1 or Type 2. 2. Surge Suppression: Field-mounted surge suppressors complying with Section 264313 "Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits,"UL 1449 SPD,Type 2. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262923-5 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Loss of Input Signal Protection: Selectable response strategy,including speed default to a percent of the most recent speed,a preset speed,or stop; with alarm. 4. Under-and overvoltage trips. 5. Inverter overcurrent trips. 6. VFD and Motor-Overload/Overtemperature Protection: Microprocessor-based thermal protection system for monitoring VFDs and motor thermal characteristics, and for providing VFD overtemperature and motor-overload alarm and trip; settings selectable via the keypad. 7. Critical frequency rejection,with three selectable,adjustable deadbands. 8. Instantaneous line-to-line and line-to-ground overcurrent trips. 9. Loss-of-phase protection. 10. Reverse-phase protection. 11. Short-circuit protection. 12. Motor-overtemperature fault. K. Automatic Reset/Restart: Attempt three restarts after drive fault or on return of power after an interruption and before shutting down for manual reset or fault correction; adjustable delay time between restart attempts. L. Power-Interruption Protection: To prevent motor from re-energizing after a power interruption until motor has stopped, unless "Bidirectional Autospeed Search" feature is available and engaged. M. Bidirectional Autospeed Search: Capable of starting VFD into rotating loads spinning in either • direction and returning motor to set speed in proper direction, without causing damage to drive, motor,or load. N. Torque Boost: Automatically varies starting and continuous torque to at least 1.5 times the minimum torque to ensure high-starting torque and increased torque at slow speeds. O. Motor Temperature Compensation at Slow Speeds:Adjustable current fall-back based on output frequency for temperature protection of self-cooled,fan-ventilated motors at slow speeds. P. Integral Input Disconnecting Means and OCPD: UL 489, instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with pad-lockable, door-mounted handle mechanism. 1. Disconnect Rating:Not less than 115 percent of VFD input current rating. 2. Disconnect Rating: Not less than 115 percent of NFPA 70 motor full-load current rating or VFD input current rating,whichever is larger. 3. Auxiliary Contacts:NO or NC,arranged to activate before switch blades open. 4. Auxiliary contacts "a"and "b" arranged to activate with circuit-breaker handle. 5. NC alarm contact that operates only when circuit breaker has tripped. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: VFDs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. The designated VFDs shall be tested and certified by an NRTL as meeting the ICC-ES AC 156 test procedure requirements. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262923-6 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. The term"withstand"means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2.4 CONTROLS AND INDICATION A. Status Lights:Door-mounted LED indicators displaying the following conditions: 1. Power on. 2. Run. 3. Overvoltage. 4. Line fault. 5. Overcurrent. 6. External fault. B. Panel-Mounted Operator Station: Manufacturer's standard front-accessible, sealed keypad and plain-English-language digital display; allows complete programming, program copying, operating,monitoring,and diagnostic capability. 1. Keypad: In addition to required programming and control keys, include keys for HAND, OFF,and AUTO modes. 2. Security Access: Provide electronic security access to controls through identification and password with at least three levels of access: View only; view and operate; and view, operate,and service. • a. Control Authority: Supports at least four conditions: Off, local manual control at VFD, local automatic control at VFD, and automatic control through a remote source. C. Historical Logging Information and Displays: 1. Real-time clock with current time and date. 2. Running log of total power versus time. 3. Total run time. 4. Fault log,maintaining last four faults with time and date stamp for each. D. Indicating Devices: Digital display mounted flush in VFD door and connected to display VFD parameters including,but not limited to: 1. Output frequency(Hz). 2. Motor speed(rpm). 3. Motor status(running,stop,fault). 4. Motor current(amperes). 5. Motor torque(percent). ¢. Fault or alarming status(code). 7. PID feedback signal(percent). 8. DC-link voltage(V dc). 9. Set point frequency(Hz). 10. Motor output voltage(V ac). GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC.INCVARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS • 262923-7 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 1111/ PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA E. Control Signal Interfaces: 1. Electric Input Signal Interface: a. A minimum of two programmable analog inputs: 4-to 20-mA dc. b. A minimum of six multifunction programmable digital inputs. 2. Pneumatic Input Signal Interface: 3 to 15 psig. 3. Remote Signal Inputs: Capability to accept any of the following speed-setting input signals from the DDC system for HVAC or other control systems: a. 0-to 10-V dc. b. 4-to 20-mA dc. c. Potentiometer using up/down digital inputs. d. Fixed frequencies using digital inputs. 4. Output Signal Interface: A minimum of one programmable analog output signal(s) (4- to 20-mA dc),which can be configured for any of the following: a. Output frequency(Hz). b. Output current(load). c. DC-link voltage(V dc). d. Motor torque(percent). e. Motor speed(rpm). • f. Set point frequency(Hz). 5. Remote Indication Interface: A minimum of two programmable dry-circuit relay outputs (120-V ac, 1 A) for remote indication of the following: a. Motor running. b. Set point speed reached. c. Fault and warning indication(overtemperature or overcurrent). d. PID high-or low-speed limits reached. F. PID Control Interface: Provides closed-loop set point, differential feedback control in response to dual feedback signals. Allows for closed-loop control of fans and pumps for pressure, flow, or temperature regulation. 1. Number of Loops: One. G. Interface with DDC System for HVAC: Factory-installed hardware and software shall interface with DDC system for HVAC to monitor, control, display, and record data for use in processing reports. VFD settings shall be retained within VFD's nonvolatile memory. 1. Hardwired Points: a. Monitoring: On-off status. b. Control: On-off operation. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Q CY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-8 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.5 LINE CONDITIONING AND FILTERING A. Input Line Conditioning: Install Accusine Harmonic Filtering by Schneider Electric USA per the manufacturer's instructions. B. Output Filtering:As indicated on plans 2.6 OPTIONAL FEATURES A. Multiple-Motor Capability: VFD suitable for variable-speed service to multiple motors. Overload protection shuts down VFD and motors served by it, and generates fault indications when overload protection activates. 1. Configure to allow two or more motors to operate simultaneously at the same speed; separate overload relay for each controlled motor. 2. Configure to allow two motors to operate separately; operator selectable via local or remote switch or contact closures; single overload relay for both motors; separate output magnetic contactors for each motor. 3. Configure to allow two motors to operate simultaneously and in a lead/lag mode, with one motor operated at variable speed via the power converter and the other at constant speed via the bypass controller; separate overload relay for each controlled motor. B. Damper control circuit with end-of-travel feedback capability. C. Sleep Function: Senses a minimal deviation of a feedback signal and stops the motor. On an increase in speed-command signal deviation,VFD resumes normal operation. D. Motor Preheat Function: Preheats motor when idle to prevent moisture accumulation in the motor. E. Remote Indicating Circuit Terminals: Mode selection,controller status,and controller fault. F. Remote digital operator kit. G. Communication Port: Ethernet port, or equivalent connection capable of connecting a printer. 2.7 ENCLOSURES A. VFD Enclosures:NEMA 250,to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. As indicated on the plans. B. Plenum Rating: UL 1995; NRTL certification label on enclosure, clearly identifying VFD as "Plenum Rated." 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. General Requirements for Control-Circuit and Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5; factory installed in 111 VFD enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262923-9 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPIN4G STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Push Buttons: Covered. 2. Pilot Lights:Push to test. 3. Selector Switches: Rotary type. 4. Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with a factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock push button in depressed position with control circuit open. B. NC bypass contactor auxiliary contact(s). C. Control Relays:Auxiliary and adjustable solid-state time-delay relays. D. Phase-Failure, Phase-Reversal, and Undervoltage and Overvoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connections. Provide adjustable undervoltage,overvoltage, and time-delay settings. 1. Current Transformers: Continuous current rating, basic impulse insulating level (BIL) rating, burden, and accuracy class suitable for connected circuitry. Comply with IEEE C57.13. E. Supplemental Digital Meters: 1. Elapsed-time meter. 2. Kilowatt meter. 3. Kilowatt-hour meter. • F. Breather and drain assemblies, to maintain interior pressure and release condensation in NEMA 250, Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. G. Space heaters, with NC auxiliary contacts, to mitigate condensation in NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4X enclosures installed outdoors or in unconditioned interior spaces subject to humidity and temperature swings. H. Cooling Fan and Exhaust System: For NEMA 250, Type 12; UL 508 component recognized: Supply fan,with composite intake and exhaust grills; 120-V ac; obtained from integral CPT. I. Sun shields installed on fronts, sides, and tops of enclosures installed outdoors and subject to direct and extended sun exposure. J. Spare control-wiring terminal blocks;unwired. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test and inspect VFDs according to requirements in NEMA ICS 61800-2. 1. Test each VFD while connected to a motor that is comparable to that for which the VFD is rated. 2. Verification of Performance: Rate VFDs according to operation of functions and features specified. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 Q NCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 262923-10 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1111 B. VFDs will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, surfaces, and substrates to receive VFDs,with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine VFD before installation. Reject VFDs that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing-in for conduit systems to verify actual locations of conduit connections before VFD installation. D. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Wall-Mounting Controllers: Install with tops at uniform height and with disconnect operating handles not higher than 79 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated, and by bolting units to wall or mounting on lightweight structural-steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not on walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." B. Floor-Mounting Controllers: Install VFDs on 4-inch nominal thickness concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. C. Roof-Mounting Controllers: Install VFD on roofs with tops at uniform height and with disconnect operating handles not higher than 79 inches above finished roof surface unless otherwise indicated, and by bolting units to curbs or mounting on freestanding, lightweight, structural-steel channels bolted to curbs. Seal roof penetrations after raceways are installed. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 262923-11 of 14 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Curbs and roof penetrations are specified in Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection. 2. Structural-steel channels are specified in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." D. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. E. Install fuses in each fusible-switch VFD. F. Install fuses in control circuits if not factory installed. Comply with requirements in Section 262813 "Fuses." G. Install heaters in thermal-overload relays. Select heaters based on actual nameplate full-load amperes after motors are installed. H. Install, connect, and fuse thermal-protector monitoring relays furnished with motor-driven equipment. I. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between VFDs and remote devices and facility's central-control system. Comply • with requirements in Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. C. Connect selector switches and other automatic-control devices where applicable. 1. Connect selector switches to bypass only those manual- and automatic-control devices that have no safety functions when switches are in manual-control position. 2. Connect selector switches with control circuit in both manual and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts,and motor-overload protectors. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify VFDs, components, and control wiring. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each VFD with engraved nameplate. 3. Label each enclosure-mounted control and pilot device. B. Operating Instructions: Frame printed operating instructions for VFDs, including control sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished metal, and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of VFD units. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262923-12 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. D. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each VFD element, bus, component, connecting supply, feeder,and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect VFD, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust controllers, components,and equipment. 2. Test insulation resistance for each VFD element, component, connecting motor supply, feeder,and control circuits. 3. Test continuity of each circuit. 4. Verify that voltages at VFD locations are within 10 percent of motor nameplate rated voltages. If outside this range for any motor, notify Construction Manager before starting the motor(s). 5. Test each motor for proper phase rotation. • 6. Perform tests according to the Inspection and Test Procedures for Adjustable Speed Drives stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 7. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise,replace with new units and retest. 8. Perform the following infrared (thermographic) scan tests and inspections, and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion,but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each VFD. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each VFD 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 9. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. F. VFDs will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies the VFD and describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations made after remedial action. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262923-13 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.6 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Program microprocessors for required operational sequences, status indications, alarms, event recording, and display features. Clear events memory after final acceptance testing and prior to Substantial Completion. B. Set field-adjustable switches, auxiliary relays, time-delay relays, timers, and overload-relay pickup and trip ranges. C. Adjust the trip settings of instantaneous-only circuit breakers and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with adjustable, instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust to 6 times the motor nameplate full-load amperes and attempt to start motors several times, allowing for motor cool- down between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush, adjust settings in increments until motors start without tripping. Do not exceed 8 times the motor full-load amperes (or 11 times for NEMA Premium Efficient motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor,notify Construction Manager before increasing settings. 410 D. Set the taps on reduced-voltage autotransformer controllers. E. Set field adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573 "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study." F. Set field-adjustable pressure switches. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions until controllers are ready to be energized and placed into service. B. Replace VFDs whose interiors have been exposed to water or other liquids prior to Substantial Completion. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,reprogram,and maintain VFDs. END OF SECTION 262923 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 262923-14 of 14 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 263213.13A-DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged diesel engine generators for emergency use with the following features: 1. Diesel engine. 2. Diesel fuel-oil system. 3. Control and monitoring. 4. Generator overcurrent and fault protection. 5. Generator, exciter, and voltage regulator. 6. Load banks. 7. Outdoor engine generator enclosure. • 8. Remote radiator motors. 9. Vibration isolation devices. 10. Finishes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 263600 "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches, including sensors and relays to initiate automatic-starting and-stopping signals for engine generators. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPS:Emergency power supply. B. EPSS: Emergency power supply system. C. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation, from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. • 2. Include thermal damage curve for generator. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-1 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Include time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device. 4. Include fuel consumption in gallons per hour at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity. 5. Include generator efficiency at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity. 6. Include airflow requirements for cooling and combustion air in cubic feet per minute at 0.8 power factor, with air-supply temperature of 95, 80, 70, and 50 deg F. Provide Drawings indicating requirements and limitations for location of air intake and exhausts. 7. Include generator characteristics, including,but not limited to,kilowatt rating, efficiency, reactances,and short-circuit current capability. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans and elevations for engine generator and other components specified. Indicate access requirements affected by height of subbase fuel tank. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Identify fluid drain ports and clearance requirements for proper fluid drain. 4. Design calculations for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and supported equipment. Include base weights. 6. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Complete schematic, wiring, and • interconnection diagrams showing terminal markings for EPS equipment and functional relationship between all electrical components. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For manufacturer and testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates for engine generator, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: With engine and generator mounted on rails, identify center of gravity and total weight,including full fuel tank, subbase- mounted fuel tank, and each piece of equipment not integral to the engine generator, and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Source Quality-Control Reports: Including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. 2. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical,to those tested on prototype unit. 3. Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Certify compliance with specified requirement to meet performance criteria for sensitive loads. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-2 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 5. Report of sound generation. 6. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. 7. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110. D. Field quality-control reports. E. Warranty:For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data:For engine generators to include in emergency,operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. b. Operating instructions laminated and mounted adjacent to generator location. c. Training plan. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS • A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating,but no fewer than one of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used,but no fewer than two of each. 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil,fuel,and combustion-air filters. 4. Tools: Each tool listed by part number in operations and maintenance manual. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 263213.13A-3 of 17 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Desi.n Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings by Cummins Power Generation or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Kohler B. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged engine generators and auxiliary components from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Engine generator housing, subbase fuel tank, engine generator, batteries, battery racks, silencers,sound attenuating equipment, accessories, and components shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE%SEI 7. 1. The term"withstand"means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 2. Shake-table testing shall comply with ICC-ES AC156. Testing shall be performed with all fluids at worst-case normal levels. 3. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. • B. B11 Compliance: Comply with B11.19. C. NFPA Compliance: 1. Comply with NFPA 37. 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 3. Comply with NFPA 99. 4. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 EPSS. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 2200. E. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with EPA Tier 4 requirements and applicable state and local government requirements. F. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by engine generator, including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. G. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 104 deg F. 2. Relative Humidity:Zero to 95 percent. • 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-4 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Factory-assembled and-tested,water-cooled engine,with brushless generator and accessories. B. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. Service Load: 937.5 kVA. D. Power Factor: 0.8,lagging. E. Frequency: 60 Hz F. Voltage: 480 V ac. G. Phase: Three-phase,three-wire delta. H. Induction Method: Turbocharged. I. Governor: Adjustable isochronous,with speed sensing. J. Mounting Frame: Structural steel framework to maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Provide lifting attachments sized and spaced to prevent deflection of base during lifting and moving. 1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to • indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and engine generator center of gravity. K. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings:Nominal ratings as indicated at 0.8 power factor excluding power required for the continued and repeated operation of the unit and auxiliaries. 2. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address,and model and serial number of component. L. Engine Generator Performance: 1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage, from no load to full load. 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step- load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency, from no load to full load. 4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-5 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1,shall not exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a three-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 2.4 DIESEL ENGINE A. Fuel:ASTM D 975 diesel fuel oil, Grade 2-D S15. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. C. Lubrication System: Engine or skid mounted. 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. • D. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity and with UL 499. E. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant, from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant-system pressure for engine used.Equip with gage glass and petcock. 4. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-,UV-, and abrasion-resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F, and noncollapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. SGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ENGINE GENERATORS 263213.13A-6 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • F. Muffler/Silencer: Semicritical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Minimum sound attenuation of 18 dB at 500 Hz. G. Air-Intake Filter: Heavy-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and"blocked filter" indicator. H. Starting System: 24 V electric,with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they are not damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle, with ambient temperature at maximum specified in"Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 4. Battery: Nickel cadmium, with capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 50 deg F regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten . batteries in place.Provide ventilation to exhaust battery gases. 7. Battery Stand: Factory-fabricated, two-tier metal with acid-resistant finish designed to hold the quantity of battery cells required and to maintain the arrangement to minimize lengths of battery interconnections. 8. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. 9. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing, and float-charging type designed for nickel-cadmium batteries. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg F to 140 deg F to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-7 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA f. Enclosure and Mounting:NEMA 250, Type 1 wall-mounted cabinet. 2.5 DIESEL FUEL-OIL SYSTEM A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Piping: Fuel-oil piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel, complying with requirements in Section 231113 "Facility Fuel-Oil Piping." Cast iron, aluminum, copper, and galvanized steel shall not be used in the fuel-oil system. C. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine to provide primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. D. Fuel Filtering:Remove water and contaminants larger than 1 micron. E. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. F. Subbase-Mounted, Double-Wall, Fuel-Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel-oil tank.Features include the following: 1. Tank level indicator. 2. Fuel-Tank Capacity: 1600 Gallons. Contractor shall provide 1600 gallons of fuel prior to testing and re-fill the tank to the"full"level once testing has been completed. 111110 3. Leak detection in interstitial space. 4. Vandal-resistant fill cap. 5. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.6 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic-Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of engine generator. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, engine generator starts. The off position of same switch initiates engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. B. Manual-Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts engine generator. The off position of same switch initiates engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. C. Provide minimum run time control set for 15 minutes, with override only by operation of a remote emergency-stop switch. D. Comply with UL 508A. SGOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GENERATORS 263213.13A-8 of 17 L. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the engine generator. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from engine generator vibration.Panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. F. Control and Monitoring Panel: 1. Digital controller with integrated LCD display, controls, and microprocessor, capable of local and remote control,monitoring,and programming,with battery backup. 2. Analog control panel with dedicated gages and indicator lights for the instruments and alarms indicated below. 3. Instruments:Located on the control and monitoring panel and viewable during operation. a. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage. b. Engine-coolant temperature gage. c. DC voltmeter(alternator battery charging). d. Running-time meter. e. AC voltmeter,for each phase. f. AC ammeter,for each phase. g. AC frequency meter. h. Generator-voltage-adjusting rheostat. 4. Controls and Protective Devices: Controls, shutdown devices, and common visual alarm indication as required by NFPA 110 for Level 2 system, including the following: a. Cranking control equipment. • b. Run-Off-Auto switch. c. Control switch not in automatic position alarm. d. Overcrank alarm. e. Overcrank shutdown device. f. Low water temperature alarm. g. High engine temperature pre-alarm. h. High engine temperature. i. High engine temperature shutdown device. j. Overspeed alarm. k. Overspeed shutdown device. 1. Low-fuel main tank. 1) Low-fuel-level alarm shall be initiated when the level falls below that required for operation for the duration required for the indicated EPSS class. m. Coolant low-level alarm. n. Coolant low-level shutdown device. o. Coolant high-temperature prealarm. P. Coolant high-temperature alarm. q. Coolant low-temperature alarm. r. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device. s. EPS load indicator. t. Battery high-voltage alarm. u. Low-cranking voltage alarm. • v. Battery-charger malfunction alarm. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-9 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA w. Battery low-voltage alarm. x. Lamp test. y. Contacts for local and remote common alarm. z. Low-starting air pressure alarm. aa. Low-starting hydraulic pressure alarm. bb. Remote manual-stop shutdown device. cc. Air shutdown damper alarm when used. dd. Air shutdown damper shutdown device when used. ee. Generator overcurrent-protective-device not-closed alarm. G. Connection to Datalink: 1. A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication. 2. Provide connections for datalink transmission of indications to remote data terminals via ModBus and Ethernet. Data system connections to terminals are covered in Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." H. Common Remote Panel with Common Audible Alarm: Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 systems. Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel. Remote panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. I. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator unless otherwise indicated. • J. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation. 2.7 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Overcurrent protective devices for the entire EPSS shall be coordinated to optimize selective tripping when a short circuit occurs. Coordination of protective devices shall consider both utility and EPSS as the voltage source. 1. Overcurrent protective devices for the EPSS shall be accessible only to authorized personnel. B. Generator Circuit Breaker:Molded-case, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489. 1. Tripping Characteristics:Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous. 2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. 3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices. 4. Mounting:Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. C. Generator Protector: Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when • thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other engine GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-10 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • generator protective devices, a shunt-trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector performs the following functions: 1. Initiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is integrated with other engine generator malfunction alarms. Contacts shall be available for load shed functions. 2. Under single- or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated full-load current for up to 10 seconds. 3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect device,and shuts down the engine generator. 4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot. D. Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground fault. 1. Indicate ground fault with other engine generator alarm indications. 2. Trip generator protective device on ground fault. 2.8 GENERATOR,EXCITER,AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. • B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required.Provide 12-lead alternator. E. Range:Provide broad range of output voltage by adjusting the excitation level. F. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. G. Enclosure:Dripproof. H. Instrument Transformers:Mounted within generator enclosure. I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified and as required by NFPA 110. 1. Adjusting Rheostat on Control and Monitoring Panel: Provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band. 2. Maintain voltage within 20 percent on one step,full load. 3. Provide anti-hunt provision to stabilize voltage. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-11 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4. Maintain frequency within 10 percent and stabilize at rated frequency within five seconds. J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. K. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding. L. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent,maximum. 2.9 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene separated by steel shims. 2. Shore A Scale Durometer Rating: 30. 3. Number of Layers: One. 4. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch. B. Vibration isolation devices shall not be used to accommodate misalignments or to make bends. • 2.10 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine generator using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110,Level 1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine generator and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor.Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. Test generator,exciter,and voltage regulator as a unit. 3. Full-load run. 4. Maximum power. 5. Voltage regulation. 6. Transient and steady-state governing. 7. Single-step load pickup. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263213.13A-12 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 8. Safety shutdown. 9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 10. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine generator performance. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine generator installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: • 1. Notify Engineer and Owner no fewer than five working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Engineer and Owner's written permission. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 404. B. Comply with packaged engine generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. C. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install packaged engine generators on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. 2. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for packaged engine generators. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. 3. Install packaged engine generator with elastomeric isolator pads having a minimum deflection of 1 inch on 4-inch-high concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Concrete base construction is specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 263213.13A-13 of 17 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories,for periodic maintenance. E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. B. Connect fuel,cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector. D. Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector. E. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." F. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Provide a minimum of one 90-degree bend in flexible conduit routed to the engine • generator from a stationary element. G. Balance single-phase loads to obtain a maximum of 10 percent unbalance between any two phases. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install a sign indicating the generator neutral is bonded to the main service neutral at the main service location. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and in "Visual and Mechanical Inspection" and "Electrical and Mechanical Tests" subparagraphs below, as specified in the NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 GENERATORS 263213.13A-14 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1) Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and the Specifications. 2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3) Inspect anchorage,alignment,and grounding. 4) Verify that the unit is clean. b. Electrical and Mechanical Tests: 1) Perform insulation-resistance tests according to IEEE 43. 2) Test protective relay devices. 3) Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application. 4) Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed,and other protection features as applicable. 5) Perform vibration test for each main bearing cap. 6) Conduct performance test according to NFPA 110. 7) Verify correct functioning of the governor and regulator. 8) Perform 4 hour load bank test,loading the generator to 100%. Contractor to provide personnel, equipment,fuel,and labor for load bank testing. 2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here, including,but not limited to, single-step full-load pickup test. 3. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written 410 instructions.Record individual cell voltages. a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge. d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. 4. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float- charging conditions. 5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air,exhaust,and fluid leaks. 6. Exhaust-System Back-Pressure Test: Use a manometer with a scale exceeding 40-inch wg. Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at full-rated load is within manufacturer's written allowable limits for the engine. 7. Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria. 8. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load increases and decreases,and verify that performance is as specified. 9. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage at 25 percent and 100 percent of rated linear load.Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits. EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS DIESEL • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 263213.13A-15 of 17 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 10. Noise-Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from engine generator installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four locations on the property line,and compare measured levels with required values. D. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches,and run them concurrently. E. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the past 12 months, traceable to NIST Calibration Services, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. F. Leak Test:After installation, charge exhaust, coolant,and fuel systems and test for leaks.Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. G. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation for generator and associated equipment. H. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. I. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. J. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations, and retest until specified requirements are met. K. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component,indicating satisfactory completion of tests. L. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after final acceptance,perform an infrared scan of each power wiring termination and each bus connection while running with maximum load. Remove all access panels, so terminations and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values.Provide calibration record for device. 3. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies terminations and connections checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected,remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 24 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's authorized service representative. Include quarterly preventive maintenance and exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DIESEL EMERGENCY GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ENGINE GENERATORS 263213.13A-16 of 17 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain packaged engine generators. END OF SECTION 263213.13A • DIESEL EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATORS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 263213.13A-17 of 17 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 263600-TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes automatic transfer switches rated 600 V and less,including the following: 1. Bypass/isolation switches. 2. Remote annunciator system. 3. Remote annunciator and control system. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. • 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for transfer switches. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions,gutter space,and installed features and devices. 2. Include material lists for each switch specified. 3. Single-Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch,power sources, and load; and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch. 4. Riser Diagram: Show interconnection wiring between transfer switches, bypass/isolation switches,annunciators,and control panels. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For manufacturer-authorized service representative and testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For transfer switches, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263600-1 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Features and operating sequences,both automatic and manual. b. List of all factory settings of relays; provide relay-setting and calibration instructions,including software,where applicable. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: • 1. Member company of NETA. a. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than five days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Construction Manager's written permission. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of transfer switch or transfer switch components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263600-2 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA ICS 1. C. Comply with NFPA 99. D. Comply with NFPA 110. E. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. F. Indicated Current Ratings:Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating,unless otherwise indicated. G. Tested Fault-Current Closing and Short-Circuit Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008. • 1. Where transfer switch includes internal fault-current protection, rating of switch and trip unit combination shall exceed indicated fault-current value at installation location. 2. Short-time withstand capability for three cycles. H. Repetitive Accuracy of Solid-State Controls: All settings shall be plus or minus 2 percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 deg C. I. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.62. Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1. J. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric- motor-operated mechanism. Switches for emergency or standby purposes shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions to prevent simultaneous connection to both power sources unless closed transition. K. Service-Rated Transfer Switch: 1. Comply with UL 869A and UL 489. 2. Provide terminals for bonding the grounding electrode conductor to the grounded service conductor. 3. In systems with a neutral,the bonding connection shall be on the neutral bus. 4. Provide removable link for temporary separation of the service and load grounded conductors. 5. Surge Protective Device: Service rated. 6. Ground-Fault Protection: Comply with UL 1008 for normal bus. 4117. Service Disconnecting Means: Externally operated,manual mechanically actuated. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • L. Neutral Switching: Where four-pole switches are indicated, provide neutral pole switched simultaneously with phase poles. M. Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated unless otherwise indicated. N. Oversize Neutral: Ampacity and switch rating of neutral path through units indicated for oversize neutral shall be double the nominal rating of circuit in which switch is installed. O. Heater: Equip switches exposed to outdoor temperatures and humidity, and other units indicated,with an internal heater.Provide thermostat within enclosure to control heater. P. Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, or annunciator and control panels shall have communication capability matched with remote device. Q. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, by color-code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable shrinkable sleeve markers at terminations. Color-coding and wire and cable markers are specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type, suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated. 2. Power-Terminal Arrangement and Field-Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated. 3. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips. 4. Accessible via front access. R. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, as indicated on plans, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508,unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 CONTACTOR-TYPE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Cummins Power Generation 3. Russelectric,Inc. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110. C. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current between active power sources. 1. Limitation: Switches using molded-case switches or circuit breakers or insulated-case circuit-breaker components are unacceptable. 2. Switch Action:Double throw;mechanically held in both directions. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES •263600-4 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching. Contactor-style automatic transfer-switch units, rated 600 A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts. 4. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 5. Material: Hard-drawn copper,98 percent conductivity. 6. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 7. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 8. Ground bar. 9. Connectors shall be marked for conductor size and type according to UL 1008. D. Automatic Open-Transition Transfer Switches: Interlocked to prevent the load from being closed on both sources at the same time. 1. Sources shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent closing both sources on the load at the same time. E. Manual Switch Operation: Under load, with door closed and with either or both sources energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. F. Manual Switch Operation: Unloaded. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. G. Electric Switch Operation: Electrically actuated by push buttons designated "Normal Source" and "Alternative Source." Switch shall be capable of transferring load in either direction with • either or both sources energized. H. Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval shall be adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. Digital Communication Interface:Matched to capability of plant SCADA system. J. Automatic Transfer-Switch Controller Features: 1. Controller operates through a period of loss of control power. 2. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal and Alternate Source: Sense low phase- to-ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value.Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. 3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95 percent. 4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from zero to 30 minutes, and factory set for 10 minutes. Override shall automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source,provided normal supply has been restored. 5. Test Switch: Simulate normal-source failure. 6. Switch-Position Pilot Lights:Indicate source to which load is connected. 7. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer-switch normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-5 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 a. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." b. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available." 8. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts for each switch position,rated 10 A at 240-V ac. 9. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status. 10. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open;rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum. 11. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Instantaneous; shall initiate shutdown sequence at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. 12. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. 13. Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods shall be adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes.Factory settings shall be for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period,and 5-minute cool-down period.Exerciser features include the following: a. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer. • b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings. c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is unavailable. K. Large-Motor-Load Power Transfer: 1. In-Phase Monitor: Factory-wired, internal relay controls transfer so contacts close only when the two sources are synchronized in phase and frequency. Relay shall compare phase relationship and frequency difference between normal and emergency sources and initiate transfer when both sources are within 15 electrical degrees, and only if transfer can be completed within 60 electrical degrees. Transfer shall be initiated only if both sources are within 2 Hz of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage. 2. Motor Disconnect and Timing Relay Controls: Designated starters in loss of power scenario shall disconnect motors before transfer and reconnect them selectively at an adjustable time interval after transfer. Control connection to motor starters shall be through wiring external to automatic transfer switch. Provide adjustable time delay between 1 and 60 seconds for reconnecting individual motor loads.Provide relay contacts rated for motor-control circuit inrush and for actual seal currents to be encountered. 3. Programmed Neutral Switch Position: Switch operator with programmed neutral position arranged to provide a midpoint between the two working switch positions, with an intentional, time-controlled pause at midpoint during transfer. Adjustable pause from 0.5 to 30 seconds minimum, and factory set for 0.5 second unless otherwise indicated. Time delay occurs for both transfer directions.Disable pause unless both sources are live. ES •GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 263600-6 TRANSFER SWITCHES 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment according to UL 1008. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1. For each of the tests required by UL 1008, performed on representative devices, for emergency systems.Include results of test for the following conditions: a. Overvoltage. b. Undervoltage. c. Loss of supply voltage. d. Reduction of supply voltage. e. Alternative supply voltage or frequency is at minimum acceptable values. f. Temperature rise. g. Dielectric voltage-withstand;before and after short-circuit test. h. Overload. i. Contact opening. j. Endurance. k. Short circuit. 1. Short-time current capability. • m. Receptacle withstand capability. n. Insulating base and supports damage. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Floor-Mounting Switch:Anchor to floor by bolting. 1. Install transfer switches on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Comply with requirements for seismic control devices specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." 3. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. 4. Provide workspace and clearances required by NFPA 70. B. Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting:Flush in wall unless otherwise indicated. C. Identify components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Set field-adjustable intervals and delays,relays,and engine exerciser clock. E. Comply with NECA 1. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263600-7 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to generator sets, motor controls, control, and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. B. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within electrical enclosures. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. D. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." E. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." F. Connect twisted pair cable according to Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." G. Connect twisted pair cable according to Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal • Cabling." H. Route and brace conductors according to manufacturer's written instructions. and Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." Do not obscure manufacturer's markings and labels. I. Brace and support equipment according to Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." J. Final connections to equipment shall be made with liquidtight,flexible metallic conduit no more than 18 inches in length. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. After installing equipment, test for compliance with requirements according to NETA ATS. fa GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263600-8 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and Specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. c. Inspect anchorage,alignment,grounding,and required clearances. d. Verify that the unit is clean. e. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces. f. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible. g. Verify tightness of all control connections. h. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods, or both: 1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method according to manufacturer's published data. i. Perform manual transfer operation. j. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and alternate sources. k. Perform visual and mechanical inspection of surge arresters. 1. Inspect control power transformers. 1) Inspect for physical damage, cracked insulation, broken leads, tightness of connections, defective wiring,and overall general condition. • 2) Verify that primary and secondary fuse or circuit-breaker ratings match Drawings. 3) Verify correct functioning of drawout disconnecting contacts, grounding contacts,and interlocks. 3. Electrical Tests: a. Perform insulation-resistance tests on all control wiring with respect to ground. b. Perform a contact/pole-resistance test. Compare measured values with manufacturer's acceptable values. c. Verify settings and operation of control devices. d. Calibrate and set all relays and timers. e. Verify phase rotation,phasing,and synchronized operation. f. Perform automatic transfer tests. g. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions: 1) Normal source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 2) Engine start sequence. 3) Time delay on transfer. 4) Alternative source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 5) Automatic transfer operation. 6) Interlocks and limit switch function. 7) Time delay and retransfer on normal power restoration. 8) Engine cool-down and shutdown feature. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation- resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits.Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers,covers,and safety features. c. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. 5. After energizing circuits, perform each electrical test for transfer switches stated in NETA ATS and demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and retransfer from emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. c. Verify time-delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch operations. f. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for one pole deviating by more than 50 percent from • other poles. g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool- down and shutdown. 6. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources. a. Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors. D. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. E. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. F. Transfer switches will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. H. Prepare test and inspection reports. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switch. Remove all access panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES263600-10 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values.Provide calibration record for device. 2. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. 3. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain transfer switches and related equipment. B. Training shall include testing ground-fault protective devices and instructions to determine when the ground-fault system shall be retested. Include instructions on where ground-fault sensors are located and how to avoid negating the ground-fault protection scheme during testing and circuit modifications. C. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. END OF SECTION 263600 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TRANSFER SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 263600-11 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 264313 - SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes field-mounted SPDs for low-voltage (120 to 600 V) power distribution and control equipment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262413 "Switchboards" for factory-installed SPDs. 2. Section 262416"Panelboards"for factory-installed SPDs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS • A. Inominal:Nominal discharge current. B. MCOV:Maximum continuous operating voltage. C. Mode(s),also Modes of Protection:The pair of electrical connections where the VPR applies. D. MOV: Metal-oxide varistor; an electronic component with a significant non-ohmic current- voltage characteristic. E. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. F. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. G. SPD: Surge protective device. H. VPR:Voltage protection rating. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE CIRC1 TfS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Copy of UL Category Code VZCA certification, as a minimum, listing the tested values for VPRs, Inominal ratings, MCOVs, type designations, OCPD requirements, model numbers, system voltages,and modes of protection. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Sample Warranty:For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data:For SPDs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace or replace SPDs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. • PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL SPD REQUIREMENTS A. SPD with Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with UL 1449. D. MCOV of the SPD shall be the nominal system voltage. 2.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND TRANSFER SWITCH SUPPRESSOR A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies Inc. (APT). 2. Liebert; a brand of Emerson Electric Co. 3. Surge Suppression Incorporated. 4. Engineer Approved Equal. B. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449, Type 1. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SURGE PROTECTION _ GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FOR LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS 264313-2 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Comply with UL 1283. D. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 240kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. E. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 V, three-phase, four-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 3. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277 V. F. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for 240/120 V, single-phase, three-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 700 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1000 V. 3. Line to Line: 1000 V. G. SCCR: Equal or exceed 200 kA. H. Inominal Rating: 20 kA. 2.3 PANEL SUPPRESSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies Inc. (APT). 2. Liebert; a brand of Emerson Electric Co. 3. Square D;by Schneider Electric. 4. Surge Suppression Incorporated. 5. Engineer Approved Equal. B. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449,Type 1. 1. Include LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 2. Internal thermal protection that disconnects the SPD before damaging internal suppressor components. 3. Include Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one normally closed,for remote monitoring of protection status. C. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 200kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. D. Comply with UL 1283. SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE CIRCUITS • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 264313-3 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 V, three-phase, four-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 3. Neutral to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 4. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277 V F. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for 240/120-V, single-phase, three-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 700 V. 2. Line to Ground: 700 V. 3. Neutral to Ground: 700 V. 4. Line to Line: 1200 V. G. SCCR:Equal or exceed 200 kA. H. Inominal Rating: 20 kA. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Indoor Enclosures:NEMA 250, Type 1. B. Outdoor Enclosures:NEMA 250, Type 4X. 2.5 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring: Same size as SPD leads, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Class 2 Control Cables: Multiconductor cable with copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cables: Multiconductor cable with copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install an OCPD or disconnect as required to comply with the UL listing of the SPD. 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SURGE PROTE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE CIRCUITS 264313-4of5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Install SPDs with conductors between suppressor and points of attachment as short and straight as possible, and adjust circuit-breaker positions to achieve shortest and straightest leads.Do not splice and extend SPD leads unless specifically permitted by manufacturer. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length.Do not bond neutral and ground. D. Use crimped connectors and splices only.Wire nuts are unacceptable. E. Wiring: 1. Power Wiring: Comply with wiring methods in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 2. Controls: Comply with wiring methods in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 1. Compare equipment nameplate data for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. 2. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding,and clearances. 3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written installation requirements. B. An SPD will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. • C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not perform insulation-resistance tests of the distribution wiring equipment with SPDs installed. Disconnect SPDs before conducting insulation-resistance tests, and reconnect them immediately after the testing is over. C. Energize SPDs after power system has been energized,stabilized,and tested. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate and maintain SPDs. END OF SECTION 264313 PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE CIRCUITS • SURGE GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 264313-5 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 264700-ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 260526—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260519—Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: a. Pre-fabricated, operation ready electrical equipment centers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Customer-provided information: Customer to provide the following information for the supplied electrical equipment prior to start of design. a. Equipment voltage. b. Equipment type. • c. Equipment dimensions. d. Equipment weights. e. Equipment heat loss. f. Power cabling requirements. g. Control wiring requirements. h. Penetration requirements: a. Floor. b. Wall. c. Roof. i. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used,including: a. Maintenance manuals and instructions. C. Equipment Center manufacturer-provided information: a. Approval drawings: Structural,electrical and mechanical drawings shall be submitted for approval.Approval drawings shall be placed on the manufacturer's FTP site and an e-mail notification shall be sent to purchasing and approving authorities for review.Alternatively a(1)data DVD or CD with all drawing files in electronic format or two hard copies on 11 inches by 17 inches(279 mm by 432 mm)or larger medium shall be sent to the approving authorities. Complete HVAC calculations shall be submitted with approval drawings for review. b. As-built drawings: Structural, electrical and mechanical drawings shall be submitted as "Certified as-built" upon completion.As built drawings shall be placed on the manufacturer's FTP site and an e-mail notification shall be sent to approving and purchasing authorities.Alternatively a(1) data DVD or CD with all drawing files in electronic format or two hard copies on 11 inches by 17 inches (279 mm by 432 mm) • or larger medium shall be sent to the approving authorities. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700- 1 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. If required by the owner, hard copies of final as-built drawings shall bear the stamp of a currently licensed Professional Engineer. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: a. Equipment Center shall be designed and constructed by Lectrus Corporation, formerly Metal Systems and MSI Equipment Centers. b. Provide a NEMA 3R Equipment Center structure with exterior walls and roof fabricated from interlocking panels to house and protect the internal equipment from the elements. a. Type 3R Enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and snow;undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure (NEMA 250). c. Structural grid base and floor system shall be designed for applicable floor loading allowing the Equipment Center to be lifted and transported with the interior equipment installed. B. Design and construction shall conform to the applicable sections of the latest standards as issued by the following agencies, as a minimum: a. International Building Code(IBC): Default Structural loading criteria shall be per the IBC. b. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). • c. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). d. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC). e. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI)-Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members). f. Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA). g. American Society for Testing and Material(ASTM). h. American Society of Heating,Refrigeration,and Air conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE). i. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA). j. National Electric Code(NEC). k. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 1. Steel Door Institute(SDI). C. Structural Performance: a. The Equipment Center shall be designed and constructed to withstand external loading conditions as prescribed by the International Building Code for the specified final location. b. Building components shall be designed to withstand external loading as prescribed by the applicable codes as a minimum,with co-lateral considerations as follows: a. Base and floor system shall be designed to withstand all dead and live loads as applicable, or, a minimum of 250 lb/sf(1220 kg/sm)over the entire floor area, while supported at indicated minimum support locations only. b. Maximum deflection of all base members shall not exceed L/240 with all applicable dead and live loads applied. c. Roof loading: Per International Building Code (30 lb/sf(146 kg/sm)minimum). d. Wind loading:Per International Building Code-Exposure C minimum e. Seismic:Per International Building Code. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS 264700-2 of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA f. Interior walls:Interior walls shall be capable of mounting and supporting 400 lb/lf(595 kg/m)and 200 ft-lbs (28 kg-meters)of moment/torque at any place along the perimeter wall space, with attachment to the interlocking ribs, or metal studs,located on 16 inches (406 mm)centers behind interior walls. g. Each shipping piece shall be designed for lifting by lugs located along the base perimeter members at 15 feet(4.5 m) approximate intervals. h. All lifting lugs shall be removable. i. The ceiling shall be capable of withstanding a single continuous load of 100 lb/lf(149 kg/meter)located at mid span of the ceiling panels, and running the entire building length. The ceiling panels shall act alone, structurally,and not depend on the roof or the interior equipment for support. j. All shipping splits and other penetrations shall have adequate structural reinforcement via rigid frames or other means to minimize distortion during handling and transportation. D. HVAC Performance: a. Redundancy:NONE. One or multiple units as required to meet atmospheric and internal heating and cooling requirements. b. Exterior Design Temperatures: a. Summer: (Per ASHRAE 2.5%design temperature). b. Winter: (Per ASHRAE 97.5%design temperature). c. Interior Design Temperatures: a. Summer: 80 degree F (27 degrees C). b. Winter: 60 degree F (16 degrees C). c. Ventilation Air(cfm): 160 (L/minute). E. Certifications: a. The Equipment Center shall be certified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)as conforming to the NEC(National Electric Code), and shall bear a label from the NRTL stating compliance. b. If required by the owner, the Equipment Center design shall be accomplished under the auspices of a Professional Engineer and drawings and supporting calculations will bear the Professional Engineer's seal. 1.5 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 —Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit(ERSC). B. ANSI/SDI 100—Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ASTM A 36—Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel D. ASTM A123/A123M—Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products E. ASTM A 572/572M—Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium- Vanadium Structural Steel F. ASTM C 177-Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and 5 Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-3 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. H. ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated,Welded and Seamless I. ASTM A307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength J. ASTM A325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength K. ASTM A490 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts,Alloy Steel,Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength L. ASTM A653 /A653M-11—Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. M. ASTM A992/A992M Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes N. ASTM F1554 Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105-ksi Yield Strength. O. ASTM D 2247—Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% 411 Relative Humidity P. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.) -TT-C-520B -Coating Compounds,Bituminous, Solvent Type,Underbody. Q. IEEE C37.2.2—Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses. R. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA)250—Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 V Maximum). S. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)496: Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. T. NEC-National Electric Code. U. Steel Structure Painting Council(SSPC) SP 3 - Surface Preparation Standards and Specifications(Power Tool Cleaning). V. Steel Structure Painting Council(SSPC) SP 1 -Surface Preparation Standards and Specifications(Solvent Cleaning). W. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 50 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Non- Environmental Considerations X. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 508 -Industrial Control Equipment. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-4 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.6 WARRANTY A. All materials and workmanship shall be guaranteed by manufacturer(parts and labor)for a period of one year following shipment of the Equipment Center. B. Equipment Center shall be guaranteed for coating adhesion and integrity per ASTM Standards under normal ambient and operating conditions for a period of one year following shipment. C. Equipment Center shall be guaranteed for leak resistance per NEMA 3R Standards for a period of one year following shipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Lectrus Corporation;2215-C Olan Mills Drive, Chattanooga,TN 37421-2204. Toll Free: (800)445-8791. Tel: (423) 894-9268. Fax: (423) 894-9337. Email: info@lectrus.com. Web:http://www.lectrus.com. B. Substitutions: Engineer Approved Equal. C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 016000. 2.2 FABRICATION A. All facets of construction through coating and weatherproofing shall be performed indoors, protected from outdoor weather conditions. Construction prior to this stage out-of-doors is not acceptable. B. At shipping splits(when required due to transportation restrictions),each open area shall be sealed with 2 inches (52 mm)thick wooden framing and a complete OSB wood cover for temporary protection during transportation and setting. Seams in OSB wood shall be liberally caulked at the exterior. C. All permanent coatings and finishes shall be applied inside a dedicated paint booth with ventilation and filtration provisions in compliance with the coating manufacturer's requirements. Coatings applied in outside,ambient air conditions shall not be acceptable. 2.3 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Base members shall be ASTM A572 wide flange,ASTM A36 channel,angle and tube shapes forming a self-supporting grid. All members shall be continuously welded to adjoining members. B. Floor shall be 1/4 inch(6 mm)minimum thickness flat ASTM A36 steel plate, welded to all • longitudinal and transverse base members. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-5 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. Floor plate seams shall be continuously welded at all joints,and ground smooth to minimize visibility of seams. Welding of floor plate shall be staggered to produce a flat and ripple free surface. C. Exterior walls shall be 18ga(1.214 mm) (minimum)G90 galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels formed by computer numerical controlled equipment to create a tightly interlocking panel design, nominally 3 inches(152 mm)deep. Interlocking panel ribs shall repeat at a typical maximum nominal dimension of 16 inches(406 mm). D. Following assembly(and coating)of all interlocking wall panels, each exterior seam shall be neatly caulked using a high-modulus,silicone base product. E. Roof material shall be 18ga(1.214 mm)(minimum)G90 galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels formed by computer numerical controlled equipment to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs. F. Interior walls shall be 18ga(1.214 mm)(minimum)G90 galvanized sheet steel firmly attached to interlocking ribs of exterior wall panels utilizing ASTM shear and pull out rated self tapping screws on 24 inches(610 mm)maximum centers. Each interior wall panel shall be formed to receive adjacent panels at overlaps. G. Ceiling panels shall be 18ga(1.214 mm)(minimum)G90 galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels formed by computer numerical controlled equipment to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs. H. Wall insulation shall be secured to exterior wall panels by glue pins,straps or other means 411 prior to assembly of interior wall (liner)panels. Ceiling insulation shall be laid between interlocking ceiling panels. Floor insulation shall be sprayed urethane foam. I. Insulation levels: a. Ceiling:Fiberglass batt(R15). b. Walls: Fiberglass batt(R15). c. Floor: 1 inch(25 mm)Spray Applied Polyurethane insulation(R6). d. Equipment Access Doors: 1 inch (25 mm)urethane board(R 7.2)with welded metal cover. e. Personnel Doors: (R2.4). J. The entire roof perimeter shall be trimmed with a fascia that aesthetically hides the standing rib roof edges,prevents high velocity rainwater run-off, and prevents built-up ice from sliding off the roof in large sheets. K. All permanent components shall consist of materials that do not freely support combustion. Use of wood or any other materials that freely support combustion shall not be allowed as permanent components. 2.4 PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT ACCESS DOORS A. Personnel Doors: #4080 Single leaf,double wall,honeycomb reinforced personnel door, galvanized,#18ga(1.214 mm), 1-3/4 inches (44 mm)thick. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-6 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Button Type Aluminum Panic thumb latch wI keyed cylinder lock(Magnokrom#N1550- 5X0T53-US28). b. Closer w/stopping arm(Yale series#50). c. Wind safety chain. d. Drip shield. e. Threshold: Aluminum. f. Factory frame. g. Caps in top. h. Weather stripping. i. Stainless steel hinges. j. R2.4 thermal resistance rating. k. Fire resistance rating and label (1.5 hour minimum rating). 2.5 FINISH A. All coatings shall be applied using an electrostatic application process as indicated. B. All exterior and interior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to coating application per the coating manufacturer's recommended practice. C. Exterior surfaces: a. Cleaning: a. Clean exterior base surface to SSPC-SP3 (Power Tool Cleaning). b. Clean all other surfaces to SSPC-SP1 (Solvent Cleaning). Sb. Primer: a. Base:Apply epoxy mastic primer 2.0 Mils(0.05 mm)dry film thickness (DFT). b. Walls, Roof and Fascia:Apply epoxy primer 1.5 Mils(0.04 mm)DFT. c. Finish: Apply DuPont Imron 3.5HG high solids polyurethane enamel 1.8 Mils (0.045 mm)DFT. d. Field Touch-up Paint: One quart(ships inside structure). D. Interior surfaces: a. Cleaning: Clean all surfaces to SSPC-SP1 (Solvent Cleaning). b. Primer:Apply epoxy primer 1.5 Mils DFT**. c. Finish:Apply DuPont Imron 3.5HG high solids polyurethane enamel 1.8 Mils(0.045 mm)DFT** d. Field Touch-up Paint: One quart(ships inside structure). E. Floor(Top Side): a. Cleaning: Clean all surfaces to SSPC-SP1 (Solvent Cleaning). b. Primer:Apply epoxy mastic primer 1.5 Mils DFT*. c. Finish:Apply DuPont Imron 3.5HG high solids polyurethane enamel 1.8 Mils(0.045 mm)DFT* with non-skid additive. d. Field Touch-up Paint: One quart(Ships inside structure). F. Base and Floor(Underside): a. Cleaning: a. Clean all surfaces to SSPC-SP3 (Power Tool Cleaning). 5 b. Clean to remove oil, dirt,water, and loose rust. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-7 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Undercoat:Apply Transcoat#101 10 Mils (0.025 mm)DFT. a. VOC: 0.0 g/1. b. Federal Specification TT-C-520B. c. Asbestos Free. d. Flame Spread Rating: 0. G. All wall mounted HVAC units shall be painted the same color as the Equipment Center exterior walls. 2.6 ELECTRICAL UTILITIES A. Conduit: a. Interior Conduit: Exposed EMT Conduit(set screw fittings)as required by NEC. 3/4 inch(19 mm)diameter minimum ANSI C80.3. b. Exterior Conduit:Exposed Rigid Galvanized Conduit as required by NEC. 3/4 inch(19 mm)diameter minimum ANSI C80.1. B. All utilities shall be UL listed and recognized devices. C. All utilities shall be functionally tested prior to completion. D. Interior Lights: 2 bulb 32W 48 inches (1219 mm)as required meeting lighting requirements. a. Electronic Ballast: 0 degree F (-18 degree C)rated Wrap around Acrylic Lens, Surface Mount. • E. Emergency light(s): Combination Emergency Light/Exit Sign(Red). a. Power Rating: 15W,AC Input Voltage 120/277 Volts,DC Output Voltage 6 Volts,Lead Calcium Battery,Lamp LED/Color Red. F. Exterior lights: 70W HPS where indicated or required. a. UL 1598 for Wet Locations. b. Internal photocell. c. Lamp(included w/fixture). d. HOA switch specification grade,as indicated. G. Light Switch: a. 3-way, specification grade 20A 125V,where indicated. b. 4-way, specification grade 20A 125V,where indicated. H. Duplex Receptacles: Specification grade 20A 125V GFCI duplex receptacle, where indicated or required. I. Wire Type: "THHN". a. Power Wiring: #12 AWG minimum(sized as required for load). b. HVAC Control Wiring: #18 AWG thermostat cable. J. Wiring Circuits: a. MCC distribution panel to interior lighting. b. MCC distribution panel to exterior lighting. • c. MCC distribution panel to emergency lighting. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-8 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA d. MCC distribution panel to receptacles. e. MCC breaker to HVAC units. K. Grounding: a. Ground Pads: 4-hole Stainless Steel Welded to base. b. 2-Hole Copper Ground Lug#4/0. 2.7 CUSTOMER FURNISHED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. As shown on drawing. 2.8 HVAC SYSTEM A. HVAC system shall maintain the maximum interior temperature required with consideration to ambient conditions and the specified internal equipment total heat load. B. HVAC Unit(s): Size and quantity as required to maintain interior design temperatures and redundancy requirements.Industrial quality,vertical, self-contained,wall mounted unit(s) with aluminum fm,riffle tube copper coils: a. Cooling capacity: 15,000 BTU capacity. b. Heating capacity: 15,000 BTU. c. Thermostat,Auto Change Over,Digital,F or C Display: a. Smart recovery(heating mode). b. Droopless control,4 cycles/hr. • c. Backlit display. d. Settings never lost during power failure. e. 5 minute compressor protection. f. Separate set points for heating and cooling. g. Battery-less operation. h. Electro-Mechanical relay design. d. Low Pressure Switch. e. High Pressure Switch. f. Low Ambient Control. g. Compressor anti-cycle relay. h. Alarm Relay. i. Barometric Damper. j. Supply and Return Grills. k. Pleated Filter 2 inches(51 mm)MERV 8. 1. R22 Refrigerant. 2.9 ACCESSORIES A. Removable Lift Lugs: Spaced along base length at approximate 15 feet(4.6 m)centers per shipping piece. B. Removable End Wall: Provide demountable end wall across the entire width to allow for future expansion of equipment and aisle. Main structural reinforcing post located in the removable wall may remain following expansion;however, it shall be located not to interfere with the equipment line-up extension. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 264700-9 of 10 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Floor Cutouts: Under equipment for cable entry and exit from below floor with gasketed 12ga(1.214 mm)galvanized top cover plates attached to the floor by screws. D. Wall penetrations as required. 2.10 FACTORY TESTING A. Finish: The following minimum finish system test results shall be certified(from in process, manufacturer's samples)by independent laboratory tests performed under ASTM criteria. Copies of the test results and certification shall be submitted for review: a. Substrate: Prepared G90 galvanized sheet: Corrosion Resistance(Salt spray): Passes 2500 hours per ASTM B117. B. Control systems: As recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until supporting foundation or building pad has been properly prepared and inspected by an authorized Lectrus representative. B. If building pad preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify owner, engineer or architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION • A. Locate and verify utility services and structural foundation prior to installation. B. Prepare foundation using the methods recommended by the manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Center shall be installed by a Lectrus installation services team. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect delivered units,accessories and installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up,repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 264700 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CENTERS 264700-10 of 10 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 265619-LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology. 2. Luminaire supports. 3. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including • time switches,photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color rendering index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP:International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. Lumen:Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit,including lamp,reflector, and housing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of luminaire. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features,accessories,and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire. III4. Lamps, include life,output(lumens, CCT,and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 265619-1of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, of each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. b. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data certified by a qualified independent testing agency.Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. 6. Wiring diagrams for power,control,and signal wiring. 7. Photoelectric relays. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal,and control wiring. C. Samples: For each luminaire and for each color and texture indicated with factory-applied finish. D. Product Schedule:For luminaires and lamps.Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Delegated-Design Submittal:For luminaire supports. 1. Include design calculations for luminaire supports and seismic restraints. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other,using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Luminaires. 2. Structural members to which equipment and luminaires will be attached. 3. Underground utilities and structures. 4. Existing underground utilities and structures. 5. Above-grade utilities and structures. 6. Existing above-grade utilities and structures. 7. Building features. 8. Vertical and horizontal information. B. Qualification Data:For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. LIGHTING GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR2 -2 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Product Certificates:For each type of the following: 1. Luminaire. 2. Photoelectric relay. E. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire,for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. F. Source quality-control reports. G. Sample warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS • A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and photoelectric relays to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers'codes. 2. Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project;use manufacturers'codes. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: Ten for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Glass, Acrylic, and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed.Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: One for every 20of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and complying with applicable IES testing standards. C. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. D. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. E. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. F. Mockups:For exterior luminaires,complete with power and control connections. 1. Obtain Engineer's approval of luminaires in mockups before starting installations. 2. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING • A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. B. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Engineer prior to the start of luminaire installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Structural failures,including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING • 265619-4 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Warranty Period: 5 year(s)from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Luminaires shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. B. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant. 1. The term "withstand" means "the luminaire will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the luminaire will be fully operational during and after the seismic event." 2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories:Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. B. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. • C. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global. be listed and labeled for D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. E. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61. F. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1. G. CRI of minimum 70. CCT of 3000 K. H. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours. I. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 0 percent of maximum light output. J. Internal driver. K. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V ac or 277 V ac. L. In-line Fusing: On the primary for each luminaire. M. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use. N. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619-5of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA1111 O. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.3 LUMINAIRE-MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lithonia Lighting;Acuity Brands Lighting,Inc. 2. Philips Lighting Company. 3. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Comply with UL 773 or UL 773A. C. Contact Relays: Factory mounted, single throw, designed to fail in the on position, and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 fc and off at 4.5 to 10 fcwith 15-second minimum time delay. 1. Relay with locking-type receptacle shall comply with ANSI C136.10. 2. Adjustable window slide for adjusting on-off set points. 2.4 LUMINAIRE TYPES A. Area and Site: • 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. H.E.Williams. b. Lithonia Lighting;Acuity Brands Lighting,Inc. c. Engineer Approved Equal. 2. Luminaire Shape: As indicated on plans. 3. Mounting: As indicated on plans. 4. Luminaire-Mounting Height: As indicated on plans. 5. Distribution:As indicated on plans. 6. Diffusers and Globes: Tempered Fresnel glass. 7. Housings: a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink. b. Powder-coat finish to match color indicated on drawings.. B. Roadway: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. H.E.Williams. N GHT LIIG GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR2LI61 -6 G GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Lithonia Lighting;Acuity Brands Lighting,Inc. 2. Luminaire-Mounting Height:As indicated on the drawings. 3. Mounting Type: Arm. 4. Distribution:As indicated on the drawings. 5. Diffusers and Globes: As indicated on the drawings. 6. Housings: a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink. b. Powder-coat finish to match color indicated on drawings. 2.5 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts:Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or • replacing lenses. D. Diffusers and Globes: 1. Acrylic Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging,exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Glass:Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lens Thickness:At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. G. Housings: 1. Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. 2. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. H. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXT GNI&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 25619-7of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter,shape,size,wattage and coating. c. CCT and CRI for all luminaires. 2.6 FINISHES A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. C. Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. 2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear,hard-coat • wax. 3. Class I, Clear-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker)complying with AAMA 611. 4. Class I, Color-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker), complying with AAMA 611. a. Color: As indicated on the drawings. D. Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel,complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high-gloss,high-build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard catalog of colors. b. Color:Match Engineer's sample of manufacturer's standard color. c. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING •265619-8 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.7 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. C. Examine walls, roofs, and canopy ceilings and overhang ceilings for suitable conditions where luminaires will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING SA. If approved by the Engineer, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Fasten luminaire to structural support. E. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. F. Wall-Mounted Luminaire Support: 41111. Attached to structural members in walls. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 265619-9of11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • G. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. H. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings. I. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. J. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources,favoring a north orientation. K. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods. 3.4 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal,protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION 4110 A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage.Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized,test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. c. IES LM-52. d. IES LM-64. e. IES LM-72. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 265619-10 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized,test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain luminaires and photocell relays. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit occupied conditions. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness. 1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are defective. • 2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3. Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 265619 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LED GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619-11 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 311000-SITE CLEARING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Removing above-and below-grade site improvements. 6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing,and removing site utilities. 7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control. 41111 B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile,typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil," but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil;the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable,pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects larger than 2 inches in diameter; and free of weeds,roots,toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. D. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. E. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SITE CLEARING 311000-1of5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Vegetation:Trees,shrubs,groundcovers,grass, and other plants. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plant designated to remain. B. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling program. C. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural,electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities • without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing site clearing indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Engineer. C. Utility Locator Service:Notify Call Before You Dig for area where Project is located before site clearing. D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation- control and plant-protection measures are in place. E. Soil Stripping,Handling,and Stockpiling:Perform only when the soil is dry or slightly moist. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SITE CLEARING311 -2 of 5 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Verify that trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated have been flagged and that protection zones have been identified and enclosed. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings and requirements of authorities Shaving jurisdiction. B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.3 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Locate, identify,disconnect,and seal or cap utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. B. Locate, identify, and disconnect utilities indicated to be abandoned in place. C. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. SD. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SITE CLEARING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 311000-3 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees,shrubs,and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Grind down stumps and remove roots larger than 2 inches in diameter, obstructions, and debris to a depth of 24 inches below exposed subgrade. 3. Use only hand methods or air spade for grubbing within protection zones. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. 3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Strip topsoil to depth of 6 inches in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including clay lumps, gravel, and other objects larger than 2 inches in diameter;trash, debris,weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil or other materials. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water. 1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches. 2. Do not stockpile topsoil within protection zones. 3. Dispose of surplus topsoil. Surplus topsoil is that which exceeds quantity indicated to be stockpiled or reused. 4. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for respreading deeper topsoil. 3.6 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs,paving, curbs,gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SITE CLEARING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 311000-4 of 5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain with two coats of antirust coating, following coating manufacturer's written instructions. Keep paint off surfaces that will remain exposed. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Burning trees, shrubs, any other vegetation waste, or any other material debris is strictly prohibited. C. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other non-recyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials, and transport them to recycling facilities.Do not interfere with other Project work. END OF SECTION 311000 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SITE CLEARING 311000-5of5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 312000-EARTH MOVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site. 2. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade,walks,pavements,and turf and grasses. 3. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 4. Drainage course for concrete slabs-on-grade. 5. Subbase course and base course for asphalt paving. 6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 7. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for granular course if placed over vapor retarder and beneath the slab-on-grade. 2. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping[and stockpiling] topsoil,and removal of above-and below-grade improvements and utilities. 3. Section 312319 "Dewatering" for lowering and disposing of ground water during construction. 4. Section 315000 "Excavation Support and Protection" for shoring, bracing, and sheet piling of excavations. 5. Section 329200 "Turf and Grasses" for finish grading in turf and grass areas, including preparing and placing planting soil for turf areas. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill:Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course:Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000 EARTH MOVING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Engineer.Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Bulk Excavation:Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer,shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock-excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling,ram hammering,ripping, or blasting,when permitted: S1. Equipment for Footing, Trench, and Pit Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- maximum-width, short-tip-radius rock bucket;rated at not less than 138-hp flywheel power with bucket-curling force of not less than 28,700 lbf and stick-crowd force of not less than 18,400 lbf with extra-long reach boom. 2. Equipment for Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 230-hp flywheel power and developing a minimum of 47,992-lbf breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket. I. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. or more in volume that exceed a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches when tested by a geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586. J. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations,retaining walls, slabs,tanks, curbs,mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. K. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase,drainage fill, drainage course,or topsoil materials. L. Utilities: On-site underground pipes,conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground services within buildings. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-2 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of the following manufactured products required: 1. Geotextiles. 2. Controlled low-strength material,including design mixture. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For qualified testing agency. B. Material Test Reports:For each on-site and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3740 for testing indicated. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets,walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth-moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Engineer. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify Call Before You Dig for area where Project is located before beginning earth-moving operations. D. Do not commence earth-moving operations until temporary site fencing and erosion- and sedimentation-control measures specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" and Section 311000 "Site Clearing" are in place. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000-3 EARTH MOVING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT II/ PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Adjust material requirements to local availability; edit the following paragraphs accordingly. Include one or more subsoil types suitable for fill material.Refer to geotechnical report. B. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as clean, non-saturated, non-organic earth taken from acceptable sources complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups and meet the following characteristics: liquid limit (LL) less than 50%, plasticity index (PI) less than 25%, maximum dry density(ASTM D-698) 95 pcf or greater, maximum particle size 3 inches or less, organic matter less than 5% and subject to approval by the project geotechnical engineer and testing laboratory. C. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups other than those indicated above. D. Drainage Fill Materials (or "porous fill" or "drainage aggregate"): Clean, washed, graded mixture of free-draining pea gravel, coarse sand, or crushed stone, with not more than 50 percent passing a No. 50 sieve and less than 5 percent passing a No. 200 sieve, and subject to approval by the project geotechnical engineer and testing laboratory. Satisfactory materials are non-saturated, non-organic from acceptable sources with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups: GW, GP, SW, and SP. • E. Granular Fill Material; Granular material consisting of sand, gravel, crushed stone, or a combination thereof with not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve, and subject to approval by the project geotechnical engineer and testing laboratory. Satisfactory materials are non-saturated, non-organic from acceptable sources with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups: GW, GP, SW, SP, GW-GM, GW-GC, GP-GM, GP-GC, SW-SM, SW-SC, SP-SM, and SP-SC. F. Rock Fill: Fill Material with a particle size larger than 3 inches. 1. Rock fill is not to be used within the Building Controlled Area. 2. Rock Fill is only to be used within pavement areas if allowed by the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Excess rock material is to be removed from the site and legally disposed of or disposed of onsite in areas designated by the Owner. G. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/D 2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No.200 sieve. H. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 294/D 2940M 0; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200 sieve. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 2940/D 2940M; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200 sieve. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-4 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • J. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. K. Sand:ASTM C 33/C 33M;fine aggregate. 2.2 TOPSOIL MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Topsoil furnished or stockpiled by the Contractor shall meet the requirements in ASTM D5268 "Standard Specification for Topsoil for Landscape Purposes". The composition of the topsoil shall be as follows from ASTM D5268: deleterious materials (rock, gravel, slag, cinder, roots, sod) in the total sample 7% maximum by weight; organic material in portion of sample passing the No. 10 sieve 2 to 20%by weight; sand content in portion of sample passing the No. 10 sieve 10 to 90%by weight; silt and clay content in portion of sample passing the No. 10 sieve 10 to 90%by weight;and pH 5 to 7. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Geotextile for Separation of Soil and Aggregate shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M288 for separation applications Class 2. B. Geotextile for Underdrains and Drainage shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M288 Class 2 subsurface drainage geotextile. C. Geosynthetics for Slopes and Soft Soil Reinforcement shall consist of a geogrid or geotextile constructed of polyester, polypropylene, or polyethylene polymer, resistant to all naturally occurring alkaline and acidic soil conditions, resistant to heat, ultraviolet light, and to attack by bacteria and fungi in the soil. The reinforcement shall meet or exceed the following values: 1. Soil Slope Reinforcement Type Creep Reduced Strength at 10% Total Strain Limit(lb./ft.) 1 500 ASTM D5262 2 800 3 1200 2. Soft Soil Stabilization Reinforcement Type Ultimate Strength Strength at 5%Strain Machine and Cross Machine and Cross Direction(lb./ft.) Direction(lb./ft.) 1 900 500 ASTM D6637&D4595 2 1300 800 3 2100 1200 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000-5 EARTH MOVING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining,washout,and other hazards created by earth-moving operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth-moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades,and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. • 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives:Do not use explosives. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction,and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 2. Excavation for Underground Utility Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. Do not disturb bottom of • excavations intended as bearing surfaces. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-6 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients,lines,depths,and elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of pipe at the depths indicated on the drawing or minimum 3 feet of cover,whichever is greater. B. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells,joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. 3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Engineer when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Engineer determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. • C. Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with a pneumatic-tired loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction.Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Engineer,and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities,as directed by Engineer,without additional compensation. 3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Engineer. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Engineer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000-7 EARTH MOVING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place,grade,and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.Do not store within floodway. 3.11 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly,but not before completing the following: 1. Construction below finish grade including,where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing,and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring,bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow,or ice. 3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL III A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow,or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and Section 033053 "Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete." D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. E. Initial Backfill: 1. Soil Backfill:Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil,free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension,to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. a. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. 2. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place initial backfill of controlled low-strength material to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-8 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • F. Final Backfill: 1. Soil Backfill: Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. 2. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low-strength. material to final subgrade elevation. G. Warning Tape: Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.13 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas,use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements,use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps,use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs,use engineered fill. 5. Under footings and foundations,use engineered fill. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud,frost, snow, or ice. • 3.14 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.15 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000-9 EARTH MOVING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent. 3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent. 3.16 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines,and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the following subgrade tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas:Plus or minus 1 inch. • 2. Walks:Plus or minus 1 inch 3. Pavements:Plus or minus 1/2 inch. C. Grading inside structure Lines:Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10- foot straightedge. 3.17 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place subbase course and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost,snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course and base course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Install separation geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions,overlapping sides and ends. 2. Place base course material over subbase course under hot-mix asphalt pavement. 3. Shape subbase course and base course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 4. Place subbase course and base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 5. Place subbase course and base course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness,with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 6. Compact subbase course and base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-10 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.18 DRAINAGE COURSE UNDER CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE A. Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud,frost,snow,or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete slabs- on-grade as follows: 1. Install subdrainage geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions,overlapping sides and ends. 2. Place drainage course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 3. Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness,with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 4. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. • C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Engineer. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2937, and ASTM D 6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for every 100 feet or less of wall length but no fewer than two tests. 3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet or less of trench length but no fewer than two tests. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required;recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. • N MOVIG GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 312000 EARTH TH -11 12 G GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Engineer;reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact,and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.21 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 312000 • 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 EARTH MOVING 312000-12 of 12 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 312319-DEWATERING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes construction dewatering. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, backfilling, site grading, and controlling surface-water runoff and ponding. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For dewatering system, prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer. • 1. Include plans, elevations, sections,and details. 2. Show arrangement, locations, and details of wells and well points; locations of risers, headers, filters, pumps, power units, and discharge lines; and means of discharge, control of sediment, and disposal of water. 3. Include layouts of piezometers and flow-measuring devices for monitoring performance of dewatering system. 4. Include written plan for dewatering operations including sequence of well and well-point placement coordinated with excavation shoring and bracings and control procedures to be adopted if dewatering problems arise. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Existing Conditions: Using photographs or video recordings, show existing conditions of adjacent construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by dewatering operations. Submit before Work begins. C. Record Drawings: Identify locations and depths of capped wells and well points and other abandoned-in-place dewatering equipment. 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DEWATERING312319-1 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer that has specialized in design of dewatering systems and dewatering work. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Project-Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of a geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by a geotechnical engineer. Owner is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data. 1. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for dewatering according to the performance requirements. 2. The geotechnical report is included elsewhere in Project Manual. B. Survey Work: Engage a qualified land surveyor or professional engineer to survey adjacent existing buildings, structures, and site improvements; establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Dewatering Performance: Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain dewatering system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control hydrostatic pressures and to lower, control, remove, and dispose of ground water and permit excavation and construction to proceed on dry,stable subgrades. 1. Design dewatering system, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. 2. Continuously monitor and maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations and constructed slopes,prevention of flooding in excavation, and prevention of damage to subgrades and permanent structures. 3. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 4. Accomplish dewatering without damaging existing buildings, structures, and site improvements adjacent to excavation. 5. Remove dewatering system when no longer required for construction. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning dewatering. Comply with water-and debris-disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 DEWATERING 312319-2of4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by dewatering operations. 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades,and from flooding site or surrounding area. 2. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. B. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Provide temporary grading to facilitate dewatering and control of surface water. D. Protect and maintain temporary erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in • Section 311000"Site Clearing," during dewatering operations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal, and surface-water controls. 1. Space well points or wells at intervals required to provide sufficient dewatering. 2. Use filters or other means to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. B. Place dewatering system into operation to lower water to specified levels before excavating below ground-water level. C. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow-control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Provide standby equipment on-site, installed and available for immediate operation,to maintain dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails. 3.3 OPERATION A. Operate system continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been placed or until dewatering is no longer required. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DEWATERING312319-3 of 4 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Operate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades. Drain water-bearing strata above and below bottom of foundations,drains,sewers, and other excavations. 1. Do not permit open-sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade softening, and slope instability. 2. Reduce hydrostatic head in water-bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations,drains,sewers,and other excavations. 3. Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of 24 inches below bottom of excavation. C. Dispose of water removed by dewatering in a manner that avoids endangering public health, property, and portions of work under construction or completed.Dispose of water and sediment in a manner that avoids inconvenience to others. D. Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 36 inches below overlying construction. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide continual observation to ensure that subsurface soils are not being removed by the dewatering operation. B. Prepare reports of observations. • 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect and maintain dewatering system during dewatering operations. B. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering. END OF SECTION 312319 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DEWATERING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 312319-4of4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III SECTION 315000-EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes temporary excavation support and protection systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating and backfilling and for controlling surface-water runoff and ponding. 2. Section 312319 "Dewatering" for dewatering excavations. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. . 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, performance properties, and dimensions of individual components and profiles, and calculations for excavation support and protection system. B. Shop Drawings: For excavation support and protection system, prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and details. 2. Show arrangement, locations, and details of soldier piles, piling, lagging, tiebacks, bracing, and other components of excavation support and protection system according to engineering design. 3. Indicate type and location of waterproofing. 4. Include a written plan for excavation support and protection, including sequence of construction of support and protection coordinated with progress of excavation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor Calculations: For excavation support and protection system. Include analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Existing Conditions: Using photographs or video recordings, show existing conditions of adjacent construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by inadequate performance of excavation support and protection systems. Submit before Work begins. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 315000-1 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Record Drawings: Identify locations and depths of capped utilities, abandoned-in-place support and protection systems,and other subsurface structural,electrical, or mechanical conditions. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt any utility serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than five days in advance of proposed interruption of utility. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of utility without Owner's written permission. B. Project-Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of a geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by a geotechnical engineer. Owner is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from the data. 1. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for excavation support and protection according to the performance requirements. 2. The geotechnical report is included elsewhere in Project Manual. C. Survey Work: Engage a qualified land surveyor or professional engineer to survey adjacent • existing buildings, structures, and site improvements; establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide, design, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting earth and hydrostatic pressures and superimposed and construction loads. 1. Contractor Design: Design excavation support and protection system, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. 2. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 3. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings, structures,and site improvements adjacent to excavation. 4. Continuously monitor vibrations, settlements, and movements to ensure stability of excavations and constructed slopes and to ensure that damage to permanent structures is prevented. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General:Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition. • B. Structural Steel:ASTM A 36/A 36M,ASTM A 690/A 690M, or ASTM A 992/A 992M. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION GM&C PROJECT NO. CAUG170004 315000-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328/A 328M, ASTM A 572/A 572M, or ASTM A 690/A 690M; with continuous interlocks. 1. Corners: Site-fabricated mechanical interlock or Roll-formed corner shape with continuous interlock. D. Wood Lagging: Lumber, mixed hardwood, nominal rough thickness of size and strength required for application,3 inches. E. Cast-in-Place Concrete:ACI 301,of compressive strength required for application. F. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615,Grade 60,deformed. G. Tiebacks: Steel bars,ASTM A 722. H. Tiebacks: Steel strand,ASTM A 416. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop • during excavation support and protection system operations. 1. Shore,support,and protect utilities encountered. B. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that construction and finishing of other work is not impeded. 3.2 SHEET PILING A. Before starting excavation, install one-piece sheet piling lengths and tightly interlock vertical edges to form a continuous barrier. B. Accurately place the piling,using templates and guide frames unless otherwise recommended in writing by the sheet piling manufacturer. Limit vertical offset of adjacent sheet piling to 60 inches. Accurately align exposed faces of sheet piling to vary not more than 2 inches from a horizontal line and not more than 1:120 out of vertical alignment. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 315000-3 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.3 TIEBACKS A. Drill, install,grout, and tension tiebacks. B. Test load-carrying capacity of each tieback and replace and retest deficient tiebacks. 1. Have test loading observed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for design of excavation support and protection system. C. Maintain tiebacks in place until permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and hydrostatic pressures. 3.4 BRACING A. Bracing: Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other permanent work. If necessary to move brace,install new bracing before removing original brace. 1. Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or included in permanent concrete work unless otherwise approved by Architect. 2. Install internal bracing if required to prevent spreading or distortion of braced frames. 3. Maintain bracing until structural elements are supported by other bracing or until permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and hydrostatic pressures. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Survey-Work Benchmarks: Resurvey benchmarks daily during installation of excavation support and protection systems, excavation progress, and for as long as excavation remains open. Maintain an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for comparison with original elevations and positions. Promptly notify Architect if changes in elevations or positions occur or if cracks,sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction. B. Promptly correct detected bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection system remains stable. C. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installation or faulty performance of excavation support and protection systems. 3.6 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed sufficiently to support excavation and earth and hydrostatic pressures. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils and rock or damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. 1. Fill voids immediately with approved backfill compacted to density specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 2. Repair or replace, as approved by Engineer, adjacent work damaged or displaced by removing excavation support and protection systems. B. Leave excavation support and protection systems permanently in place. • END OF SECTION 315000 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 315000-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA . SECTION 321216-ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hot-mix asphalt patching. 2. Hot-mix asphalt paving. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, fill material, unbound- aggregate subbase and base courses, and aggregate pavement shoulders. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C33 -Concrete Aggregates 111 B. ASTM D1557 - Test methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb Rammer and 18 inch drop C. ASTM D1559 - Test Method for Resistance of Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates:For each paving material. B. Material Test Reports:For each paving material,by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. • G GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 321216-1 ASPHALT PAVING of 6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM D 3666 for testing indicated. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of "Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges" of the Department of Transportation, State of Georgia for asphalt paving work. 1. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in standard specifications do not apply to this Section. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Prime Coat:Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. 2. Tack Coat:Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. 3. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of placement. 4. Asphalt Surface Course:Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at time of placement. 110 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: GDOT Section 400,ASTM D 946. B. Aggregate for Base Course: GDOT Standards, Section 815. C. Aggregate for Binder Course: In accordance with GDOT Standards, Section 802. D. Aggregate for Wearing Course: In accordance with GDOT Standards, Section 802. E. Fine Aggregate: In accordance with GDOT Standards, Section 802. F. Mineral Filler: In accordance with GDOT Standards, Section 883. G. Primer: In accordance with GDOT Standards, Section 412. H. Tack Coat: Conforming to Section 413 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specification. I. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for week control, registered by Environmental Protection Agency. Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. Conforming to Section 725 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specification. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ASPHALT PAVING 321216-2of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.2 ASPHALT PAVING MIXES AND MIX DESIGN A. Use dry material to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. B. Base Course: Graded Aggregate Base(GAB). C. Binder Course: 2"220 Ib/sy Superpave or as directed by the Engineer. D. Wearing Course: 1-1/2" 165 lb/sy Superpave or as directed by the Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to begin paving. B. Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding.Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction.Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Proof roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons. 3. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as • determined by Engineer,and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. C. Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PATCHING A. Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into perimeter of adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material.Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. B. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement:Break cracked slabs and roll as required to reseat concrete pieces firmly. 1. Pump hot undersealing asphalt under rocking slab until slab is stabilized or, if necessary, crack slab into pieces and roll to reseat pieces firmly. 2. Remove disintegrated or badly cracked pavement. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending into perimeter of adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. C. Tack Coat: Before placing patch material, apply tack coat uniformly to vertical asphalt surfaces abutting the patch.Apply at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq.yd. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. • G GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 321216-3 ASPHALT PAVING o6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS • AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces,appurtenances, and surroundings.Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. D. Placing Patch Material, 2"or Less: Fill excavated pavement areas with hot-mix asphalt surface mix for full thickness of patch and,while still hot,compact flush with adjacent surface. E. Placing Patch Material, greater than 2": Partially fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix and, while still hot, compact. Cover asphalt base course with compacted, hot-mix surface layer finished flush with adjacent surfaces. 3.3 BITUMINOUS PRIME: A. Bituminous prime shall be applied to the finished base course and to existing surface treatment at a rate of not less than 0.18 and not more than 0.23 gallons per square yard. Application of the bituminous prime shall be in accordance with Section 412 of those specifications. 3.4 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE BINDER AND SURFACE COURSES: A. General: Areas required to be paved shall receive a 2" Binder Course and a 1-1/2" inch compacted thickness surface course. The surface course shall be Asphaltic Concrete, Type F; the intermediate course, Type B. B. Mix: The job mix will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 828 of the Georgia DOT Specifications and shall require the approval of the Engineer. C. Application: Apply the asphaltic concrete surface course in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 400.05, Georgia DOT Specifications. 3.5 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot,hand tampers or with vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F. B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density: 1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to ASTM D 6927, but not less than 94 percent or greater than 100 percent. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still • warm. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ASPHALT PAVING 321216-4of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment.Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.6 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Pavement Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course:Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Surface Course:Plus 1/4 inch,no minus. B. Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 111 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch. 2. Surface Course: 1/8 inch. 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency:Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549. C. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot-mix asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. D. Asphalt Traffic-Calming Devices: Finished height of traffic-calming devices above pavement will be measured for compliance with tolerances. E. In-Place Density: Testing agency will take samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and compacted pavement according to ASTM D 979. 1. Reference maximum theoretical density will be determined by averaging resultse from four samples of hot-mix asphalt-paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared according to ASTM D 2041,and compacted according to job-mix specifications. • G GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 321216-5 ASPHALT PAVING o6 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. In-place density of compacted pavement will be determined by testing core samples according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. a. One core sample will be taken for every 1000 sq. yd.or less of installed pavement, with no fewer than one core taken. b. Field density of in-place compacted pavement may also be determined by nuclear method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. F. Replace and compact hot-mix asphalt where core tests were taken. G. Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 321216 ID IIIIII GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ASPHALT PAVING 321216-6of6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 321445—CRUSHED STONE PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Crushed stone paving course and site cover,compacted. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation and,fill material. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136-Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM C136-Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates C. ASTM D1241 -Material for Soil Aggregate Subbase,Base and Surface Courses D. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate • Mixtures Using 5.5 lb Rammer and 12-inch Drop E. ASTM D1557 - Test methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb Rammer and 18 inch drop F. ASTM D2922 - Test methods for density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) G. ASTM D3017-Test method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the applicable provisions of the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" in accordance with gravel surfaced streets,except as specified herein. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL A. Crushed Stone: Crushed stone or gravel,GDOT Class Group 1, Section 815.2.01 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CRUSHED STONE PAVING321445-1 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Angular, crushed washed natural stone; free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris; Sieve SizePercent Passing 2 inch 100 1-1/2 inch 97-100 3/4 inch 60-95 No. 10 25 to 50 No. 60 105 to 35 No.200 7 to 15 C. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; washed, free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter D. Geotextile Fabric: Tencate, Mirafi HP370 high performance polypropylene geotextile or approved equal 2.2 TESTS A. Gradation of stone materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM C136 and under provisions of Section 01400, Quality Control. PART 3 -EXECUTION • 3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Compact top 6 inches to at least 95 percent of max density at optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D698 B. Remove all unsuitable or objectionable material and replace with acceptable material C. Fill all holes and ruts with suitable material D. Thoroughly wet, reshape and roll subgrade to extent needed to place subgrade in acceptable conditions E. Slope subgrade to accommodate elevations and gradients indicated 3.2 INSPECTION A. Verify compacted subgrade is dry and ready to receive work of this Section B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 CRUSHED STONE PAVING 321445-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.3 PLACING GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. The geotextile shall be laid smooth without wrinkles or folds on the prepared subgrade in the direction of construction traffic.Adjacent geotextile rolls shall be overlapped 24 inches. 3.4 PLACING STONE PAVING A. Spread stone material over prepared subgrade to a total compacted thickness of 4 inches and compact to 95 percent density at optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D698 B. Level surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated C. Add water to assist compaction. With an excess water condition,rework topping and aerate to reduce moisture content D. Perform hand tamping in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment E. Maintain surface shape elevation and smoothness throughout the operation by blading and adding material if required 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. The Contractor shall pay for all field tests to determine compliance of subgrade preparation and compaction in accordance with the specifications B. Subgrade and crushed stone paving: C. Two gradation tests for type of material D. Two moisture-density relationship tests, ASTM D698, Method D, for surfacing material proposed E. One in-place compaction test for every 400 sf of paving or surface area,ASTM D2922/D3017. END OF SECTION 02551 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CRUSHED STONE PAVING321445-3 of 3 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 323113 -CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Chain-link fences. 2. Swing gates. 3. Horizontal-slide gates. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for cast-in-place concrete and post footings. 0 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Fence and gate posts,rails, and fittings. b. Chain-link fabric,reinforcements, and attachments. c. Accessories:Barbed wire. d. Gates and hardware. B. Shop Drawings:For each type of fence and gate assembly. 1. Include plans, elevations,sections,details,and attachments to other work. 2. Include accessories,hardware,gate operation, and operational clearances. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates:For each type of chain-link fence and gate. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK GM&C PROJECT NO. CAUG170004 FENCES AND GATES 323113—1 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of chain-link fences and gates that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Failure to comply with performance requirements. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: one year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of p g selvage knuckle or twist according to "CLFMI Product Manual" and requirements indicated below: 1. Fabric Height:As indicated on Drawings. 2. Steel Wire for Fabric:Wire diameter of 0.148 inch(9 gauge) . a. Mesh Size:2 inches. b. Polymer-Coated Fabric:ASTM F 668,Class 2a over zinc-coated steel wire. 1) Color:Black, according to ASTM F 934.. 3. Selvage:Knuckled at both selvages. 2.2 FENCE FRAMEWORK A. Posts and Rails : ASTM F 1043 for framework, including rails, braces, and line; terminal; and corner posts. Provide members with minimum dimensions and wall thickness according to ASTM F 1043 based on the following: 1. Heavy-Industrial-Strength Material: Group IA or IC, round steel pipe, electric-resistance- welded pipe. a. Line Post: 1.9 inches in diameter. b. End,Corner, and Pull Posts: 2.875 inches in diameter. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 323113—2 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Horizontal Framework Members: Intermediate top and bottom rails according to ASTM F 1043. a. Top Rail: 1.66 inches in diameter. 3. Brace Rails:ASTM F 1043. 4. Polymer coating over metallic coating. a. Color:Match chain-link fabric according to ASTM F 934. 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. Polymer-Coated Steel Wire: 0.177-inch diameter, tension wire according to ASTM F 1664, Class 2a over Zn-5-Al-MM-alloy-coated steel wire. 1. Color:Match chain-link fabric, according to ASTM F 934. 2.4 SWING GATES A. General:ASTM F 900 for gate posts and double swing gate types. 1. Gate Leaf Width:As indicated. 2. Framework Member Sizes and Strength: Based on gate fabric height of more than 72 inches. B. Pipe and Tubing: 1. Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083; protective coating and finish to match fence framework. 2. Gate Posts:Round tubular steel. 3. Gate Frames and Bracing:Round tubular steel. C. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings. D. Extended Gate Posts and Frame Members: Fabricate gate posts and frame end members to extend 12 inches above top of chain-link fabric at both ends of gate frame to attach barbed wire assemblies. E. Hardware: 1. Hinges: 360-degree inward and outward swing. 2. Latch: Permitting operation from both sides of gate with provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate. 2.5 HORIZONTAL-SLIDE GATES A. General:ASTM F 1184 for gate posts and single sliding gate type. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK GM&C PROJECT NO. CAUG170004 FENCES AND GATES 323113—3 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 1. Classification:Type II Cantilever Slide,Class 1 with external roller assemblies. a. Gate Frame Width and Height:As indicated. B. Pipe and Tubing: 1. Zinc-Coated Steel:Protective coating and finish to match fence framework. 2. Gate Posts:ASTM F 1184.Provide round tubular steel posts. 3. Gate Frames and Bracing:Round tubular steel or Rectangular tubular steel. C. Frame Corner Construction:Welded or assembled with corner fittings. D. Extended Gate Posts and Frame Members:Extend gate posts and frame end members above top of chain-link fabric at both ends of gate frame as required to attach barbed wire assemblies. E. Hardware: 1. Hangers, Roller Assemblies, and Stops: Fabricated from mill-finished Grade 319 aluminum-alloy casting with stainless-steel fasteners. 2. Latch: Permitting operation from both sides of gate with provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate. 2.6 FITTINGS A. Provide fittings according to ASTM F 626. • B. Post Caps:Provide for each post. 1. Provide line post caps with loop to receive tension wire or top rail. C. Rail and Brace Ends:For each gate,corner,pull, and end post. D. Rail Fittings:Provide the following: 1. Top Rail Sleeves:Pressed-steel or round-steel tubing not less than 6 inches long. 2. Rail Clamps: Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting intermediate and bottom rails to posts. E. Barbed Wire Arms: Pressed steel or cast iron, with clips, slots, or other means for attaching strands of barbed wire,and means for attaching to posts,integral with post cap, for each post unless otherwise indicated,and as follows: 1. Provide line posts with arms that accommodate top rail or tension wire. 2. Provide corner arms at fence corner posts unless extended posts are indicated. 3. Single-Arm Type: Type I, slanted arm. F. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners:According to ASTM F 626. 1. Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain-link fabric to posts, rails, and frames, according to the following: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 323113—4 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Aluminum: ASTM B 211; Alloy 1350-H19; 0.192-inch diameter, mill-finished wire. G. Finish: 1. Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron:Not less than 1.2 oz./sq.ft.of zinc. a. Polymer coating over metallic coating. 2.7 BARBED WIRE A. Polymer-Coated, Galvanized-Steel Barbed Wire:ASTM F 1665,two-strand barbed wire, 0.080- inch diameter line wire with 0.080-inch diameter, four-point, round galvanized-steel barbs spaced not more than 5 inches o.c.: 1. Polymer Coating: Class 2a over zinc-coated steel wire. a. Color:Match chain-link fabric according to ASTM F 934. 2.8 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer,for exterior applications. B. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring,patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating, and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.9 GROUNDING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connectors and Grounding Rods:Listed and labeled for complying with UL 467. 1. Connectors for Below-Grade Use:Exothermic welded type. 2. Grounding Rods: Copper-clad steel, 5/8 by 96 inches. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork,pavement work,and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK FENCES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 AND GATES 323113—5 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Engineer. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 200 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures,benchmarks, and property monuments. 3.3 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install chain-link fencing according to ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified. 1. Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line. B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm,undisturbed soil. C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm,undisturbed soil. 1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices. 2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts to dimensions indicated and vibrate or tamp for consolidation.Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. a. Exposed Concrete:Extend 2 inches above grade;shape and smooth to shed water. D. Terminal Posts: Install terminal end, corner, and gate posts according to ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 30 degrees or more. E. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet o.c. F. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Diagonally brace terminal posts to adjacent line posts with truss rods and turnbuckles. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. G. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Pull wire taut,without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120-inch diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c.Install tension wire in locations indicated before stretching fabric. Provide horizontal tension wire at the following locations: 1. Extended along top and bottom of fence fabric. Install top tension wire through post cap loops. Install bottom tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same diameter and type of wire. LINK FENCES AND GATES • GOODWYN,MILL5&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN323113—6 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA H. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567,maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer. I. Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 1-inch bottom clearance between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. J. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner,pull, and gate posts, with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c. K. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric according to ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches o.c. and to braces at 24 inches o.c. L. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of fence opposite the fabric side. M. Barbed Wire: Install barbed wire uniformly spaced, angled toward security side of fence. Pull • wire taut, install securely to extension arms, and secure to end post or terminal arms. 3.4 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.5 GROUNDING AND BONDING • A. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Fence and Gate Grounding: 1. Ground for fence and fence posts shall be a separate system from ground for gate and gate posts. 2. Fences within 100 Feet of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground at maximum intervals of 750 feet. 3. Ground fence on each side of gates and other fence openings. a. Bond metal gates to gate posts. b. 411 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK FENCES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 AND GATES 323113—7 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Fences Enclosing Electrical Power Distribution Equipment: Ground according to IEEE C2 unless otherwise indicated. D. Grounding Method:At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until the top is 6 inches below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No.6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at grounding location. 1. Make grounding connections to each barbed wire strand with wire-to-wire connectors designed for this purpose. 2. Make grounding connections to each barbed tape coil with connectors designed for this purpose. E. Connections: 1. Make connections with clean,bare metal at points of contact. 2. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 3. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 4. Make above-grade ground connections with mechanical fasteners. 5. Make below-grade ground connections with exothermic welds. 6. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. F. Bonding to Lightning Protection System: Ground fence and bond fence grounding conductor to lightning protection down conductor or lightning protection grounding conductor according to • NFPA 780. G. Comply with requirements in Section 264113 "Lightning Protection for Structures." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency:Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests. B. Grounding Tests: Comply with requirements in Section 264113 "Lightning Protection for Structures." C. Prepare test reports. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. INC. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD, CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES323113—8 of 9 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,and maintain chain-link fences and gates. END OF SECTION 323113 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. CHAIN LINK FENCES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 AND GATES 323113—9 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA . SECTION 329113 -SOIL PREPARATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes planting soils specified by composition of the mixes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 2. Section 329200 "Turf and Grasses" for placing planting soil for turf and grasses. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AAPFCO: Association of American Plant Food Control Officials. B. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. This can be • amended or unamended soil as indicated. C. CEC: Cation exchange capacity. D. Compost: The product resulting from the controlled biological decomposition of organic material that has been sanitized through the generation of heat and stabilized to the point that it is beneficial to plant growth. E. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly decayed leaves,twigs,and detritus. F. Imported Soil: Soil that is transported to Project site for use. G. Layered Soil Assembly: A designed series of planting soils, layered on each other,that together produce an environment for plant growth. H. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce planting soil. I. NAPT:North American Proficiency Testing Program. An SSSA program to assist soil-, plant-, and water-testing laboratories through interlaboratory sample exchanges and statistical evaluation of analytical data. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION329113-1 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA J. Organic Matter: The total of organic materials in soil exclusive of undecayed plant and animal tissues, their partial decomposition products, and the soil biomass; also called "humus" or "soil organic matter." K. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. L. RCRA Metals: Hazardous metals identified by the EPA under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. M. SSSA: Soil Science Society of America. N. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. O. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile,typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. P. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile.In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil"; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. Q. USCC: U.S. Composting Council. • 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. Include recommendations for application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. 3. Include sieve analyses for aggregate materials. 4. Material Certificates: For each type of soil amendment and fertilizer before delivery to the site, according to the following: a. Manufacturer's qualified testing agency's certified analysis of standard products. b. Analysis of fertilizers, by a qualified testing agency, made according to AAPFCO methods for testing and labeling and according to AAPFCO's SUIP#25. c. Analysis of nonstandard materials, by a qualified testing agency, made according to SSSA methods,where applicable. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:For each testing agency. B. Preconstruction Test Reports: For preconstruction soil analyses specified in "Preconstruction Testing"Article. C. Field quality-control reports. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SOIL PREPARATION 329113-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA II/ 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state-operated, or university-operated laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated; and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Do not move or handle materials when they are wet or frozen. 4. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate certificates. PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED BY COMPOSITION A. General: Soil amendments, fertilizers, and rates of application specified in this article are guidelines that may need revision based on testing laboratory's recommendations after preconstruction soil analyses are performed. B. Planting-Soil Type: Existing, on-site surface soil,with the duff layer, if any, retained; modified to produce viable planting soil. Blend existing, on-site surface soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: 1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:4 by volume. C. Planting-Soil Type: Imported, naturally formed soil from off-site sources and consisting of sandy loam soil according to USDA textures; and modified to produce viable planting soil. 1. Sources: Take imported, unamended soil from sources that are naturally well-drained sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep, not from agricultural land,bogs, or marshes; and that do not contain undesirable organisms; disease-causing plant pathogens; or obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to, quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic,ground ivy,perennial sorrel,and bromegrass. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION329113-3 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. Additional Properties of Imported Soil before Amending: Soil reaction of pH 6 to 7 and minimum of 4 percent organic-matter content, friable, and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. 3. Unacceptable Properties: Clean soil of the following: a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. b. Unsuitable Materials: Stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand that exceed a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of the imported soil. c. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand exceeding 2 inches in any dimension. 4. Amended Soil Composition: Blend imported, unamended soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:4 by volume. D. Planting-Soil Type: Manufactured soil consisting of manufacturer's basic topsoil, blended in a manufacturing facility with sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce viable planting soil. 1. Blend manufacturer's basic soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the • following quantities to produce planting soil: a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:4 by volume. 2.2 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 1. Class: T, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 75 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve. 2. Form:Provide lime in form of ground dolomitic limestone. B. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. C. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, and according to ASTM C 33. 2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter produced by composting feedstock, and bearing USCC's "Seal of Testing Assurance,"and as follows: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329113-4of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA . 1. Reaction:pH of 5.5 to 8. 2. Soluble-Salt Concentration:Less than 4 dS/m. 3. Moisture Content: 35 to 55 percent by weight. 4. Organic-Matter Content: 30 to 40 percent of dry weight. 5. Particle Size:Minimum of 98 percent passing through a 2-inch sieve. B. Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular texture with 100 percent passing through a 1/2-inch sieve, a pH of 3.4 to 4.8, and a soluble-salt content measured by electrical conductivity of maximum 5 dS/m. C. Manure: Well-rotted,unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil,weed seed,debris,and material harmful to plant growth. 2.4 FERTILIZERS A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde,phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium,by weight. • 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. C. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen,phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium,by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. D. Chelated Iron: Commercial-grade FeEDDHA for dicots and woody plants, and commercial- grade FeDTPA for ornamental grasses and monocots. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections. B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine,tar,roofing compound,or acid has been deposited in planting soil. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION329113-5 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Proceed with placement only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED, ON-SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth of 6 inches and stockpile until amended. B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid,and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. C. Unsuitable Materials: Clean soil to contain a maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of stones, roots,plants,sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand. D. Screening:Pass unamended soil through a 2-inch sieve to remove large materials. 3.3 PLACING AND MIXING PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply and mix unamended soil with amendments on-site to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than S 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Apply, add soil amendments, and mix approximately half the thickness of unamended soil over prepared, loosened subgrade according to "Mixing" Paragraph below. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil. C. Mixing: Spread unamended soil to total depth of 4 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after mixing with amendments and natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen,muddy, or excessively wet. 1. Amendments: Apply soil amendments, except compost, and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them with unamended soil to produce planting soil. a. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. b. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. 2. Lifts: Apply and mix unamended soil and amendments in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. D. Compaction: Compact each blended lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698 and tested in-place except where a different compaction value is indicated on Drawings. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329113-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.4 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE A. General: Mix amendments with in-place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen,muddy, or excessively wet. B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth of of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Mixing: Apply soil amendments,except compost, and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them into full depth of unamended,in-place soil to produce planting soil. 1. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. 2. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. D. Compaction: Compact blended planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698. E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.5 APPLYING COMPOST TO SURFACE OF PLANTING SOIL A. Application: Apply compost component of planting-soil mix 4 inches of compost to surface of in-place planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Finish Grading: Grade surface to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Compaction:Test planting-soil compaction after placing each lift and at completion using a densitometer or soil-compaction meter calibrated to a reference test value based on laboratory testing according to ASTM D 698. Space tests at no less than one for each 1000 sq.ft. (100 sq.m)of in-place soil or part thereof. C. Soil will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329113-7 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 E. Label each sample and test report with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system,visible conditions when and where sample was taken, and sampling depth. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect areas of in-place soil from additional compaction, disturbance, and contamination. Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting operations: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris,or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Vehicle traffic. 4. Foot traffic. 5. Erection of sheds or structures. 6. Impoundment of water. 7. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. B. If planting soil or subgrade is overcompacted, disturbed, or contaminated by foreign or deleterious materials or liquids, remove the planting soil and contamination; restore the subgrade as directed by Architect and replace contaminated planting soil with new planting soil. 3.8 CLEANING SA. Protect areas adjacent to planting-soil preparation and placement areas from contamination. Keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property unless otherwise indicated. 1. Dispose of excess subsoil and unsuitable materials on-site where directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 329113 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SOIL PREPARATION GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329113-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 329200-TURF AND GRASSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Seeding. 2. Hydroseeding. 3. Sodding. 4. Erosion-control material(s). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. B. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. C. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers,moles,and mice),unwanted plants(weeds), fungi,bacteria,and viruses. D. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 329113 "Soil Preparation". E. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or mixture, stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. • B. Product Certificates:For fertilizers, from manufacturer. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TURF AND GRASSES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329200-1 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful turf establishment. 1. Experience: Three years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in Section 014000"Quality Requirements." 2. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed,commercial. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight,certified analysis,name and address of manufacturer,and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws,as applicable. B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for • Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" sections in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod within 24 hours of harvesting and in time for planting promptly.Protect sod from breakage and drying. C. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Planting Restrictions: Coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TURF AND GRASSES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329200-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B. Seed Species: 1. Quality: State-certified seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure. 2. Quality: Seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure, with not less than 85 percent germination, not less than 95 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed: 3. Bermudagrass(Cynodon dactylon). 2.2 TURFGRASS SOD A. Turfgrass Sod: Approved Number 1 Quality/Premium, including limitations on thatch, weeds, diseases, nematodes, and insects, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding."Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color, and texture that is strongly rooted and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. B. Turfgrass Species:Bermudagrass(Cynodon dactylon). 2.3 FERTILIZERS A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde,phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium,by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. B. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen,phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. 2.4 MULCHES A. Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean,mildew-and seed-free,salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TURF AND GRASSES 329200-3 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 41) B. Asphalt Emulsion:ASTM D 977,Grade SS-1;nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. 2.5 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide(Selective and Nonselective):Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. 2.6 EROSION-CONTROL MATERIALS A. Erosion-Control Blankets: Biodegradable wood excelsior, straw, or coconut-fiber mat enclosed in a photodegradable plastic mesh. Include manufacturer's recommended steel wire staples, 6 inches long. B. Erosion-Control Fiber Mesh:Biodegradable burlap or spun-coir mesh,a minimum of 0.92 lb/sq. yd., with 50 to 65 percent open area. Include manufacturer's recommended steel wire staples, 6 inches long. C. Erosion-Control Mats: Cellular, nonbiodegradable slope-stabilization mats designed to isolate and contain small areas of soil over steeply sloped surface, of 3-inch nominal mat thickness. Include manufacturer's recommended anchorage system for slope conditions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner,turpentine,tar,roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 3. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. • S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 329200-S TURF AND GRASSEEofS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting soil. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures; utilities; sidewalks; pavements; and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. 1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding and hydromulching overspray. 2. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them. B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. 3.3 TURF AREA PREPARATION A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 329113 "Soil Preparation." B. Placing Planting Soil:Place and mix planting soil in place over exposed subgrade. 1. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod. C. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface before planting. Do not create muddy soil. g y to thy D. Before planting, obtain Engineer's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR EROSION-CONTROL MATERIALS A. Prepare area as specified in"Turf Area Preparation"Article. B. For erosion-control mats, install planting soil in two lifts, with second lift equal to thickness of erosion-control mats. Install erosion-control mat and fasten as recommended by material manufacturer. C. Fill cells of erosion-control mat with planting soil and compact before planting. D. For erosion-control blanket or mesh, install from top of slope, working downward, and as recommended by material manufacturer for site conditions. Fasten as recommended bymaterial manufacturer. E. Moisten prepared area before planting if surface is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TURF AND GRASSES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329200-5 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.5 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. 1. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 2. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. 3. Do not seed against existing trees.Limit extent of seed to outside edge of planting saucer. B. Sow seed at a total rate of 2 lb/1000 sq.ft.or greater. C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of soil,roll lightly,and water with fine spray. D. Protect seeded areas with slopes exceeding 1:4 with erosion-control blankets and 1:6 with erosion-control fiber mesh installed and stapled according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Protect seeded areas with erosion-control mats where indicated on Drawings; install and anchor according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Protect seeded areas with slopes not exceeding 1:6 by spreading straw mulch. Spread uniformly at a minimum rate of 2 tons/acre to form a continuous blanket 1-1/2 inches in loose thickness over seeded areas. Spread by hand,blower,or other suitable equipment. 1. Anchor straw mulch by crimping into soil with suitable mechanical equipment. 411) 2. Bond straw mulch by spraying with asphalt emulsion at a rate of 10 to 13 gal./1000 sq. ft.. Take precautions to prevent damage or staining of structures or other plantings adjacent to mulched areas.Immediately clean damaged or stained areas. 3.6 HYDROSEEDING A. Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, commercial fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. 1. Mix slurry with nonasphaltic tackifier. 2. Spray-apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a one-step process.Apply slurry at a rate so that mulch component is deposited at not less than 1500-1b/acre dry weight, and seed component is deposited at not less than the specified seed-sowing rate. 3. Spray-apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a two-step process. Apply first slurry coat at a rate so that mulch component is deposited at not less than 500-1b/acre dry weight, and seed component is deposited at not less than the specified seed-sowing rate. Apply slurry cover coat of fiber mulch(hydromulching)at a rate of 1000 lb/acre. 3.7 SODDING A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting unless a suitable preservation method is accepted by Engineer prior to delivery time.Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or muddy. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. TURF AND GRASSES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 329200-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints.Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to soil or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with soil, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between pieces of sod;remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass. 1. Lay sod across slopes exceeding 1:3. 2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or steel staples spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than two anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage. C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after planting,water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod. 3.8 TURF MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation. 1. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. • Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. 2. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement. 3. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the use of pesticides and reduce hazards. B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches. 1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas. 2. Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week unless rainfall precipitation is adequate. C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain the following grass height: 1. Mow bermudagrass to a height of 1/2 to 1 inch. D. Turf Postfertilization:Apply commercial fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry. 1. Use fertilizer that provides actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq.ft.to turf area. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 TURF AND GRASSES 329200-7of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.9 SATISFACTORY TURF A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Engineer: 1. Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq.ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches. 2. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even- colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities. B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements,and continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory. 3.10 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.11 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION • A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads,walks, or other paved areas. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris,and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and remove after plantings are established. D. Remove nondegradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period. END OF SECTION 329200 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. 329200-S TURF AND GRASSES ES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 330513 -MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modular precast concrete manholes and structures with tongue-and-groove joints and masonry transition to cover frame, covers, anchorage,and accessories. 2. Doghouse manhole connections to existing sewer lines. 3. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete type for manhole and structure foundation slab construction. 2. Section 312000 — Earth Moving: Excavating for manholes, structures, and foundation slabs. 3. Section 333113 - Public Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping: Piping connections to manholes. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS • A. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO M91 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick(Made from Clay or Shale). 2. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications. 3. AASHTO M306 - Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility, and Related Castings. B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 530/530.1 -Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A48-Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM C32 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made From Clay or Shale). 4. ASTM C55- Standard Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. ASTM C478-Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 6. ASTM C497-Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe,Manhole Sections,or Tile. 7. ASTM C913 - Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-1 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III 8. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes,and Laterals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures:Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit data for manhole covers, component construction, features, configuration and dimensions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate structure locations and elevations. 2. Indicate sizes and elevations of piping penetrations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. • B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Comply with precast concrete manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C913 for unloading, storing,and moving precast manholes and drainage structures. D. Storage: 1. Store precast concrete manholes and drainage structures to prevent damage to Owner's property or other public or private property. 2. Repair property damaged from materials storage. 1.5 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. B. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with ACI 530/530.1. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hanson Pipe and Precast;Irvin,TX 2. Oldcastle Precast;Littleton,CO. 3. Approved Equal. B. Manhole and Structure Sections: 1. Description: Reinforced precast concrete conforming to ASTM C478 with gaskets conforming to ASTM C923. 2. Joints for Precast Manholes and Structures: a. Conforming to ASTM C913. b. Maximum Leakage: 0.025 gal.per hour per foot of joint at 3 feet of head. C. Concrete Brick Units: 1. Comply with ASTM C55. 2. Weight:Normal. D. Mortar[and Grout]: • 1. As specified in Section 036000-Grout. E. Reinforcement: 1. Formed steel wire. 2. Finish: Unfinished. F. Shaft Construction and Eccentric Cone Top Section: 1. Pipe Sections:Reinforced precast concrete. 2. Joints: a. Lipped male/female. G. Shape:Cylindrical. H. Clear Inside Dimensions: 1. As indicated on Drawings. I. Design Depth: 1. As indicated on Drawings. J. Clear Cover Opening: 1. Diameter:26 inches. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-3 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • K. Pipe Entry:Furnish openings as indicated on Drawings. L. Structure Joint Gaskets: 1. ASTM C361. 2. Material:Rubber. M. Steps: 1. Rungs:Formed polypropylene. a. As indicated on Drawings. 2. Spacing: a. As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 FRAMES AND COVERS A. Description: 1. Construction: ASTM A48,Class 30B,cast iron. 2. Lid: a. Machined flat bearing surface. b. Removable. 3. Cover Design: Comply with Augusta Utilities Department(AUD)standards. • 2.3 RISER RINGS A. Riser Rings: 1. 4 Inches to 6 Inches Thick: a. Material:Precast concrete. b. Comply with ASTM C478. 2. Rubber Seal Wraps: a. Wraps and Band Widths: Conform to ASTM C877,Type III. b. Cone/Riser Ring Joint:Minimum 3 inches overlap. c. Frame/Riser Ring Joint: 2 inches overlap. d. Additional Bands: Overlap upper band by 2 inches B. Accessories: 1. Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C990. 2. Bolts: a. Stainless Steel: Comply with ASTM F593. b. Galvanized: Comply with ASTM F1554. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-4 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.4 MATERIALS A. Cover and Bedding: 1. Bedding:Fill Type as specified in Section 312000—Earth Moving. 2. Cover:Fill Type as specified in Section 312000—Earth Moving. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Foundation Slab: 1. Cast-in-place concrete as specified in Section 033000-Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Top Surface:Level. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are properly sized and located. • C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location and are ready for roughing into Work. D. Verify correct size of manhole and structure excavation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers as indicated on Drawings to indicate its intended use. C. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other Sections. D. Do not install manholes and structures where Site conditions induce loads exceeding structural capacity of manholes or structures. E. Inspect precast concrete manholes and structures immediately prior to placement in excavation to verify that they are internally clean and free from damage; remove and replace damaged units. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-5 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Excavation and Backfill: 1. Excavate for manholes and structures as specified in Section [312000 — Earth Moving and in indicated locations and depths. 2. Provide clearance around sidewalls of manhole or structure for construction operations and granular backfill. 3. If groundwater is encountered, prevent accumulation of water in excavations; place manhole or structure in dry trench. 4. Where possibility exists of watertight manhole or structure becoming buoyant in flooded excavation,anchor manhole or structure to avoid flotation,as approved by Engineer. B. Foundation Slab: 1. Place foundation slab and trowel top surface level. 2. Place manhole sections plumb and level, trim to correct elevations, and anchor to foundation slab. C. Install manholes and structures supported at proper grade and alignment on crushed stone bedding as indicated on Drawings. D. Backfill excavations for manholes and structures as specified in Section 312000 — Earth Moving. E. Form and place manhole or structure cylinder plumb and level, to correct dimensions and • elevations. F. Cut and fit for pipe. G. Grout base of shaft sections to achieve slope to exit piping,trowel smooth, and contour to form continuous drainage channel as indicated on Drawings. H. Set cover frames and covers level to correct elevations without tipping. I. Precast Concrete Manholes and Structures: 1. Lift precast components at lifting points designated by manufacturer. 2. When lowering manholes and structures into excavations and joining pipe to units, take precautions to ensure that interior of pipeline and structure remains clean. 3. Set precast structures, bearing firmly and fully on crushed stone bedding, compacted as specified in Section 312000—Earth Moving or on other support system as indicated on Drawings. 4. Assembly: a. Assemble multi-section manholes and structures by lowering each section into excavation. b. Install rubber gasket joints between precast sections according to manufacturer's recommendations. c. Lower, set level, and firmly position base section before placing additional sections. 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Remove foreign materials from joint surfaces and verify sealing materials are placed properly. 6. Maintain alignment between sections by using guide devices affixed to lower section. 7. Joint sealing materials may be installed on Site or at manufacturer's plant. 8. Verify that installed manholes and structures meet required alignment and grade. 9. Remove knockouts or cut structure to receive piping without creating openings larger than required to receive pipe; fill annular spaces with mortar. 10. Cut pipe flush with interior of structure. 11. Shape inverts through manhole and structures as indicated on Drawings. J. Doghouse Manholes and Structures: 1. Stake out location and burial depth of existing sewer line in area of proposed manhole or structure. 2. Carefully excavate around existing sewer line to adequate depth for foundation slab installation. 3. Protect existing pipe from damage. 4. Cut out soft spots and replace with granular fill compacted to 95 percent maximum density. 5. Prepare crushed stone bedding or other support system, as indicated on Drawings, to receive foundation slab as specified for precast manholes and structures. 6. Install pre-cast concrete manhole or structure around existing pipe according to applicable Paragraphs in this Section. 7. Grout pipe entrances as specified in Section 036000-Grout. 8. Coordinate connection to existing pipe during low-flow hours and scheduled with the • Owner. 9. Block upstream flow at existing manhole or structure with expandable plug. 10. Use hydraulic saw to cut existing pipe at manhole or structure entrance and exit and along pipe length at a point halfway up the outside diameter on each side of the pipe. 11. Bottom half of pipe to remain as manhole flow channel. 12. Saw cut to smooth finish with top half of pipe flush with interior of manhole or structure. 13. Grout base of manhole or structure to achieve slope to manhole or structure channel and trowel smooth. K. Sanitary Manhole Drop Connections: 1. Construct drop connections into sanitary manholes as indicated on Drawings. L. Castings: 1. Set frames using mortar and masonry as indicated on Drawings. 2. Install radially-laid concrete brick with 1/4 inch thick vertical joints at inside perimeter. 3. Lay concrete brick in full bed of mortar and completely fill joints. 4. If more than one course of concrete brick is required,stagger vertical joints. 5. Set frame and cover 2 inches above finished grade for manholes and other structures with covers located within unpaved areas to allow area to be graded away from cover beginning 1 inch below top surface of frame or as indicated on the drawings. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-7 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Test cast-in-place concrete as specified in Section 033000-Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Test concrete manhole and structure sections according to ASTM C497. D. Vertical Adjustment of Existing Manholes and Structures: 1. If required, adjust top elevation of existing manholes and structures to finished grades as indicated on Drawings. 2. Frames,Grates,and Covers: a. Carefully remove frames,grates,and covers cleaned of mortar fragments. b. Reset to required elevation according to requirements specified for installation of castings. 3. Reinforcing Bars: a. Remove concrete without damaging existing vertical reinforcing bars if removal of existing concrete wall is required. b. Clean vertical bars of concrete and bend into new concrete top slab or splice to required vertical reinforcement as indicated on Drawings. 4. Clean and apply sand-cement bonding compound on existing concrete surfaces to receive 4110 cast-in-place concrete as specified in Section 033000-Cast-in-Place Concrete. END OF SECTION 330513 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330513-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 330514-PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE VAULT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast concrete pumping station wetwell. 2. Precast concrete pumping station valve vault. 3. Access hatches. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete type for manhole and structure foundation slab construction. 2. Section 036000-Grout 3. Section 083485—Watertight Access Covers—Access Covers 4. Section 312316-Excavation:Excavating for structures and foundation slabs. 5. Section 312323 -Fill:Backfilling after structure installation. 111 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO HB-17-Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 2. AASHTO M306 - Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility, and Related Castings. B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A36-Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A48-Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 3. ASTM A82-Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. 6. ASTM A496 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE VAULT GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 330514-1of8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 7. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. 8. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 10. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 11. ASTM C33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 12. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 13. ASTM C138 - Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric)of Concrete. 14. ASTM C143 -Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. 15. ASTM C150- Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 16. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 17. ASTM C192 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 18. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 19. ASTM C260-Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 20. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. • 21. ASTM C330 - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. 22. ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets. 23. ASTM C494- Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 24. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 25. ASTM C890- Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 26. ASTM C913 - Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 27. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes,and Laterals. 28. ASTM C990-Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe,Manholes,and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 29. ASTM C1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). 30. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. D. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code-Steel. 2. AWS D1.4-Structural Welding Code-Reinforced Steel. E. National Precast Concrete Association: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE 2ULT of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 330514 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. NPCA Plant Certification Program. 2. NPCA Quality Control Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Plants. F. The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC Paint 20-Zinc-Rich Primers(Type I-Inorganic and Type II-Organic). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures:Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: 1. Submit data for frames and covers, component construction, features, configuration, and dimensions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate structure locations, elevations, sections, equipment supports, and sizes and elevations of penetrations. 2. Indicate design, construction and installation details,typical reinforcement and additional reinforcement at openings. • D. Submit concrete mix design for each different mix. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals:Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain precast concrete utility structures from single source. B. Perform structural design according to ACI 318. C. Perform Work according to NPCA Quality Control Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Plants. D. Conform to following material and fabrication requirements:ASTM C913. E. Perform welding according to following: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE VAULT GM&C PROJECT NO. CATL160070 330514-3 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Structural Steel:AWS D1.1. 2. Reinforcing Steel:AWS D1.4. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Certified by NPCA Plant Certification Program prior to and during Work of this Section. B. Welders and Welding Procedures: AWS qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Do not deliver products until concrete has cured 5 days or has attained minimum 75 percent of specified 28-day compressive strength. C. Inspection: Accept precast structures on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. D. Comply with precast concrete manufacturer instructions for unloading, storing, and moving • precast structures. E. Lift structures from designated lifting points. F. Storage: 1. Store precast concrete manholes and drainage structures to prevent damage to Owner's property or other public or private property. 2. Repair property damaged from materials storage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design structures for minimum loads conforming to ASTM C890. B. Roof Live Load: Comply with following loading conditions, including impact load: 1. Traffic: a. AASHTO HS20-44. b. Maximum 16,000 lb. each wheel. 2. Walkway Traffic: i GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE 4ULT 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 330514 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Maximum 300 psf. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Steel:ASTM A615 Grade 60 2. Welded Wire Fabric:ASTM A185 B. Concrete: Section 033000: 1. Minimum compressive strength:4,000 psi at 28 days 2. Cement:ASTM C150,Portland Cement,Type I 3. Aggregates:ASTM C33,free of deleterious substances C. Precast Sections: 1. Specification:ASTM C913 2. Vault minimum wall thickness:6 inch 3. Wetwell minimum wall thickness: 8 inch 4. Grade rings as required D. Gaskets:ASTM C923: 1. Mastic:FS SS-S-210A, "RAM-NEK" or equal 2. Rubber:Neoprene,40+5 hardness when measured by ASTM D2240,Type A durometer • E. External Sealing Bands: a. Comply with ASTM C877. b. Material: Type I,rubber and mastic F. Castings:ASTM A48 with asphalt varnish coating hot dip applied at foundry, 6 mils thick G. Guide Rails: Pump guide rails, Type 316L, schedule 40 stainless steel, diameter and length as required by pump supplier. H. Covers: 2.3 Wetwell Cover furnished under Section 083485 2.4 Valve Vault Cover furnished under Section 083485 A. Flexible Pipe Boot:PSX, as manufactured by Press-Seal gasket Corporation, or equal B. Stone Subbase: 1-1/2 inch minus,well-graded gravel C. Wetwell Interior Coating: Sikagard 62 or approved equal 2.5 FABRICATION A. Wetwell : 1. Precast concrete barrel and top, cast-in-place bottom. Manufacturers standard except that • the bottom 20' of the structure, including the bottom slab, shall be designed and GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE VAULT GM&C PROJECT NO. CATL160070 330514-5 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA constructed for a load of 2,500 lbs.per sq.ft. The bottom slab shall extend a minimum of one (1)foot beyond the outside surface of the vertical wall of the structure to provide for over burden. 2. Minimum inside dimensions:As shown on the drawings 3. Precast lid: Same or greater reinforcement and wall thickness with capability for live load matching that specified for the access covers. 4. Joints: Tongue and groove type with double mastic gaskets, each joint to set equally and tightly 5. Hatch Cover: Cover shall be as specified in Section 083485—Watertight Access Covers. The embedded portion of the frame shall have a heavy shop coat of bituminous paint where in contact with concrete. 6. Pipe connection: As indicated on Drawings: 7. Provide cast-in-place pipe sleeve to match diameter of flexible pipe boot 8. Utility Sleeve: Provide cast-in-place opening for power and control conduit, located 24 inches below finished grade 9. Guide rails:Install pump guide rails from the pump base to the upper guide bracket B. Valve Vault: 1. Precast concrete 2. Minimum inside dimensions: 6 feet by 6 feet 3. Vault height dimension to provide clearance as shown on the drawings 4. Precast lid: Same or greater reinforcement and wall thickness with capability for live load matching the access covers. 5. Joints: Tongue and groove type with double mastic gaskets, each joint to set equally and tightly • 6. Access opening: As indicated on Drawings. 7. Pipe connection: As indicated on Drawings. a. Provide cast-in-place pipe sleeve to match diameter of flexible pipe boot 2.6 FINISHES A. Concrete: 1. Formed Surfaces Not Exposed to View:As formed. 2. Unformed Surfaces: a. Finish with vibrating screed or hand float. b. Permitted: Color variations,minor indentations,chips, and spalls. c. Not Permitted:Major imperfections,honeycomb,or other defects. 3. Exposed to View Finishes: a. Troweled for following surfaces: 1) Tops and Edges exposed to view. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE A66 of 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 330514 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements:Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Inspection: 1. Visually inspect completed precast structures for defects. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view to achieve uniform appearance. 3. Repair honeycomb by removing loose material and applying grout to produce smooth surface flush with adjacent surface. 4. Repair major defects only if permitted by Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are properly sized and located. C. Verify correct size and elevation of excavation. • D. Verify that subgrade and bedding are properly prepared, compacted, p p and ready to receive Work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Mark each precast structure by indentation or using waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers shown on Drawings to indicate its intended use. C. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other Sections. D. Do not install structures if Site conditions induce loads exceeding weight capacity of structures. E. Inspect precast concrete structures immediately prior to placement in excavation to verify that they are internally clean and free from damage;remove and replace damaged units. F. Bed all precast structures in a 6 inch minimum depth compacted stone base. 3.3 INSTALLATION • A. Install underground precast utility structures according to ASTM C891. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE VAULT GM&C PROJECT NO. CATL160070 330514-7 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Lift precast concrete structures at lifting points designated by manufacturer. C. When lowering structures into excavations and joining pipe to units,take precautions to ensure that interior of pipeline and structure remains clean. D. Install concrete base to elevation and alignment as indicated on Drawings. E. Install precast concrete utility structures to elevation and alignment as indicated on Drawings. F. Assembly of Multi-section Structures: 1. Lower each section into excavation. 2. Clean joint surfaces. 3. Install watertight joint seals according to manufacturer instructions using gasket joints, and external sealing bands. G. Pipe Connections: 1. Connect pipe to structure and seal watertight. 2. Cut pipe flush with interior of structure. H. Foundation slab: 1. Grout to achieve slope to exit piping. 2. Trowel smooth. • 3. Contour as indicated on Drawings. I. Frame and Cover and Access Hatches: 1. Set level,without tipping,to elevations as indicated on Drawings. 2. Set aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete with bituminous coating. J. Backfill excavations for structures as specified in Section 312323—Fill. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Perform following tests and inspections for structures: 1. Vacuum Test: Comply with ASTM C1244. 2. Hydrostatic Exfiltration Test:According to manufacturer instructions. END OF SECTION 330514 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL AND VALVE 8ULT 8 GM&C PROJECT NO.CATL160070 330514 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 330519-PRESSURE PIPING TIED JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Tied joint restraint system. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000—Earth Moving: Trenching and backfilling requirements for Site utilities. 2. Section 400506 — "Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping" for sleeve couplings,restraints and wall pipes. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI B1.1 -Unified Inch Screw Threads, UN and UNR Thread Form. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A36-Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 4. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 6. ASTM A563 -Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 7. ASTM A588 - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi [345 MPa]Minimum Yield Point,with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance. 8. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 9. ASTM F436-Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. C. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C600-Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures:Requirements for submittals. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE PIPING RESTRAINED JOINT SYSTEM GM&C PROJECT NO. CAUG170004 330519-1 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for restrained joint details and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate restrained joint details and materials being used. 2. Submit layout drawings showing piece numbers and locations. 3. Indicate restrained joint locations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations of joint restraints. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years'documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Provide pressure pipeline with restrained joints at each bends,tees, and changes in direction. 2.2 RESTRAINT SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. U.S.Pipe—"TR-FLEX" 2. American Pipe—"LOKFAST" • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE PIPING RESTRAINED JOINT SYSTEM GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330519-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. Clow—"SuperLock" 4. EBBA Iron—"Megalug" 5. Approved Equal B. Joints: 1. Mechanical joints with tie rods: a. Tie rods: ASTM A307,galvanized entire length b. Steel pipe spacers: ASTM A120,standard weight galvanized c. Washers: ANSI A27.2 plain steel,galvanized 2. Flanged joints: a. General use: ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115 and ANSI B16.1,Class 125 b. Where 250 psi working pressure indicated on Drawings or specified: ANSI 21.15/AWWA C115 c. Where Class 250 indicated on Drawings or specified: ANSI B16.1, Class 250, flat faced d. Flange bolting: 1) Material: ASTM A307 2) Type: Bolt and nut,bolt-stud and 2 nuts permitted for 1 inch and larger 3) Bolts and bolt-studs: a) Length: Ends project 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch beyond nuts b) Ends: Chamfered or rounded c) Threading: ANSI B1.1, coarse thread series, Class 2A fit. Bolt studs • may be threaded full length. Studs for tapped holes threaded to match holes 4) Bolt heads: a) Shape: Hexagonal or square b) Dimensions: ANSI B18.2 regular pattern for square, heavy pattern for hexagonal 5) Nuts: a) Dimensions: ANSI B 18.2 heavy, semi-finished pattern b) Threading: ANSI B1.1 coarse thread series, Class 1B fit 3. Restrained push-on joints,24 inch and below: a. U.S.Pipe"TR-Flex" b. American Pipe"LOKFAST" c. Clow"Super Lock" 4. Grooved couplings: a. Standard groove/rigid groove b. Pipe ends: Grooved with"radius cut groove" c. Couplings: Victaulic "Style 31", Gustin-Bacon "Series 100 Gruvagrip", or approved equal d. Gaskets: Compatible with pipe material e. Vic-Flange Adapters: Victaulic"Style 341", "Style 342",or approved equal 5. Flanged coupling adapters: a. 48 inch and under:Ebba Iron Megaflange" or approved equal b. Uniflange is not acceptable • GOODWYN,MILLS& CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE PIPING RESTRAINED JOINT SYSTEM GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330519-3 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 6. Mechanical joint with restraint device: a. Process piping: 1) Multiple wedging action type 2) Twist off nuts used to insure proper actuating of the restraining device 3) Working pressure rated to at least 250 psi 4) EBAA Iron Sales,Inc.,MEGA LUG or equal 5) With conventional thrust block restraint and where acceptable to Engineer PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that pipe and fittings are ready to receive Work. C. Field measure and verify conditions for installation of Work. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation • preparation. B. Clean surfaces of pipe and fittings that are to receive tied joint restraint systems. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe and fittings according to AWWA C600. B. Install manufactured restraining devices in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Install joint restraint system such that joins are mechanically locked together to prevent joint separation. END OF SECTION 330519 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE PIPING RESTRAINED JOINT SYSTEM GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 330519-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400506-COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS,AND SPECIALS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe penetrations. 2. Restrained joints. 3. Expansion joints. 4. Sleeve-type couplings. 5. Wall sleeve. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000-Metal Fabrications 2. Section 099600—High-Performance Coatings 3. Division 40—Process Integration C. Conform to the requirements of Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping • 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C219-Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. 2. AWWA C227 Bolted, Split-Sleeve Restrained and Nonrestrained Couplings for Plain- End Pipe. B. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M- Structural Welding Code- Steel. C. ASME International: 1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 2. ASME B31.3 -Process Piping. 3. ASME B31.9-Building Services Piping. 4. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC), Section IX - Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications. D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 FOR PROCESS PIPING 400506-1 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E 1 1 9 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 4. ASTM E814-Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems. 5. ASTM El 966-Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. E. Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc.: 1. EJMA Standards. F. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. G. UL: 1. UL 263 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 1479-Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 3. UL 2079-Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Flashing: 1. Metal Flashing: a. Material: Galvanized steel. b. Thickness: 26 gage. 2. Metal Counterflashing: a. Material: Galvanized steel. b. Thickness: 22 gage. 3. Flexible Flashing Materials: a. Material: Butyl sheet,PVC sheet,or Compatible with service conditions. b. Thickness:47 mils. 4. Caps: a. Material: Steel. b. Minimum Thickness: 22 gage,and 16 gage at fire-resistive elements. B. Sleeves: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCESS PIPING 400506-2 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Sleeves for Pipes through Non-fire-rated Floors: a. Material: 304 stainless steel. b. Thickness: 0.0625 inch minimum 2. Sealant: a. As specified in Section 079200-Joint Sealants. C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: 1. Manufacturers: a. Flexicraft Industries,PipeSeal b. GPT(Link-Seal) c. Or Approval Equal 2. Description: a. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve. b. Connection: Bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened,providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.2 RESTRAINED JOINTS • A. Flange Adapter(Set Screws) 1. Manufacturer: a. EZ Flange Adapter(EBAA Iron,Inc.) b. Uni-Flange,series 400(OR series 420) c. Ford Meter Box Company,Inc. (Nappco, Inc.) d. Star Pipe Series 400 e. Or Approved Equal. 2. Description: a. The uniflange assembly shall be used only in instances shown on the drawings. If the CONTRACTOR proposes to use uniflanges at other locations, he shall first obtain approval from the ENGINEER. b. The uniflange shall consist of a Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 flange with ANSI B16.1 Class 125&250 or ANSI B16.5 Class 150&300 drillings. c. The standard gasket of Buna S for water and wastewater shall be supplied. d. The uniflange class shall be suitable for the pressure service. (2"-12" = 250 psi, 14"-24"= 150psi,>24"= 100 psi) B. Flange Adapter-Restrained 1. Manufacturer: a. SERIES 2100 MEGAFLANGE adapter,as produced by EBAA Iron, Inc., b. StarFlange Series 3200 c. Or Approved Equal. 2. Description: a. Restrained flange adapters may be used in lieu of threaded, or welded, flanged spool pieces. Flange adapters shall be made of ductile iron conforming to ASTM • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCESS PIPING 400506-3 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • A536 and have flange bolt circles that are compatible with ANSUAWWA C110/A21.10. b. Restraint for the flange adapter shall consist of a plurality of individual actuated gripping wedges to maximize restraint capability.Torque limiting actuating screws shall be used to insure proper initial set of gripping wedges. c. The flange adapter shall be capable of deflection during assembly, or permit lengths of pipe to be field cut,to allow a minimum of 0.6" gap between the end of the pipe and the mating flange without affecting the integrity of the seal. d. Megaflanges shall be fully restrained and shall incorporate a wedge style grip in lieu of set screws. e. Allowable working pressures shall have a minimum as follows: 3"-16" = 350psi, 18"-24"=250 psi,30"-48"= 150psi. C. Adapter with Wedge Restraints for Mechanical Joint pipe. 1. Manufacturer: a. Uni-Flange Series 1400,by Ford Meter Box Company b. StarGrip 3000 by Star Pipe Products c. Megalug Series 1100 by EBBA Iron Sales,Inc. d. Or Approved Equal. 2. Description: a. Restraint for standardized mechanical joints shall be incorporated into the design of the follower gland and shall impart multiple points of wedge action against the pipe,increasing its resistance as the pressure increases. b. The restrained joint shall incorporate a wedge style restraint system, in lieu of set screws. Restraints with set screws will not be acceptable. • c. The assembled joint shall maintain its flexibility after burial and shall maintain its integrity by a controlled and limited expansion of each joint during the wedging action. d. Restraining glands shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536,Grade 65-45-12. e. Wedges shall be contoured to properly fit on the pipe, and shall be manufactured of ductile iron, heat treated to a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. Dimensions of the glands shall be such that they can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell and tee head bolts conforming to the requirements of ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11 and ANSUAWWA C153/A21.53 of latest revision. f. Twist-off heads shall be incorporated in the design of the wedge actuating screws to ensure proper torque. g. The mechanical joint restraining device shall have a water working pressure rating of 250 psi minimum with a safety factor of at least 2:1 against separation when tested in a dead-end situation h. Allowable working pressures shall be as follows: 3"-16" = 350psi, 18"-36" = 250psi. 2.3 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flexicraft Industries 2. Flex-Weld,Inc. 3. Hyspan Precision Products,Inc. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCESS PIPING 400506-4 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4. Or Approved Equal B. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Bellow Design: According to Section C of EJMA Standards. C. Stainless-Steel Compensator Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 50 psig WOG at 250 degrees F for aeration air piping,all others shall be 200 psig WOG at 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inches. 3. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 4. Joint: Flanged,Threaded,or as specified for pipe joints. 5. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 6. Application:Aeration air piping 4-inch and larger or steel piping 3 inches and smaller. D. External Ring-Controlled Stainless-Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG at 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-1/4 inches. 3. Maximum Extension: 3/8 inch. 4. Maximum Offset: 5/16 inch. 5. Joint: Flanged. 6. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 7. Accessories: Internal flow liner. 411 8. Application: Steel piping 3 inches and larger. E. Double-Sphere Rubber Type: 1. Body:Neoprene and nylon. 2. Working Pressure: 150 psig. 3. Maximum Temperature: 200 degrees F. 4. Maximum Compression: 1 inch. 5. Maximum Elongation:5/8 inch. 6. Maximum Offset: 1/2 inch. 7. Maximum Angular Movement: 30 degrees. 8. Joint: Tapped steel flanges,Galvanized flanges,or Galvanized unions. 9. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 10. Accessories: Control rods. 11. Application: Steel piping 2 inches and larger. F. Bronze Compensator Type: 1. Description: Bronze with anti-torque device,limit stops,and internal guides. 2. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG at 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum Compression: 3 inches. 4. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 5. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 6. Application: Copper piping. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCESS PIPING 400506-5 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.4 SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Dresser Piping Specialties 2. Fernco Inc. 3. US Pipe Fabrication B. Description: 1. Comply with AWWA C219. 2. Middle Ring: Steel. 3. Followers: Steel. 4. Gaskets: a. Material: Buna-N,EPDM,or Compatible with service conditions. b. Comply with ASTM D2000. 5. Bolts: Steel. C. Finishes: 1. Buried Couplings: Factory epoxy coated. 2.5 WALL SLEEVE A. Manufacturers: 1. Water Works Supply Corporation. 2. American 3. Or Approved Equal. B. Description: 1. Wall and floor pipe penetrations of ductile iron piping systems shall be made by means of a sleeve capable of being bolted directly to the formwork to prevent misalignment. Seal of annular space shall be by means of a confined rubber gasket, so as not to be affected by vibration and capable of withstanding up to 100 psig. Sleeve shall be manufactured from Ductile Iron with an integrally cast water stop. 2.6 FINISHES A. Prepare piping appurtenances for field finishes as specified in Section 099600 — High- Performance Coatings. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements:Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PROCESS PIPING 400506-6 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assemblies. B. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolthole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flanges mate properly. D. Verify that openings are ready to receive sleeves. E. Verify that pipe plain ends to receive sleeve-type couplings are smooth and round for 12 inches from pipe ends. F. Verify that pipe outside diameter conforms to sleeve manufacturer's requirements. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean end connections before installation. C. Close pipe and equipment openings with caps or plugs during installation. D. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. According to ASME B31.3 for process piping and ASME B31.9 for building services piping. B. Coating: Finish piping appurtenances as specified in Section 099600 — High-Performance Coatings for service conditions. C. Pipe Penetrations: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS,ADAPTERS AND GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 SPECIALS FOR PROCESS PIPING 400506-7 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Flashing: a. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates weatherproofed or waterproofed walls,floors,and roofs. b. Flash floor drains with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides,with minimum 36-by-36-inch sheet size. c. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. 2. Sleeves: a. Exterior Watertight Entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. b. Set sleeves in position in forms and provide reinforcement around sleeves. c. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction and provide for continuous insulation wrapping. d. Extend sleeves through floors 1/2 inches above finished floor level and calk sleeves. e. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent Work with insulation and calk airtight. f. Provide close-fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. g. Install stainless-steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. D. Firestopping: 1. Placement:Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required. 2. Fire-Rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening at floor,wall,partition,ceiling and roof. b. Install sleeve through opening and extend beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. c. Size sleeve, allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. d. Pack void with backing material. e. Seal ends of sleeve with UL-listed, fire-resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 3. Non-rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening through non-fire-rated floor,wall,partition,ceiling and roof. b. Install sleeve through opening and extend beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. c. Size sleeve to allow minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. d. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. e. Occupied Spaces: 1) Install escutcheons, floor plates, or ceiling plates where conduit penetrates non-fire-rated surfaces in occupied spaces. 2) Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and rooms where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. ADAPTERS AND SPECIALS FOR • COUPLINGS, GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400506-8 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA f. Exterior Wall Openings below Grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place according to manufacturer instructions. g. Interior Partitions: 1) Seal pipe penetrations at where indicated. 2) Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. E. Flexible Connections: Install flexible couplings at connections to equipment and where indicated on Shop Drawings. F. Expansion Joints: 1. Install flexible couplings and expansion joints at connections to equipment and where indicated on Drawings. 2. If expansion joint is supplied with internal sleeve, indicate flow direction on outside of joint. G. Air Release and Vacuum Breakers: Provide vacuum breakers on all tanks and process equipment. H. Backflow Preventers: • 1. Install with nameplate and test cock accessible. 2. Install according to local code requirements. 3. Do not install in vertical position. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. After installation,inspect for proper supports and interferences. D. Repair damaged coatings with material equal to original coating. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Keep equipment interior clean as installation progresses. END OF SECTION 400506 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COUPLINGS ADAPTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 AND SPECIALS FOR PROCESS PIPING 400506-9 of 9 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 400507-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Structural attachments. 4. Pipe guides. 5. Guides 6. Anchors 7. Elbow and Flange Supports B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000-Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Division 05—Metals 3. Section 079200—Joint Sealants 4. Section 099600—High-Performance Coatings 5. Division 40—Process Integration 1111 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 -Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9-Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A36-Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A47-Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 3. ASTM A576 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality. 4. ASTM A181 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code Steel-Reference Manual. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacturer, Selection, Application,and Installation. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-1 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.3 COORDINATION A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination B. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog data including load capacity. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location-including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations-and detail of trapeze hangers,anchors,and guides. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Welders' Certificate: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ASME Section IX or • AWS D1.1,verifying qualification within previous 12 months. F. Delegated Design Submittals: 1. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for load carrying capacity of trapeze,multiple pipe,and riser support hangers. 2. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. 3. Submit sizing methods or calculations sealed by a registered professional engineer. G. Manufacturers'Instructions: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. H. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer,fabricator,installer,and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. B. Spare Parts: 1. Furnish one set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-2 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to applicable authority and/or AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum five years'documented experience. B. Fabricator: Company specializing in fabricating products specified in this Section with minimum five years'documented experience. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. D. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of South Carolina. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on-Site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's • identification. C. Protect products from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage by storing in original packaging. 1.10 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 015000-Temporary Facilities and Controls B. Provide ventilation in areas receiving solvent-cured materials. 1.11 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for pipe hangers and supports. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-3 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: 1. HORIZONTAL-PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS a. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated horizontal piping hangers and supports of MSS type and size indicated, bolts (if any) and washers; comply with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type or size is not indicated,provide proper selection as determined by Installer for installation requirements, and comply with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information; size hangers and supports properly for piping including insulation (if any). Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for uninsulated copper-piping systems. Provide 304 stainless steel supports and hangers for stainless steel piping systems. 2. VERTICAL-PIPING CLAMPS a. General: Except as otherwise indicated,provide factory-fabricated vertical piping clamps of MSS type and size indicated; comply with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type or size is not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer for installation requirements, and comply with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Size clamps properly for piping, including insulation (if any). Provide copper-plated clamps for copper-piping systems. Provide 304 stainless 41111 steel supports and hangers for stainless steel piping systems. ER-ROD ATTACHMENTS a. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments of MSS type and size indicated; comply with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type or size is not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer for installation requirements, and comply with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Size attachments properly for piping, including insulation (if any). Provide copper-plated hanger-rod attachments for uninsulated copper-piping systems. Provide 304 stainless steel supports and hangers for stainless steel piping systems. 4. STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS a. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated building attachments of MSS type and load-rating indicated; comply with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type or load-rating is not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer for installation requirements, and comply with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Size units properly for the piping loading. B. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. General a. Design, size and locate piping support systems throughout facility, whether shown or not. b. Piping smaller than 30 inches: Supports are shown only where specific types and locations are required; additional pipe supports may be required. c. Piping 30 inches and Larger:N/A 41111 d. Meet requirements of MSS SP 58 and ASME B31.1 or as modified by this Section. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-4 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. Pipe Support Systems a. Design pipe support systems for gravity and thrust loads imposed by weight of pipes or internal pressures,including insulation and weight of fluid in pipes. b. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Rod Size: In accordance MSS SP 58 Table 3 and Table 4. 3. Anchoring Devices: Design, size and space support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts, inserts, and other devices used to anchor support, to withstand shear and pullout loads imposed by loading and spacing on each particular support. 4. Vertical Sway Bracing: 10-foot maximum centers or as shown. 5. Existing Support Systems: Use existing supports systems to support new piping only if Contractor can show they are adequate for additional load, or if they are strengthened to support additional load. Allow for expansion and contraction of piping while eliminating undue stress on piping appurtenances and equipment. 6. Provide linkage to permit lateral or axial movement where anticipated. 7. Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than '/2 inch, or where hanger rod deflection from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from cold to hot position of pipe, hanger rod and structural attachment shall be offset to maintain rod vertical in hot position. 8. Heat Transmission: Design supports, hangers, anchors, and guides to prevent excessive heat from being transmitted to building structure,equipment,or piping appurtenances. 9. Riser Supports: Support risers on each floor with riser clamps and lugs, independent of connected horizontal piping. 10. Point Loads: a. Support plastic piping containing meters, valves, appurtenances, and other point loads on both sides. • b. Avoid point loads on plastic piping by providing extra wide pipe saddles or galvanized steel shields. 2.2 HANGERS A. Clevis:MSS SP 58,Type 1 1. Shall be used for the suspension of non-insulated pipe or insulated with B3151 shield or Anvil ISS 1) Shall be used for the suspension of non-insulated pipe or insulated with B3151 shield or Anvil ISS 1) B-Line;Figure B3100, 1/2 inch to 30 inches 2) Anvil: Figure 260 for steel pipe and Figure 590, 1/2 inch to 30 inches 3) Insulated Steel Pipe; B-Line; Figure B3100 with B3151 shield, '/ inch through 16 inches 4) Insulated Steel Pipe; Anvil; Figure 260 with insulated saddle system (ISS), '/inch through 12 inches 5) Or Approved Equal b. Adjustable Swivel Split-Ring Pipe Clamp:MSS SP 58,Type 6 1) Shall be used for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe 1) B-Line;Figure B3171, : 3/inch through 8 inches 2) Anvil;Figure 104, : 3/inch through 8 inches 3) Or Approved Equal c. Steel Yoke Pipe Rolls and Roller Supports:MSS SP 58,Type 41 or Type 43 1) Shall be used to support pipe where movement may occur due to thermal expansion • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-5 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1) B-Line; Figure B3110 for sizes 2 inches through 24 inches and Figure B3114 for 30 inches. 2) Anvil; Figure 181 for sizes 2-1/2 inches through 24 inches and Figure 171 for sizes 1 inch through 30 inches 3) Or Approved Equal d. Pipe Rollers and Supports:MSS SP 58,Type 44 1) Shall be used to support pipe where movement may occur due to thermal expansion when ceiling suspension is impractical 1) B-Line;Figure B3120,sizes 2 inches through 24 inches 2) Anvil;Figure 175,sizes 2 inches through 30 inches 3) Or Approved Equal 2.2 HANGER RODS A. Hanger Rods: 1. ASTM A576,steel. 2. Threaded both ends or Threaded one end or All-thread. 3. Diameter:ASME B31.1;as indicated on Drawings. 2.3 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. Welded Steel Wall Bracket: MSS SP 58,Type 33 (heavy duty) • 1• Anvil;Figure 199, 3,000-pound rating. 2. B-Line;Figure B3067,3,000-pound rating. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Adjustable"J"hanger MSS SP 58,Type 5: 1. Anvil; Figure 67, sizes '/2 inch through 8 inches. 2. B-Line: Figure B3690,sizes 1/2 inch through 8 inches. 3. Or Approved Equal C. Channel Type 1. General Use a. Unistrut b. Anvil:Power Strut c. B-Line; Strut System d. Or Approved Equal 2.4 PIPE SADDLES A. Provide 90-degree to 120-degree pipe saddle for pipe 6 inches and larger with baseplates drilled for anchors bolts. 1. Sizes 20 inches through 60 inches,Piping Technology&Products, Inc.; Figure 2000. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Saddle Supports,Pedestal Type 1. Minimum standard weight pipe stanchion,saddle,and anchoring flange. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-6 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 2. Nonadjustable Saddle:MSS SP,Type 37 with U-bolt a. B-Line;Figure B3090,sizes 3/4 inch through 36 inches with B3088S base b. Anvil:Figure 259; sizes 4 inch through 36 inches with Figure 63C base c. Or Approved Equal 3. Adjustable Saddle:MSS SP 58,Type 38 without clamp a. B-Line;Figure B3093,sizes 1 inch through 36 inches with Figure B3088S base. b. Anvil:Figure 264,sizes 2-1/2 inch through 36 inches with Figure 62C base. c. Or Approved Equal 2.5 CHANNEL TYPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Channel Size: 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch wide minimum steel,or 1-1/2-inch wide,minimum FRP. B. Members and Connections:Design for loads using one-half of manufacturer's allowable loads. C. Fasteners: Vinyl ester fiber, polyurethane base composite nuts and bolts, or encapsulated steel fasteners. D. Manufacturers and Products: 1. General Use a. B-Line; Strut System. b. Unistrut c. Anvil;Power-Strut. d. Or Approved Equal • 2.6 CLAMPS AND BEAM ATTACHMENTS A. Beam Clamps: 1. Shall be used for suspending hanger rod from flanged beam and shall distribute the load equally on both sides of the beam. 2. MSS SP-58 Type 21,Type 28,Type 30 3. ASTM A36,steel or ASTM A181,forged steel. 4. Clamp Size: Based on load to be supported and load configuration. 5. Anchoring:Locknuts and cup-point set screws. 6. Reversible top or bottom flange. 7. Manufacturers: a. B-Line; b. Anvil; c. Or Approved Equal B. Offset Clamps: 1. Shall be used to support pipe offset from the floor or wall . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-7 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2. Double leg,two-piece. a. B-Line;B3148; sizes 3/inch through 12 inches b. Anvil;Figure 103; sizes 3/4 inch through 8 inches c. Or Approved Equal C. Welded Beam Attachment:MSS SP 58,Type 22 1. B-Line;FigureB3083,sizes 3/8"-16 through 2"-4 I/2 rod 2. Anvil: Figure 66,sizes 3/8 inch through 3-1/2 inch 2.7 ELBOW AND FLANGE SUPPORTS A. Elbow and Adjustable Stanchion: Sizes 2 inches through 18 inches, Anvil; Figure 62C base or approved equal B. Elbow with Nonadjustable Stanchion: Sizes 2-1/2 inches through 42 inches,Anvil; Figure 63A or 63B base or approved equal. C. Flange Support with Adjustable Base: Sizes 2 inches through 24 inches, Standon; Model S89 or approved equal. 2.8 PIPE GUIDES A. Intermediate Guides: 1. Type: Hold down pipe guide a. Shall prevent longitudinal or lateral movement of pipe 1) B-Line;Figure B3256 sizes 2 inch through 30 inches 2) Or Approved Equal 2. Type: U-bolts with 4 hex nuts to provide nominal 1/8 inch to '/ inch clearance around pipe;MSS SP 58 Type 24 a. Shall be used for support,anchor,or guide of pipe 1) B-Line;Figure B3188 and Figure B3188NS,sizes 1/2 inch through 30 inches 2) Anvil;Figure 137 and Figure 137S,sizes 1/2 inch through 36 inches 3) Or Approved Equal B. Alignment Guides: 1. Type: Spider a. Shall direct thermal expansion of insulated or non-insulated pipe in direction permitted by expansion joints or loops b. Two or more guides shall be used on both sides of expansion joint or loop 1) B-Line;Figure B3281 through B 3287,sizes 1-1/2 inch through 24 inches 2) Anvil;Figure 255,sizes 1/2 inch through 24 inches 3) Or Approved Equal 2.9 PIPE ANCHORS A. Type:Anchor chair with U-bolt strap • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-8 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Shall be used to anchor pipe to structure a. B-Line;Figure 3147A and 3147B, sizes'A inch through 24 inches b. Or Approved Equal 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Anchor Bolts: 1. Size and Material: '/-inch minimum diameter, and as specified in Section 05500, Metal Fabrications. 2. Bolt Length(Extension Above Top of Nut): a. Minimum Length: Flush with top of nut preferred. If not flush, shall be no more than one thread recessed below top of nut. b. Maximum Length:No more than a full nut depth above top of nut. B. Dielectric Barriers: 1. Plastic coated hangers,isolation cushion,or tape. 2. Manufacturer: a. B-Line;B1999 Vibra Cushion. b. B-Line;Iso Pipe,Isolation Tape. c. Or Approved Equal C. Insulation Shields: 1. Type: Galvanized steel or stainless steel,MSS SP 58,Type 40. 2. Manufacturers: a. B-Line;Figure B3151,sizes'/2 inch through 24 inch. b. Anvil;Figure 167,sizes'/inch through 24 inches. c. Or Approved Equal D. Welding Insulation Saddles: 1. Type:MSS SP 58,Type 39. 2. Manufacturers: a. B-Line;Figure Series B3160,sizes'h inch through 24 inches. b. Anvil;Figure Series 160,sizes 1 inch through 36 inches. c. Or Approved Equal E. Plastic Pipe Support Channel: 1. Type: Continuous support for plastic pipe and to increase support spacing 2. Manufacturer a. B-Line; Figure Series B3106V, sizes ' inch through 6 inches with Figure B3106 Vee bottom hanger. b. Or Approved Equal F. Hanger Rods,Clevises,Nuts, Sockets,and Turnbuckles: In accordance with MSS SP 58. G. Attachments: 1. Concrete Insert: MSS SP 58,Type 18,continuous channel insert with load rating not less than that of hanger rod it supports. 2. Concrete Attachment Plates: a. B-Line;Figure B3084,Figure B3085,or Figure B3086 with B3201 to attach center lug. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-9 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Anvil: Figure 47,Figure 49,or Figure 52. c. Or Approved Equal PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination. B. Verify field dimensions as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Obtain permission from Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. B. Obtain permission from Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. C. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. • 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 in and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through- bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of or recessed into and grouted flush with slab. D. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install according to: MSS SP 58. 2. Support horizontal piping as indicated on Drawings. 3. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 in space between finished covering and adjacent Work. 4. Place hangers within 12 in of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 in minimum vertical adjustment. 6. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 ft maximum spacing between hangers. 7. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. 8. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. 9. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 10. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper piping or sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. 11. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 12. Support piping independently so that equipment is not stressed by piping weight or expansion in piping system. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-10 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1110 13. Support large or heavy valves, fittings, and appurtenances independently of connected piping. 14. Support no pipe from pipe above it. 15. Support pipe at changes in direction or in elevation, adjacent to flexible joints and couplings,and where shown. 16. Provide welded steel brackets where piping is to be run adjacent to building walls or columns. 17. Do not use adhesive anchors for attachment of supports to ceiling or walls. 18. Use beam clamps where piping is to be suspended from building steel. 19. Brace hanging pipes against horizontal movement by both longitudinal and lateral sway bracing and to reduce movement after startup. 20. Install lateral supports for seismic loads at changes in direction. 21. Install pipe anchors where required to withstand expansion thrust loads and to direct and control thermal expansion. 22. Insulated Piping: Provide two bolted clamps designed to accommodate insulated piping. 23. Use offset clamps where pipes are indicated as offset from wall surfaces. 24. Repair mounting surfaces to original condition after attachments are completed. E. Insulation: 1. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. 2. Conform to 404213 -Process Piping Insulation. F. Equipment Bases and Supports: • 1. Provide housekeeping pads as detailed on Drawings. 2. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. 3. Construct supports of steel members or formed steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 4. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed.Comply with G. Prime Coat: 1. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. 2. Conform to Section 099600—High-Performance Coatings. 3. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces,pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 3.3 ATTACHMENTS A. Standard Pipe Supports 1. Horizontal Suspended Piping: a. Single Pipes: Clevis hangers or adjustable swivel split-ring. b. Grouped Pipes:Trapeze hanger system. 2. Horizontal Piping Supported from Walls: a. Single Pipes: Wall brackets, or attached to wall, or to wall mounted framing with anchors. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-11 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Stacked Piping: Wall mounted framing system and"J"hangers acceptable for pipe smaller than 3-inch. c. Pipe clamp that resists axial movement of pipe through support is not acceptable. Use pipe rollers supported from wall bracket. 3. Horizontal Piping Supported from Floors/Roof: a. Saddle Supports: 1) Pedestal Type,elbow and flange. 2) Provide minimum 1-1/2-inch grout beneath baseplate. b. Floor Mounted Channel Supports: 1) Use for pipe smaller than 3-inch running along floors and in trenches at pipe elevations lower than can be accommodated using pedestal pipe supports. 2) Attach channel framing to floors with baseplate on minimum 1-1/2-inch nonshrink grout and with anchor bolts. 3) Attach pipe to channel with clips or pipe clamps. c. Concrete Cradles: Use for pipe larger than 3 inches along floor and in trenches at pipe elevations lower than can be accommodated using stanchion type. 4. Vertical Pipe: Support with wall bracket and elbow support, or riser clamp on floor penetration B. Standard Attachments: 1. New Concrete Ceilings: Concrete inserts, concrete attachment plates, or concrete anchors as limited below: a. Single point attachment to ceiling allowed for only 3A-inch rod and smaller (8 inches and smaller pipe). 0b. Where there is vibration or bending considerations, do not connect a single pipe support hanger rod directly to a drilled concrete anchor (single point attachment) regardless of size. 2. Existing Concrete Ceilings: Channel type support with minimum of two anchor points, concrete attachment plates or concrete anchors as limited below: a. Single point attachment to ceiling is allowed only for 3A-inch rod and smaller (8 inches and smaller pipe). b. Where there is a vibration or bending considerations do not connect a single pipe support hanger rod directly to a drilled concrete anchor (single point attachment) regardless of size. 1) These lines include air operated diagram pumps and other lines. c. Steel Beams: I-beam clamp or welded attachments. d. Wooden Beams: Lag screws and angel clips to members not less than 2-1/2 inches thick e. Concrete Walls: Concrete inserts or brackets or clip angles with concrete anchors. f. Concrete Beams: Concrete inserts, or if inserts are not used attach to vertical surface similar to concrete wall. Do not drill into beam bottom. C. Saddles for Steel or Concrete Pipe: Provide 90-degree to 120-degree pipe saddle for pipe sizes 6 inches and larger when installed on top of steel or concrete beam or structure, pipe rack, trapeze,or where similar concentrated point supports would be encountered. D. Intermediate and Pipe Alignment Guides: 1. Provide pipe alignment guides, or pipe supports that provide same function, at expansion joints and loops. 2. Guide pipe on each side of expansion joint or loop at 4 pipe and 14 pipe diameters from • each joint or loop. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-12 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3. Install intermediate guides on metal framing support systems not carrying pipe anchor or alignment guide. E. Accessories: 1. Insulation Shield: Install on insulated piping with oversize rollers and supports. 2. Welding Insulation Saddle: Install on insulated steel pipe with oversize rollers and supports. 3. Dielectric Barrier: a. Provide between painted and galvanized carbon steel members and copper or stainless steel pipe or between stainless steel supports and nonstainless steel ferrous metal piping. b. Install rubber wrap between submerged metal pipe and oversized clamps. F. Pipe Hanger Spacing: 1. Pipe Material: Ductile Iron Pipe a. Size: 8 Inches and Under b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: Maximum span limited to that for standard weight steel pipe for water service. 1) MSS SP 58 Table 3 c. Hanger Rod Diameter:MSS SP 58 Table 4 2. Pipe Material: Ductile Iron Pipe a. Size: 10 Inches and Larger • b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: Maximum span limited to 20 feet. 1) MSS SP 58 Table 3 c. Hanger Rod Diameter:MSS SP 58 Table 4 3. Pipe Material: ABS. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch. 4. Pipe Material: Aluminum. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 5. Pipe Material: Cast iron. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 5 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch. 6. Pipe Material: Cast lion,with 10-foot length of pipe. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch. 7. Pipe Material: CPVC. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-13 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Size: 1 inch and smaller. b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 3 feet. c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 8. Pipe Material: CPVC. a. Size: 1-1/4 inches and larger. b. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet. c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 9. Pipe Material: Copper tube. a. Size: 1-1/4 inches and smaller. b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6 feet. c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 10. Pipe Material: Copper tube. a. Size: 1-1/2 inches and larger. b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet. c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 11. Pipe Material: Fiberglass: a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet. • b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 12. Pipe Material: Polybutylene. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 2.7 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch. 13. Pipe Material: Polypropylene. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch. 14. Pipe Material: PVC. a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet. b. Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch. 15. Pipe Material: Steel. a. Size: 3 inches and smaller. b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet. c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. 16. Pipe Material: Steel or Stainless Steel. a. Size:4 inches and larger. • b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-14 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA c. Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch. END OF SECTION 400507 1111 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400507-15 of 15 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 41111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400513 -COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements common to pipe and tube of all material types used on the Project. 2. Accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099600—High-Performance Coatings 2. Division 31 —Earthwork. 3. Division 40—Process Interconnections 1.2 COORDINATION A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination. • B. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information on pipe materials and fittings. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, fittings, critical dimensions,sizes,and material lists. D. Submit manufacturer's certification and certified test reports that the pipe and linings and coatings were manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM and ANSI/AWWA Standards specified. Submittal shall be at least 7 days prior to each shipment of pipe. E. Material Certificates F. Delegated Design Submittals: Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for pipe sizing methods and calculations used. G. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer,installer,and licensed professional. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-1 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping, valves and other appurtenances, connections,invert and centerline elevations. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to all applicable Federal, State and Local standards and these specifications. B. Permanently mark each length of pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark and indicate conformance to standards. C. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified according to NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: For each pipe material type, a company specializing in manufacturing products of the material shall be used. The manufacturer shall have successfully manufactured and • delivered products of the diameters used in this project for a minimum of 15 projects over the past 5 years. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging;include handling instructions. C. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or skidded against each other. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or internal coasting or lining of the pipe. If any part of the coasting or lining is damaged,the repair shall be made by the D. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. E. Store piping and appurtenances according to manufacturer instructions. F. Protect piping and appurtenances from oxidation by storing off ground. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA G. Stored pipe shall be kept safe from damage and away from traveled ways. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be kept free from water, dirt, or foreign matter at all times. 1.8 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Pipe Schedule A. Unless otherwise shown on drawings,the following is a general pipe schedule for the work: Pipe Specification Service Location Material Fittings References Comments Ductile Mechanical Buried Joint/Push-on Ceramic epoxy liner. Iron(DI) Wastewater(RW) Joint 400519/ Pressurized pipe shall Ductile be restrained. Iron(DI) Flanged/Welded 400523 Exposed 304 Sch Fittings for Stain- Stainless Steel Pipe is 10 Stain- less Steel unlined less Steel Force Main(FM) Ceramic epoxy liner. Buried Ductile Push-On Joint: Pressurized pipe shall Iron(DI) Below Grade be restrained. 400519 Exposed Ductile Flanged Iron(DI) Water,Potable or Non- Welded/Flanged: Type L Copper: potable(W or NPW) Ductile Above grade; Above Grade Buried/ Iron(DI) Push-On Joint: 400517, Type K Copper:Be- exposed Below Grade 400519 low Grade Copper Push-On Joint: (C) Below Grade 2.2 ACCESSORIES 1. Couplings, Adapters, Specials for Process Piping: As specified in Section 400506 - Couplings,Adapters, Specials for Process Piping • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-3 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2. Hangers and Supports for Process Piping: As specified in Section 400507 -Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. 3. Process Piping Insulation: As specified in Section 404213 -Process Piping Insulation. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. All pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be of new manufacture. C. The manufacturer is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified. D. Owner Inspection: 1. The manufacturer is responsible for performance of all inspection requirements as specified. All pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for compliance with these Specifications by the Owner, by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner,or by other representative of the Owner. E. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If fabricator is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at fabricator's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved fabricator. • PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on the Drawings. C. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design, and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Ream ends of threaded pipes and file smooth. C. Cleaning:Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Surface Preparation: 1. Touch up shop-primed surfaces with primer as specified in Section 099600 - High- Performance Coatings. 2. Solvent-clean surfaces that are not shop primed. 3. Clean surfaces of metallic pipe to remove loose rust, mill scale, and other foreign substances by power wire brushing or commercial sand blasting; SSPC SP 6/NACE No. 3. Do not sand blast or power wire brush thermoplastic pipe. 4. Prime surface as specified in Section 099600—High-Performance Coating. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Buried Service:Install pipe as specified in the Section appropriate to the pipe material. B. Exposed Service-Install according to ASME B31.3. C. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated. D. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. E. Support piping as specified in Section 400507-Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. F. Provide expansion joints as specified in Section 400506-Couplings,Adapters, and Specials for S Process Piping and pipe guides as specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process Piping to compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. G. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. H. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer's recommendations. I. Finish primed surfaces according to Section 099600—High-Performance Coating. J. Run pipelines straight and true, parallel to building lines with a minimum use of offsets and couplings. Provide only such offsets as may be required to provide necessary headroom or clearance and to provide necessary flexibility in pipe lines. K. Changes in direction of pipelines shall be made only with fittings or pipe bends. Changes in size shall be made only with fittings. Miter fittings, face or flush bushings, or street elbows shall not be used. All fittings shall be of the long radius type, unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified. L. Provide flanges or unions at all final connections to equipment, traps and valves to facilitate dismantling. Arrange piping and piping connections so that equipment being served may be serviced or totally removed without disturbing piping beyond final connections and associated shutoff valves. M. Use full and double lengths of pipe wherever possible. N. Unless otherwise indicated, install all supply piping, including shut off valves and strainers, to coils,pumps and other equipment at line size with reduction in size being made only at inlet to GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-5 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • control valve or pump. Install supply piping from outlet of control valve at full size to connection of equipment served'. O. All pipe shall be cut to exact measurement and installed without springing or forcing except in the case of expansion loops where cold springing is indicated on the drawings. Particular care shall be taken to avoid creating, even temporarily, undue loads, forces or strains on valves, equipment,or building elements with piping connections or piping supports. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements:Requirements for tolerances. B. Laying Tolerances:Unless otherwise specified,laying tolerances will be within 5/8". 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Inspection: 1. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating and for other defects that may be detrimental • as determined by Architect/Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping or provide new,undamaged pipe. 3. After installation,inspect for proper supports and interferences. D. Damage: 1. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating, or other defects that may be detrimental as determined by Architect/Engineer. 2. Repair damaged piping or provide new undamaged pipe. E. Pressure Testing: 1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, all pipe shall be pressure tested prior to acceptance. 2. Conduct pressure testing in according to AWWA C600 and following: a. Test Pressure: Not less than 200 psig or 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure,whichever is greater. b. Conduct hydrostatic test for at least two hours. c. Slowly fill with water section to be tested; expel air from piping at high points. Install corporation cocks at high points. Close air vents and corporation cocks after air is expelled.Raise pressure to specified test pressure. d. Observe joints, fittings, and valves under test. Remove and renew cracked pipe, joints,fittings,and valves showing visible leakage.Retest. e. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for additional two hours to determine leakage rate. Maintain pressure within plus or • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS 3IP6 ofG GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT II/ PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA minus 5 psi of test pressure. Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test pressure during period of test. f. Compute maximum allowable leakage by following formula: 1) L= SD x sgrt(P)/C. 2) L=testing allowance,in gph. 3) S=length of pipe tested,in feet. 4) D=nominal diameter of pipe,in inches. 5) P=average test pressure during hydrostatic test,in psig. 6) C= 148,000. 7) When pipe under test contains sections of various diameters, calculate allowable leakage from sum of computed leakage for each size. g. When test of pipe indicates leakage greater than allowed, locate source of leakage, make corrections,and retest until leakage is within allowable limits. h. Correct visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage. F. After installation,inspect for proper supports and interferences. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. • B. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. C. All piping shall be cleaned,flushed,and tested prior to use. D. All water lines shall be flushed out under full treated water pressure; potable water piping shall be flushed with potable water; air piping shall be thoroughly blown out with air. All filters, control valves and gages shall be removed from lines or bypassed during the blowout period. E. Following the blow through, all dirt legs and other low points in lines shall be disassembled and all residual material thoroughly removed. All stop valves shall be removed and cleaned. F. The Contractor shall provide all water required for cleaning, and flushing at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 400513 S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS PIPING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400513-7 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 400517-COPPER PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper pipe and fittings. 2. Copper tube and fittings. 3. Accessories. B. Conform to the requirements of Section 400513-Common Requirements for Process Piping. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 400507-Hangers and Supports for Process Piping 2. Section 400513-Common Requirements for Process Piping 3. Section 400551 - Common Requirements for Process Valves: Common product requirements for valves for placement by this Section. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS • A. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8/A5.8M- Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B1.1 -Unified Inch Screw Threads,UN and UNR Thread Form. 2. ASME B1.20.1 -Pipe Threads,General Purpose,Inch. 3. ASME B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. 4. ASME B16.15 -Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings:Classes 125 and 250. 5. ASME B16.18-Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 6. ASME B16.20 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jacketed. 7. ASME B16.21 -Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 8. ASME B16.22-Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. 9. ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV. 10. ASME B16.24 -Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150,300, 600,900, 1500,and 2500. 11. ASME B16.26-Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 12. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV. 13. ASME B31.3 -Process Piping. C. ASTM International: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COPPER PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400517-1 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 2. ASTM B32- Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 3. ASTM B42- Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 4. ASTM B61 - Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 5. ASTM B62- Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 6. ASTM B75/B75M-Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 7. ASTM B98/B98M - Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. 8. ASTM B 124/B 124M - Standard Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy Forging Rod,Bar, and Shapes. 9. ASTM B150/B150M - Standard Specification for Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. 10. ASTM B251 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube. 11. ASTM B302- Standard Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 12. ASTM B306-Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube(DWV). D. Manufacturers Standardization Society: 1. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application,and Installation. E. NSF International: 1111 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER PIPE,TUBE,AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: 1. Material: Seamless copper. 2. Comply with ASTM B42 for water service,B306 for drainage and vent. 3. Temper:Hard drawn. 4. Type: L-above ground,K-below ground. B. Tube: 1. Material: Seamless copper alloy. 2. Comply with ASTM B88. 3. Type: L-above ground,K-below ground 4. Temper:Annealed. C. Fittings: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COPPER PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400517-2 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Material: Copper alloy. 2. Temper: Comply with ASTM B61 3. Solder-Joint Fittings(above ground): Comply with ANSI B16.18 or B16.22. 4. Flared Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and AWWA C800. 5. Threaded Fittings: a. Material: Cast bronze. b. Comply with ASME B16.15. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 6. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: a. Comply with ASME B 16.24. b. Class 150 c. Gaskets: 1) Material:Neoprene. 2) Comply with ASME B16.5 and ASME B16.20. 3) Thickness: 1/16 inch. 7. Seals: a. Material: EPDM. b. Factory installed. 8. Tubing Compression Fittings: • a. Material: Forged brass alloy. b. Comply with ASTM B124/B124M. c. Threads: Comply with ASME B1.1. d. Press Fittings: 1) Material: Copper 2) Comply with ASME B16.18. D. Pipe Joints: 1. Type: a. Threaded or Soldered. b. Connections to Equipment: Flanged or Threaded. E. Tube Joints: 1. Type: Solder,or Flared. A. Solder: 1. Comply with ASTM B32. B. Piping Supports: • 1. As specified in Specification Section 400507-Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COPPER PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400517-3 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. According to ASME B31.3 and Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping. 3.2 JOINING OF PIPE A. Threaded Joints 1. Ream pipe ends and remove all buns and chips after cutting and threading. Protect pipe thread during assembly. Apply Teflon tape to male threads. B. Solder Joints 1. Cut copper tubing so ends are perfectly square and remove all burrs inside and outside. Thoroughly clean sockets of fittings and ends of tubing to remove all oxide, dirt and grease just prior to soldering. Apply flux evenly, but sparingly, over all surfaces to be joined. Heat joints uniformly to proper soldering temperature so solder will flow to all mated surfaces. Wipe excess solder,leaving a uniform fillet around cup of fitting. 3.3 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATERLINES A. Following the testing procedure and after all corrections and adjustments have been made, all • potable waterlines, both hot and cold water systems, shall be disinfected in strict accordance with the following procedure: 1. Water shall be introduced with a chlorine concentration of at least 50 mg/L. Chlorine shall be added with either a solution feed chlorinator or a hypochlorite feeder. Chlorine application shall continue until the system is filled with the chlorine solution. 2. The chlorinated water shall remain in the system for a minimum of 24 hr while all valves along the system are operated to insure their disinfection. Following the 24 hr period, a residual chlorine test shall be conducted on a fresh sample taken at a point farthest from the point the solution was introduced. If less than 25 mg/L of chlorine is indicated, the system shall be drained and the disinfection procedure repeated. 3. After a chlorine residual of at least 25 mg/L is obtained, the system shall be flushed until the chlorine concentration is equal to or less than 1 mg/L. 4. Disinfection shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C-651, latest revision. The ENGINEER and OWNER shall be notified 48 hr in advance of the disinfection procedure. Also, the flushed solution shall be disposed of as directed by the ENGINEER and OWNER. END OF SECTION 400517 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COPPER PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400517-4 of 4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 SECTION 400519-DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. 2. Accessories. B. Conform to the requirements of Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099600—High-Performance Coating 2. Division 40—Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA Cl04/A21.4-Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. • 2. AWWA C105/A21.5 -Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA Cl 10/A21.10-Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 4. AWWA C111/A21.11 -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C150/A21.50-Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. 6. AWWA C151/A21.51 -Ductile-Iron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast. 7. AWWA Cl53/A21.53-Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. 8. AWWA C600-Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. 2. ASME B31.3 -Process Piping. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A48/A48M- Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. D. SSPC-The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC SP 6/NACE No. 3 -Commercial Blast Cleaning. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1110 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. US Pipe. 2. American. 3. Or Approved Equal. B. Piping: 1. Comply with AWWA C151. 2. Diameter and Class:As indicated below: Pipe Size(in) Pressure Class 12"and Smaller 350 14"—24" 250 30"and Larger 150 C. Joints: 11110 1. Pressure Rating: Same as that of connected piping. 2. Mechanical: a. Comply with AWWA C110 and AWWA C111. b. Glands: Ductile iron with asphaltic coating. c. Use Tee-head or non-hex head bolts and head nuts for joint makeup and gasket seating. Bolts & Nuts shall be carbon steel coated with corrosion inhibiting fluoropolymer composite material. d. Mechanical joint fittings hall be furnished with sufficient quantities of accessories as required for each joint. e. All mechanical joints shall be restrained. 3. Push On: Comply with AWWA C111. 4. Flanged: Comply with AWWA C115 with gaskets and bolts conforming to AWWA C115,Appendix A. 5. Gaskets for mechanical and push-on type joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11 and AWWA C111,Gaskets shall be SBR,neoprene, or EPDM. 6. Gaskets for flange joints shall conform to ANSI A21.15 and AWWA C115. Gaskets shall be neoprene or EPDM. 7. Gaskets for joints above 250 psi shall be Toruseal gaskets as manufactured by American specially designed for a working pressure of 350 psi. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-2 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • D. Fittings: 1. Comply with AWWA C153,ductile iron. 2. Pressure Rating,Pipes 12 Inches and Smaller: 250 psig. 2.2 FINISHES A. Interior Coating 1. Cement-mortar lining,AWWA C104;standard thickness. 2. Glass-lined SR-14 or equal for grit and scum piping. 3. Ceramic epoxy for gravity and pumped raw wastewater. 4. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings used for air service shall be unlined pipe B. Outside Coating: 1. Buried: Asphaltic; 1-mil thick, minimum, in accordance with AWWA C151 / ANSO A21.51. 2. Exposed: As specified in Section 099600-High-Performance Coatings. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Jackets: 1. AWWA C105,polyethylene jacket. 2. All buried ductile iron pipe shall receive polyethylene jacketing. 41110 B. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. C. Pipe Identification Labels 1. Identification for Process Piping: As specified in Section 400553 - Identification for Process Piping. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. As specified in Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Buried Service: Install pipe as specified in: 1. Section 331116- Site Water Utility Distribution Piping. 2. Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping. 3. AWWA C600—Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. B. Exposed Service: Install pipe as specified in: 1. Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping. 2. Install according to ASME B31.3. 3. Fittings: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT IIIPUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Clean gasket seats thoroughly and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. b. Install fittings according to manufacturer instructions. c. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight; use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer recommendations. 4. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated. C. Tap ductile-iron piping only with service saddle, tapping boss of a fitting or valve body, or equipment casting. D. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means acceptable to the Engineer. E. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. F. Where pipe is laid on a grade of ten (10)percent or greater, the laying shall start at the bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. 3.3 JOINING OF PIPE Flanged Joints A. . 1. Flanges conforming to AWWA C110 can be joined with Class 125 B16.1 flanges shown in ANSI B16.1 but not with Class 250 B16.1 flanges. 2. Flange joints should be fitted so that the contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. The joint should be made with relatively uniform bolt stress. 3. Set flange bolts beyond finger tightness with an indicating torque wrench to insure equal tension in all bolts. Tighten bolts such that those 180 degrees apart or directly opposite are torqued in sequence. B. Push-On Joint 1. Push-on joints shall be made in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends upstream. 2. Pipe 8 inches in diameter and larger shall be socketed by fork tools or jacks. 3. Pipe cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. The spigot ends of field cut pipe shall be tapered back 1/8 inch at an angle of about 30 degrees to the barrel of the pipe with a coarse file or portable grinder. All sharp or rough edges that may injure the rubber gasket shall be removed in this operation. 4. Whenever it is desirable to deflect push-on joint pie, the amount of deflection shall not exceed the maximum limits according to Table 4 in AWWA C600. C. Mechanical Joints: 1. Mechanical joints shall be in accordance with AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Bell ends shall be laid upstream. 3. Bolts shall be tightened to the specified torque. Under no condition shall extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet wrench be used to obtain greater leverage. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-4 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 4. Final tightening of bolts shall be with a torque wrench to insure equal tension in all bolts. 5. Bolts shall not be over-stressed to compensate for poor assembly. 3.4 PLACEMENT OF FITTINGS 1. Pipeline fittings,plugs,and caps shall be furnished and installed of the type indicated and at the location shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish and install all proper size pipe bends for both horizontal and vertical deflections that are required to construct the pipeline to the line and grade as shown on the construction drawings or as set by the Engineer. 3.5 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. The Contractor shall use Method A of ANSI/AWWA A21.5/C105 to install polyethylene encasement. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Test Pipe(other than air lines)per Section 400513—Common Requirements for Process Piping. C. Pressure Testing-Air • 1. All pressure pipelines conveying process air, flume air or primary air shall be tested by the CONTRACTOR in a manner satisfactory to and witnessed by the ENGINEER. 2. The section under test shall be isolated by airtight plugs or valves from the air blowers and the diffuser headers which shall be tested separately. 3. The pressure and leakage test shall first consist of filling the test section with compressed air to a pressure of 12 psig. The air inlet point shall be sealed and with no further introduction of air, the pipeline shall maintain a pressure of 12 psig for one hour. A pressure gage supplied by the CONTRACTOR and scaled to twice the test pressure shall be used to indicate the pressure. 4. If the pipeline fails the above test, the CONTRACTOR shall locate and correct all leaks and retest the pipe section until it satisfactorily passes the test. 3.7 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATERLINES A. Following the testing procedure and after all corrections and adjustments have been made, all potable waterlines, both hot and cold water systems, shall be disinfected in strict accordance with the following procedure: 1. Water shall be introduced with a chlorine concentration of at least 50 mg/L. Chlorine shall be added with either a solution feed chlorinator or a hypochlorite feeder. Chlorine application shall continue until the system is filled with the chlorine solution. 2. The chlorinated water shall remain in the system for a minimum of 24 hr while all valves along the system are operated to insure their disinfection. Following the 24 hr period, a residual chlorine test shall be conducted on a fresh sample taken at a point farthest from the point the solution was introduced. If less than 25 mg/L of chlorine is indicated, the system shall be drained and the disinfection procedure repeated. 110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-5 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. After a chlorine residual of at least 25 mg/L is obtained, the system shall be flushed until the chlorine concentration is equal to or less than 1 mg/L. 4. Disinfection shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C-651, latest revision. The ENGINEER and OWNER shall be notified 48 hr in advance of the disinfection procedure. Also, the flushed solution shall be disposed of as directed by the ENGINEER and OWNER. END OF SECTION 400519 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400519-6 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 400551 -COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Valves. 2. Valve actuators. B. Conform to the requirements of Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000-Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 055000-Metal Fabrications 3. Division 9-Coatings 4. Division 40—Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C541 - Hydraulic and Pneumatic Cylinder and Vane-Type Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates. 2. AWWA C542-Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates. 3. AWWA C550-Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B62- Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 2. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. C. Manufacturers Standardization Society: 1. MSS SP-25 - Standard Marking System for Valves,Fittings,Flanges,and Unions. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). E. NFPA: 1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). F. NSF International: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESSVA 1 ESf 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. G. UL: 1. Equipment Directory. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping,equipment,and appurtenances. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer information for actuator with model number and size indicated. 2. Submit valve cavitation limits. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate parts list, materials, sizes, position indicators, limit switches, control • system,actuator mounting,wiring diagrams,and control system schematics. D. Valve Schedule: Indicating the service, size, and connections, make, model number and any special features such as chain wheel operators,etc. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Certification of Valves Larger than 12 Inches: Furnish certified copies of hydrostatic factory tests,indicating compliance with applicable standards. G. Delegated Design Submittals: Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions for sizing of control valves. H. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit installation instructions and special requirements. I. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of shop/factory tests and inspections. J. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections, including factory-applied coatings. K. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VAVLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400551-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations of valves and actuators. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain clearances as indicated on Drawings and Shop Drawings. B. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. C. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. D. The manufacturer shall be required to furnish at the time of delivery an affidavit of compliance stating the valve and all materials used conform in every respect to the applicable performance of the appropriate AWWA Standard, and these supplementary specifications and that all tests have been performed with test requirements having been met. Test requirements shall be performed and test records furnished to the engineer prior to shipment. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum twenty years'documented experience 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Prepare valves and accessories for shipment according to latest edition of AWWA C500, Section 31 and: 1. Seal valve ends to prevent entry of foreign matter into valve body. 2. Box,crate,completely enclose,and protect valves and accessories from accumulations of foreign matter. D. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. E. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Protect valve ends from entry of foreign materials by providing temporary covers and plugs. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESSlA 33 of S GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.9 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. Provide to the OWNER, one operating wrench for every 10 valves of each type (but not less than 2 wrenches per type),not equipped with hand wheels or levers. B. The manufacturer shall furnish any special tools necessary to disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the equipment. 1.10 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. The Manufacturer and Contractor shall furnish a warranty extending twelve (12) months after substantial completion date. PART 2-PRODUCTS • 2.1 VALVES A. Description: Valves, operator, actuator, handwheel, chainwheel, extension stem, floor stand, worm and gear operator, operating nut,chain,wrench,and other accessories as required. B. General: 1. All packing, gaskets, discs, seats, diaphragms, lubricants, etc., shall conform to recommendations of the valve manufacturer for the intended service. 2. All valves shall be manufacturer's standard of the design which the manufacturer recommends for the service intended. 3. Each valve shall bear the maker's name or trademark or reference symbol to indicate the service conditions for which it is guaranteed. 4. All valves for use with copper tubing shall have solder type connections. 5. All screw end valves shall be threaded according to the American Standard for Pipe Threads No.B2.1. 6. Flange end valves shall have connecting end flanges in accordance with the B16.1, Class 125 Series of the American Standards Association for type valves covered in the Standard, and in accordance with the Manufacturer's Standardization Society Standard Practice for bronze valves corresponding to the maximum pressure and service for which the valve is to be used. C. Valve Ends: Compatible with adjacent piping system. D. Operation: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VAVLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400551-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Open by turning counterclockwise; close by turning clockwise. 2. Cast directional arrow on valve or actuator with OPEN and CLOSE cast on valve in appropriate location. E. Valve Marking and Labeling: 1. Marking: Comply with MSS SP-25. 2. Labeling:As specified in Section 400553 -Identification for Process Piping. 3. Provide buried valves with valve boxes, covers, and extensions as specified in Section 331116- Site Water Utility Distribution Piping. F. Valve Construction: 1. Bodies: Rated for maximum temperature and pressure to which valve will be subjected as specified in valve Sections. 2. Bonnets: a. Flanged to body and of same material and pressure rating as body. b. Furnish glands,packing nuts,or yokes as specified in valve Sections. 3. Stems and Stem Guides: a. Materials and Seals: As specified in valve Sections. b. Bronze Valve Stems:According to ASTM B584. c. Space stem guides 10 feet o.c. d. Submerged Stem Guides: Type 304 stainless steel. 4. Nuts and Bolts: As specified in Section 055000-Metal Fabrications. G. Valve Type: 1. Plug Valves: As specified in Section 400562—Plug Valves. 2. Ball Valves:As specified in Section 400563—Ball Valves. 3. Butterfly Valves: As specified in Section 400564—Butterfly Valves. 4. Swing and Disc Check Valves: As specified in Section 400565.23 — Swing and Disc Check Valves. 5. Pressure-Regulating Valves: As specified in Section 400567.36 — Pressure-Regulating Valves. 6. Pressure-Relief Valves: As specified in Section 400567.39—Pressure-Relief Valves. 7. Mud Valves: As specified in Section 400571.23—Mud Valves. 8. Combination Air Valves for Wastewater Service: As specified in Section 400578.29 — Combination Air Valves for Wastewater Service. 2.2 VALVE ACTUATORS A. Description: Manual,pneumatic and electric motor actuators. B. Provide actuators per specification Section 400557—Actuators for Process Valves and Gates • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VAVLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400551-5 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.3 INSULATION A. As specified in Section 404213 -Process Piping Insulation or as indicated on Drawings. 2.4 FINISHES A. Valve lining and coating: Comply with AWWA C550. B. Exposed Valves:As specified in Section 099600—High-Performance Coatings. C. Do not coat flange faces of valves unless otherwise specified. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Testing: Test valves according to manufacturer's standard testing protocol, including hydrostatic,seal,and performance testing. C. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract • Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 013100 — Project Management and Coordination: Requirements for installation examination B. Verify that piping system is ready for valve installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves, actuators, extensions, valve boxes, and accessories according to manufacturer instructions. B. Firmly support valves to avoid undue stresses on piping. C. Valves shall be installed with the stems positioned in the horizontal or above the centerline of the pipe unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. D. Operators shall be positioned so that they do not interfere with pedestrian traffic. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VAVLES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400551-6 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • E. Valve operators which are 7 ft 0 in. or more above the operating floor or platform shall be chain wheel operated. F. Where necessary for operations as described above,valves shall be bevel or spur gear operated. Plug valve 6 in. and larger shall be gear operated. G. Coat studs,bolts and nuts with anti-seizing lubricant. H. Clean field welds of slag and splatter to provide a smooth surface. I. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted. J. Install brass male adapters on each side of valves in copper-piped system and solder adapters to pipe. K. All buried valves shall have a 2"operating nut and handwheels for all exposed valves. L. Install 3/4-inch ball valves with cap for drains at main shutoff valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers,and equipment. M. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and to allow access. N. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. O. Pipe Hangers and Supports: As specified in Section 400507 -Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. • P. Comply with Division 40 - Process Interconnections for piping materials applying to various system types. Q. Install insulation as specified in Section 404213 -Process Piping Insulation and as indicated on Drawings. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Valve Field Testing: 1. Test for proper alignment. 2. If specified by valve Section, field test equipment to demonstrate operation without undue noise,vibration,or overheating. 3. Architect/Engineer will witness field testing. END OF SECTION 400551 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VA 7 of 7 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400557-ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual actuators. 2. Electric motor actuators. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000-Metal Fabrications 2. Section 099600-High-Performance Coatings 3. Division 40-Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9-Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. ABMA 11 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. B. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C500-Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 2. AWWA C542-Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates. C. NFPA: 1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Section 013100-Project Management and Coordination: Requirements for coordination. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with installation of valves and accessories. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for actuator with model number and size indicated. 4111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-1 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate parts list,materials, sizes,position indicators, limit switches, actuator mounting, wiring diagrams,control system,and control system schematics on assembly drawings. 2. Submit actuator Shop Drawings with valve and gate submittal. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit special procedures and placement requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of shop/factory tests and inspections. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and installer. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations and types of actuators. • 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valve Actuators in NEC Class I, Group D, Division 1 for areas where flammable gases,vapors or liquids can exist all of the time or some of the time under normal operating conditions. B. Valve Actuators in NEC Class I, Group D,Division 2 for areas where flammable gases,vapors or liquids are not likely to exist under normal operating conditions. C. Locations: Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years'documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-2 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 410 B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings and maintain in place until installation. 3. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. • B. The Manufacturer and Contractor shall furnish a warranty extending twelve (12) months after substantial completion date. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: 1. Dezurik 2. Valmatic 3. Beck 4. EIM Limitorque 5. Approved Equivalent 2.2 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish gear and power actuators with position indicators. S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-3 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.3 MANUAL ACTUATORS A. Gate Valves: Gave valves shall be fitted with cast iron hand wheels of suitable size or gear and hand wheel operators in accordance with AWWA C500. B. Butterfly Valves: Butterfly valves 3 inches and smaller shall be lever and locking ratchet operated. Butterfly valves 4 inches and larger shall be equipped with gear and hand wheel operators.The operators shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the valve,in accordance with AWWA C504, who shall be responsible for the compatibility and adequacy of both the valve and operator.Valve operator shall be sized for the maximum torque developed by the maximum pressure in the pipeline in which the valve is to be used. C. Plug and Ball Valves: Plug and ball valves 3 inches and smaller shall be lever and locking ratchet operated. Plug and ball valves 4 inches and larger shall be provided with gear and hand wheel operators. D. Provide gear and power actuators with position indicators. E. Gear-Assisted Manual Actuators: 1. Drive Type: Worm gear except where otherwise shown or specified 2. Provide totally enclosed gears. 3. Gearing: Designed for 100 percent overload. 4. Bearings: a. Type: Ball or Roller; comply with ABMA 9 or ABMA 11. • b. Permanently lubricated bronze. c. Minimum L10 Life: 100,000 hours. 5. Maximum Operating Force: 60 lbf. 6. Handwheel: Minimum 12-inch diameter. 7. Packing: Accessible for adjustment without requiring removal of actuator from valve. F. Chain Actuators: 1. Description: a. Chain actuators for shutoff valves mounted 7 feet and greater above operating floor level. b. Chain guides and hot-dip galvanized operating chain extending to 5-1/2 feet above operating floor level. 2. Chain Wheels: Sprocket rim type. 3. Furnish chain storage if chains may interfere with pedestrian traffic. G. Buried Valves: 1. Comply with AWWA C500. 2. Floors: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES4 O D7GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Furnish extension stems to grade, and square nuts or floor stands with position indicators. b. Cast-iron/Steel pipe extensions with valve boxes,covers,and operating keys. c. Floor Boxes: Hot-dip galvanized cast iron or steel,with bronze cover. d. Lid Inscription: An arrow at least 2" long showing direction of opening. The word OPEN shall also be cast on the flange. 3. Valve Boxes: a. Material: Cast iron. b. 12 Inch Diameter Valves and Smaller: Two-piece,screw type. c. Valves Larger than 12 Inch Diameter: Three-piece,screw type. d. Lid Inscription: An arrow at least 2" long showing direction of opening. The word OPEN shall also be cast on the flange. 2.4 ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Auma Actuators,Inc.; Canonsburg,PA 2. EIM Limitorque 3. Beck Actuators;Newtown,PA 4. Approved Equivalent B. Description: • 1. Motor, reduction gearing, torque switches, limit switches, auxiliary hand wheel, starter, mechanical position indicator,and accessories. 2. Comply with AWWA C542. 3. Open-close operation or modulation,as specified,or as shown on the Drawings. 4. Valve closing time will be 60 seconds,unless otherwise noted. 5. Actuators will be capable of operating in an ambient temperature range of-20 to +175 degrees F. 6. All actuators in open/close service will be furnished with integral, motor controls consisting of reversing starters, control transformer, phase discriminator, monitor relay, positioner, "open-stop-close"pushbuttons, "local-off-remote" selector switch in addition to red and green indicating lights. The positioner shall be capable of accepting a 4-20 mADC signal from the controller and positioning the valve by comparing the command signal with the present valve position as indicated by the feedback potentiometer mounted inside the actuator. The positioner shall be field adjustable to fail in the"open", "closed"or"last"position on loss of 4-20 mADC command signal. C. Enclosure: 1. Minimum NEMA 250 Type 4.When specified,motor and all electrical enclosure shall be available to meet NEMA 6 submersible,or NEMA 7 hazardous requirements. 2. Mounting:Attached actuator housing using flanged motor adapter. D. Motors: 1. As specified in Section 400593-Common Motor Requirements for Process Equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-5 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 111111 2. Type: a. Reversing or modulating,as specified,or as shown on the Drawings. b. Totally enclosed,non-ventilated,high starting torque,low starting current. c. Full-voltage starting. 3. Electrical Characteristics: a. Connections: As specified in Division 26—Electrical. b. Torque: A running torque per valve manufacturer's recommendation. c. Sufficient horsepower to open or close a valve against the maximum specified differential pressure when voltage to the motor is±10% of nominal voltage with a factor of safety of 1.5. d. Voltage:480 V,three phase,60 Hz. e. Lubrication: Pre-lubricated. f. Bearings Type: Anti-friction g. Motor Rating: 30 minute duty. E. Reduction Gearing: 1. Description: Single-or double-reduction unit of spur or helical gears and worm-gearing. 2. Lubrication: Grease or oil. 3. Bearings: a. Type: Ball or Roller;comply with ABMA 9 or ABMA 11. • b. Minimum L10 Life: 100,000 hours. F. Limit Switches: 1. Type: Heavy duty,open contact. 2. Actuation: Rotor cam. 3. Compaitinent: Totally enclosed and equipped with a heater and thermostat to prevent build-up of moisture and contamination. 4. Switches shall be SPDT and rated 10A at 120 VAC or as specified. 5. Actuating Point:Adjustable at any point of valve between fully open and fully closed. 6. Adjustment: Capable of quick adjustment requiring no more than five (5) turns of the adjustment spindle. 7. Contacts: One set of normally open and one set of normally closed contacts will be furnished and available for use by the plant control system at each end of travel where indicated. Contact shall be of silver and capable of reliably switching a low voltage DC source from the control system furnished by other. G. Torque Limiting Switches: 1. Torque limiting switches shall be provided. 2. Torque limiting switches shall be responsive to the mechanical torque developed in seating,backseating,or by obstruction. 3. Accuracy:Within±5% 4. Calibration: The use of torque wrenches for calibration shall not be required. Calibrated by use of a dynamometer in order to accurately predict the output of the actuator. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-6 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. A calibration tag stating the maximum torque output of each torque switch at 100% setting shall be permanently affixed to the torque switch dial. H. Hand Wheel Operation: 1. A permanently attached hand wheel shall be provided for emergency manual operation. 2. A seized or inoperable motor shall not prevent manual operation. 3. The hand wheel shall not rotate during electrical operation. 4. Maximum Torque Required: 60 lb-ft. 5. Maximum Force Required: 60 lbs. 6. Inscription: An arrow and either the work OPEN or CLOSE shall be cast in the hand wheel to indicate the direction to turn hand wheel. 7. Minimum Diameter: 8 inches. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assemblies. C. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract • Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Securely mount actuators using brackets or hardware specifically designed for attachment to valves. B. Extend chain actuators to 5-1/2 feet above operating floor level. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-7 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. After installation,inspect for proper supports and interferences. D. Repair damaged coatings with material equal to original coating as specified in Section 099600 -High-Performance Coatings. END OF SECTION 400557 1111 111111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ACTUATORS FOR PROCESS VALVES AND GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400557-8 of 8 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400559- STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Stainless-steel slide gates. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Operating Head: Distance from centerline of gate to maximum water level of channel. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C561 -Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS • A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product information for system materials and component equipment. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation and anchoring requirements,fasteners,and other details. 3. Indicate gate identification number, location, service,type,size,design pressure,operator details,stem details,and loads. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1. Certify that installation is completed according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements,including storage and handling procedures. F. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Manufacturer Reports: 1. Certify that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer's instructions. • 2. Indicate activities on Site, adverse findings, and recommendations. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-1 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA I. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of installed slide gates and components. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions for equipment and accessories. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. B. Spare Parts: 1. Furnish one set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS 111 A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years'documented experience. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store and protect materials according to manufacturer's instructions. 1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish one-year manufacturer's warranty for slide gates. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Seating Pressure: 1. 15 feet of water. 2. Measurement: From maximum water surface to centerline of gate. B. Minimum Vertical Loading: 50 percent of force on the gate from operating head acting on horizontal centerline of gate,multiplied by effective gate area,plus weight of slide and stem. C. Gate Reinforcement: As required for deflection not greater than 1/360 of span. D. Operating Head: 1. Safety Factor: Design gate to operate under specified operating head with safety factory 4110 of five. 2.2 STAINLESS-STEEL SLIDE GATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Halliday Products 2. Waterman Industries 3. Golden Harvest,Inc. 4. Or Approved Equal. B. Description: 1. Comply with AWWA C561. 2. Non-self-contained stainless-steel slide gate, with limited frame, lifting stem, lift and lift support,stem,stem guide,and stem block. 3. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Operating Head:As indicated on Drawings. 5. Closure: As indicated on Drawings. 6. Opening: As indicated on Drawings C. Gates: 1. Material: • a. Type 304 stainless steel. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-3 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA Ill 2. Minimum Thickness: 3/16 inch. 3. Configuration: Removable. D. Yokes: 1. Material: Stainless Steel. 2. Mounting:Bolted to gate frame. E. Seats: 1. Impacted into dovetail slots and held in position without use of screws or other fasteners. 2. Maximum Clearance between Seating Faces: 0.004 inch when gate is fully closed. F. Wedges: 1. Description: Machined brass blocks with angled faces and secured with a stud bolt to prevent slippage during operation. 2. Provide side,top,and bottom wedges. G. Frames: 1. Configuration: One piece. 2. Mounting:As indicated on Drawings. 3. Material:Type 304 stainless steel. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch. IP 5. Seats:Ultra-high-molecular-weight polymer. Bottom Flush Closure: Resilient seal securely attached to frame along invert H. Lifting Devices: 1. Description: Stem, lifting nut, supports, bushings, stem cover, position indicator, and gear-assisted handwheel. 2. Mounting: Fabricated stainless steel pedestal. I. Handwheel: 1. Material: Cast aluminum. 2. Diameter: 16 inches. 3. Configuration: Removable. 4. Fully lubricated. 5. Mounting:Locate center of handwheel 36 inches above operating floor. J. Lifting Nut: 1. Material: Brass. 2. Furnish grease fitting. 3. Furnish polymer bearing pads above and below lifting nut. K. Lifting Stem: 1. Material: Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Configuration: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Rising. b. Removable. 3. Thread: a. Acme,double lead. b. Cut threads are not acceptable. 4. Diameter: 1-1/8 inch minimum. 5. Fully lubricated. 6. Maximum Number of Turns: 16 per foot of travel. 7. Stem Covers: Provide rising stem gates with clear polycarbonate covers, capped, vented, and of a length to allow full travel of gate. 2.3 FINISHES A. Stainless-Steel Surfaces: Mill finish. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Hardware: Type 316 stainless steel. . 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assemblies. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that facilities are ready to receive slide gates. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Clean surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-5 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.3 INSTALLATION • A. Install slide gates according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that products are installed plumb,true,and free of warp or twist. C. Locate operators to avoid interference with handrails and other Work. D. Guides: 1. Surface and Flange Mounted: a. Install guides with expansion or adhesive anchors. b. Position guides at elevation as indicated on Drawings. E. Sealant: 1. Apply 1/8-inch thick layer of elastomeric sealant to back of frame. 2. Tighten nuts snug until sealant begins to flow beyond frame. 3. Remove excess sealant. 4. Cure sealant for minimum seven days. 5. Tighten nuts to their final positions. F. Lubricants:Provide oil and grease as required for initial operation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspection: 1. Verify alignment of gate and components. 2. Verify that gate operates smoothly and does not bind or scrape. C. Testing: 1. Comply with AWWA C561. 2. Leakage: Not exceeding 0.1 gpm/ft. of seating perimeter under 20 feet of seating head and not exceeding 0.21 gpm/ft.under 20 feet of unseating head. D. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than 2 days on Site for installation, inspection, field testing, and instructing Owner's personnel in maintenance of equipment. E. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and re- inspect. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400599-6 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA F. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Adjust slide gates to provide smooth operation. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment operation, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 400559 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170094 400599-7 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 400562-PLUG VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Eccentric plug valves. B. Conform to the requirements of Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves C. Related Requirements: 1. Division 40—Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C517-Resilient-Seated Cast-Iron Eccentric Plug Valves. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. • 2. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. 3. ASME B16.42-Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. 4. ASME B1.20.1 -Pipe Threads,General Purpose, Inch. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A536-Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 2. ASTM B62- Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Henry Pratt Company;Aurora,IL 2. DeZurick; Sartell,MN 3. Val-Matic; Elmhurst,IL 4. Or approved equal B. Description: 1. Type: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PLUG VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400562-1 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA a. Non-lubricated. b. Eccentric. c. 90 Degree Turn d. Resilient faced Plug 2. Working Pressure: 175 psig for valves through 12" and 150 psig for valves for 14" through 72". 3. Ports: a. Configuration: Rectangular. b. Minimum Port Area: 100 percent of nominal pipe area for valves. 4. Stem Bearings: Self-lubricating. 5. Stem Seals: a. Type:V-ring. b. Material: Neoprene. 6. Packing and Gland: Accessible and externally adjustable. 7. End Connections: a. Flanged: Comply with ANSI 125/150 lb. Standard b. Mechanical Joint C. Operation: 1. As specified in Section 400557 Actuators for Process Valves and Gates. D. Materials: 1. Body: a. Cast iron,ASTM A126 Class B. b. Lining: As recommended by valve manufacturer for service conditions. 2. Plug: a. Ductile iron,ASTM A126 Class B. b. Lining: Synthetic viton compound of a minimum of 70 durometer hardness. 3. Seats: 1/8",welded, 90%pure Nickel. 4. Stem: Type 316 stainless steel. 5. Stem Bearings: Type 316L stainless steel. 6. Seals: Buna-N. 7. Connecting Hardware: Type 316 stainless steel. E. Finishes: As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PLUG VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400562-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. C. Testing: Test gate valves according to AWWA C509. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION,INSTALLATION AND FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves B. According to AWWA C517. C. Horizontal Piping: Stem horizontal. D. Vertical Piping: Plug at top when closed. E. Plugs: On top when open and on pressure side when closed. END OF SECTION 400562 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PLUG VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400562-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400563 -BALL VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rubber-seated ball valves. 2. Plastic ball valves. B. Conform to requirements of Section 400551 —Common Requirements for Process Valves C. Related Requirements: 1. Division 40—Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: • 1. AWWA C507-Ball Valves,6 In. Through 60 In. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. 2. ASME B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. 3. ASME B16.42-Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Compounds. 2. ASTM D3222 - Standard Specification for Unmodified Poly (Vinylidene Fluoride) (PVDF)Molding Extrusion and Coating Materials. 3. ASTM D4101 -Standard Specification for Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP-110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. BALL VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400563-1 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RUBBER-SEATED BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Henry Pratt Company;-Aurora,IL. 2. Valtorc—Kennesaw,Ga. 3. Apollo—Matthews,NC 4. Approved Equal. B. Smaller Than 4 Inches: 1. Comply with MSS SP 110. 2. Working Pressure: 150 psig at 90 deg.F. 3. Maximum Process Fluid Temperature: 90 deg.F. 4. Body: a. Type:Two piece. b. Material: Bronze. 5. Ball: Stainless steel. 6. Port: Regular. 7. Seats: Buna-N. 8. Stem: Blowout proof. 9. End Connections: Threaded,with union. • 10. Operator:Hand lever. 11. Finishes:As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. 2.2 PLASTIC BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hayward 2. N1BCO 3. Asahi/American 4. Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Working Pressure: 232 psig at 68 deg.F. 2. Ports: Full size. 3. End Connections: a. Socket Union b. Threaded Pipe Union. C. Operator: Manual unless otherwise specified or shown. D. Materials: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. BALL VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400563-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Body and Ball: PVC, CPVC, PP as specified, shown on drawings, or recommended by the manufacturer for the service conditions specified. 2. Seats:PTFE. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. C. Testing:Test ball valves according to AWWA C507. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION,INSTALLATION AND FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves B. According to AWWA C507 END OF SECTION 400563 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. BALL VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400563-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 400565 - SWING AND DISC CHECK VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Swing check valves 3 inches and larger. B. Conform to the requirements of Section 400551 —Common Requirements for Process Valves C. Related Requirements: 1. Division 40—Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C508 - Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service,2-In. Through 24-In. (50- mm through 600-mm)NPS. B. ASME International: • 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. 2. ASME B16.11 -Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded. 3. ASME B16.42-Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. ASTM A536-Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 3. ASTM B62- Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 4. ASTM B148-Standard Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 STANDARD SWING CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZurik 2. GA Industries,Inc. 3. Henry Pratt Company 4. Kennedy Valve Company 5. Crispin Valves;Berwick,PA110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SWING AND DISC CHECK VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400565-1 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 6. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Comply with AWWA C508 2. Minimum Working Pressure: 200 psig for 2"- 12"and 150 psig for 14"-30" 3. Type: Swing,resilient seated with outside lever and adjustable weight. 4. Mounting: Horizontal or vertical. 5. End Connections: Integral flange ends shall be ANSI B16.1 Class 125, suitable for horizontal or vertical installation C. Materials: 1. Body and Cover: Ductile iron,ASTM A536. 2. Disc,Disc Arm: Ductile iron,ASTM A536 3. Body Seat:Replaceable,Type 316 ASTM A276 with Buna-N renewable seat ring 4. Shaft: Type 303 Stainless Steel ASTM A582 5. Disc Seat:Buna-N 6. Lever and Counterweight: Ductile Iron,ASTM A536 7. Hinge Pin and Key: Type 316 Stainless Steel 8. Rubber Components: Buna-N 9. Connecting Hardware:Type 304 stainless steel. D. Finishes: As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. • 2.2 SYNTHETIC DISC CHECK VALVE A. Manufacturers: 1. Valmatic 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Comply with AWWA C508 2. Minimum Working Pressure: 200 psig for 2"- 12"and 150 psig for 14"-30" 3. Type: Swing,flexible disc check valve,full body flow type. 4. Mounting:Horizontal or vertical. 5. End Connections: Integral flange ends shall be ANSI B16.1 Class 125, suitable for horizontal or vertical installation C. Materials: 1. Body and Cover: Ductile iron,ASTM A536. 2. Disc: Precision molded Buna-N ASTM D2000 3. Epoxy Coated Interior 4. Screw-Type Stainless Steel backflow actuator 5. Mechanical Position indicator 6. Open-Close position indicator limit switch • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SWING AND DISC CHECK VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400565-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA D. Finishes: As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Testing: 1. Hydrostatically test check valves at twice rated pressure according to AWWA C508. 2. Permitted Leakage at Indicated Working Pressure:None. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION,INSTALLATION AND FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves B. According to AWWA C508. END OF SECTION 400565.23 • . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SWING AND DISC CHECK VALVES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400565-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 411 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 400578-COMBINATION AIR VALVES FOR WASTEWATER SERVICE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Combination air valves for wastewater treatment facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099600-High Performance Coatings 2. Division 40-Process Integration 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C512 -Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. ASTM A536- Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. D. International Organization for Standardization: 1. ISO 9001 -Quality Management Systems. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COMBINATION AIR VALVES FOR WASTEWATER SERVICE A. Manufacturers: 1. Vent-O-Matic Series RGXV. 2. Approved Equivalent B. Description: 1. Single Chamber Design 2. 304 Stainless Steel body screen and ends GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMBINATION AIR VALVES FOR WASTEWATER SERVICE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400578-1 of 3 a. ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1110 3. HDPE cylindrical control floats 4. Discharge orifice area equal to nominal valve size 5. EPDM rubber orifice seals. 6. Suitable for use on municipal wastewater. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements:Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. C. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If fabricator is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at fabricator's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved fabricator. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation • examination. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt-hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flanges mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation. B. Thoroughly clean end connections before installation. C. Close pipe and equipment openings with caps or plugs during installation. D. Cleaning: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. According to manufacturer instructions. B. Provide access for operation, removal, and maintenance, and to avoid discharge to occupied areas or other equipment. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMBINATION AIR VALVES FOR WASTEWATER SERVICE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400578-2 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Inspect for interferences and proper supports. D. Testing: 1. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves. 2. Demonstrate operation without undue noise or vibration. E. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. 3. Repair damaged coatings with material equal to original coating. F. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting that equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Keep interior of air release valves clean as installation progresses. END OF SECTION 400578 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. COMBINATION AIR VALVES FOR WASTEWATER SERVICE GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 400578-3 of 3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 SECTION 407113 -MAGNETIC FLOW METERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Magnetic flow meters. 2. Transmitters. 3. Indicators. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 26 -Electrical 2. Division 27—Communications 3. Division 40—Process Interconnections 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA M6-Water Meters- Selection,Installation,Testing, and Maintenance. 2. AWWA M33 -Flowmeters in Water Supply. B. ASME International: 1. ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,and 250. C. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Section 013100—Project Management and Coordination. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for system materials and component equipment,including connection requirements. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-1 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation requirements and other details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. G. Manufacturer Reports: Certify that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer instructions. H. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and final orientation of equipment and accessories. • 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. C. Perform Work according to applicable standards. D. Maintain one(1)copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years'documented experience. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-2 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 4111 C. Store equipment according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for magnetic flow meters and appurtenant devices. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Furnish sensors, field preamplifiers, signal conditioners, offset and span adjustments, amplifiers, transducers, transmitters, control devices, interconnecting cables, and unit conversions and algorithms as required for application. 2.2 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS • A. Manufacturers: 1. Rosemount 8750WA 2. Engineer Approved Equal. B. Description: Low-frequency, electromagnetic induction-type flow meter, producing a linear signal directly proportional to flow rate,consisting of flow tube,signal cable,and transmitter. C. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Design:According to AWWA M33. D. Magnetic Flow Meter Schedule:: Anticipated Tag Size(inches) Service Meter Range Flow FE/FIT-102 24" RW 1,020—10,861 gpm 3,450 gpm E. Flow Tubes: 1. Material: Type 304 stainless steel with PTFE liner. 2. Length:As indicated on Drawings. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-3 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 3. End Connections: Flanged,ASME B16.1,carbon steel. F. Electrodes: 1. Type 316L stainless steel. 2. Self-cleaning. G. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of actual flow rate over a 10:1 range. H. Provide adjustment for zero and span. I. Accessories: 1. Furnish cable between transmitter and receiver. 2.3 TRANSMITTERS A. Transmitter Output: 1. 4-to 20-mA dc analog signal. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2%percent of full scale. B. Housing Material: Cast aluminum. C. HMI: • 1. Touch-screen programming, functioning through enclosure window without opening enclosure. 2. Display: a. Size: Four lines by 16 characters. b. Type: Backlit digital display. c. User-selectable engineering units. d. Readout of diagnostic error messages. D. Mounting: 1. Integral or remote mounting up to 50 feet from flow meter. 2. Mounting Locations Less Than 4 Feet above Grade: Provide stainless-steel mounting posts. E. Transmitter Communication Interface:Modbus RTU,Modbus TCP or EthernetIP. F. Communication Firmware and Software: Obtain from the manufacturer as designated for the piece of equipment installed. G. Accessories: 1. Current signal output simulation. 2. Empty pipe detection. 3. Self-diagnostics. 411 4. Automatic zero adjustment. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-4 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Stainless-steel sunshield. 6. Signal Cable: Provided by flow meter manufacturer. 2.4 OPERATION A. Control Power: 1. Wiring: As specified in Section 260503-Equipment Wiring Connections. 2. 120-V ac,single phase,60 Hz. 3. Furnish local transformers as required. B. Enclosures: As indicated on Drawings. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of meters according to AWWA M6. C. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract • Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are ready to receive Work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate location and orientation of flow meter with final equipment installations. B. Ensure that instruments are located to be easily accessible for maintenance. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing. B. Testing: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-5 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Test and calibrate flow meter to demonstrate that it meets specified accuracy requirements. 2. Comply with AWWA M6. C. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than 1 days on Site for installation,inspection, startup,field testing,and instructing Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of equipment. D. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. E. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting that equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair • procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 407113 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. MAGNETIC FLOW METERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407113-6 of 6 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 407276-LEVEL SWITCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vibrating Fork Liquid Level Switches. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA ICS 1 -Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements. B. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. • 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for system materials and component equipment,including connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation requirements and other details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for closeout procedures. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LEVEL SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407276-1 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and final orientation of equipment and accessories. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years'documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. • D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish one-year manufacturer's warranty for level switches. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 LEVEL SWITCHES A. Vibrating Fork Type: 1. Manufacturers: a. Emerson/Rosemount Model 2130LA9S3AAXXX b. Approved Equal. 2. Housing Material;: Aluminum 3. Fork Material: 316L Stainless steel. 4. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1/4 inch of fork setting. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LEVEL SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407276-2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1111 5. Direct Load Switching Output. 6. Mounting: 3 inch RF 1501b Flange. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are ready to receive Work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate location and orientation of level probe assemblies with final equipment installations. B. Ensure that instruments are located to be easily accessible for maintenance. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than one day (8 hours) on Site for installation, inspection, field testing, and instructing Owner's personnel in maintenance of equipment. C. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. D. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting that equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 407276 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. LEVEL SWITCHES GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407276-3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 407313 -PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Pressure gages. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 407364—Annular Pressure Seals:Isolation of gages from process fluid. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME International: 1. ASME B40.100-Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments. B. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. • 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for system materials and component equipment,including connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation requirements and other details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations of equipment and accessories. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRESSURE GAUGES 407313-1 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 41111 A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. B. Extra Stock Materials: 1. Gages: Furnish 20 percent spare gages,with a minimum of one gage for each range used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. • D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish one-year manufacturer's warranty for pressure gages. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: 1. Ametek;Model Series 1550 2. Wika;Model Series 716 3. Ashcroft;Model Series 1010 B. Type: Differential-Compound. 4110 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRESSURE GAUGES 407313-2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA ® C. Dials: 1. Nominal Diameter:4 inches. 2. Face:White,laminated plastic dials with black graduations. 3. Scale: Extend over arc not less than 270 degrees. 4. Ranges and Graduation Units: As indicated on Drawings. D. Cases: 1. Liquid filled. 2. Stainless Steel case and wetted parts. 3. Windows: a. Material: Clear,shatterproof glass. b. Thickness: 1/8 inch. c. Provide gasket. E. Connection: 1. Location: Bottom. 2. Socket: a. 1/4-inch NPT male thread. b. Extend minimum 1-1/4 inches below gage cases. c. Provide wrench flats. • 3. Mounting: Stem. F. Measuring Element: 1. Bourdon Tubes: a. Material: Stainless steel to brass socket. b. Provide welded,stress-relieved joints. 2. Movement: a. Rotary. b. Material: Stainless steel. 3. Accuracy: a. Comply with ASME B40.100. b. Plus and minus 0.5 percent of full-scale range. G. Adjustment: 1. Provide for zero-reading adjustment. 2. Adjusting Screws: Accessible from rear of case without need for disassembly. H. Accessories: • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRESSURE GAUGES 407313-3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. Shutoff Cocks: Furnished by gage manufacturer. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are ready to receive Work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. According to manufacturer instructions. B. Coordinate location and orientation of gages and seal assemblies with final piping and equipment installations. C. Ensure that gages are located to be easily read during operation and easily accessible for maintenance. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL • GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRESSURE GAUGES 407313-4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA END OF SECTION 407313 • . GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIAL GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 PRESSURE GAUGES 407313-5 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 407326-GAUGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Gage-pressure transmitters used for wetwell level indication. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). B. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for system materials and component equipment,including connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation requirements and other details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. G. Manufacturer Reports: Certify that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer instructions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations of equipment and accessories. 41) GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GAUGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407326-1 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years'experience. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. SC. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for gage-pressure transmitters. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GAGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Rosemount Inc. 2. Substitutions:Not permitted. B. Description: • 1. Excitation: GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GAUGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407326-2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. 9-to 30-V dc. b. Overvoltage protected. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.25 percent. 3. Output Signal:4 to 20 mA dc. 4. Operating Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 degrees F. 5. Response Time: Less than 1 ms. 6. Materials:Type 316 stainless steel. 7. Location: As indicated on Drawings. C. Furnish cable,field preamplifiers,and signal conditioners as required to maintain accuracy from transducer to terminal device. 2.2 SUBMERSIBLE GAGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE Druck model PTX 1830 2. Dwyer Mercoid Model PBLT2-15-60 3. Approved Equal. B. Description: 1. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.25 percent. 2. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA dc proportional for zero to full scale. 3. Operating Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 degrees F. • 4. Materials: Type 316 stainless steel,polyurethane. C. Mounting: Cable Clamp System with strain relief. D. Furnish cable,field preamplifiers,sensor termination and lightning surge arrestors as required to maintain accuracy from transducer to terminal device. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. According to manufacturer instructions. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GAUGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407326-3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than one day(8 hours) on Site for installation, inspection, startup, field testing, and instructing Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make final adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. D. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting that equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. . B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 407326 • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GAUGE-PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407326-4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • SECTION 407364—ANNULAR PRESSURE SEALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pressure Seals,Annular Type B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 407313 - Pressure and Differential Pressure Gauges: Pressure gages requiring isolation from process fluid. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 2. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content. 1.3 SUBMITTALS • A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for system materials and component equipment,including connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate system materials and component equipment. 2. Submit installation requirements and other details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and accessories. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ANNULAR PRESSURE SEALS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407364-1 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid. B. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.7 WARRANTY 4110 A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements:Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish one-year manufacturer's warranty for diaphragm seals. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DIAPHRAGM SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ashcroft Model 80 Wafer Seal 2. Red Valve Series 48 Pressure Sensor 3. Onyx Isolator Ring 4. Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Mounting:Wafer Style. 2. Wetted Parts and Bolt Materials: Corrosion resistant to process fluid. 3. Instrument Connection:NPT, 1/4 inch. 4. Working Pressure Rating:Pipeline working pressure+50 psig. 5. Fill fluid: 50/50 solution of ethylene glycol and water,unless otherwise noted GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ANNULAR PRESSURE SEALS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407364-2 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 014000-Quality Requirements: Requirements for testing,inspection,and analysis. B. Diaphragm Seals: 1. Factory-assemble, fill, and calibrate entire assembly, including gage or switch, prior to shipment. 2. Field filling is not acceptable. C. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are ready to receive Work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. According to manufacturer instructions. • B. Mount only one pressure element per diaphragm seal. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 2. Make fmal adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ANNULAR PRESSURE SEALS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407364-3 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA END OF SECTION 407364 • • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. ANNULAR PRESSURE SEALS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 407364-4 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT . PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 432513 -SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Submersible sludge pumps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260503 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electrical connections to equipment specified by this Section. 2. Section 330516—Precast Concrete Utility Structures for Wetwell and Valve Vault 3. Section 400513 - Common Work Results for Process Piping: Piping components, appurtenances,and identification requirements common to process piping systems. 4. Section 460513 - Common Motor Requirements for Water and Wastewater Equipment: Execution requirements for motors supplied with equipment specified by this Section. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International: • 1. ASTM A48 -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A276-Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit information concerning materials of construction, fabrication, and protective coatings. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit detailed dimensions for materials and equipment, including wiring and control diagrams, performance charts and curves, installation and anchoring requirements, fasteners,and other details. 2. Include manufacturer's specified displacement tolerances for vibration at operational speed specified for pumps. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that pump and accessories meet or exceed specified requirements. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513—1 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Certify installation is completed according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements,including storage and handling procedures. F. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Manufacturer Reports: Indicate that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer's instructions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and final orientation of equipment and accessories. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for pumps and components. 411 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMERSIBLE SLUDGE PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. KSB Pumps,Inc—Mississauga,Ontario 2. Xylem Flygt—Suwanee,GA 3. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Submersible non-clog pumps,each equipped with submersible electric motor. 2. Pump Location: Pumping Station No. 1 (PS-01). a. Pump Designation: 1) P-110 2) P-120 3) P-130 4) P-140 5) P-150. 3. Pump Location: Pumping Station No.2(PS-02). a. Pump Designation: • 1) P-210 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513—2 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 110 2) P-220 4. Pump Location: Pumping Station No. 3 (PS-03). a. Pump Designation: 1) P-310 2) P-320 C. Impeller and Volute: 1. Impeller: a. Gray cast iron,ASTM A48,Class 30. b. Dynamically balanced. c. Double-shrouded,non-clogging design having long throughlet without acute turns. d. Semi-open,multi-vane design,capable of passing minimum 3-inch solid sphere. e. Capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, sludge, and other matter found in normal sewage applications. 2. Impeller and Shaft Fit: Sliding fit with one key,or impeller bolt. 3. Volute: a. Single piece,cast iron,ASTM A-48,Class 35B. b. Non-concentric,spiral design. c. Smooth fluid passages capable of passing solids through impeller. D. Mechanical Seal System: • 1. Shaft: AISI,Type 431 or ASTM A276,Type 420 stainless steel. 2. Shaft Seal: Tandem mechanical type. a. Upper Tandem Set of Seals: 1) Operating in oil chamber located just below stator housing. 2) One stationary silicon-carbide ring and one positively driven rotating carbon ring. b. Lower Tandem Set of Seals: Stationary silicon-carbide ring and positively driven rotating silicon-carbide ring. 3. Oil Chamber for Shaft-Sealing System: Drain and inspection plug,with positive anti-leak seal,accessible from outside. E. Bearings: 1. Rotate shaft on two permanently lubricated bearings with an L-10 bearing life of 50,000 hours when operating within any usable portion of the pump curve. 2. Upper Bearing: Single-row roller bearing. 3. Lower Bearing: Two-row angular-contact ball bearings. F. Cable Entry Seal: S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513—3 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 1. Plug-in Type. Single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by stainless-steel washers with close tolerance fit against cable outside diameter and entry inside diameter, and compressed by entry body containing strain-relief function, separate from function of sealing cable.Epoxy fill to seal interior passages 2. Bear assembly against shoulder in pump top. 3. Separate cable entry junction chamber and motor by stator-lead sealing gland or terminal board, which isolates motor interior from foreign material gaining access through pump top. G. Performance and Design Criteria: 1. Performance Table P-110 P-140 P-210 P-310 P-120 P-150 P-220 P-320 P-130 Design Flow Rate: 1 11900 800 200 200 Design Flow Total Dynamic 49 12.5 38 38 Head: (feet) Minimum Efficiency at Design 82 70 50 50 Flow Rate: Minimum Flow Rate: (gpm). 200 290 E 87 87 Minimum Flow Total 41 29 42 42 Dynamic Head: (feet). Minimum Efficiency at Minimum Flow Rate: i 50 48 35 35 • (percent). ._ Maximum Flow Rate: (gpm). i 15400 1000 500 500 Maximum Flow Total 28 17 26 26 Dynamic Head: Minimum Efficiency at 60 70 1 52 52 Maximum Flow Rate: Motor Horsepower I 200 10 6.5 6.5 Municipal Municipal I Municipal Municipal Service Liquid: Wastewater Wastewater i Wastewater Wastewater Specific Gravity: 1 1.0 1.0 I 1.0 1.0 Temperature: degrees F. 1 50-85......................................50-85.....................i.............. 50-85 50-85.................... Maximum Pump Speed: (rpm). 1 1160 1750 1 1750 1750 2. Discharge Connection Elbow: Permanently installed in chamber with discharge piping. 3. Connection: Automatic to discharge connection elbows when lowered into place, and easily removed for inspection or service. 4. Guide Bracket: a. Integral part of pump unit. b. Entire weight of pump unit guided by not less than two guide bars, and pressed tightly against discharge connection elbow with replaceable rubber grommet. III GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513-4 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 5. Discharge Interface Seal: Diaphragm. 6. Do not permit any portion of pump to bear directly on floor of sump. 7. Capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to depth of 65 feet. H. Operation: 1. Electrical Characteristics: As specified in Section 260503 - Equipment Wiring Connections and following: a. Voltage:460 V,three phase,60 Hz. 2. Pump Motor: As specified in Section 460513 - Common Motor Requirements for Water and Wastewater Equipment and following: a. Squirrel-cage. b. Induction. c. Shell-type design. d. Housed in air-filled,watertight chambers. e. Non-overloading throughout entire pump performance range based on 1.0 service factor. f. Continuous duty,capable of sustaining minimum of 10 starts per hour. g. Indefinite operation without overheating when unsubmerged and operating in air. h. Stators: 1) Dipped and baked three times in Class F varnish. 2) Heat-shrink-fitted into stator housings. 3) Thermal sensors to monitor stator temperatures. • i. Include three thermal switches embedded in end coils of stator winding, for one switch in each stator phase. j. Stator Windings and Leads: Insulated with moisture-resistant Class F insulation capable of resisting temperature of 311 degrees F. k. Cooling System: 1) Water jacket encircling stator housing. 2) Furnish cooling media channels. 1. Junction Chamber: 1) Terminal board. 2) Sealed from motor by elastomeric compression seal(0 ring). 3) Connection cable conductors and stator leads with threaded, compressed- type binding post permanently affixed to terminal board. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Access Frame and Guides: 1. Complete with hinged and hasp-equipped covers, upper guide holder and protective grating panel. 2. Sufficient size to permit removal or replacement of the pumping equipment 3. Each door shall have a safety handle to maintain the door in the open position 4. Doors shall be of checkered aluminum plate • 5. Cover guide bar holders shall be as required by the pump manufacturer GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513—5 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 6. Cover shall include a protective grating panel with a 1-inch minimum depth aluminum "I" bar grating with Safety Orange powder-coated finish. Grating shall be hinged, and shall be supplied with a positive latch to maintain unit in an upright position. Grating support 300 lbs.psf loading 7. Provide padlock hasp for owner-supplied padlock 8. Covers shall be delivered to the precast wetwell supplier for installation in the wetwell top slab as specified in Section 330516 Precast Concrete Utility Structures. B. Lifting Chain 1. Minimum length equal to wetwell depths plus 5 feet. 2. Material: 304 Stainless Steel 3. Load Rating: Sufficient to permit raising and lowering the pump. 2.3 CONTROLS&CONTROL PANEL A. Controls for these pumps will be furnished by others. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify layout and orientation of pumps,accessories,and piping connections. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps and accessories where indicated on Drawings and according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide and connect piping, accessories, and power and control conduit and wiring to make system operational,ready for startup. C. Flush piping with clean water. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Pre-operational Checks: 1. Check pump and motor alignment. 2. Check for proper motor rotation. • 3. Check pump and drive units for proper lubrication. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513-6 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA C. Startup and Performance Testing: 1. Operate pump using clean water at design point for continuous period of one hour,under supervision of manufacturer's representative and in presence of Engineer. D. Verify pump performance by performing time-drawdown test or time-fill test. E. Check pump and motor for high bearing temperature and excessive vibration. F. Check for motor overload by taking ampere readings. G. Equipment Acceptance: 1. Adjust, repair, modify, or replace system components that fail to perform as specified, and rerun tests. 2. Make fmal adjustments to equipment under direction of manufacturer's representative. 3. Document adjustments, repairs, and replacements in manufacturer's field services certification. H. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than one trip of two days (for each pumping station location) on-Site for installation, inspection, field testing, and instructing Owner's personnel in maintenance of equipment. I. Furnish installation certificate from equipment manufacturer's representative attesting 11111 equipment has been properly installed and is ready for startup and testing. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown, routine maintenance, and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 432513 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 432513—7 of 7 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA SECTION 462433-OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Open-channel grinders. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section055000 - Metal Fabrications: Fasteners, brackets, and other miscellaneous metal fabrications as required by this Section. 2. Section 260503 -Equipment Wiring Connections:Wiring connections to equipment. 3. Section 460513 - Common Motor Requirements for Water and Wastewater Equipment: Electric motors and their accessories normally supplied as part of equipment assemblies. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Open-Channel Grinder: A type of sewage grinder that typically operates at relatively low speed, using a series of disks to shred objects into smaller pieces. 1111 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9-Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. ABMA 11 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A48- Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A36- Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Plate 3. ASTM B108 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings. 4. ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. C. American Iron and Steel Institute 1. 4130 Heat Treated Alloy Steel 2. 4140 Heat Treated Alloy Steel 3. 8620 Heat Treated Alloy Steel 4. 303 Stainless Steel 5. 304 Stainless Steel 6. 316 Stainless Steel D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: S GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-1 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 1. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. 1.4 SUBMITTAL S A. Section 013300-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for system materials and component equipment,including performance characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system materials and component equipment. D. Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that grinders meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit detailed instructions on installation requirements,including storage and handling procedures. F. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory inspections. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Manufacturer Reports: Indicate that equipment has been installed according to manufacturer's instructions. _ I. Qualifications Statement: • 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents:Record actual locations of grinders. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance materials. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each grinder and controller shall be factory tested to ensure satisfactory operation. B. The manufacturer shall have an East Coast repair which maintains a complete inventory of spare parts for the model grinder furnished for this project. The facility shall have been in operation for greater than 20 years providing parts,service and repairs. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-2 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 411 C. The manufacturer shall provide an exchange program so that a replacement cutter cartridge assembly can be at the plant site prior to removing an operating unit from service. D. The manufacturer shall provide the service of rebuilding a unit for only the cost of the parts supplied. E. If the manufacturer does not comply with paragraphs above,the manufacturer shall furnish a complete specified unit for spare. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualified suppliers shall have a minimum 20 years' experience at manufacturing, support systems, two-shafted grinding equipment and motor controls with a minimum of 2,000 installations with similar equipment. Supplier shall provide a list of names and dates of installations for verification by the Engineer or Owner's Representative. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging,including application instructions. • C. Inspection: Accept grinders on-Site in original packaging. Inspect for damage. D. Store grinders according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Protect grinders from water and wet weather. 1.10 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 017000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish one year manufacturer's warranty for open-channel grinders beginning at substantial completion of the project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Minimum Flow Rate: 1,020 gpm. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-3 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • B. Average Daily Flow Rate: 3,450 gpm. C. Maximum Flow Rate: 10,861 gpm. D. Maximum Head Loss: 19 inches of water at maximum flow rate. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. JWC Environmental; Santa Ana,CA B. Franklin Miller;Livingston,NJ C. Approved Equal 2.3 GENERAL A. Description: 1. Dual-shaft design with low-speed, high-torque power to shred solids normally occurring in municipal wastewater. 2. Operates submerged or dry with no seal flush required. 3. Dual-shaft cutters counter-rotate to draw in and grind solids. 4. Include perforated screen drums 5. Include overflow/bypass trash rack. • 6. Immersion rated motors. B. Design Summary 1. Number of grinders 1 2. Number of motor controllers 1 3. Environment rating for grinders Hazardous,subject to flooding 4. Environment rating for motor controllers Non-hazardous 5. Supply power characteristics 460 volt/3 phase/60 Hertz 6. Nominal stack height 32" 7. Nominal drum diameter,perforation size20", 1/4"dia.hole 8. Cutter type 11-tooth 9. Spacer type Smooth 10. Shaft seal type Mechanical,Tungsten Carbide 11. Seal maximum pressure 90 psi(620 kPa) 12. Speed reducer type and ratioCycloidal,29:1 13. Installed horsepower 5 hp(3.7 kW) 14. Motor type XPNV,Immersible 15. Motor service factor1.15 16. Minimum motor efficiency(at full load)91.5% 17. Minimum motor power factor(at full load) 74.0% 18. Minimum peak shaft torque 3,995 lb-in/hp(605 Nm/kW) 19. Minimum peak force at cutter tip 1,696 lbf/hp(10,119 N/kW) 20. Installed horsepower(screen drums)qty. 2- 1 hp(0.75 kW) 21. Motor type(screen drums) XPNV,Immersible • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-4 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 22. Motor service factor1.15 23. Minimum motor efficiency(at full load)86% 24. Minimum motor power factor(at full load) 80%. 2.4 FRAME AND SUPPORTS A. General 1. Frame and/or supports shall provide a method for properly securing the grinder in an open channel or wet well. The frame shall allow installation or removal without any disassembly of the frame or grinder. B. Components 1. Frame shall be fabricated of 304 stainless steel. 2. Frame shall provide proper support and interface to prevent unwanted bypass. 3. Frame shall utilize guides that insert into the grinders side rail slots to properly position and locate the grinder. 2.5 GRINDER A. General i1. Grinder shall be of two-shafted design consisting of individual cutters and spacers driven by hexagonal shafts. The cutters shall actively grab and pull material into the stack for shredding. Twin rotating perforated screen drums shall maximize hydraulic capacity by screening the wastewater to capture solids larger than the perforation diameter and transfer the solids to the cutter stack for shredding. Grinder shall have a motor and speed reducer to drive the cutter shafts and separate motors and speed reducers to drive the screen drums. The equipment shall operate at low speed with a maximum cutter shaft speed of 60 rpm and shall be specifically designed for capturing and shredding wipes. The screen drums shall rotate at a maximum speed of 5 rpm. B. Components 1. Cutters and Spacers a. Cutting stack shall be of nominal height listed in Performance Requirements. b. Cutters shall have 11 teeth and be 0.310"(7.87 mm)nominal thickness. c. Spacers shall be 0.319"(8.1 mm)nominal thickness. d. Cutters and spacers shall be individual disks constructed of heat treated alloy steel. e. Cutter tooth height shall be not greater than 1A-inch (13 mm) above the root diameter of the cutter. f. Cutter outside diameter shall not exceed a maximum 4.71" (120 mm). g. Cutter thickness tolerance shall be +.000/-.001" (+.000/-.025 mm). Spacer thickness tolerance shall be+.001/-.000"(+.025/-.000 mm). h. Cutters shall be heat treated to 45-53 HRc. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-5 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA III i. Spacers shall be heat treated to 34-53 HRc J. Spacers shall have a smooth outside diameter. k. Cutter to cutter clearance shall be a maximum of 0.011"(0.25 mm). 2. Shafts a. Shafts shall be hexagonal,2"(50.8 mm)across flats. b. Shafts shall be of heat treated 4140 alloy steel with a minimum tensile strength of 149,000 psi(1,027 kPa). c. Shaft hardness shall be 38-42 Rockwell C. 3. Intermediate Shaft Yokes with Vertical Support(as applicable) a. Intermediate shaft yokes shall provide radial support to the shafts during severe grinding demands. b. Intermediate shaft yokes shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel, 660 bronze, and 17-4PH Stainless steel. c. Intermediate shaft yokes shall be factory lubricated with high temperature marine grade grease. d. Grease fittings shall be provided on intermediate shaft yokes for periodic maintenance. e. Vertical support shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. f. Vertical support shall have adjustable brackets mounting to the top and bottom end housings. g. The vertical support shall be open in cross section to allow for the routing of grease lines to the shaft yokes. • h. Vertical support shall have brackets locating and securing intermediate shaft yokes within the cutter stack. i. Vertical support shall have a shape that coincides with the radial profile of the cutters to allow for a close interface. j. Intermediate shaft yokes and vertical support shall only be supplied on cutter stacks of 32-inches(813mm)and taller. 4. Screen drums a. Screen drums shall be of nominal diameter and perforation size listed in Performance Requirements. b. The screen drums shall be integrally mounted with the grinder assembly. c. The screen drums shall consist of a cylindrically formed sheet of perforated metal, shaftless within the interior body of the cylinder. Stub shafts shall project outwards from the ends of the cylinder to provide mounting. Ribs and/or hubs provide connection for the stub shafts to the cylinder. d. Screen drums shall be of 304 stainless steel. 5. Side Rails a. Side rails shall be constructed of ASTM A536 ductile iron. b. Side rails shall have an adjustable UHMWPE sealing strip creating an interface between the screen drums and side rails to minimize clearance. c. Each side rail shall have an integral guide slot for installing into framework. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-6 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 6. Shaft Bearings and Seals a. Radial and axial loads shall be borne by sealed, oversized, deep-groove ball bearings. b. Shaft seal type shall be mechanical. c. Each bearing and seal arrangement shall be incorporated into a cartridge-style housing. d. Cutter shafts shall be supported on both ends. Cantilever-style arrangements shall not be permitted. e. Dynamic and rotating seal faces shall be Tungsten Carbide with 6%Nickel binder. f. Seal cartridges shall be rated to a maximum pressure of 90 psi(620 kPa). g. 0-rings shall be of BUNA-N. h. Seal cartridges shall not require flushing. i. Seals shall be rated to operate wet or dry. 7. Housings and Covers a. Housings and top cover shall be of ASTM A536 ductile iron. Bottom housing cover shall be of A36 carbon steel. b. End housings shall have integral bushing deflectors to guide solids away from seal cartridges. 8. Transfer Gears • a. Transfer gears shall be of involute profile and fabricated from heat treated alloy steel. b. Transfer gear tooth design, thickness and hardness shall be suitable to transfer torque between shafts up to the rated breakdown torque of the motor. c. The interface between transfer gears shall be factory lubricated with grease to minimize wear. d. The transfer gear ratio shall be such that the ratio of cutter tip speed of the low speed shaft to cutter tip speed of the high speed shaft shall be greater than 0.90 and less than 1.00 to promote tearing of material as it passes through the cutter stack and at the same time facilitate cleanout of material from between the cutters. 9. Low Speed Couplings a. Low speed couplings shall be a 3-jaw type. b. The 3-jaw halves shall be of hardened 4140 alloy steel. c. Each low speed coupling half shall be encapsulated on its mating shaft to facilitate proper engagement of coupling lobes(1/16"—1/8"). 10. Speed Reducers a. Speed reducers shall be manufactured by Sumitomo Machinery Corporation of America. b. Speed reducers shall be a cycloidal type. c. Cutter stack speed reduction ratio shall be 29:1. d. Screen drum speed reduction ratio shall be 377:1. e. Speed reducers shall be grease lubricated. 11111 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-7 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • 11. High Speed Couplings a. High speed couplings shall be a 3-jaw type with elastomer spider. b. The 3-jaw halves shall be of sintered iron. c. The spider shall be of BUNA-N. 12. Motors a. Motors shall be manufactured by Baldor Electric Company. b. Motors shall have characteristics as listed in Performance Requirements. 13. Hoist Rings a. Grinder shall be fitted with four(4)hoist rings for lifting. b. Hoist rings shall be designed to pick the grinder above the center of gravity and ensure grinder remains suitably vertical in movement. c. Hoist rings must be suitable to bear the side loads associated with laying the grinder down in any direction. 2.6 MOTOR CONTROLLER A. Description 1. Controller shall provide factory-programmed operation of the grinder system. Controller • shall have switches,indicator lights,and other control devices. 2. Controller shall be designed to suit the supply power and motor characteristics listed in Performance Requirements. B. Components 1. Enclosure a. Enclosure shall be 304 stainless steel,NEMA 4X. b. Enclosure shall house motor starter,PLC,OIT and control devices. 2. Main Disconnect and Short Circuit Protection a. Main disconnect shall include a molded case type, 3-pole circuit breaker sized for the total demand of the equipment and a rotary disconnect handle with operator. b. Branch circuit protection shall use molded case-type, 3-pole circuit breakers sized for the individual branch loads. c. Circuit breakers shall be sized in accordance with applicable NEC and UL standards. 3. Selector switches a. Selector switches shall be 22 mm,rated equal to or better than the enclosure. • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-8 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT • PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA b. Grinder selector switch shall be three-position and labelled GRINDER ON-OFF- REMOTE. c. Screen drum switches shall be three-position and labelled SCREEN #1 ON-OFF- AUTO and SCREEN#2 ON-OFF-AUTO. 4. Pushbuttons a. Pushbuttons shall be 22 mm,rated equal or better than the enclosure. b. Emergency stop pushbutton shall be maintained-type and labelled EMERGENCY STOP. c. Reset pushbutton shall be momentary-type and labelled RESET. 5. Pilot Lights a. Lights shall be 22 mm,LED(pilot lamp),rated equal or better than the enclosure. b. Lights shall indicate POWER ON,GRINDER RUN, SCREEN#1 RUN, SCREEN #2 RUN and FAIL. 6. Motor Starters a. Starters shall be IEC-rated, full voltage,reversing. b. Contactors shall have 120-volt operating coils. c. Overload relays shall be adjustable and sized to full load amperes (FLA) of the motor. • 7. Current Transducers a. Current transducer shall be a discrete output type. b. c. Current transducer shall have adjustable set point from 1-135A with 200 ms or faster response time. 8. Control Power Transformer a. Control power transformer shall produce 120-volt AC power from the supply power. Transformer shall be sized and fused in accordance with code to accommodate the control power requirements. 9. Programmable Logic Controller(PLC)- Siemens S7-series. 10. Operator Interface Terminal(OIT) a. OIT shall be Siemens KTP-series. b. OIT shall feature a 4-inch,color touchscreen. c. OIT shall be rated NEMA 4X suitable for indirect sunlight. C. Operation 1. Cutter stack control shall be in accordance with the setting of the GRINDER ON-OFF- • REMOTE selector switch. GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS 462433-9 of 11 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA • a. In the OFF position,the cutter stack motor shall not run. b. In the ON position,the cutter stack motor shall run forward. c. In the REMOTE position, the cutter stack motor shall operate as controlled by a remote start/stop dry contact. 2. Screen drum control shall be in accordance with the setting of the SCREEN #1 and SCREEN#2 ON-OFF-AUTO selector switches. a. In the OFF position,the respective screen motor shall not run. b. In the ON position,the respective screen shall motor run forward. c. In the AUTO position,the respective screen motor shall start and stop as controlled by the cutter stack operation. 3. When the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is depressed, the control circuit shall de- energize the PLC outputs to all motor starters, causing the coils of all motors starters to be de-energized. The Fail relay shall be energized. The controller shall display an Emergency Stop Activated message on the OIT. The Emergency Stop condition shall only be cleared locally by resolving the issue,resetting the EMERGENCY STOP switch and depressing the RESET pushbutton. 4. When an obstruction stops the cutter stack, the controller shall de-energize the cutter stack motor and reverse the rotation to clear the obstruction. If the obstruction is cleared, the controller shall return the cutter stack to normal operation. If three(3)reverses occur within a 30 second interval, the controller shall de-energize all motors, energize the Fail relay and display a Grinder Jam message on the OIT. • 5. When an obstruction stops a screen drum, the controller shall de-energize the respective screen drum motor and reverse the rotation to clear the obstruction. If the obstruction is cleared, the controller shall return the screen drum to normal operation. If two (2) reverses occur within a 30 second interval, the controller shall de-energize the affected screen drum motor, energize the Fail relay and display a Screen Jam message on the OIT. 6. When a motor overload or motor over-temperature condition occurs, the controller shall de-energize the affected motor, energize the Fail relay and display a Motor Overload or Motor Over-Temp message on the OIT. 7. When a power failure occurs while the system is operating, the system shall return to normal operation when power is restored. 8. When a power failure occurs while the grinder is in a Fail condition, the system shall return to a Fail state when power is restored. The Fail state shall not be cleared until reset. 9. Reset of the grinder shall be accomplished using the RESET pushbutton from the controller only. 2.7 FINISHES A. Paint Coatings(Ferrous Materials) 1. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning) and coated with minimum 6-8 mils TDFT (total dry film thickness) paint of type and color listed in Performance Requirements. B. Paint Coatings(Previously-Coated Components) • GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS462433-10 of 11 GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 ROCKY CREEK TRUNK SEWER AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 11111 PUMPING STATIONS AUGUSTA,GEORGIA 1. Previously-coated components (motors, speed reducers, etc.) shall be prepared to SSPC- SP1 (Solvent Cleaning) and SSPC-SP2 (Hand Tool Cleaning) and coated with minimum 6-8 mils TDFT (total dry film thickness) paint of type and color listed in Performance Requirements. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination. B. Verify that designated areas,clearances, structural requirements,piping,utility connections, and electronic signals are ready to receive equipment. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install open-channel grinders and appurtenances according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testingad'u and balancing. , sting, B. Start up,inspect,and operate the unit. C. Certification: Certify in writing that unit has been satisfactorily tested and that final adjustments have been performed. D. Manufacturer Services: Furnish services of manufacturer's representative experienced in installation of products furnished under this Section for not less than 2 days on-Site for installation, inspection, field testing, and instructing Owner's personnel in maintenance of equipment. Field instruction shall cover key components of the equipment, operating and maintenance requirements and troubleshooting techniques. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate equipment startup, shutdown,routine maintenance,alarm condition responses,and emergency repair procedures to Owner's personnel. END OF SECTION 462433 GOODWYN,MILLS&CAWOOD,INC. OPEN-CHANNEL GRINDERS GM&C PROJECT NO.CAUG170004 462433-11 of 11 I • • •